From 4ce7d7d03303997675ca17f6d2e638886180ee82 Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: saschawillems Date: Fri, 7 Sep 2018 15:26:43 +0200 Subject: [PATCH] Updated to ImGui 1.65 Refs #496 --- base/CMakeLists.txt | 2 +- external/imgui/README.md | 330 - external/imgui/imconfig.h | 6 +- external/imgui/imgui.cpp | 12694 +++++----------- external/imgui/imgui.h | 364 +- external/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp | 917 +- external/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp | 285 +- external/imgui/imgui_internal.h | 306 +- external/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp | 5725 +++++++ .../{stb_rect_pack.h => imstb_rectpack.h} | 0 .../{stb_textedit.h => imstb_textedit.h} | 0 .../{stb_truetype.h => imstb_truetype.h} | 0 12 files changed, 10773 insertions(+), 9856 deletions(-) delete mode 100644 external/imgui/README.md create mode 100644 external/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp rename external/imgui/{stb_rect_pack.h => imstb_rectpack.h} (100%) rename external/imgui/{stb_textedit.h => imstb_textedit.h} (100%) rename external/imgui/{stb_truetype.h => imstb_truetype.h} (100%) diff --git a/base/CMakeLists.txt b/base/CMakeLists.txt index 6b759cfd..9061efdb 100644 --- a/base/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/base/CMakeLists.txt @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -file(GLOB BASE_SRC "*.cpp" "../external/imgui/imgui.cpp" "../external/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp") +file(GLOB BASE_SRC "*.cpp" "../external/imgui/*.cpp") file(GLOB BASE_HEADERS "*.hpp") if(WIN32) diff --git a/external/imgui/README.md b/external/imgui/README.md deleted file mode 100644 index 5b5fb2b7..00000000 --- a/external/imgui/README.md +++ /dev/null @@ -1,330 +0,0 @@ -dear imgui, -===== -[![Build Status](https://travis-ci.org/ocornut/imgui.svg?branch=master)](https://travis-ci.org/ocornut/imgui) -[![Coverity Status](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/4720/badge.svg)](https://scan.coverity.com/projects/4720) - -_(This library is free but needs your support to sustain its development. There are many desirable features and maintenance ahead. If you are an individual using dear imgui, please consider donating via Patreon or PayPal. If your company is using dear imgui, please consider financial support (e.g. sponsoring a few weeks/months of development. I can invoice for technical support, custom development etc. E-mail: omarcornut at gmail)._ - -Monthly donations via Patreon: -
[![Patreon](https://cloud.githubusercontent.com/assets/8225057/5990484/70413560-a9ab-11e4-8942-1a63607c0b00.png)](http://www.patreon.com/imgui) - -One-off donations via PayPal: -
[![PayPal](https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/btn/btn_donate_LG.gif)](https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&hosted_button_id=5Q73FPZ9C526U) - -Dear ImGui is a bloat-free graphical user interface library for C++. It outputs optimized vertex buffers that you can render anytime in your 3D-pipeline enabled application. It is fast, portable, renderer agnostic and self-contained (no external dependencies). - -Dear ImGui is designed to enable fast iterations and to empower programmers to create content creation tools and visualization / debug tools (as opposed to UI for the average end-user). It favors simplicity and productivity toward this goal, and lacks certain features normally found in more high-level libraries. - -Dear ImGui is particularly suited to integration in games engine (for tooling), real-time 3D applications, fullscreen applications, embedded applications, or any applications on consoles platforms where operating system features are non-standard. - -Dear ImGui is self-contained within a few files that you can easily copy and compile into your application/engine: -- imgui.cpp -- imgui.h -- imgui_demo.cpp -- imgui_draw.cpp -- imgui_internal.h -- imconfig.h (empty by default, user-editable) -- stb_rect_pack.h -- stb_textedit.h -- stb_truetype.h - -No specific build process is required. You can add the .cpp files to your project or #include them from an existing file. - -### Usage - -Your code passes mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs and settings to Dear ImGui (see example applications for more details). After Dear ImGui is setup, you can use it from \_anywhere\_ in your program loop: - -Code: -```cpp -ImGui::Text("Hello, world %d", 123); -if (ImGui::Button("Save")) -{ - // do stuff -} -ImGui::InputText("string", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); -ImGui::SliderFloat("float", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f); -``` -Result: -
![sample code output](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v160/code_sample_02.png) -
_(settings: Dark style (left), Light style (right) / Font: Roboto-Medium, 16px / Rounding: 5)_ - -Code: -```cpp -// Create a window called "My First Tool", with a menu bar. -ImGui::Begin("My First Tool", &my_tool_active, ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); -if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) -{ - if (ImGui::BeginMenu("File")) - { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Open..", "Ctrl+O")) { /* Do stuff */ } - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Save", "Ctrl+S")) { /* Do stuff */ } - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close", "Ctrl+W")) { my_tool_active = false; } - ImGui::EndMenu(); - } - ImGui::EndMenuBar(); -} - -// Edit a color (stored as ~4 floats) -ImGui::ColorEdit4("Color", my_color); - -// Plot some values -const float my_values[] = { 0.2f, 0.1f, 1.0f, 0.5f, 0.9f, 2.2f }; -ImGui::PlotLines("Frame Times", my_values, IM_ARRAYSIZE(my_values)); - -// Display contents in a scrolling region -ImGui::TextColored(ImVec4(1,1,0,1), "Important Stuff"); -ImGui::BeginChild("Scrolling"); -for (int n = 0; n < 50; n++) - ImGui::Text("%04d: Some text", n); -ImGui::EndChild(); -ImGui::End(); -``` -Result: -
![sample code output](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v160/code_sample_03_color.gif) - -### How it works - -Check out the References section if you want to understand the core principles behind the IMGUI paradigm. An IMGUI tries to minimize state duplication, state synchronization and state storage from the user's point of view. It is less error prone (less code and less bugs) than traditional retained-mode interfaces, and lends itself to create dynamic user interfaces. - -Dear ImGui outputs vertex buffers and command lists that you can easily render in your application. The number of draw calls and state changes is typically very small. Because it doesn't know or touch graphics state directly, you can call ImGui commands anywhere in your code (e.g. in the middle of a running algorithm, or in the middle of your own rendering process). Refer to the sample applications in the examples/ folder for instructions on how to integrate dear imgui with your existing codebase. - -_A common misunderstanding is to mistake immediate mode gui for immediate mode rendering, which usually implies hammering your driver/GPU with a bunch of inefficient draw calls and state changes as the gui functions are called. This is NOT what Dear ImGui does. Dear ImGui outputs vertex buffers and a small list of draw calls batches. It never touches your GPU directly. The draw call batches are decently optimal and you can render them later, in your app or even remotely._ - -Dear ImGui allows you create elaborate tools as well as very short-lived ones. On the extreme side of short-liveness: using the Edit&Continue (hot code reload) feature of modern compilers you can add a few widgets to tweaks variables while your application is running, and remove the code a minute later! Dear ImGui is not just for tweaking values. You can use it to trace a running algorithm by just emitting text commands. You can use it along with your own reflection data to browse your dataset live. You can use it to expose the internals of a subsystem in your engine, to create a logger, an inspection tool, a profiler, a debugger, an entire game making editor/framework, etc. - -Demo Binaries -------------- - -You should be able to build the examples from sources (tested on Windows/Mac/Linux). If you don't, let me know! If you want to have a quick look at some Dear ImGui features, you can download Windows binaries of the demo app here: -- [imgui-demo-binaries-20180512.zip](http://www.miracleworld.net/imgui/binaries/imgui-demo-binaries-20180512.zip) (Windows binaries, Dear ImGui 1.61 WIP built 2018/05/12, 5 executables) - -The demo applications are unfortunately not yet DPI aware so expect some blurriness on a 4K screen. For DPI awareness you can load/reload your font at different scale, and scale your Style with `style.ScaleAllSizes()`. - -Bindings --------- - -Integrating Dear ImGui within your custom engine is a matter of 1) wiring mouse/keyboard/gamepad inputs 2) uploading one texture to your GPU/render engine 3) providing a render function that can bind textures and render textured triangles. The [examples/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/examples) folder is populated with applications doing just that. If you are an experienced programmer and at ease with those concepts, it should take you less than an hour to integrate Dear ImGui in your custom engine, but make sure to spend time reading the FAQ, the comments and other documentation! - -_NB: those third-party bindings may be more or less maintained, more or less close to the original API (as people who create language bindings sometimes haven't used the C++ API themselves.. for the good reason that they aren't C++ users). Dear ImGui was designed with C++ in mind and some of the subtleties may be lost in translation with other languages. If your language supports it, I would suggest replicating the function overloading and default parameters used in the original, else the API may be harder to use. In doubt, please check the original C++ version first!_ - -Languages: (third-party bindings) -- C: [cimgui](https://github.com/Extrawurst/cimgui) and [#1879](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1879) -- C#/.Net: [ImGui.NET](https://github.com/mellinoe/ImGui.NET) -- ChaiScript: [imgui-chaiscript](https://github.com/JuJuBoSc/imgui-chaiscript) -- D: [DerelictImgui](https://github.com/Extrawurst/DerelictImgui) -- Go: [go-imgui](https://github.com/Armored-Dragon/go-imgui) -- Haxe/hxcpp: [linc_imgui](https://github.com/Aidan63/linc_imgui) -- Java: [jimgui](https://github.com/ice1000/jimgui) -- JavaScript: [imgui-js](https://github.com/flyover/imgui-js) -- Lua: [imgui_lua_bindings](https://github.com/patrickriordan/imgui_lua_bindings) or [lua-ffi-bindings](https://github.com/thenumbernine/lua-ffi-bindings) -- Odin: [odin-dear_imgui](https://github.com/ThisDrunkDane/odin-dear_imgui) -- Pascal: [imgui-pas](https://github.com/dpethes/imgui-pas) -- PureBasic: [pb-cimgui](https://github.com/hippyau/pb-cimgui) -- Python [CyImGui](https://github.com/chromy/cyimgui) or [pyimgui](https://github.com/swistakm/pyimgui) -- Rust: [imgui-rs](https://github.com/Gekkio/imgui-rs) -- Swift [swift-imgui](https://github.com/mnmly/Swift-imgui) - -Frameworks: -- Renderers: DirectX 9, DirectX 10, DirectX 11, DirectX 12, OpenGL2, OpenGL3+, Vulkan: [examples/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/examples) -- Platform: GLFW, SDL, Win32, Freeglut: [examples/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/examples) -- Framework: Allegro 5, Marmalade: [examples/](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/master/examples) -- Unmerged Branch: OSX platform without GLFW/SDL: [#1873](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/tree/osx) -- Unmerged PR: SDL2 + OpenGLES + Emscripten: [#336](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/336) -- Unmerged PR: Native Win32 and OSX: [#281](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/281) -- Unmerged PR: Android: [#421](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/421) -- Unmerged PR: ORX: [#1843](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/pull/1843) -- Cinder: [Cinder-ImGui](https://github.com/simongeilfus/Cinder-ImGui) -- Cocos2d-x: [imguix](https://github.com/c0i/imguix), [issue #551](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/551) -- Flexium/SFML: [FlexGUI](https://github.com/DXsmiley/FlexGUI) -- GML/GameMakerStudio2: [ImGuiGML](https://marketplace.yoyogames.com/assets/6221/imguigml) -- Irrlicht: [IrrIMGUI](https://github.com/ZahlGraf/IrrIMGUI) -- Ogre: [ogreimgui](https://bitbucket.org/LMCrashy/ogreimgui/src) -- OpenFrameworks: [ofxImGui](https://github.com/jvcleave/ofxImGui) -- OpenSceneGraph/OSG: [gist](https://gist.github.com/fulezi/d2442ca7626bf270226014501357042c) -- LÖVE+Lua: [love-imgui](https://github.com/slages/love-imgui) -- Magnum: [magnum-imgui](https://github.com/lecopivo/magnum-imgui), [MagnumImguiPort](https://github.com/lecopivo/MagnumImguiPort) -- NanoRT: [syoyo/imgui](https://github.com/syoyo/imgui/tree/nanort) -- Qt3d: [imgui-qt3d](https://github.com/alpqr/imgui-qt3d) -- SFML: [imgui-sfml](https://github.com/EliasD/imgui-sfml) or [imgui-backends](https://github.com/Mischa-Alff/imgui-backends) -- Software renderer: [imgui_software_renderer](https://github.com/emilk/imgui_software_renderer) -- Unreal Engine 4: [segross/UnrealImGui](https://github.com/segross/UnrealImGui) or [sronsse/UnrealEngine_ImGui](https://github.com/sronsse/UnrealEngine_ImGui) - -For other bindings: see [Bindings](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings/). Also see [Wiki](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) for more links and ideas. - -Roadmap -------- -Some of the goals for 2018 are: -- Finish work on gamepad/keyboard controls. (see [#787](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787)) -- Finish work on viewports and multiple OS windows management. (see [#1542](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1542)) -- Finish work on docking, tabs. (see [#351](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/351#issuecomment-346865709)) -- Make Columns better. (they are currently pretty terrible!) -- Make the examples look better, improve styles, improve font support, make the examples hi-DPI aware. - -Gallery -------- - -User screenshots: -
[Gallery Part 1](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/123) (Feb 2015 to Feb 2016) -
[Gallery Part 2](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/539) (Feb 2016 to Aug 2016) -
[Gallery Part 3](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/772) (Aug 2016 to Jan 2017) -
[Gallery Part 4](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/973) (Jan 2017 to Aug 2017) -
[Gallery Part 5](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1269) (Aug 2017 to Feb 2018) -
[Gallery Part 6](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1607) (Feb 2018 onward) -
Also see the [Mega screenshots](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1273) for an idea of the available features. - -Various tools -[![screenshot game](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v149/gallery_TheDragonsTrap-01-thumb.jpg)](https://cloud.githubusercontent.com/assets/8225057/20628927/33e14cac-b329-11e6-80f6-9524e93b048a.png) - -[![screenshot tool](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v160/editor_white_preview.jpg)](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v160/editor_white.png) - -![screenshot demo](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v160/v160-misc-classic.png) - -[![screenshot profiler](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v148/profiler-880.jpg)](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v148/profiler.png) - -Dear ImGui can load TTF/OTF fonts. UTF-8 is supported for text display and input. Here using Arial Unicode font to display Japanese. Initialize custom font with: -Code: -```cpp -ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); -io.Fonts->AddFontFromFileTTF("NotoSansCJKjp-Medium.otf", 20.0f, NULL, io.Fonts->GetGlyphRangesJapanese()); -``` -```cpp -ImGui::Text(u8"こんにちは！テスト %d", 123); -if (ImGui::Button(u8"ロード")) -{ - // do stuff -} -ImGui::InputText("string", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf)); -ImGui::SliderFloat("float", &f, 0.0f, 1.0f); -``` -Result: -
![sample code output](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v160/code_sample_02_jp.png) -
_(settings: Dark style (left), Light style (right) / Font: NotoSansCJKjp-Medium, 20px / Rounding: 5)_ - -References ----------- - -The Immediate Mode GUI paradigm may at first appear unusual to some users. This is mainly because "Retained Mode" GUIs have been so widespread and predominant. The following links can give you a better understanding about how Immediate Mode GUIs works. -- [Johannes 'johno' Norneby's article](http://www.johno.se/book/imgui.html). -- [A presentation by Rickard Gustafsson and Johannes Algelind](http://www.cse.chalmers.se/edu/year/2011/course/TDA361/Advanced%20Computer%20Graphics/IMGUI.pdf). -- [Jari Komppa's tutorial on building an ImGui library](http://iki.fi/sol/imgui/). -- [Casey Muratori's original video that popularized the concept](https://mollyrocket.com/861). -- [Nicolas Guillemot's CppCon'16 flash-talk about Dear ImGui](https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=LSRJ1jZq90k). -- [Thierry Excoffier's Zero Memory Widget](http://perso.univ-lyon1.fr/thierry.excoffier/ZMW/). - -See the [Wiki](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki) and [Bindings](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings) for third-party bindings to different languages and frameworks. - -Frequently Asked Question (FAQ) -------------------------------- - -Where is the documentation? - -- The documentation is at the top of imgui.cpp + effectively imgui.h. -- Example code is in imgui_demo.cpp and particularly the ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() function. It covers most features of ImGui so you can read the code and call the function itself to see its output. -- Standalone example applications using e.g. OpenGL/DirectX are provided in the examples/ folder. -- We obviously needs better documentation! Consider contributing or becoming a [Patron](http://www.patreon.com/imgui) to promote this effort. - -Which version should I get? - -I occasionally tag [Releases](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases) but it is generally safe and recommended to sync to master/latest. The library is fairly stable and regressions tend to be fixed fast when reported. - -Who uses Dear ImGui? - -See the [Software using dear imgui page](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Software-using-dear-imgui) for an (incomplete) list of games/software which are publicly known to use dear imgui. Please add yours if you can! - -Why the odd dual naming, "dear imgui" vs "ImGui"? - -The library started its life and is best known as "ImGui" only due to the fact that I didn't give it a proper name when I released it. However, the term IMGUI (immediate-mode graphical user interface) was coined before and is being used in variety of other situations. It seemed confusing and unfair to hog the name. To reduce the ambiguity without affecting existing codebases, I have decided on an alternate, longer name "dear imgui" that people can use to refer to this specific library in ambiguous situations. - -How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to imgui or to my application? -
How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works? -
How can I have multiple widgets with the same label or without a label? A primer on labels and the ID Stack. -
How can I load a different font than the default? -
How can I easily use icons in my application? -
How can I load multiple fonts? -
How can I display and input non-latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? -
How can I use the drawing facilities without an Dear ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API) -
I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry.. -
I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are disappearing when I move windows around.. -
How can I help? - -See the FAQ in imgui.cpp for answers. - -How do you use Dear ImGui on a platform that may not have a mouse or keyboard? - -You can control Dear ImGui with a gamepad, see the explanation in imgui.cpp about how to use the navigation feature (short version: map your gamepad inputs into the `io.NavInputs[]` array and set `io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad`). - -You can share your computer mouse seamlessly with your console/tablet/phone using [Synergy](http://synergy-project.org). This is the preferred solution for developer productivity. In particular, their [micro-synergy-client](https://github.com/symless/micro-synergy-client) repo there is _uSynergy.c_ sources for a small embeddable that you can use on any platform to connect to your host PC using Synergy 1.x. You may also use a third party solution such as [Remote ImGui](https://github.com/JordiRos/remoteimgui). - -For touch inputs, you can increase the hit box of widgets (via the _style.TouchPadding_ setting) to accommodate a little for the lack of precision of touch inputs, but it is recommended you use a mouse or gamepad to allow optimizing for screen real-estate and precision. - -Can you create elaborate/serious tools with Dear ImGui? - -Yes. People have written game editors, data browsers, debuggers, profilers and all sort of non-trivial tools with the library. In my experience the simplicity of the API is very empowering. Your UI runs close to your live data. Make the tools always-on and everybody in the team will be inclined to create new tools (as opposed to more "offline" UI toolkits where only a fraction of your team effectively creates tools). The list of sponsors below is also an indicator that serious game teams have been using the library. - -Dear ImGui is very programmer centric and the immediate-mode GUI paradigm might requires you to readjust some habits before you can realize its full potential. Dear ImGui is about making things that are simple, efficient and powerful. - -Can you reskin the look of Dear ImGui? - -You can alter the look of the interface to some degree: changing colors, sizes, padding, rounding, fonts. However, as Dear ImGui is designed and optimized to create debug tools, the amount of skinning you can apply is limited. There is only so much you can stray away from the default look and feel of the interface. Below is a screenshot from [LumixEngine](https://github.com/nem0/LumixEngine) with custom colors + a docking/tabs extension (both of which you can find in the Issues section and will eventually be merged): - -![LumixEngine](https://raw.githubusercontent.com/wiki/ocornut/imgui/web/v151/lumix-201710-rearranged.png) - -Why using C++ (as opposed to C)? - -Dear ImGui takes advantage of a few C++ languages features for convenience but nothing anywhere Boost-insanity/quagmire. Dear ImGui does NOT require C++11 so it can be used with most old C++ compilers. Dear ImGui doesn't use any C++ header file. Language-wise, function overloading and default parameters are used to make the API easier to use and code more terse. Doing so I believe the API is sitting on a sweet spot and giving up on those features would make the API more cumbersome. Other features such as namespace, constructors and templates (in the case of the ImVector<> class) are also relied on as a convenience. - -There is an reasonably maintained [c-api for ImGui](https://github.com/Extrawurst/cimgui) by Stephan Dilly designed for binding in other languages. I would suggest using your target language functionalities to try replicating the function overloading and default parameters used in C++ else the API may be harder to use. Also see [Bindings](https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/wiki/Bindings) for third-party bindings to other languages. - -Support dear imgui ------------------- - -How can I help financing further development of Dear ImGui? - -Your contributions are keeping the library alive. If you are an individual using dear imgui, please consider donating to enable me to spend more time improving the library. - -Monthly donations via Patreon: -
[![Patreon](https://cloud.githubusercontent.com/assets/8225057/5990484/70413560-a9ab-11e4-8942-1a63607c0b00.png)](http://www.patreon.com/imgui) - -One-off donations via PayPal: -
[![PayPal](https://www.paypalobjects.com/en_US/i/btn/btn_donate_LG.gif)](https://www.paypal.com/cgi-bin/webscr?cmd=_s-xclick&hosted_button_id=5Q73FPZ9C526U) - -If your company uses dear imgui, please consider financial support (e.g. sponsoring a few weeks/months of development. I can invoice for private support, custom development etc. E-mail: omarcornut at gmail). Thanks! - -Credits -------- - -Developed by [Omar Cornut](http://www.miracleworld.net) and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. The early version of this library was developed with the support of [Media Molecule](http://www.mediamolecule.com) and first used internally on the game [Tearaway](http://tearaway.mediamolecule.com). - -I first discovered imgui principles at [Q-Games](http://www.q-games.com) where Atman had dropped his own simple imgui implementation in the codebase, which I spent quite some time improving and thinking about. It turned out that Atman was exposed to the concept directly by working with Casey. When I moved to Media Molecule I rewrote a new library trying to overcome the flaws and limitations of the first one I've worked with. It became this library and since then I have spent an unreasonable amount of time iterating on it. - -Embeds [ProggyClean.ttf](http://upperbounds.net) font by Tristan Grimmer (MIT license). - -Embeds [stb_textedit.h, stb_truetype.h, stb_rectpack.h](https://github.com/nothings/stb/) by Sean Barrett (public domain). - -Inspiration, feedback, and testing for early versions: Casey Muratori, Atman Binstock, Mikko Mononen, Emmanuel Briney, Stefan Kamoda, Anton Mikhailov, Matt Willis. And everybody posting feedback, questions and patches on the GitHub. - -Ongoing dear imgui development is financially supported on [**Patreon**](http://www.patreon.com/imgui) and by private sponsors. - -Double-chocolate sponsors: -- Blizzard Entertainment -- Media Molecule -- Mobigame -- Insomniac Games -- Aras Pranckevičius -- Lizardcube -- Greggman -- DotEmu - -Salty caramel supporters: -- Jetha Chan, Wild Sheep Studio, Pastagames, Mārtiņš Možeiko, Daniel Collin, Recognition Robotics, Chris Genova, ikrima, Glenn Fiedler, Geoffrey Evans, Dakko Dakko, Mercury Labs, Singularity Demo Group, Mischa Alff, Sebastien Ronsse, Lionel Landwerlin, Nikolay Ivanov, Ron Gilbert, Brandon Townsend, Nikhil Deshpande, Cort Stratton, drudru. - -Caramel supporters: -- Michel Courtine, César Leblic, Dale Kim, Alex Evans, Rui Figueira, Paul Patrashcu, Jerome Lanquetot, Ctrl Alt Ninja, Paul Fleming, Neil Henning, Stephan Dilly, Neil Blakey-Milner, Aleksei, NeiloGD, Justin Paver, FiniteSol, Vincent Pancaldi, James Billot, Robin Hübner, furrtek, Eric, Simon Barratt, Game Atelier, Julian Bosch, Simon Lundmark, Vincent Hamm, Farhan Wali, Jeff Roberts, Matt Reyer, Colin Riley, Victor Martins, Josh Simmons, Garrett Hoofman, Sergio Gonzales, Andrew Berridge, Roy Eltham, Game Preservation Society, Kit framework, Josh Faust, Martin Donlon, Quinton, Felix, Andrew Belt, Codecat, Cort Stratton, Claudio Canepa, Doug McNabb, Emmanuel Julien, Guillaume Chereau, Jeffrey Slutter, Jeremiah Deckard, r-lyeh, Roger Clark, Nekith, Joshua Fisher, Malte Hoffmann, Mustafa Karaalioglu, Merlyn Morgan-Graham, Per Vognsen, Fabian Giesen, Jan Staubach, Matt Hargett, John Shearer, Jesse Chounard, kingcoopa, Miloš Tošić, Jonas Bernemann, Johan Andersson, Nathan Hartman, Michael Labbe, Tomasz Golebiowski, Louis Schnellbach, Felipe Alfonso, Jimmy Andrews, Bojan Endrovski, Robin Berg Pettersen, Rachel Crawford, Edsel Malasig, Andrew Johnson, Sean Hunter, Jordan Mellow, Nefarius Software Solutions, Laura Wieme, Robert Nix, Mick Honey. - -And other supporters; thanks! -(Please contact me or PR if you would like to be added or removed from this list) - -License -------- - -Dear ImGui is licensed under the MIT License, see LICENSE for more information. diff --git a/external/imgui/imconfig.h b/external/imgui/imconfig.h index a3bfe138..50b7f471 100644 --- a/external/imgui/imconfig.h +++ b/external/imgui/imconfig.h @@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS // [Win32] Don't implement default IME handler. Won't use and link with ImmGetContext/ImmSetCompositionWindow. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFormatString/ImFormatStringV so you can implement them yourself if you don't want to link with vsnprintf. //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_MATH_FUNCTIONS // Don't implement ImFabs/ImSqrt/ImPow/ImFmod/ImCos/ImSin/ImAcos/ImAtan2 wrapper so you can implement them yourself. Declare your prototypes in imconfig.h. -//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free(). You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(). +//#define IMGUI_DISABLE_DEFAULT_ALLOCATORS // Don't implement default allocators calling malloc()/free() to avoid linking with them. You will need to call ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(). //---- Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h as a convenience //#define IMGUI_INCLUDE_IMGUI_USER_H -//---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (if you needed to convert from one to another anyway) +//---- Pack colors to BGRA8 instead of RGBA8 (to avoid converting from one to another) //#define IMGUI_USE_BGRA_PACKED_COLOR //---- Avoid multiple STB libraries implementations, or redefine path/filenames to prioritize another version @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_TRUETYPE_IMPLEMENTATION //#define IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION -//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth from your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4. +//---- Define constructor and implicit cast operators to convert back<>forth between your math types and ImVec2/ImVec4. // This will be inlined as part of ImVec2 and ImVec4 class declarations. /* #define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA \ diff --git a/external/imgui/imgui.cpp b/external/imgui/imgui.cpp index 0148099d..e6a9bc1a 100644 --- a/external/imgui/imgui.cpp +++ b/external/imgui/imgui.cpp @@ -1,10 +1,11 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.62 +// dear imgui, v1.65 // (main code and documentation) // Call and read ImGui::ShowDemoWindow() in imgui_demo.cpp for demo code. // Newcomers, read 'Programmer guide' below for notes on how to setup Dear ImGui in your codebase. // Get latest version at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui // Releases change-log at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases +// Technical Support for Getting Started https://discourse.dearimgui.org/c/getting-started // Gallery (please post your screenshots/video there!): https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1269 // Developed by Omar Cornut and every direct or indirect contributors to the GitHub. // This library is free but I need your support to sustain development and maintenance. @@ -18,31 +19,66 @@ /* - Index - - MISSION STATEMENT - - END-USER GUIDE - - PROGRAMMER GUIDE (read me!) - - Read first - - How to update to a newer version of Dear ImGui - - Getting started with integrating Dear ImGui in your code/engine - - Using gamepad/keyboard navigation controls [BETA] - - API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!) - - ISSUES & TODO LIST - - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS - - How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to imgui or to my application? - - How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works? - - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label or without a label? A primer on labels and the ID Stack. - - How can I load a different font than the default? - - How can I easily use icons in my application? - - How can I load multiple fonts? - - How can I display and input non-latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? - - How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API) - - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry.. - - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around.. - - How can I help? - - ISSUES & TODO-LIST - - CODE +Index of this file: +DOCUMENTATION + +- MISSION STATEMENT +- END-USER GUIDE +- PROGRAMMER GUIDE (read me!) + - Read first + - How to update to a newer version of Dear ImGui + - Getting started with integrating Dear ImGui in your code/engine + - This is how a simple application may look like (2 variations) + - This is how a simple rendering function may look like + - Using gamepad/keyboard navigation controls +- API BREAKING CHANGES (read me when you update!) +- FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS + - How can I tell whether to dispatch mouse/keyboard to imgui or to my application? + - How can I display an image? What is ImTextureID, how does it works? + - How can I have multiple widgets with the same label or without a label? A primer on labels and the ID Stack. + - How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? + - How can I load a different font than the default? + - How can I easily use icons in my application? + - How can I load multiple fonts? + - How can I display and input non-latin characters such as Chinese, Japanese, Korean, Cyrillic? + - How can I use the drawing facilities without an ImGui window? (using ImDrawList API) + - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and the text or lines are blurry.. + - I integrated Dear ImGui in my engine and some elements are clipping or disappearing when I move windows around.. + - How can I help? + +CODE +(search for "[SECTION]" in the code to find them) + +// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS +// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS +// [SECTION] MAIN USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPER/UTILITIES (Maths, String, Format, Hash, File functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPER/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) +// [SECTION] MISC HELPER/UTILITIES (Color functions) +// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer +// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper +// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS +// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS +// [SECTION] POPUPS +// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION +// [SECTION] COLUMNS +// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP +// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING +// [SECTION] SETTINGS +// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUG WINDOW + +*/ + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// DOCUMENTATION +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +/* MISSION STATEMENT ================= @@ -120,38 +156,77 @@ - Refer to the bindings and demo applications in the examples/ folder for instruction on how to setup your code. THIS IS HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE + EXHIBIT 1: USING THE EXAMPLE BINDINGS (imgui_impl_XXX.cpp files from the examples/ folder) - // Application init - // Create a context + // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts ImGui::CreateContext(); ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - // TODO: Fill optional settings of the io structure later. - // TODO: Load fonts if you don't want to use the default font. + // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls + // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. + // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. + + // Initialize helper Platform and Renderer bindings (here we are using imgui_impl_win32 and imgui_impl_dx11) + ImGui_ImplWin32_Init(hwnd); + ImGui_ImplDX11_Init(g_pd3dDevice, g_pd3dDeviceContext); + + // Application main loop + while (true) + { + // Feed inputs to dear imgui, start new frame + ImGui_ImplDX11_NewFrame(); + ImGui_ImplWin32_NewFrame(); + ImGui::NewFrame(); + + // Any application code here + ImGui::Text("Hello, world!"); + + // Render dear imgui into screen + ImGui::Render(); + ImGui_ImplDX11_RenderDrawData(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + g_pSwapChain->Present(1, 0); + } + + // Shutdown + ImGui_ImplDX11_Shutdown(); + ImGui_ImplWin32_Shutdown(); + ImGui::DestroyContext(); + + THIS IS HOW A SIMPLE APPLICATION MAY LOOK LIKE + EXHIBIT 2: IMPLEMENTING CUSTOM BINDING / CUSTOM ENGINE + + // Application init: create a dear imgui context, setup some options, load fonts + ImGui::CreateContext(); + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + // TODO: Set optional io.ConfigFlags values, e.g. 'io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard' to enable keyboard controls + // TODO: Fill optional fields of the io structure later. + // TODO: Load TTF/OTF fonts if you don't want to use the default font. // Build and load the texture atlas into a texture - unsigned char* pixels = NULL; + // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_Init() function from one of the demo Renderer) int width, height; + unsigned char* pixels = NULL; io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32(&pixels, &width, &height); + // At this point you've got the texture data and you need to upload that your your graphic system: + // After we have created the texture, store its pointer/identifier (_in whichever format your engine uses_) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'. + // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Basically ImTextureID == void*. Read FAQ below for details about ImTextureID. MyTexture* texture = MyEngine::CreateTextureFromMemoryPixels(pixels, width, height, TEXTURE_TYPE_RGBA32) - // Store your texture pointer/identifier (in whatever formatyour engine uses) in 'io.Fonts->TexID'. - // This will be passed back to your via the renderer. Read FAQ for details about ImTextureID. io.Fonts->TexID = (void*)texture; // Application main loop while (true) { - // Setup low-level inputs (e.g. on Win32, GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message loop handlers, etc.) - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; - io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; - io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; - io.MousePos = my_mouse_pos; - io.MouseDown[0] = my_mouse_buttons[0]; + // Setup low-level inputs, e.g. on Win32: calling GetKeyboardState(), or write to those fields from your Windows message handlers, etc. + // (In the examples/ app this is usually done within the ImGui_ImplXXX_NewFrame() function from one of the demo Platform bindings) + io.DeltaTime = 1.0f/60.0f; // set the time elapsed since the previous frame (in seconds) + io.DisplaySize.x = 1920.0f; // set the current display width + io.DisplaySize.y = 1280.0f; // set the current display height here + io.MousePos = my_mouse_pos; // set the mouse position + io.MouseDown[0] = my_mouse_buttons[0]; // set the mouse button states io.MouseDown[1] = my_mouse_buttons[1]; // Call NewFrame(), after this point you can use ImGui::* functions anytime - // (So you want to try calling Newframe() as early as you can in your mainloop to be able to use imgui everywhere) + // (So you want to try calling NewFrame() as early as you can in your mainloop to be able to use imgui everywhere) ImGui::NewFrame(); // Most of your application code here @@ -163,7 +238,8 @@ // (You want to try calling EndFrame/Render as late as you can, to be able to use imgui in your own game rendering code) ImGui::EndFrame(); ImGui::Render(); - MyImGuiRenderFunction(ImGui::GetDrawData()); + ImDrawData* draw_data = ImGui::GetDrawData(); + MyImGuiRenderFunction(draw_data); SwapBuffers(); } @@ -221,9 +297,10 @@ In both cases you need to pass on the inputs to imgui. Read the FAQ below for more information about those flags. - Please read the FAQ above. Amusingly, it is called a FAQ because people frequently have the same issues! - USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS [BETA] + USING GAMEPAD/KEYBOARD NAVIGATION CONTROLS - - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is in Beta. Ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787 + - The gamepad/keyboard navigation is fairly functional and keeps being improved. + - You can ask questions and report issues at https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/787 - The initial focus was to support game controllers, but keyboard is becoming increasingly and decently usable. - Gamepad: - Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. @@ -233,7 +310,7 @@ 0.0f= not held. 1.0f= fully held. Pass intermediate 0.0f..1.0f values for analog triggers/sticks. - We uses a simple >0.0f test for activation testing, and won't attempt to test for a dead-zone. Your code will probably need to transform your raw inputs (such as e.g. remapping your 0.2..0.9 raw input range to 0.0..1.0 imgui range, etc.). - - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: goo.gl/9LgVZW. + - You can download PNG/PSD files depicting the gamepad controls for common controllers at: http://goo.gl/9LgVZW. - If you need to share inputs between your game and the imgui parts, the easiest approach is to go all-or-nothing, with a buttons combo to toggle the target. Please reach out if you think the game vs navigation input sharing could be improved. - Keyboard: @@ -265,6 +342,19 @@ When you are not sure about a old symbol or function name, try using the Search/Find function of your IDE to look for comments or references in all imgui files. You can read releases logs https://github.com/ocornut/imgui/releases for more details. + - 2018/09/06 (1.65) - renamed stb_truetype.h to imstb_truetype.h, stb_textedit.h to imstb_textedit.h, and stb_rect_pack.h to imstb_rectpack.h. + If you were conveniently using the imgui copy of those STB headers in your project you will have to update your include paths. + - 2018/09/05 (1.65) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink/io.ConfigCursorBlink to io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink. (#1427) + - 2018/08/31 (1.64) - added imgui_widgets.cpp file, extracted and moved widgets code out of imgui.cpp into imgui_widgets.cpp. Re-ordered some of the code remaining in imgui.cpp. + NONE OF THE FUNCTIONS HAVE CHANGED. THE CODE IS SEMANTICALLY 100% IDENTICAL, BUT _EVERY_ FUNCTION HAS BEEN MOVED. + Because of this, any local modifications to imgui.cpp will likely conflict when you update. Read docs/CHANGELOG.txt for suggestions. + - 2018/08/22 (1.63) - renamed IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() to IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() for consistency with new IsItemEdited() API. Kept redirection function (will obsolete soonish as IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() is very recent). + - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - renamed ImGuiTextEditCallback to ImGuiInputTextCallback, ImGuiTextEditCallbackData to ImGuiInputTextCallbackData for consistency. Kept redirection types (will obsolete). + - 2018/08/21 (1.63) - removed ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ReadOnly since it is a duplication of (ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly). + - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - removed per-window ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide beta flag in favor of a global io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges to enable the feature. + - 2018/08/01 (1.63) - renamed io.OptCursorBlink to io.ConfigCursorBlink [-> io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink in 1.65], io.OptMacOSXBehaviors to ConfigMacOSXBehaviors for consistency. + - 2018/07/22 (1.63) - changed ImGui::GetTime() return value from float to double to avoid accumulating floating point imprecisions over time. + - 2018/07/08 (1.63) - style: renamed ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening to ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg for consistency with other features. Kept redirection enum (will obsolete). - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - renamed GetGlyphRangesChinese() to GetGlyphRangesChineseFull() to distinguish other variants and discourage using the full set. - 2018/06/06 (1.62) - TreeNodeEx()/TreeNodeBehavior(): the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader helper now include the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag. See Changelog for details. - 2018/05/03 (1.61) - DragInt(): the default compile-time format string has been changed from "%.0f" to "%d", as we are not using integers internally any more. @@ -348,7 +438,7 @@ - 2016/05/07 (1.49) - removed confusing set of GetInternalState(), GetInternalStateSize(), SetInternalState() functions. Now using CreateContext(), DestroyContext(), GetCurrentContext(), SetCurrentContext(). - 2016/05/02 (1.49) - renamed SetNextTreeNodeOpened() to SetNextTreeNodeOpen(), no redirection. - 2016/05/01 (1.49) - obsoleted old signature of CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id = NULL, bool display_frame = true, bool default_open = false) as extra parameters were badly designed and rarely used. You can replace the "default_open = true" flag in new API with CollapsingHeader(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen). - - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDraw::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer. + - 2016/04/26 (1.49) - changed ImDrawList::PushClipRect(ImVec4 rect) to ImDrawList::PushClipRect(Imvec2 min,ImVec2 max,bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect=false). Note that higher-level ImGui::PushClipRect() is preferable because it will clip at logic/widget level, whereas ImDrawList::PushClipRect() only affect your renderer. - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - removed style.WindowFillAlphaDefault setting which was redundant. Bake default BG alpha inside style.Colors[ImGuiCol_WindowBg] and all other Bg color values. (ref github issue #337). - 2016/04/03 (1.48) - renamed ImGuiCol_TooltipBg to ImGuiCol_PopupBg, used by popups/menus and tooltips. popups/menus were previously using ImGuiCol_WindowBg. (ref github issue #337) - 2016/03/21 (1.48) - renamed GetWindowFont() to GetFont(), GetWindowFontSize() to GetFontSize(). Kept inline redirection function (will obsolete). @@ -423,11 +513,6 @@ - 2014/08/28 (1.09) - changed the behavior of IO.PixelCenterOffset following various rendering fixes - ISSUES & TODO-LIST - ================== - See TODO.txt - - FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS (FAQ), TIPS ====================================== @@ -441,7 +526,7 @@ Note: The 'io.WantCaptureMouse' is more accurate that any attempt to "check if the mouse is hovering a window" (don't do that!). It handle mouse dragging correctly (both dragging that started over your application or over an imgui window) and handle e.g. modal windows blocking inputs. Those flags are updated by ImGui::NewFrame(). Preferably read the flags after calling NewFrame() if you can afford it, but reading them before is also - perfectly fine, as the bool toggle fairly rarely. If you have on a touch device, you might find use for an early call to NewFrameUpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(). + perfectly fine, as the bool toggle fairly rarely. If you have on a touch device, you might find use for an early call to UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(). Note: Text input widget releases focus on "Return KeyDown", so the subsequent "Return KeyUp" event that your application receive will typically have 'io.WantCaptureKeyboard=false'. Depending on your application logic it may or not be inconvenient. You might want to track which key-downs were targeted for Dear ImGui, e.g. with an array of bool, and filter out the corresponding key-ups.) @@ -642,6 +727,10 @@ e.g. when displaying a list of objects, using indices or pointers as ID will preserve the node open/closed state differently. See what makes more sense in your situation! + Q: How can I use my own math types instead of ImVec2/ImVec4? + A: You can edit imconfig.h and setup the IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA/IM_VEC4_CLASS_EXTRA macros to add implicit type conversions. + This way you'll be able to use your own types everywhere, e.g. passsing glm::vec2 to ImGui functions instead of ImVec2. + Q: How can I load a different font than the default? A: Use the font atlas to load the TTF/OTF file you want: ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); @@ -730,7 +819,7 @@ Rectangles provided by ImGui are defined as (x1=left,y1=top,x2=right,y2=bottom) and NOT as (x1,y1,width,height). Q: How can I help? - A: - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the github issues, or TODO.txt and see how you want/can help! + A: - If you are experienced with Dear ImGui and C++, look at the github issues, or docs/TODO.txt and see how you want/can help! - Convince your company to fund development time! Individual users: you can also become a Patron (patreon.com/imgui) or donate on PayPal! See README. - Disclose your usage of dear imgui via a dev blog post, a tweet, a screenshot, a mention somewhere etc. You may post screenshot or links in the gallery threads (github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/1269). Visuals are ideal as they inspire other programmers. @@ -752,7 +841,9 @@ #endif #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif #include "imgui_internal.h" #include // toupper, isprint @@ -769,11 +860,10 @@ // Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant -#pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) #pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen #endif -// Clang warnings with -Weverything +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #ifdef __clang__ #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wunknown-pragmas" // warning : unknown warning group '-Wformat-pedantic *' // not all warnings are known by all clang versions.. so ignoring warnings triggers new warnings on some configuration. great! #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. @@ -797,36 +887,19 @@ #endif #endif -// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall -#ifdef _MSC_VER -#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl -#else -#define IMGUI_CDECL -#endif - -static const ImS32 IM_S32_MIN = 0x80000000; // INT_MIN; -static const ImS32 IM_S32_MAX = 0x7FFFFFFF; // INT_MAX; -static const ImU32 IM_U32_MIN = 0; -static const ImU32 IM_U32_MAX = 0xFFFFFFFF; -static const ImS64 IM_S64_MIN = -9223372036854775807ll - 1ll; -static const ImS64 IM_S64_MAX = 9223372036854775807ll; -static const ImU64 IM_U64_MIN = 0; -static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = 0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull; +// When using CTRL+TAB (or Gamepad Square+L/R) we delay the visual a little in order to reduce visual noise doing a fast switch. +static const float NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY = 0.20f; // Time before the highlight and screen dimming starts fading in +static const float NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY = 0.15f; // Time before the window list starts to appear //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Forward Declarations +// [SECTION] FORWARD DECLARATIONS //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -static bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true); - -static ImFont* GetDefaultFont(); static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); -static void SetWindowScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x); -static void SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y); static void SetWindowPos(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& pos, ImGuiCond cond); static void SetWindowSize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiCond cond); static void SetWindowCollapsed(ImGuiWindow* window, bool collapsed, ImGuiCond cond); -static ImGuiWindow* FindHoveredWindow(); +static void FindHoveredWindow(); static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); static void CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write); static ImVec2 CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(ImGuiWindow* window, bool snap_on_edges); @@ -835,49 +908,42 @@ static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, I static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImGuiWindow* window); static void AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window); -static ImGuiWindowSettings* AddWindowSettings(const char* name); - static ImRect GetViewportRect(); -static void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining); - -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data); -static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); - -static inline int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_ptr, const char* format); -static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); -static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format); - -namespace ImGui -{ -static void NavUpdate(); -static void NavUpdateWindowing(); -static void NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id); - -static void UpdateMovingWindow(); -static void UpdateMouseInputs(); -static void UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4]); -static void FocusFrontMostActiveWindow(ImGuiWindow* ignore_window); - -// Template widget behaviors -template -static bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power); - -template -static bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Platform dependent default implementations -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Settings +static void* SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name); +static void SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line); +static void SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* imgui_ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf); +// Platform Dependents default implementation for IO functions static const char* GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data); static void SetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl(void* user_data, const char* text); static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y); +namespace ImGui +{ +static bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags); + +// Navigation +static void NavUpdate(); +static void NavUpdateWindowing(); +static void NavUpdateWindowingList(); +static void NavUpdateMoveResult(); +static float NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(int allowed_dir_flags); +static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +static void NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id); +static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); +static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* nav_window); +static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + +// Misc +static void UpdateMouseInputs(); +static void UpdateMouseWheel(); +static void UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_auto_fit, int* border_held, int resize_grip_count, ImU32 resize_grip_col[4]); +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Context +// [SECTION] CONTEXT AND MEMORY ALLOCATORS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Current context pointer. Implicitly used by all ImGui functions. Always assumed to be != NULL. @@ -904,10 +970,9 @@ static void FreeWrapper(void* ptr, void* user_data) { (void)user_data; static void* (*GImAllocatorAllocFunc)(size_t size, void* user_data) = MallocWrapper; static void (*GImAllocatorFreeFunc)(void* ptr, void* user_data) = FreeWrapper; static void* GImAllocatorUserData = NULL; -static size_t GImAllocatorActiveAllocationsCount = 0; //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// User facing structures +// [SECTION] MAIN USER FACING STRUCTURES (ImGuiStyle, ImGuiIO) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() @@ -935,7 +1000,7 @@ ImGuiStyle::ImGuiStyle() GrabMinSize = 10.0f; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar GrabRounding = 0.0f; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. ButtonTextAlign = ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f);// Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. - DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(20,20); // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows. + DisplayWindowPadding = ImVec2(20,20); // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. DisplaySafeAreaPadding = ImVec2(3,3); // If you cannot see the edge of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Covers popups/tooltips as well regular windows. MouseCursorScale = 1.0f; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. AntiAliasedLines = true; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really short on CPU/GPU. @@ -999,13 +1064,14 @@ ImGuiIO::ImGuiIO() DisplayFramebufferScale = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); DisplayVisibleMin = DisplayVisibleMax = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - // Advanced/subtle behaviors + // Miscellaneous configuration options #ifdef __APPLE__ - OptMacOSXBehaviors = true; // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag + ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = true; // Set Mac OS X style defaults based on __APPLE__ compile time flag #else - OptMacOSXBehaviors = false; + ConfigMacOSXBehaviors = false; #endif - OptCursorBlink = true; + ConfigInputTextCursorBlink = true; + ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges = false; // Settings (User Functions) GetClipboardTextFn = GetClipboardTextFn_DefaultImpl; // Platform dependent default implementations @@ -1051,13 +1117,9 @@ void ImGuiIO::AddInputCharactersUTF8(const char* utf8_chars) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// HELPERS +// [SECTION] MISC HELPER/UTILITIES (Maths, String, Format, Hash, File functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1] -#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose -#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 - ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p) { ImVec2 ap = p - a; @@ -1194,23 +1256,15 @@ void ImStrTrimBlanks(char* buf) buf[p - p_start] = 0; // Zero terminate } -template -static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) -{ - int negative = 0; - if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } - if (*src == '+') { src++; } - TYPE v = 0; - while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') - v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); - *output = negative ? -v : v; - return src; -} - // A) MSVC version appears to return -1 on overflow, whereas glibc appears to return total count (which may be >= buf_size). // Ideally we would test for only one of those limits at runtime depending on the behavior the vsnprintf(), but trying to deduct it at compile time sounds like a pandora can of worm. // B) When buf==NULL vsnprintf() will return the output size. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_FORMAT_STRING_FUNCTIONS + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(vsnprintf) +#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf +#endif + int ImFormatString(char* buf, size_t buf_size, const char* fmt, ...) { va_list args; @@ -1281,8 +1335,66 @@ ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed) return ~crc; } +FILE* ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode) +{ +#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) && !defined(__GNUC__) + // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames. Converting both strings from UTF-8 to wchar format (using a single allocation, because we can) + const int filename_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(filename, NULL) + 1; + const int mode_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(mode, NULL) + 1; + ImVector buf; + buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); + ImTextStrFromUtf8(&buf[0], filename_wsize, filename, NULL); + ImTextStrFromUtf8(&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize, mode, NULL); + return _wfopen((wchar_t*)&buf[0], (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]); +#else + return fopen(filename, mode); +#endif +} + +// Load file content into memory +// Memory allocated with ImGui::MemAlloc(), must be freed by user using ImGui::MemFree() +void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes) +{ + IM_ASSERT(filename && file_open_mode); + if (out_file_size) + *out_file_size = 0; + + FILE* f; + if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, file_open_mode)) == NULL) + return NULL; + + long file_size_signed; + if (fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) || (file_size_signed = ftell(f)) == -1 || fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET)) + { + fclose(f); + return NULL; + } + + size_t file_size = (size_t)file_size_signed; + void* file_data = ImGui::MemAlloc(file_size + padding_bytes); + if (file_data == NULL) + { + fclose(f); + return NULL; + } + if (fread(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size) + { + fclose(f); + ImGui::MemFree(file_data); + return NULL; + } + if (padding_bytes > 0) + memset((void*)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes); + + fclose(f); + if (out_file_size) + *out_file_size = file_size; + + return file_data; +} + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImText* helpers +// [SECTION] MISC HELPERS/UTILITIES (ImText* functions) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Convert UTF-8 to 32-bits character, process single character input. @@ -1418,6 +1530,13 @@ static inline int ImTextCharToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, unsigned int c) } } +// Not optimal but we very rarely use this function. +int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end) +{ + unsigned int dummy = 0; + return ImTextCharFromUtf8(&dummy, in_text, in_text_end); +} + static inline int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(unsigned int c) { if (c < 0x80) return 1; @@ -1457,6 +1576,11 @@ int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_e return bytes_count; } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MISC HELPER/UTILTIES (Color functions) +// Note: The Convert functions are early design which are not consistent with other API. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + ImVec4 ImGui::ColorConvertU32ToFloat4(ImU32 in) { float s = 1.0f/255.0f; @@ -1477,38 +1601,6 @@ ImU32 ImGui::ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(const ImVec4& in) return out; } -ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul) -{ - ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx]; - c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul; - return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); -} - -ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col) -{ - ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - ImVec4 c = col; - c.w *= style.Alpha; - return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); -} - -const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx) -{ - ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; - return style.Colors[idx]; -} - -ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col) -{ - float style_alpha = GImGui->Style.Alpha; - if (style_alpha >= 1.0f) - return col; - ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; - a = (ImU32)(a * style_alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range. - return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); -} - // Convert rgb floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]) to hsv floats ([0-1],[0-1],[0-1]), from Foley & van Dam p592 // Optimized http://lolengine.net/blog/2013/01/13/fast-rgb-to-hsv void ImGui::ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(float r, float g, float b, float& out_h, float& out_s, float& out_v) @@ -1560,66 +1652,40 @@ void ImGui::ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(float h, float s, float v, float& out_r, float& } } -FILE* ImFileOpen(const char* filename, const char* mode) +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImGuiCol idx, float alpha_mul) { -#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(__CYGWIN__) - // We need a fopen() wrapper because MSVC/Windows fopen doesn't handle UTF-8 filenames. Converting both strings from UTF-8 to wchar format (using a single allocation, because we can) - const int filename_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(filename, NULL) + 1; - const int mode_wsize = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(mode, NULL) + 1; - ImVector buf; - buf.resize(filename_wsize + mode_wsize); - ImTextStrFromUtf8(&buf[0], filename_wsize, filename, NULL); - ImTextStrFromUtf8(&buf[filename_wsize], mode_wsize, mode, NULL); - return _wfopen((wchar_t*)&buf[0], (wchar_t*)&buf[filename_wsize]); -#else - return fopen(filename, mode); -#endif + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + ImVec4 c = style.Colors[idx]; + c.w *= style.Alpha * alpha_mul; + return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); } -// Load file content into memory -// Memory allocated with ImGui::MemAlloc(), must be freed by user using ImGui::MemFree() -void* ImFileLoadToMemory(const char* filename, const char* file_open_mode, size_t* out_file_size, int padding_bytes) +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(const ImVec4& col) { - IM_ASSERT(filename && file_open_mode); - if (out_file_size) - *out_file_size = 0; + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + ImVec4 c = col; + c.w *= style.Alpha; + return ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(c); +} - FILE* f; - if ((f = ImFileOpen(filename, file_open_mode)) == NULL) - return NULL; +const ImVec4& ImGui::GetStyleColorVec4(ImGuiCol idx) +{ + ImGuiStyle& style = GImGui->Style; + return style.Colors[idx]; +} - long file_size_signed; - if (fseek(f, 0, SEEK_END) || (file_size_signed = ftell(f)) == -1 || fseek(f, 0, SEEK_SET)) - { - fclose(f); - return NULL; - } - - size_t file_size = (size_t)file_size_signed; - void* file_data = ImGui::MemAlloc(file_size + padding_bytes); - if (file_data == NULL) - { - fclose(f); - return NULL; - } - if (fread(file_data, 1, file_size, f) != file_size) - { - fclose(f); - ImGui::MemFree(file_data); - return NULL; - } - if (padding_bytes > 0) - memset((void *)(((char*)file_data) + file_size), 0, (size_t)padding_bytes); - - fclose(f); - if (out_file_size) - *out_file_size = file_size; - - return file_data; +ImU32 ImGui::GetColorU32(ImU32 col) +{ + float style_alpha = GImGui->Style.Alpha; + if (style_alpha >= 1.0f) + return col; + ImU32 a = (col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT; + a = (ImU32)(a * style_alpha); // We don't need to clamp 0..255 because Style.Alpha is in 0..1 range. + return (col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiStorage +// [SECTION] ImGuiStorage // Helper: Key->value storage //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -1660,7 +1726,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::BuildSortByKey() } }; if (Data.Size > 1) - qsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(Pair), StaticFunc::PairCompareByID); + ImQsort(Data.Data, (size_t)Data.Size, sizeof(Pair), StaticFunc::PairCompareByID); } int ImGuiStorage::GetInt(ImGuiID key, int default_val) const @@ -1768,7 +1834,7 @@ void ImGuiStorage::SetAllInt(int v) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiTextFilter +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextFilter //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" @@ -1798,37 +1864,41 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::Draw(const char* label, float width) return value_changed; } -void ImGuiTextFilter::TextRange::split(char separator, ImVector& out) +void ImGuiTextFilter::TextRange::split(char separator, ImVector* out) const { - out.resize(0); + out->resize(0); const char* wb = b; const char* we = wb; while (we < e) { if (*we == separator) { - out.push_back(TextRange(wb, we)); + out->push_back(TextRange(wb, we)); wb = we + 1; } we++; } if (wb != we) - out.push_back(TextRange(wb, we)); + out->push_back(TextRange(wb, we)); } void ImGuiTextFilter::Build() { Filters.resize(0); TextRange input_range(InputBuf, InputBuf+strlen(InputBuf)); - input_range.split(',', Filters); + input_range.split(',', &Filters); CountGrep = 0; for (int i = 0; i != Filters.Size; i++) { - Filters[i].trim_blanks(); - if (Filters[i].empty()) + TextRange& f = Filters[i]; + while (f.b < f.e && ImCharIsBlankA(f.b[0])) + f.b++; + while (f.e > f.b && ImCharIsBlankA(f.e[-1])) + f.e--; + if (f.empty()) continue; - if (Filters[i].front() != '-') + if (Filters[i].b[0] != '-') CountGrep += 1; } } @@ -1846,7 +1916,7 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const const TextRange& f = Filters[i]; if (f.empty()) continue; - if (f.front() == '-') + if (f.b[0] == '-') { // Subtract if (ImStristr(text, text_end, f.begin()+1, f.end()) != NULL) @@ -1868,14 +1938,18 @@ bool ImGuiTextFilter::PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end) const } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiTextBuffer +// [SECTION] ImGuiTextBuffer //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // On some platform vsnprintf() takes va_list by reference and modifies it. // va_copy is the 'correct' way to copy a va_list but Visual Studio prior to 2013 doesn't have it. #ifndef va_copy +#if defined(__GNUC__) || defined(__clang__) +#define va_copy(dest, src) __builtin_va_copy(dest, src) +#else #define va_copy(dest, src) (dest = src) #endif +#endif // Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) @@ -1912,52 +1986,8 @@ void ImGuiTextBuffer::appendf(const char* fmt, ...) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiSimpleColumns (internal use only) -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -ImGuiMenuColumns::ImGuiMenuColumns() -{ - Count = 0; - Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; - memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos)); - memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); -} - -void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear) -{ - IM_ASSERT(Count <= IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos)); - Count = count; - Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; - Spacing = spacing; - if (clear) memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); - for (int i = 0; i < Count; i++) - { - if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) - Width += Spacing; - Pos[i] = (float)(int)Width; - Width += NextWidths[i]; - NextWidths[i] = 0.0f; - } -} - -float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double -{ - NextWidth = 0.0f; - NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0); - NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1); - NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2); - for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) - NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f); - return ImMax(Width, NextWidth); -} - -float ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) -{ - return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiListClipper +// [SECTION] ImGuiListClipper +// This is currently not as flexible/powerful as it should be, needs some rework (see TODO) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) @@ -1968,7 +1998,7 @@ static void SetCursorPosYAndSetupDummyPrevLine(float pos_y, float line_height) ImGui::SetCursorPosY(pos_y); ImGuiWindow* window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(); window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y = window->DC.CursorPos.y - line_height; // Setting those fields so that SetScrollHere() can properly function after the end of our clipper usage. - window->DC.PrevLineHeight = (line_height - GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list. + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = (line_height - GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y); // If we end up needing more accurate data (to e.g. use SameLine) we may as well make the clipper have a fourth step to let user process and display the last item in their list. if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) window->DC.ColumnsSet->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; // Setting this so that cell Y position are set properly } @@ -2041,2366 +2071,11 @@ bool ImGuiListClipper::Step() } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImGuiWindow +// [SECTION] RENDER HELPERS +// Those (internal) functions are currently quite a legacy mess - their signature and behavior will change. +// Also see imgui_draw.cpp for some more which have been reworked to not rely on ImGui:: state. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) - : DrawListInst(&context->DrawListSharedData) -{ - Name = ImStrdup(name); - ID = ImHash(name, 0); - IDStack.push_back(ID); - Flags = 0; - Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - SizeContents = SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - WindowRounding = 0.0f; - WindowBorderSize = 0.0f; - MoveId = GetID("#MOVE"); - ChildId = 0; - Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - ScrollbarX = ScrollbarY = false; - Active = WasActive = false; - WriteAccessed = false; - Collapsed = false; - CollapseToggleWanted = false; - SkipItems = false; - Appearing = false; - CloseButton = false; - BeginOrderWithinParent = -1; - BeginOrderWithinContext = -1; - BeginCount = 0; - PopupId = 0; - AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; - AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; - AutoFitChildAxises = 0x00; - AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; - HiddenFrames = 0; - SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; - SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - - LastFrameActive = -1; - ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f; - FontWindowScale = 1.0f; - - DrawList = &DrawListInst; - DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; - ParentWindow = NULL; - RootWindow = NULL; - RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = NULL; - RootWindowForTabbing = NULL; - RootWindowForNav = NULL; - - NavLastIds[0] = NavLastIds[1] = 0; - NavRectRel[0] = NavRectRel[1] = ImRect(); - NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; - - FocusIdxAllCounter = FocusIdxTabCounter = -1; - FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = INT_MAX; - FocusIdxAllRequestNext = FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX; -} - -ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() -{ - IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst); - IM_DELETE(Name); - for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++) - ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiColumnsSet(); -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - ImGuiID id = ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); - return id; -} - -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - return ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed); -} - -// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. -ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) -{ - ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); - const int r_rel[4] = { (int)(r_abs.Min.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Min.y - Pos.y), (int)(r_abs.Max.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Max.y - Pos.y) }; - ImGuiID id = ImHash(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); - ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); - return id; -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Internal API exposed in imgui_internal.h -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.CurrentWindow = window; - if (window) - g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); -} - -static void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow); - IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == 0 || nav_layer == 1); - g.NavId = id; - g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; -} - -static void SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, const ImRect& rect_rel) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - SetNavID(id, nav_layer); - g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; - g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; -} - -void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id); - if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) - { - g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - g.ActiveIdValueChanged = false; - if (id != 0) - { - g.LastActiveId = id; - g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - } - } - g.ActiveId = id; - g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = 0; - g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; - g.ActiveIdWindow = window; - if (id) - { - g.ActiveIdIsAlive = true; - g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id || g.NavJustTabbedId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; - } -} - -void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); - - // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its NavLayer is the current layer, which is the case everywhere we call it. - const int nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; - if (g.NavWindow != window) - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavId = id; - g.NavWindow = window; - g.NavLayer = nav_layer; - window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; - if (window->DC.LastItemId == id) - window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos); - - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - else - g.NavDisableHighlight = true; -} - -void ImGui::ClearActiveID() -{ - SetActiveID(0, NULL); -} - -void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.HoveredId = id; - g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - g.HoveredIdTimer = (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id) ? (g.HoveredIdTimer + g.IO.DeltaTime) : 0.0f; -} - -ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; -} - -void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - g.ActiveIdIsAlive = true; - if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id) - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true; -} - -void ImGui::MarkItemValueChanged(ImGuiID id) -{ - // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange(). - // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data. - (void)id; // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0); - g.ActiveIdValueChanged = true; -} - -static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) -{ - // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children) - // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavWindow) - if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow) - if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow) - { - // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup" - // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups. - if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) - return false; - if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -// Advance cursor given item size for layout. -void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries - const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, size.y); - const float text_base_offset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, text_offset_y); - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] - window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y); - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2((float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX), (float)(int)(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y)); - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); - window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] - - window->DC.PrevLineHeight = line_height; - window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = text_base_offset; - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; - - // Horizontal layout mode - if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) - SameLine(); -} - -void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y) -{ - ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_offset_y); -} - -static ImGuiDir inline NavScoreItemGetQuadrant(float dx, float dy) -{ - if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy)) - return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left; - return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up; -} - -static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1) -{ - if (a1 < b0) - return a1 - b0; - if (b1 < a0) - return a0 - b1; - return 0.0f; -} - -static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect) -{ - if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) - { - r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); - } - else - { - r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); - } -} - -// Scoring function for directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 -static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) - return false; - - const ImRect& curr = g.NavScoringRectScreen; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width) - g.NavScoringCount++; - - // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring - if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) - { - IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); - if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(cand)) - return false; - cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window - } - - // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) - // For example, this ensure that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. - NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); - - // Compute distance between boxes - // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed. - float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x); - float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items - if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f) - dbx = (dbx/1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f); - float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby); - - // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter) - float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x); - float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y); - float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee) - - // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance - ImGuiDir quadrant; - float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f; - if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f) - { - // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes - dax = dbx; - day = dby; - dist_axial = dist_box; - quadrant = NavScoreItemGetQuadrant(dbx, dby); - } - else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f) - { - // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers - dax = dcx; - day = dcy; - dist_axial = dist_center; - quadrant = NavScoreItemGetQuadrant(dcx, dcy); - } - else - { - // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter) - quadrant = (window->DC.LastItemId < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; - } - -#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - char buf[128]; - if (ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max)) - { - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]); - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList(); - draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); - draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max-ImVec2(4,4), cand.Max+ImGui::CalcTextSize(buf)+ImVec2(4,4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); - draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Max, ~0U, buf); - } - else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. - { - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) { g.NavMoveDirLast = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirLast + 1) & 3); g.IO.KeysDownDuration[g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C]] = 0.01f; } - if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) - { - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList(); - draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); - draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); - } - } - #endif - - // Is it in the quadrant we're interesting in moving to? - bool new_best = false; - if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) - { - // Does it beat the current best candidate? - if (dist_box < result->DistBox) - { - result->DistBox = dist_box; - result->DistCenter = dist_center; - return true; - } - if (dist_box == result->DistBox) - { - // Try using distance between center points to break ties - if (dist_center < result->DistCenter) - { - result->DistCenter = dist_center; - new_best = true; - } - else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter) - { - // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items - // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index), - // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis. - if (((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance - new_best = true; - } - } - } - - // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches - // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness) - // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too. - // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward. - // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option? - if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial) // Check axial match - if (g.NavLayer == 1 && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - if ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f)) - { - result->DistAxial = dist_axial; - new_best = true; - } - - return new_best; -} - -static void NavSaveLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* child_window) -{ - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = child_window; - while (parent_window && (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (parent_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) - parent_window = parent_window->ParentWindow; - if (parent_window && parent_window != child_window) - parent_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = child_window; -} - -// Call when we are expected to land on Layer 0 after FocusWindow() -static ImGuiWindow* NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - return window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow : window; -} - -static void NavRestoreLayer(int layer) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavLayer = layer; - if (layer == 0) - g.NavWindow = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); - if (layer == 0 && g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] != 0) - SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0], layer, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[0]); - else - ImGui::NavInitWindow(g.NavWindow, true); -} - -static inline void NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveRequest || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL); - if (g.NavAnyRequest) - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); -} - -static bool NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0; -} - -void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NavMoveRequest = false; - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); -} - -// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) -static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - //if (!g.IO.NavActive) // [2017/10/06] Removed this possibly redundant test but I am not sure of all the side-effects yet. Some of the feature here will need to work regardless of using a _NoNavInputs flag. - // return; - - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags; - const ImRect nav_bb_rel(nav_bb.Min - window->Pos, nav_bb.Max - window->Pos); - - // Process Init Request - if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) - { - // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback - if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) || g.NavInitResultId == 0) - { - g.NavInitResultId = id; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = nav_bb_rel; - } - if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus)) - { - g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); - } - } - - // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation) - // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRectScreen + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) - if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) - { - ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; -#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING - // [DEBUG] Score all items in NavWindow at all times - if (!g.NavMoveRequest) - g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirLast; - bool new_best = NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb) && g.NavMoveRequest; -#else - bool new_best = g.NavMoveRequest && NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb); -#endif - if (new_best) - { - result->ID = id; - result->Window = window; - result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; - } - - const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; - if ((g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) - if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) - if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, nav_bb)) - { - result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; - result->ID = id; - result->Window = window; - result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; - } - } - - // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item - if (g.NavId == id) - { - g.NavWindow = window; // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() don't have a window. - g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; - g.NavIdIsAlive = true; - g.NavIdTabCounter = window->FocusIdxTabCounter; - window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = nav_bb_rel; // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) - } -} - -// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. -// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface -// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and then use a larger region for drawing/interaction, which is passed to ItemAdd(). -bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (id != 0) - { - // Navigation processing runs prior to clipping early-out - // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget - // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. - // it may not scale very well for windows with ten of thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame. - // We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick) - window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; - if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) - if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) - if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) - NavProcessItem(window, nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); - } - - window->DC.LastItemId = id; - window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = 0; - - // Clipping test - const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id, false); - if (is_clipped) - return false; - //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] - - // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) - if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; - return true; -} - -// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable() -// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered() -// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId -bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight) - return IsItemFocused(); - - // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() - if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) - return false; - IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function - - // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) - // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. - // Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was the test that has been running for a long while. - //if (g.HoveredWindow != window) - // return false; - if (g.HoveredRootWindow != window->RootWindow && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped)) - return false; - - // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) - if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) - return false; - - // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal - if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags)) - return false; - - // Test if the item is disabled - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) - return false; - - // Special handling for the 1st item after Begin() which represent the title bar. When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect tht case. - if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) - return false; - return true; -} - -// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered(). -bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) - return false; - - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.HoveredWindow != window) - return false; - if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) - return false; - if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) - return false; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover || !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) - return false; - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) - return false; - - SetHoveredID(id); - return true; -} - -bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect)) - if (id == 0 || id != g.ActiveId) - if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled) - return true; - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, bool tab_stop) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - const bool allow_keyboard_focus = (window->DC.ItemFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus; - window->FocusIdxAllCounter++; - if (allow_keyboard_focus) - window->FocusIdxTabCounter++; - - // Process keyboard input at this point: TAB/Shift-TAB to tab out of the currently focused item. - // Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in. - if (tab_stop && (g.ActiveId == id) && window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX && window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)) - window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabCounter + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (allow_keyboard_focus ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items. - - if (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent) - return true; - if (allow_keyboard_focus && window->FocusIdxTabCounter == window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent) - { - g.NavJustTabbedId = id; - return true; - } - - return false; -} - -void ImGui::FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - window->FocusIdxAllCounter--; - window->FocusIdxTabCounter--; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImVec2 content_max; - if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) - content_max = g.CurrentWindow->Pos + GetContentRegionMax(); - if (size.x <= 0.0f) - size.x = (size.x == 0.0f) ? default_x : ImMax(content_max.x - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x, 4.0f) + size.x; - if (size.y <= 0.0f) - size.y = (size.y == 0.0f) ? default_y : ImMax(content_max.y - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.y, 4.0f) + size.y; - return size; -} - -float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) -{ - if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f) - return 0.0f; - - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f) - wrap_pos_x = GetContentRegionMax().x + window->Pos.x; - else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f) - wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space - - return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f); -} - -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - -void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) -{ - GImAllocatorActiveAllocationsCount++; - return GImAllocatorAllocFunc(size, GImAllocatorUserData); -} - -void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) -{ - if (ptr) GImAllocatorActiveAllocationsCount--; - return GImAllocatorFreeFunc(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); -} - -const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() -{ - return GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn(GImGui->IO.ClipboardUserData) : ""; -} - -void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text) -{ - if (GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn) - GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn(GImGui->IO.ClipboardUserData, text); -} - -const char* ImGui::GetVersion() -{ - return IMGUI_VERSION; -} - -// Internal state access - if you want to share ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself -// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module -ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext() -{ - return GImGui; -} - -void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) -{ -#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC - IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this. -#else - GImGui = ctx; -#endif -} - -// Helper function to verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit -// If the user has inconsistent compilation settings, imgui configuration #define, packing pragma, etc. you may see different structures from what imgui.cpp sees which is highly problematic. -bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert) -{ - bool error = false; - if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION)!=0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version,IMGUI_VERSION)==0 && "Mismatch version string!"); } - if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } - return !error; -} - -void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void(*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data) -{ - GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func; - GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func; - GImAllocatorUserData = user_data; -} - -ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) -{ - ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); - if (GImGui == NULL) - SetCurrentContext(ctx); - Initialize(ctx); - return ctx; -} - -void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) -{ - if (ctx == NULL) - ctx = GImGui; - Shutdown(ctx); - if (GImGui == ctx) - SetCurrentContext(NULL); - IM_DELETE(ctx); -} - -ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() -{ - IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?"); - return GImGui->IO; -} - -ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle() -{ - IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?"); - return GImGui->Style; -} - -// Same value as passed to the old io.RenderDrawListsFn function. Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() -ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.DrawData.Valid ? &g.DrawData : NULL; -} - -float ImGui::GetTime() -{ - return GImGui->Time; -} - -int ImGui::GetFrameCount() -{ - return GImGui->FrameCount; -} - -ImDrawList* ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() -{ - return &GImGui->OverlayDrawList; -} - -ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() -{ - return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData; -} - -// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin) -void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow); - bool init_for_nav = false; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit) - init_for_nav = true; - if (init_for_nav) - { - SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer); - g.NavInitRequest = true; - g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(); - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); - } - else - { - g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0]; - } -} - -static ImVec2 NavCalcPreferredRefPos() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !g.NavWindow) - return ImFloor(g.IO.MousePos); - - // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, decide on an arbitrary position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item - const ImRect& rect_rel = g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; - ImVec2 pos = g.NavWindow->Pos + ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x*4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); - ImRect visible_rect = GetViewportRect(); - return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, visible_rect.Min, visible_rect.Max)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in back-end might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. -} - -static int FindWindowIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) // FIXME-OPT O(N) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = g.Windows.Size-1; i >= 0; i--) - if (g.Windows[i] == window) - return i; - return -1; -} - -static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavigable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.Windows.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir) - if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.Windows[i])) - return g.Windows[i]; - return NULL; -} - -float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Down) - return g.IO.NavInputs[n]; // Instant, read analog input (0.0f..1.0f, as provided by user) - - const float t = g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[n]; - if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Released) // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input. - return (g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f); - if (t < 0.0f) - return 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed) // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input. - return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat) - return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.80f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f); - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f); - if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast) - return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.80f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f); - return 0.0f; -} - -// Equivalent of IsKeyDown() for NavInputs[] -static bool IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n) -{ - return GImGui->IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f; -} - -// Equivalent of IsKeyPressed() for NavInputs[] -static bool IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) -{ - return ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(n, mode) > 0.0f; -} - -static bool IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput n1, ImGuiNavInput n2, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) -{ - return (ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(n1, mode) + ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(n2, mode)) > 0.0f; -} - -ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor) -{ - ImVec2 delta(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, mode)); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, mode)); - if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick) - delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, mode)); - if (slow_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) - delta *= slow_factor; - if (fast_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) - delta *= fast_factor; - return delta; -} - -static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget); - if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) - return; - - const int i_current = FindWindowIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget); - ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavigable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir); - if (!window_target) - window_target = FindWindowNavigable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.Windows.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir); - g.NavWindowingTarget = window_target; - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; -} - -// Window management mode (hold to: change focus/move/resize, tap to: toggle menu layer) -static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL; - bool apply_toggle_layer = false; - - bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); - bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); - if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) - if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavigable(g.Windows.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) - { - g.NavWindowingTarget = window->RootWindowForTabbing; - g.NavWindowingHighlightTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? false : true; - g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard : ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; - } - - // Gamepad update - g.NavWindowingHighlightTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) - { - // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise - g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingHighlightTimer - 0.20f) / 0.05f)); - - // Select window to focus - const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow); - if (focus_change_dir != 0) - { - NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir); - g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f; - } - - // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered front-most) - if (!IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Menu)) - { - g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore. - if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow) - apply_toggle_layer = true; - else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) - apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; - g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; - } - } - - // Keyboard: Focus - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard) - { - // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise - g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingHighlightTimer - 0.15f) / 0.04f)); // 1.0f - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, true)) - NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(g.IO.KeyShift ? +1 : -1); - if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl) - apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; - } - - // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer - // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of back-end clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released)) - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) - apply_toggle_layer = true; - - // Move window - if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) - { - ImVec2 move_delta; - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && !g.IO.KeyShift) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) - move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); - if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f) - { - const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f; - const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't code variable framerate very well - g.NavWindowingTarget->Pos += move_delta * move_speed; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - MarkIniSettingsDirty(g.NavWindowingTarget); - } - } - - // Apply final focus - if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTabbing)) - { - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); - ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window); - FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); - if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) - NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); - - // If the window only has a menu layer, select it directly - if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == (1 << 1)) - g.NavLayer = 1; - } - if (apply_focus_window) - g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; - - // Apply menu/layer toggle - if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow) - { - ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow; - while ((new_nav_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << 1)) == 0 && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) - new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow; - if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow) - { - ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow; - FocusWindow(new_nav_window); - new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window; - } - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; - NavRestoreLayer((g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << 1)) ? (g.NavLayer ^ 1) : 0); - } -} - -// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view -// NB: We modify rect_rel by the amount we scrolled for, so it is immediately updated. -static void NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect) -{ - ImRect window_rect(window->InnerMainRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerMainRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); - //g.OverlayDrawList.AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] - if (window_rect.Contains(item_rect)) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x) - { - window->ScrollTarget.x = item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; - } - else if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x) - { - window->ScrollTarget.x = item_rect.Max.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 1.0f; - } - if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y) - { - window->ScrollTarget.y = item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; - } - else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y) - { - window->ScrollTarget.y = item_rect.Max.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; - window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 1.0f; - } -} - -static void ImGui::NavUpdate() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.IO.WantSetMousePos = false; - -#if 0 - if (g.NavScoringCount > 0) printf("[%05d] NavScoringCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.FrameCount, g.NavScoringCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); -#endif - - bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; - bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; - - // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed before we map Keyboard (some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) - if (nav_gamepad_active) - if (g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Activate] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Input] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Cancel] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] > 0.0f) - g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; - - // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping - if (nav_keyboard_active) - { - #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) if (IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[_KEY])) { g.IO.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard; } - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiNavInput_Activate ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiNavInput_Input ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_ ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_ ); - NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ ); - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f; - if (g.IO.KeyShift) g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f; - if (g.IO.KeyAlt) g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_] = 1.0f; - #undef NAV_MAP_KEY - } - - memcpy(g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.NavInputs); i++) - g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (g.IO.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - - // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) - if (g.NavInitResultId != 0 && (!g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavInitRequestFromMove)) - { - // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow); - if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) - SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavInitResultRectRel); - else - SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer); - g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = g.NavInitResultRectRel; - } - g.NavInitRequest = false; - g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; - - // Process navigation move request - if (g.NavMoveRequest && (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0 || g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0)) - { - // Select which result to use - ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; - - // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page. - if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) - if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != g.NavId) - result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; - - // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules. - if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) - if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter)) - result = &g.NavMoveResultOther; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window); - - // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view. - if (g.NavLayer == 0) - { - ImRect rect_abs = ImRect(result->RectRel.Min + result->Window->Pos, result->RectRel.Max + result->Window->Pos); - NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(result->Window, rect_abs); - - // Estimate upcoming scroll so we can offset our result position so mouse position can be applied immediately after in NavUpdate() - ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(result->Window, false); - ImVec2 delta_scroll = result->Window->Scroll - next_scroll; - result->RectRel.Translate(delta_scroll); - - // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary (we could/should technically recurse back the whole the parent hierarchy). - if (result->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(result->Window->ParentWindow, ImRect(rect_abs.Min + delta_scroll, rect_abs.Max + delta_scroll)); - } - - // Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request - ClearActiveID(); - g.NavWindow = result->Window; - SetNavIDWithRectRel(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->RectRel); - g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; - } - - // When a forwarded move request failed, we restore the highlight that we disabled during the forward frame - if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive) - { - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequest); - if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; - } - - // Apply application mouse position movement, after we had a chance to process move request result. - if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive) - { - // Set mouse position given our knowledge of the navigated item position from last frame - if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) - { - if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow) - { - g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true; - } - } - g.NavMousePosDirty = false; - } - g.NavIdIsAlive = false; - g.NavJustTabbedId = 0; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == 0 || g.NavLayer == 1); - - // Store our return window (for returning from Layer 1 to Layer 0) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0 - if (g.NavWindow) - NavSaveLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == 0) - g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; - - NavUpdateWindowing(); - - // Set output flags for user application - g.IO.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs); - g.IO.NavVisible = (g.IO.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) || g.NavInitRequest; - - // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) - if (IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) - { - if (g.ActiveId != 0) - { - ClearActiveID(); - } - else if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) - { - // Exit child window - ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); - FocusWindow(parent_window); - SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, 0); - g.NavIdIsAlive = false; - if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) - g.NavMousePosDirty = true; - } - else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0) - { - // Close open popup/menu - if (!(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) - ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1); - } - else if (g.NavLayer != 0) - { - // Leave the "menu" layer - NavRestoreLayer(0); - } - else - { - // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were - if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) - g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0; - g.NavId = 0; - } - } - - // Process manual activation request - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = 0; - if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - { - bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate); - bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) - g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down) - g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed) - g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId; - if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) - g.NavInputId = g.NavId; - } - if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - g.NavDisableHighlight = true; - if (g.NavActivateId != 0) - IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId); - g.NavMoveRequest = false; - - // Process programmatic activation request - if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0) - g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; - g.NavNextActivateId = 0; - - // Initiate directional inputs request - const int allowed_dir_flags = (g.ActiveId == 0) ? ~0 : g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags; - if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) - { - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = 0; - if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindowingTarget && allowed_dir_flags && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) - { - if ((allowed_dir_flags & (1<Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavLayer == 0) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && (allowed_dir_flags & (1 << ImGuiDir_Up)); - bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && (allowed_dir_flags & (1 << ImGuiDir_Down)); - if ((page_up_held && !page_down_held) || (page_down_held && !page_up_held)) - { - if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) - { - // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item - if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) - SetWindowScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight()); - else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) - SetWindowScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight()); - } - else - { - const ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; - const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight()); - if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) - { - nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset, we intentionally request the opposite direction (so we can always land on the last item) - g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; - } - else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) - { - nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; - g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset, we intentionally request the opposite direction (so we can always land on the last item) - g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; - } - } - } - } - - if (g.NavMoveDir != ImGuiDir_None) - { - g.NavMoveRequest = true; - g.NavMoveDirLast = g.NavMoveDir; - } - - // If we initiate a movement request and have no current NavId, we initiate a InitDefautRequest that will be used as a fallback if the direction fails to find a match - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavId == 0) - { - g.NavInitRequest = g.NavInitRequestFromMove = true; - g.NavInitResultId = 0; - g.NavDisableHighlight = false; - } - - NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); - - // Scrolling - if (g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget) - { - // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item - ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - const float scroll_speed = ImFloor(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * g.IO.DeltaTime + 0.5f); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. - if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && g.NavMoveRequest) - { - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) - SetWindowScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) - SetWindowScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); - } - - // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys - // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds. - ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, 1.0f/10.0f, 10.0f); - if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) - { - SetWindowScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed)); - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; - } - if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) - { - SetWindowScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed)); - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; - } - } - - // Reset search results - g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); - g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.Clear(); - g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); - - // When we have manually scrolled (without using navigation) and NavId becomes out of bounds, we project its bounding box to the visible area to restart navigation within visible items - if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect && g.NavLayer == 0) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; - ImRect window_rect_rel(window->InnerMainRect.Min - window->Pos - ImVec2(1,1), window->InnerMainRect.Max - window->Pos + ImVec2(1,1)); - if (!window_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) - { - float pad = window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f; - window_rect_rel.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetWidth(), pad), -ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetHeight(), pad))); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item - window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWith(window_rect_rel); - g.NavId = 0; - } - g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; - } - - // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items) - ImRect nav_rect_rel = (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted()) ? g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0,0,0,0); - g.NavScoringRectScreen = g.NavWindow ? ImRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Max) : GetViewportRect(); - g.NavScoringRectScreen.TranslateY(nav_scoring_rect_offset_y); - g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x = ImMin(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x + 1.0f, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max.x); - g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max.x = g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x; - IM_ASSERT(!g.NavScoringRectScreen.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). - //g.OverlayDrawList.AddRect(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] - g.NavScoringCount = 0; -#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS - if (g.NavWindow) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } // [DEBUG] - if (g.NavWindow) { ImU32 col = (g.NavWindow->HiddenFrames == 0) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); g.OverlayDrawList.AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); g.OverlayDrawList.AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } -#endif -} - -static void ImGui::UpdateMovingWindow() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.MovingWindow != NULL) - { - // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window). - // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency. - KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); - IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow); - ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) - { - ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; - if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y) - { - MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); - SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); - } - FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow); - } - else - { - ClearActiveID(); - g.MovingWindow = NULL; - } - } - else - { - // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others. - if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId) - { - KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); - if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0]) - ClearActiveID(); - } - } -} - -static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX component, but in reality we test for -256000.0f) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta - if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) - g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev; - else - g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || g.IO.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) - g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - - g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) - { - g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; - g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; - g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i]; - g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false; - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) - { - if (g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime) - { - ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) - g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true; - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -FLT_MAX; // so the third click isn't turned into a double-click - } - else - { - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; - } - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos; - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; - } - else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) - { - // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold - ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos)); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x); - g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y); - } - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation - g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; - } -} - -// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app) -void ImGui::NewFrameUpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Find the window hovered by mouse: - // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow. - // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame. - // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms. - g.HoveredWindow = (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)) ? g.MovingWindow : FindHoveredWindow(); - g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL; - - // Modal windows prevents cursor from hovering behind them. - ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetFrontMostPopupModal(); - if (modal_window) - if (g.HoveredRootWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredRootWindow, modal_window)) - g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow = NULL; - - // Disabled mouse? - if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; - - // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward. - int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1; - bool mouse_any_down = false; - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) - { - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) - g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty()); - mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i]; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) - if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down]) - mouse_earliest_button_down = i; - } - const bool mouse_avail_to_imgui = (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1) || g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down]; - - // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering. - // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02) - const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0; - if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) - g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; - - // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to imgui, false = dispatch mouse info to imgui + app) - if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1) - g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0); - else - g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty()); - - // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to imgui, false = dispatch keyboard info to imgui + app) - if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); - else - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); - if (g.IO.NavActive && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) - g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; - - // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible - g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; -} - -void ImGui::NewFrame() -{ - IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?"); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Check user data - // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument) - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DeltaTime >= 0.0f && "Need a positive DeltaTime (zero is tolerated but will cause some timing issues)"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0 && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded() && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting"); - IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)"); - IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?"); - for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)"); - - // Perform simple check for required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only recently added in 1.60 WIP) - if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) - IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation."); - - // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before) - if (!g.SettingsLoaded) - { - IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty()); - if (g.IO.IniFilename) - LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - g.SettingsLoaded = true; - } - - // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much) - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f) - { - g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - { - if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) - SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - else - g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true; // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves. - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - } - } - - g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.FrameCount += 1; - g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0; - g.WindowsActiveCount = 0; - - SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); - IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); - g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y); - g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; - - g.OverlayDrawList.Clear(); - g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); - g.OverlayDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen(); - g.OverlayDrawList.Flags = (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines : 0) | (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill : 0); - - // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it - g.DrawData.Clear(); - - // Clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore - if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame) - g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; - g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; - g.HoveredId = 0; - g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; - if (!g.ActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0) - ClearActiveID(); - if (g.ActiveId) - g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId; - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow; - g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameValueChanged = g.ActiveIdValueChanged; - g.ActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; - g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; - if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId && g.ActiveId != g.ScalarAsInputTextId) - g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0; - - // Elapse drag & drop payload - if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) - { - ClearDragDrop(); - g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear(); - memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); - } - g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; - g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; - - // Update keyboard input state - memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration)); - for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++) - g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; - - // Update gamepad/keyboard directional navigation - NavUpdate(); - - // Update mouse input state - UpdateMouseInputs(); - - // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature - g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx]; - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime; - g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame); - g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame))) : FLT_MAX; - - // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering) - UpdateMovingWindow(); - NewFrameUpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); - - if (GetFrontMostPopupModal() != NULL) - g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = ImMin(g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f); - else - g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = 0.0f; - - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; - g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; - g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default - - // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale - if (g.HoveredWindow && !g.HoveredWindow->Collapsed && (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f || g.IO.MouseWheelH != 0.0f)) - { - // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent (unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set). - ImGuiWindow* window = g.HoveredWindow; - ImGuiWindow* scroll_window = window; - while ((scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) && scroll_window->ParentWindow) - scroll_window = scroll_window->ParentWindow; - const bool scroll_allowed = !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs); - - if (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f) - { - if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) - { - // Zoom / Scale window - const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); - const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; - window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; - - const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; - window->Pos += offset; - window->Size *= scale; - window->SizeFull *= scale; - } - else if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && scroll_allowed) - { - // Mouse wheel vertical scrolling - float scroll_amount = 5 * scroll_window->CalcFontSize(); - scroll_amount = (float)(int)ImMin(scroll_amount, (scroll_window->ContentsRegionRect.GetHeight() + scroll_window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f) * 0.67f); - SetWindowScrollY(scroll_window, scroll_window->Scroll.y - g.IO.MouseWheel * scroll_amount); - } - } - if (g.IO.MouseWheelH != 0.0f && scroll_allowed) - { - // Mouse wheel horizontal scrolling (for hardware that supports it) - float scroll_amount = scroll_window->CalcFontSize(); - if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse)) - SetWindowScrollX(window, window->Scroll.x - g.IO.MouseWheelH * scroll_amount); - } - } - - // Pressing TAB activate widget focus - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.NavWindow != NULL && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, false)) - { - if (g.NavId != 0 && g.NavIdTabCounter != INT_MAX) - g.NavWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = g.NavIdTabCounter + 1 + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 1); - else - g.NavWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0; - } - g.NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; - - // Mark all windows as not visible - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - window->WasActive = window->Active; - window->Active = false; - window->WriteAccessed = false; - } - - // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order - if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) - FocusFrontMostActiveWindow(NULL); - - // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame. - // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. - g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); - g.CurrentPopupStack.resize(0); - ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow); - - // Create implicit window - we will only render it if the user has added something to it. - // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. - SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400,400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - Begin("Debug##Default"); -} - -static void* SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) -{ - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImHash(name, 0)); - if (!settings) - settings = AddWindowSettings(name); - return (void*)settings; -} - -static void SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line) -{ - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry; - float x, y; - int i; - if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Pos = ImVec2(x, y); - else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Size = ImMax(ImVec2(x, y), GImGui->Style.WindowMinSize); - else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); -} - -static void SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* imgui_ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) -{ - // Gather data from windows that were active during this session - ImGuiContext& g = *imgui_ctx; - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) - continue; - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID); - if (!settings) - settings = AddWindowSettings(window->Name); - settings->Pos = window->Pos; - settings->Size = window->SizeFull; - settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; - } - - // Write a buffer - // If a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings - buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.Size * 96); // ballpark reserve - for (int i = 0; i != g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++) - { - const ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = &g.SettingsWindows[i]; - if (settings->Pos.x == FLT_MAX) - continue; - const char* name = settings->Name; - if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() - name = p; - buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, name); - buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Pos.x, (int)settings->Pos.y); - buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Size.x, (int)settings->Size.y); - buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); - buf->appendf("\n"); - } -} - -void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *context; - IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); - - // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type - ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; - ini_handler.TypeName = "Window"; - ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHash("Window", 0, 0); - ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen; - ini_handler.ReadLineFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine; - ini_handler.WriteAllFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll; - g.SettingsHandlers.push_front(ini_handler); - - g.Initialized = true; -} - -// This function is merely here to free heap allocations. -void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) -{ - // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) - ImGuiContext& g = *context; - if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) - IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts); - g.IO.Fonts = NULL; - - // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized ImGui. - if (!g.Initialized) - return; - - // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) - if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) - SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); - - // Clear everything else - for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(g.Windows[i]); - g.Windows.clear(); - g.WindowsSortBuffer.clear(); - g.CurrentWindow = NULL; - g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); - g.WindowsById.Clear(); - g.NavWindow = NULL; - g.HoveredWindow = NULL; - g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; - g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; - g.MovingWindow = NULL; - g.ColorModifiers.clear(); - g.StyleModifiers.clear(); - g.FontStack.clear(); - g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); - g.CurrentPopupStack.clear(); - g.DrawDataBuilder.ClearFreeMemory(); - g.OverlayDrawList.ClearFreeMemory(); - g.PrivateClipboard.clear(); - g.InputTextState.Text.clear(); - g.InputTextState.InitialText.clear(); - g.InputTextState.TempTextBuffer.clear(); - - for (int i = 0; i < g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++) - IM_DELETE(g.SettingsWindows[i].Name); - g.SettingsWindows.clear(); - g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); - - if (g.LogFile && g.LogFile != stdout) - { - fclose(g.LogFile); - g.LogFile = NULL; - } - g.LogClipboard.clear(); - - g.Initialized = false; -} - -ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = 0; i != g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++) - if (g.SettingsWindows[i].Id == id) - return &g.SettingsWindows[i]; - return NULL; -} - -static ImGuiWindowSettings* AddWindowSettings(const char* name) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SettingsWindows.push_back(ImGuiWindowSettings()); - ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = &g.SettingsWindows.back(); - settings->Name = ImStrdup(name); - settings->Id = ImHash(name, 0); - return settings; -} - -void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) -{ - size_t file_data_size = 0; - char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size); - if (!file_data) - return; - LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); - ImGui::MemFree(file_data); -} - -ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHash(type_name, 0, 0); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash) - return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; - return NULL; -} - -// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing -void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); - IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0); - - // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter). - // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy.. - if (ini_size == 0) - ini_size = strlen(ini_data); - char* buf = (char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(ini_size + 1); - char* buf_end = buf + ini_size; - memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); - buf[ini_size] = 0; - - void* entry_data = NULL; - ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; - - char* line_end = NULL; - for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1) - { - // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line - while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r') - line++; - line_end = line; - while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r') - line_end++; - line_end[0] = 0; - - if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']') - { - // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code. - line_end[-1] = 0; - const char* name_end = line_end - 1; - const char* type_start = line + 1; - char* type_end = (char*)(intptr_t)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']'); - const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL; - if (!type_end || !name_start) - { - name_start = type_start; // Import legacy entries that have no type - type_start = "Window"; - } - else - { - *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']' - name_start++; // Skip second '[' - } - entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start); - entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL; - } - else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL) - { - // Let type handler parse the line - entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line); - } - } - ImGui::MemFree(buf); - g.SettingsLoaded = true; -} - -void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - if (!ini_filename) - return; - - size_t ini_data_size = 0; - const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size); - FILE* f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt"); - if (!f) - return; - fwrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f); - fclose(f); -} - -// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer -const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; - g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0); - g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0); - for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) - { - ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; - handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData); - } - if (out_size) - *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size(); - return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); -} - -void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; -} - -void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) - g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; -} - -// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure. -static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) -{ - const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs; - const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs; - if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) - return d; - if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) - return d; - return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent); -} - -static void AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - out_sorted_windows->push_back(window); - if (window->Active) - { - int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; - if (count > 1) - qsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.begin(), (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer); - for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; - if (child->Active) - AddWindowToSortedBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child); - } - } -} - -static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) -{ - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty()) - return; - - // Remove trailing command if unused - ImDrawCmd& last_cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); - if (last_cmd.ElemCount == 0 && last_cmd.UserCallback == NULL) - { - draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); - if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty()) - return; - } - - // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); - IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); - - // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) - // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: - // A) Make sure you are coarse clipping, because ImDrawList let all your vertices pass. You can use the Metrics window to inspect draw list contents. - // B) If you need/want meshes with more than 64K vertices, uncomment the '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h to set the index size to 4 bytes. - // You'll need to handle the 4-bytes indices to your renderer. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time by doing: - // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); - // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most API. - // C) If for some reason you cannot use 4 bytes indices or don't want to, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. - if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) - IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); - - out_list->push_back(draw_list); -} - -static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector* out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - AddDrawListToDrawData(out_render_list, window->DrawList); - for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; - if (child->Active && child->HiddenFrames == 0) // clipped children may have been marked not active - AddWindowToDrawData(out_render_list, child); - } -} - -static void AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows++; - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1], window); - else - AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], window); -} - -void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() -{ - int n = Layers[0].Size; - int size = n; - for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++) - size += Layers[i].Size; - Layers[0].resize(size); - for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++) - { - ImVector& layer = Layers[layer_n]; - if (layer.empty()) - continue; - memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); - n += layer.Size; - layer.resize(0); - } -} - -static void SetupDrawData(ImVector* draw_lists, ImDrawData* out_draw_data) -{ - ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); - out_draw_data->Valid = true; - out_draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL; - out_draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; - out_draw_data->TotalVtxCount = out_draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; - out_draw_data->DisplayPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - out_draw_data->DisplaySize = io.DisplaySize; - for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) - { - out_draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->VtxBuffer.Size; - out_draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->IdxBuffer.Size; - } -} - -// When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, to that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result. -void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect); - window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); -} - -void ImGui::PopClipRect() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); - window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); -} - -// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal. -void ImGui::EndFrame() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() - if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times. - return; - - // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) - if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImeLastPos - g.PlatformImePos) > 0.0001f) - { - g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.PlatformImePos.x, (int)g.PlatformImePos.y); - g.PlatformImeLastPos = g.PlatformImePos; - } - - // Hide implicit "Debug" window if it hasn't been used - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1); // Mismatched Begin()/End() calls, did you forget to call end on g.CurrentWindow->Name? - if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed) - g.CurrentWindow->Active = false; - End(); - - if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.HoveredId == 0) - { - if (!g.NavWindow || !g.NavWindow->Appearing) // Unless we just made a window/popup appear - { - // Click to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets) - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) - { - if (g.HoveredRootWindow != NULL) - { - // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set, without it dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows. - FocusWindow(g.HoveredWindow); - SetActiveID(g.HoveredWindow->MoveId, g.HoveredWindow); - g.NavDisableHighlight = true; - g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - g.HoveredRootWindow->Pos; - if (!(g.HoveredWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) && !(g.HoveredRootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) - g.MovingWindow = g.HoveredWindow; - } - else if (g.NavWindow != NULL && GetFrontMostPopupModal() == NULL) - { - // Clicking on void disable focus - FocusWindow(NULL); - } - } - - // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus - // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger) - if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) - { - // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the front most Modal Window. - // This is where we can trim the popup stack. - ImGuiWindow* modal = GetFrontMostPopupModal(); - bool hovered_window_above_modal = false; - if (modal == NULL) - hovered_window_above_modal = true; - for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window_above_modal == false; i--) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window == modal) - break; - if (window == g.HoveredWindow) - hovered_window_above_modal = true; - } - ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal); - } - } - } - - // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent - // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because childs may not exist yet - g.WindowsSortBuffer.resize(0); - g.WindowsSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); - for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it - continue; - AddWindowToSortedBuffer(&g.WindowsSortBuffer, window); - } - - IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsSortBuffer.Size); // we done something wrong - g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsSortBuffer); - - // Clear Input data for next frame - g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; - memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters)); - memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs)); - - g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount; -} - -void ImGui::Render() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() - - if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) - ImGui::EndFrame(); - g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; - - // Gather windows to render - g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = 0; - g.DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); - ImGuiWindow* window_to_render_front_most = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget : NULL; - for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; - if (window->Active && window->HiddenFrames == 0 && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != window_to_render_front_most) - AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(window); - } - if (window_to_render_front_most && window_to_render_front_most->Active && window_to_render_front_most->HiddenFrames == 0) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the front-most window - AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(window_to_render_front_most); - g.DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); - - // Draw software mouse cursor if requested - ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; - if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor && g.IO.Fonts->GetMouseCursorTexData(g.MouseCursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) - { - const ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - offset; - const ImTextureID tex_id = g.IO.Fonts->TexID; - const float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; - g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(tex_id); - g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1,0)*sc, pos+ImVec2(1,0)*sc + size*sc, uv[2], uv[3], IM_COL32(0,0,0,48)); // Shadow - g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2,0)*sc, pos+ImVec2(2,0)*sc + size*sc, uv[2], uv[3], IM_COL32(0,0,0,48)); // Shadow - g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*sc, uv[2], uv[3], IM_COL32(0,0,0,255)); // Black border - g.OverlayDrawList.AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*sc, uv[0], uv[1], IM_COL32(255,255,255,255)); // White fill - g.OverlayDrawList.PopTextureID(); - } - if (!g.OverlayDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty()) - AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.OverlayDrawList); - - // Setup ImDrawData structure for end-user - SetupDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.DrawData); - g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.DrawData.TotalVtxCount; - g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.DrawData.TotalIdxCount; - - // Render. If user hasn't set a callback then they may retrieve the draw data via GetDrawData() -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - if (g.DrawData.CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL) - g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(&g.DrawData); -#endif -} - const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end) { const char* text_display_end = text; @@ -4412,74 +2087,6 @@ const char* ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end) return text_display_end; } -// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) -void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!g.LogEnabled) - return; - - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - if (g.LogFile) - vfprintf(g.LogFile, fmt, args); - else - g.LogClipboard.appendfv(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth. -// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding -static void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (!text_end) - text_end = ImGui::FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); - - const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > window->DC.LogLinePosY + 1); - if (ref_pos) - window->DC.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y; - - const char* text_remaining = text; - if (g.LogStartDepth > window->DC.TreeDepth) // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth - g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; - const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogStartDepth); - for (;;) - { - // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry. - const char* line_end = text_remaining; - while (line_end < text_end) - if (*line_end == '\n') - break; - else - line_end++; - if (line_end >= text_end) - line_end = NULL; - - const bool is_first_line = (text == text_remaining); - bool is_last_line = false; - if (line_end == NULL) - { - is_last_line = true; - line_end = text_end; - } - if (line_end != NULL && !(is_last_line && (line_end - text_remaining)==0)) - { - const int char_count = (int)(line_end - text_remaining); - if (log_new_line || !is_first_line) - ImGui::LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth*4, "", char_count, text_remaining); - else - ImGui::LogText(" %.*s", char_count, text_remaining); - } - - if (is_last_line) - break; - text_remaining = line_end + 1; - } -} - // Internal ImGui functions to render text // RenderText***() functions calls ImDrawList::AddText() calls ImBitmapFont::RenderText() void ImGui::RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_hash) @@ -4591,11 +2198,10 @@ void ImGui::RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, float rounding) } } -// Render a triangle to denote expanded/collapsed state +// Render an arrow aimed to be aligned with text (p_min is a position in the same space text would be positioned). To e.g. denote expanded/collapsed state void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImVec2 p_min, ImGuiDir dir, float scale) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; const float h = g.FontSize * 1.00f; float r = h * 0.40f * scale; @@ -4607,18 +2213,16 @@ void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImVec2 p_min, ImGuiDir dir, float scale) case ImGuiDir_Up: case ImGuiDir_Down: if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) r = -r; - center.y -= r * 0.25f; - a = ImVec2(0,1) * r; - b = ImVec2(-0.866f,-0.5f) * r; - c = ImVec2(+0.866f,-0.5f) * r; + a = ImVec2(+0.000f,+0.750f) * r; + b = ImVec2(-0.866f,-0.750f) * r; + c = ImVec2(+0.866f,-0.750f) * r; break; case ImGuiDir_Left: case ImGuiDir_Right: if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) r = -r; - center.x -= r * 0.25f; - a = ImVec2(1,0) * r; - b = ImVec2(-0.500f,+0.866f) * r; - c = ImVec2(-0.500f,-0.866f) * r; + a = ImVec2(+0.750f,+0.000f) * r; + b = ImVec2(-0.750f,+0.866f) * r; + c = ImVec2(-0.750f,-0.866f) * r; break; case ImGuiDir_None: case ImGuiDir_COUNT: @@ -4626,14 +2230,14 @@ void ImGui::RenderArrow(ImVec2 p_min, ImGuiDir dir, float scale) break; } - window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + g.CurrentWindow->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(center + a, center + b, center + c, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); } void ImGui::RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(pos, GImGui->FontSize*0.20f, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), 8); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(pos, g.FontSize*0.20f, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), 8); } void ImGui::RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz) @@ -4686,6 +2290,1325 @@ void ImGui::RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFl } } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MAIN CODE (most of the code! lots of stuff, needs tidying up!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// ImGuiWindow is mostly a dumb struct. It merely has a constructor and a few helper methods +ImGuiWindow::ImGuiWindow(ImGuiContext* context, const char* name) + : DrawListInst(&context->DrawListSharedData) +{ + Name = ImStrdup(name); + ID = ImHash(name, 0); + IDStack.push_back(ID); + Flags = 0; + Pos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + Size = SizeFull = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + SizeContents = SizeContentsExplicit = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + WindowPadding = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + WindowRounding = 0.0f; + WindowBorderSize = 0.0f; + MoveId = GetID("#MOVE"); + ChildId = 0; + Scroll = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + ScrollTargetCenterRatio = ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); + ScrollbarSizes = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + ScrollbarX = ScrollbarY = false; + Active = WasActive = false; + WriteAccessed = false; + Collapsed = false; + WantCollapseToggle = false; + SkipItems = false; + Appearing = false; + Hidden = false; + HasCloseButton = false; + BeginCount = 0; + BeginOrderWithinParent = -1; + BeginOrderWithinContext = -1; + PopupId = 0; + AutoFitFramesX = AutoFitFramesY = -1; + AutoFitOnlyGrows = false; + AutoFitChildAxises = 0x00; + AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_None; + HiddenFramesRegular = HiddenFramesForResize = 0; + SetWindowPosAllowFlags = SetWindowSizeAllowFlags = SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags = ImGuiCond_Always | ImGuiCond_Once | ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver | ImGuiCond_Appearing; + SetWindowPosVal = SetWindowPosPivot = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); + + LastFrameActive = -1; + ItemWidthDefault = 0.0f; + FontWindowScale = 1.0f; + SettingsIdx = -1; + + DrawList = &DrawListInst; + DrawList->_OwnerName = Name; + ParentWindow = NULL; + RootWindow = NULL; + RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = NULL; + RootWindowForNav = NULL; + + NavLastIds[0] = NavLastIds[1] = 0; + NavRectRel[0] = NavRectRel[1] = ImRect(); + NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; + + FocusIdxAllCounter = FocusIdxTabCounter = -1; + FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = INT_MAX; + FocusIdxAllRequestNext = FocusIdxTabRequestNext = INT_MAX; +} + +ImGuiWindow::~ImGuiWindow() +{ + IM_ASSERT(DrawList == &DrawListInst); + IM_DELETE(Name); + for (int i = 0; i != ColumnsStorage.Size; i++) + ColumnsStorage[i].~ImGuiColumnsSet(); +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetID(const void* ptr) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + ImGuiID id = ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); + return id; +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + return ImHash(str, str_end ? (int)(str_end - str) : 0, seed); +} + +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + return ImHash(&ptr, sizeof(void*), seed); +} + +// This is only used in rare/specific situations to manufacture an ID out of nowhere. +ImGuiID ImGuiWindow::GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs) +{ + ImGuiID seed = IDStack.back(); + const int r_rel[4] = { (int)(r_abs.Min.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Min.y - Pos.y), (int)(r_abs.Max.x - Pos.x), (int)(r_abs.Max.y - Pos.y) }; + ImGuiID id = ImHash(&r_rel, sizeof(r_rel), seed); + ImGui::KeepAliveID(id); + return id; +} + +static void SetCurrentWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.CurrentWindow = window; + if (window) + g.FontSize = g.DrawListSharedData.FontSize = window->CalcFontSize(); +} + +void ImGui::SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow); + IM_ASSERT(nav_layer == 0 || nav_layer == 1); + g.NavId = id; + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; +} + +void ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, const ImRect& rect_rel) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + SetNavID(id, nav_layer); + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = rect_rel; + g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; +} + +void ImGui::SetActiveID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = (g.ActiveId != id); + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + g.ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEdited = false; + if (id != 0) + { + g.LastActiveId = id; + g.LastActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; + } + } + g.ActiveId = id; + g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = 0; + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; + g.ActiveIdWindow = window; + if (id) + { + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; + g.ActiveIdSource = (g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id || g.NavJustTabbedId == id || g.NavJustMovedToId == id) ? ImGuiInputSource_Nav : ImGuiInputSource_Mouse; + } +} + +void ImGui::SetFocusID(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); + + // Assume that SetFocusID() is called in the context where its NavLayer is the current layer, which is the case everywhere we call it. + const int nav_layer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; + if (g.NavWindow != window) + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavId = id; + g.NavWindow = window; + g.NavLayer = nav_layer; + window->NavLastIds[nav_layer] = id; + if (window->DC.LastItemId == id) + window->NavRectRel[nav_layer] = ImRect(window->DC.LastItemRect.Min - window->Pos, window->DC.LastItemRect.Max - window->Pos); + + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + else + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; +} + +void ImGui::ClearActiveID() +{ + SetActiveID(0, NULL); +} + +void ImGui::SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.HoveredId = id; + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + if (id != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id) + g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; +} + +ImGuiID ImGui::GetHoveredID() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.HoveredId ? g.HoveredId : g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame; +} + +void ImGui::KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = id; + if (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == id) + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = true; +} + +void ImGui::MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id) +{ + // This marking is solely to be able to provide info for IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(). + // ActiveId might have been released by the time we call this (as in the typical press/release button behavior) but still need need to fill the data. + (void)id; // Avoid unused variable warnings when asserts are compiled out. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == 0 || g.DragDropActive); + //IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId == id); + g.ActiveIdHasBeenEdited = true; + g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited; +} + +static inline bool IsWindowContentHoverable(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + // An active popup disable hovering on other windows (apart from its own children) + // FIXME-OPT: This could be cached/stored within the window. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavWindow) + if (ImGuiWindow* focused_root_window = g.NavWindow->RootWindow) + if (focused_root_window->WasActive && focused_root_window != window->RootWindow) + { + // For the purpose of those flags we differentiate "standard popup" from "modal popup" + // NB: The order of those two tests is important because Modal windows are also Popups. + if (focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + return false; + if ((focused_root_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +// Advance cursor given item size for layout. +void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + // Always align ourselves on pixel boundaries + const float line_height = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y, size.y); + const float text_base_offset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, text_offset_y); + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(size.x, line_height), IM_COL32(255,0,0,200)); // [DEBUG] + window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + size.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y); + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2((float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x), (float)(int)(window->DC.CursorPos.y + line_height + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y)); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x, window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x); + window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y = ImMax(window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y, window->DC.CursorPos.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y); + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddCircle(window->DC.CursorMaxPos, 3.0f, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), 4); // [DEBUG] + + window->DC.PrevLineSize.y = line_height; + window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = text_base_offset; + window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; + + // Horizontal layout mode + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) + SameLine(); +} + +void ImGui::ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y) +{ + ItemSize(bb.GetSize(), text_offset_y); +} + +// Declare item bounding box for clipping and interaction. +// Note that the size can be different than the one provided to ItemSize(). Typically, widgets that spread over available surface +// declare their minimum size requirement to ItemSize() and then use a larger region for drawing/interaction, which is passed to ItemAdd(). +bool ImGui::ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb_arg) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (id != 0) + { + // Navigation processing runs prior to clipping early-out + // (a) So that NavInitRequest can be honored, for newly opened windows to select a default widget + // (b) So that we can scroll up/down past clipped items. This adds a small O(N) cost to regular navigation requests unfortunately, but it is still limited to one window. + // it may not scale very well for windows with ten of thousands of item, but at least NavMoveRequest is only set on user interaction, aka maximum once a frame. + // We could early out with "if (is_clipped && !g.NavInitRequest) return false;" but when we wouldn't be able to reach unclipped widgets. This would work if user had explicit scrolling control (e.g. mapped on a stick) + window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; + if (g.NavId == id || g.NavAnyRequest) + if (g.NavWindow->RootWindowForNav == window->RootWindowForNav) + if (window == g.NavWindow || ((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened)) + NavProcessItem(window, nav_bb_arg ? *nav_bb_arg : bb, id); + } + + window->DC.LastItemId = id; + window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags = 0; + + // Clipping test + const bool is_clipped = IsClippedEx(bb, id, false); + if (is_clipped) + return false; + //if (g.IO.KeyAlt) window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,120)); // [DEBUG] + + // We need to calculate this now to take account of the current clipping rectangle (as items like Selectable may change them) + if (IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect; + return true; +} + +// This is roughly matching the behavior of internal-facing ItemHoverable() +// - we allow hovering to be true when ActiveId==window->MoveID, so that clicking on non-interactive items such as a Text() item still returns true with IsItemHovered() +// - this should work even for non-interactive items that have no ID, so we cannot use LastItemId +bool ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover && !g.NavDisableHighlight) + return IsItemFocused(); + + // Test for bounding box overlap, as updated as ItemAdd() + if (!(window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect)) + return false; + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows)) == 0); // Flags not supported by this function + + // Test if we are hovering the right window (our window could be behind another window) + // [2017/10/16] Reverted commit 344d48be3 and testing RootWindow instead. I believe it is correct to NOT test for RootWindow but this leaves us unable to use IsItemHovered() after EndChild() itself. + // Until a solution is found I believe reverting to the test from 2017/09/27 is safe since this was the test that has been running for a long while. + //if (g.HoveredWindow != window) + // return false; + if (g.HoveredRootWindow != window->RootWindow && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped)) + return false; + + // Test if another item is active (e.g. being dragged) + if (!(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap && g.ActiveId != window->MoveId) + return false; + + // Test if interactions on this window are blocked by an active popup or modal + if (!IsWindowContentHoverable(window, flags)) + return false; + + // Test if the item is disabled + if ((window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) && !(flags & ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled)) + return false; + + // Special handling for the 1st item after Begin() which represent the title bar. When the window is collapsed (SkipItems==true) that last item will never be overwritten so we need to detect tht case. + if (window->DC.LastItemId == window->MoveId && window->WriteAccessed) + return false; + return true; +} + +// Internal facing ItemHoverable() used when submitting widgets. Differs slightly from IsItemHovered(). +bool ImGui::ItemHoverable(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.HoveredId != 0 && g.HoveredId != id && !g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.HoveredWindow != window) + return false; + if (g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveId != id && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) + return false; + if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max)) + return false; + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover || !IsWindowContentHoverable(window, ImGuiHoveredFlags_None)) + return false; + if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled) + return false; + + SetHoveredID(id); + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::IsClippedEx(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool clip_even_when_logged) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (!bb.Overlaps(window->ClipRect)) + if (id == 0 || id != g.ActiveId) + if (clip_even_when_logged || !g.LogEnabled) + return true; + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::FocusableItemRegister(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiID id, bool tab_stop) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + const bool allow_keyboard_focus = (window->DC.ItemFlags & (ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus | ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled)) == ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus; + window->FocusIdxAllCounter++; + if (allow_keyboard_focus) + window->FocusIdxTabCounter++; + + // Process keyboard input at this point: TAB/Shift-TAB to tab out of the currently focused item. + // Note that we can always TAB out of a widget that doesn't allow tabbing in. + if (tab_stop && (g.ActiveId == id) && window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX && window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)) + window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = window->FocusIdxTabCounter + (g.IO.KeyShift ? (allow_keyboard_focus ? -1 : 0) : +1); // Modulo on index will be applied at the end of frame once we've got the total counter of items. + + if (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent) + return true; + if (allow_keyboard_focus && window->FocusIdxTabCounter == window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent) + { + g.NavJustTabbedId = id; + return true; + } + + return false; +} + +void ImGui::FocusableItemUnregister(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + window->FocusIdxAllCounter--; + window->FocusIdxTabCounter--; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcItemSize(ImVec2 size, float default_x, float default_y) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImVec2 content_max; + if (size.x < 0.0f || size.y < 0.0f) + content_max = g.CurrentWindow->Pos + GetContentRegionMax(); + if (size.x <= 0.0f) + size.x = (size.x == 0.0f) ? default_x : ImMax(content_max.x - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x, 4.0f) + size.x; + if (size.y <= 0.0f) + size.y = (size.y == 0.0f) ? default_y : ImMax(content_max.y - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.y, 4.0f) + size.y; + return size; +} + +float ImGui::CalcWrapWidthForPos(const ImVec2& pos, float wrap_pos_x) +{ + if (wrap_pos_x < 0.0f) + return 0.0f; + + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + if (wrap_pos_x == 0.0f) + wrap_pos_x = GetContentRegionMax().x + window->Pos.x; + else if (wrap_pos_x > 0.0f) + wrap_pos_x += window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x; // wrap_pos_x is provided is window local space + + return ImMax(wrap_pos_x - pos.x, 1.0f); +} + +void* ImGui::MemAlloc(size_t size) +{ + if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) + ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations++; + return GImAllocatorAllocFunc(size, GImAllocatorUserData); +} + +void ImGui::MemFree(void* ptr) +{ + if (ptr) + if (ImGuiContext* ctx = GImGui) + ctx->IO.MetricsActiveAllocations--; + return GImAllocatorFreeFunc(ptr, GImAllocatorUserData); +} + +const char* ImGui::GetClipboardText() +{ + return GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn ? GImGui->IO.GetClipboardTextFn(GImGui->IO.ClipboardUserData) : ""; +} + +void ImGui::SetClipboardText(const char* text) +{ + if (GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn) + GImGui->IO.SetClipboardTextFn(GImGui->IO.ClipboardUserData, text); +} + +const char* ImGui::GetVersion() +{ + return IMGUI_VERSION; +} + +// Internal state access - if you want to share ImGui state between modules (e.g. DLL) or allocate it yourself +// Note that we still point to some static data and members (such as GFontAtlas), so the state instance you end up using will point to the static data within its module +ImGuiContext* ImGui::GetCurrentContext() +{ + return GImGui; +} + +void ImGui::SetCurrentContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) +{ +#ifdef IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC + IMGUI_SET_CURRENT_CONTEXT_FUNC(ctx); // For custom thread-based hackery you may want to have control over this. +#else + GImGui = ctx; +#endif +} + +// Helper function to verify that the type sizes are matching between the calling file's compilation unit and imgui.cpp's compilation unit +// If the user has inconsistent compilation settings, imgui configuration #define, packing pragma, etc. you may see different structures from what imgui.cpp sees which is highly problematic. +bool ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(const char* version, size_t sz_io, size_t sz_style, size_t sz_vec2, size_t sz_vec4, size_t sz_vert) +{ + bool error = false; + if (strcmp(version, IMGUI_VERSION)!=0) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(strcmp(version,IMGUI_VERSION)==0 && "Mismatched version string!"); } + if (sz_io != sizeof(ImGuiIO)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_io == sizeof(ImGuiIO) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_style != sizeof(ImGuiStyle)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_style == sizeof(ImGuiStyle) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec2 != sizeof(ImVec2)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec2 == sizeof(ImVec2) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vec4 != sizeof(ImVec4)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vec4 == sizeof(ImVec4) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + if (sz_vert != sizeof(ImDrawVert)) { error = true; IM_ASSERT(sz_vert == sizeof(ImDrawVert) && "Mismatched struct layout!"); } + return !error; +} + +void ImGui::SetAllocatorFunctions(void* (*alloc_func)(size_t sz, void* user_data), void(*free_func)(void* ptr, void* user_data), void* user_data) +{ + GImAllocatorAllocFunc = alloc_func; + GImAllocatorFreeFunc = free_func; + GImAllocatorUserData = user_data; +} + +ImGuiContext* ImGui::CreateContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) +{ + ImGuiContext* ctx = IM_NEW(ImGuiContext)(shared_font_atlas); + if (GImGui == NULL) + SetCurrentContext(ctx); + Initialize(ctx); + return ctx; +} + +void ImGui::DestroyContext(ImGuiContext* ctx) +{ + if (ctx == NULL) + ctx = GImGui; + Shutdown(ctx); + if (GImGui == ctx) + SetCurrentContext(NULL); + IM_DELETE(ctx); +} + +ImGuiIO& ImGui::GetIO() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?"); + return GImGui->IO; +} + +ImGuiStyle& ImGui::GetStyle() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?"); + return GImGui->Style; +} + +// Same value as passed to the old io.RenderDrawListsFn function. Valid after Render() and until the next call to NewFrame() +ImDrawData* ImGui::GetDrawData() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.DrawData.Valid ? &g.DrawData : NULL; +} + +double ImGui::GetTime() +{ + return GImGui->Time; +} + +int ImGui::GetFrameCount() +{ + return GImGui->FrameCount; +} + +ImDrawList* ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList() +{ + return &GImGui->OverlayDrawList; +} + +ImDrawListSharedData* ImGui::GetDrawListSharedData() +{ + return &GImGui->DrawListSharedData; +} + +void ImGui::StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + // Set ActiveId even if the _NoMove flag is set. Without it, dragging away from a window with _NoMove would activate hover on other windows. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + FocusWindow(window); + SetActiveID(window->MoveId, window); + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - window->RootWindow->Pos; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove) && !(window->RootWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + g.MovingWindow = window; +} + +// Handle mouse moving window +// Note: moving window with the navigation keys (Square + d-pad / CTRL+TAB + Arrows) are processed in NavUpdateWindowing() +void ImGui::UpdateMouseMovingWindow() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.MovingWindow != NULL) + { + // We actually want to move the root window. g.MovingWindow == window we clicked on (could be a child window). + // We track it to preserve Focus and so that generally ActiveIdWindow == MovingWindow and ActiveId == MovingWindow->MoveId for consistency. + KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); + IM_ASSERT(g.MovingWindow && g.MovingWindow->RootWindow); + ImGuiWindow* moving_window = g.MovingWindow->RootWindow; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[0] && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos)) + { + ImVec2 pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset; + if (moving_window->Pos.x != pos.x || moving_window->Pos.y != pos.y) + { + MarkIniSettingsDirty(moving_window); + SetWindowPos(moving_window, pos, ImGuiCond_Always); + } + FocusWindow(g.MovingWindow); + } + else + { + ClearActiveID(); + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + } + } + else + { + // When clicking/dragging from a window that has the _NoMove flag, we still set the ActiveId in order to prevent hovering others. + if (g.ActiveIdWindow && g.ActiveIdWindow->MoveId == g.ActiveId) + { + KeepAliveID(g.ActiveId); + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + ClearActiveID(); + } + } +} + +static bool IsWindowActiveAndVisible(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return (window->Active) && (!window->Hidden); +} + +static void ImGui::UpdateMouseInputs() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // If mouse just appeared or disappeared (usually denoted by -FLT_MAX components) we cancel out movement in MouseDelta + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) && IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) + g.IO.MouseDelta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MousePosPrev; + else + g.IO.MouseDelta = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.IO.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || g.IO.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f) + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; + + g.IO.MousePosPrev = g.IO.MousePos; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) + { + g.IO.MouseClicked[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f; + g.IO.MouseReleased[i] = !g.IO.MouseDown[i] && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] >= 0.0f; + g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[i] = g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i]; + g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] = g.IO.MouseDown[i] ? (g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.MouseDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = false; + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) + { + if ((float)(g.Time - g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i]) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickTime) + { + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos) < g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist * g.IO.MouseDoubleClickMaxDist) + g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[i] = true; + g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = -FLT_MAX; // so the third click isn't turned into a double-click + } + else + { + g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] = g.Time; + } + g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i] = g.IO.MousePos; + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i] = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = 0.0f; + } + else if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) + { + // Maintain the maximum distance we reaching from the initial click position, which is used with dragging threshold + ImVec2 delta_from_click_pos = IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) ? (g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseClickedPos[i]) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i] = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[i], ImLengthSqr(delta_from_click_pos)); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].x, delta_from_click_pos.x < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.x : delta_from_click_pos.x); + g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y = ImMax(g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceAbs[i].y, delta_from_click_pos.y < 0.0f ? -delta_from_click_pos.y : delta_from_click_pos.y); + } + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) // Clicking any mouse button reactivate mouse hovering which may have been deactivated by gamepad/keyboard navigation + g.NavDisableMouseHover = false; + } +} + +void ImGui::UpdateMouseWheel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.HoveredWindow || g.HoveredWindow->Collapsed) + return; + if (g.IO.MouseWheel == 0.0f && g.IO.MouseWheelH == 0.0f) + return; + + // If a child window has the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse flag, we give a chance to scroll its parent (unless either ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs or ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar are also set). + ImGuiWindow* window = g.HoveredWindow; + ImGuiWindow* scroll_window = window; + while ((scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) && scroll_window->ParentWindow) + scroll_window = scroll_window->ParentWindow; + const bool scroll_allowed = !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse) && !(scroll_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs); + + if (g.IO.MouseWheel != 0.0f) + { + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && g.IO.FontAllowUserScaling) + { + // Zoom / Scale window + const float new_font_scale = ImClamp(window->FontWindowScale + g.IO.MouseWheel * 0.10f, 0.50f, 2.50f); + const float scale = new_font_scale / window->FontWindowScale; + window->FontWindowScale = new_font_scale; + + const ImVec2 offset = window->Size * (1.0f - scale) * (g.IO.MousePos - window->Pos) / window->Size; + window->Pos += offset; + window->Size *= scale; + window->SizeFull *= scale; + } + else if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && scroll_allowed) + { + // Mouse wheel vertical scrolling + float scroll_amount = 5 * scroll_window->CalcFontSize(); + scroll_amount = (float)(int)ImMin(scroll_amount, (scroll_window->ContentsRegionRect.GetHeight() + scroll_window->WindowPadding.y * 2.0f) * 0.67f); + SetWindowScrollY(scroll_window, scroll_window->Scroll.y - g.IO.MouseWheel * scroll_amount); + } + } + if (g.IO.MouseWheelH != 0.0f && scroll_allowed && !g.IO.KeyCtrl) + { + // Mouse wheel horizontal scrolling (for hardware that supports it) + float scroll_amount = scroll_window->CalcFontSize(); + SetWindowScrollX(scroll_window, scroll_window->Scroll.x - g.IO.MouseWheelH * scroll_amount); + } +} + +// The reason this is exposed in imgui_internal.h is: on touch-based system that don't have hovering, we want to dispatch inputs to the right target (imgui vs imgui+app) +void ImGui::UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Find the window hovered by mouse: + // - Child windows can extend beyond the limit of their parent so we need to derive HoveredRootWindow from HoveredWindow. + // - When moving a window we can skip the search, which also conveniently bypasses the fact that window->WindowRectClipped is lagging as this point of the frame. + // - We also support the moved window toggling the NoInputs flag after moving has started in order to be able to detect windows below it, which is useful for e.g. docking mechanisms. + FindHoveredWindow(); + + // Modal windows prevents cursor from hovering behind them. + ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetFrontMostPopupModal(); + if (modal_window) + if (g.HoveredRootWindow && !IsWindowChildOf(g.HoveredRootWindow, modal_window)) + g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow = NULL; + + // Disabled mouse? + if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; + + // We track click ownership. When clicked outside of a window the click is owned by the application and won't report hovering nor request capture even while dragging over our windows afterward. + int mouse_earliest_button_down = -1; + bool mouse_any_down = false; + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.MouseDown); i++) + { + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[i]) + g.IO.MouseDownOwned[i] = (g.HoveredWindow != NULL) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty()); + mouse_any_down |= g.IO.MouseDown[i]; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[i]) + if (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1 || g.IO.MouseClickedTime[i] < g.IO.MouseClickedTime[mouse_earliest_button_down]) + mouse_earliest_button_down = i; + } + const bool mouse_avail_to_imgui = (mouse_earliest_button_down == -1) || g.IO.MouseDownOwned[mouse_earliest_button_down]; + + // If mouse was first clicked outside of ImGui bounds we also cancel out hovering. + // FIXME: For patterns of drag and drop across OS windows, we may need to rework/remove this test (first committed 311c0ca9 on 2015/02) + const bool mouse_dragging_extern_payload = g.DragDropActive && (g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern) != 0; + if (!mouse_avail_to_imgui && !mouse_dragging_extern_payload) + g.HoveredWindow = g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; + + // Update io.WantCaptureMouse for the user application (true = dispatch mouse info to imgui, false = dispatch mouse info to imgui + app) + if (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != -1) + g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame != 0); + else + g.IO.WantCaptureMouse = (mouse_avail_to_imgui && (g.HoveredWindow != NULL || mouse_any_down)) || (!g.OpenPopupStack.empty()); + + // Update io.WantCaptureKeyboard for the user application (true = dispatch keyboard info to imgui, false = dispatch keyboard info to imgui + app) + if (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != -1) + g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame != 0); + else + g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = (g.ActiveId != 0) || (modal_window != NULL); + if (g.IO.NavActive && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavNoCaptureKeyboard)) + g.IO.WantCaptureKeyboard = true; + + // Update io.WantTextInput flag, this is to allow systems without a keyboard (e.g. mobile, hand-held) to show a software keyboard if possible + g.IO.WantTextInput = (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != -1) ? (g.WantTextInputNextFrame != 0) : false; +} + +void ImGui::NewFrame() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GImGui != NULL && "No current context. Did you call ImGui::CreateContext() or ImGui::SetCurrentContext()?"); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Check user data + // (We pass an error message in the assert expression to make it visible to programmers who are not using a debugger, as most assert handlers display their argument) + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DeltaTime >= 0.0f && "Need a positive DeltaTime (zero is tolerated but will cause some timing issues)"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.DisplaySize.x >= 0.0f && g.IO.DisplaySize.y >= 0.0f && "Invalid DisplaySize value"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts.Size > 0 && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]->IsLoaded() && "Font Atlas not built. Did you call io.Fonts->GetTexDataAsRGBA32() / GetTexDataAsAlpha8() ?"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.CurveTessellationTol > 0.0f && "Invalid style setting"); + IM_ASSERT(g.Style.Alpha >= 0.0f && g.Style.Alpha <= 1.0f && "Invalid style setting. Alpha cannot be negative (allows us to avoid a few clamps in color computations)"); + IM_ASSERT((g.FrameCount == 0 || g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) && "Forgot to call Render() or EndFrame() at the end of the previous frame?"); + for (int n = 0; n < ImGuiKey_COUNT; n++) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[n] >= -1 && g.IO.KeyMap[n] < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown) && "io.KeyMap[] contains an out of bound value (need to be 0..512, or -1 for unmapped key)"); + + // Perform simple check: required key mapping (we intentionally do NOT check all keys to not pressure user into setting up everything, but Space is required and was only recently added in 1.60 WIP) + if (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) + IM_ASSERT(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_Space] != -1 && "ImGuiKey_Space is not mapped, required for keyboard navigation."); + + // Perform simple check: the beta io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges option requires back-end to honor mouse cursor changes and set the ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors flag accordingly. + if (g.IO.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges && !(g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors)) + g.IO.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges = false; + + // Load settings on first frame (if not explicitly loaded manually before) + if (!g.SettingsLoaded) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsWindows.empty()); + if (g.IO.IniFilename) + LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + g.SettingsLoaded = true; + } + + // Save settings (with a delay after the last modification, so we don't spam disk too much) + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer > 0.0f) + { + g.SettingsDirtyTimer -= g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + { + if (g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + else + g.IO.WantSaveIniSettings = true; // Let user know they can call SaveIniSettingsToMemory(). user will need to clear io.WantSaveIniSettings themselves. + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + } + } + + g.Time += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.FrameScopeActive = true; + g.FrameCount += 1; + g.TooltipOverrideCount = 0; + g.WindowsActiveCount = 0; + + // Setup current font and draw list + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = true; + SetCurrentFont(GetDefaultFont()); + IM_ASSERT(g.Font->IsLoaded()); + g.DrawListSharedData.ClipRectFullscreen = ImVec4(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y); + g.DrawListSharedData.CurveTessellationTol = g.Style.CurveTessellationTol; + + g.OverlayDrawList.Clear(); + g.OverlayDrawList.PushTextureID(g.IO.Fonts->TexID); + g.OverlayDrawList.PushClipRectFullScreen(); + g.OverlayDrawList.Flags = (g.Style.AntiAliasedLines ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines : 0) | (g.Style.AntiAliasedFill ? ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedFill : 0); + + // Mark rendering data as invalid to prevent user who may have a handle on it to use it + g.DrawData.Clear(); + + // Drag and drop keep the source ID alive so even if the source disappear our state is consistent + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == g.ActiveId) + KeepAliveID(g.DragDropPayload.SourceId); + + // Clear reference to active widget if the widget isn't alive anymore + if (!g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame) + g.HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; + if (g.HoveredId) + g.HoveredIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame = g.HoveredId; + g.HoveredId = 0; + g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap = false; + if (g.ActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == g.ActiveId && g.ActiveId != 0) + ClearActiveID(); + if (g.ActiveId) + g.ActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.LastActiveIdTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame = g.ActiveId; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = g.ActiveIdWindow; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEdited = g.ActiveIdHasBeenEdited; + g.ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; + g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; + g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; + if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId && g.ActiveId != g.ScalarAsInputTextId) + g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0; + + // Drag and drop + g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = 0; + g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; + g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false; + + // Update keyboard input state + memcpy(g.IO.KeysDownDurationPrev, g.IO.KeysDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.KeysDownDuration)); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.KeysDown); i++) + g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] = g.IO.KeysDown[i] ? (g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.KeysDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + + // Update gamepad/keyboard directional navigation + NavUpdate(); + + // Update mouse input state + UpdateMouseInputs(); + + // Calculate frame-rate for the user, as a purely luxurious feature + g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum += g.IO.DeltaTime - g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx]; + g.FramerateSecPerFrame[g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx] = g.IO.DeltaTime; + g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameIdx + 1) % IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame); + g.IO.Framerate = (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum > 0.0f) ? (1.0f / (g.FramerateSecPerFrameAccum / (float)IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.FramerateSecPerFrame))) : FLT_MAX; + + // Handle user moving window with mouse (at the beginning of the frame to avoid input lag or sheering) + UpdateMouseMovingWindow(); + UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); + + // Background darkening/whitening + if (GetFrontMostPopupModal() != NULL || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha > 0.0f)) + g.DimBgRatio = ImMin(g.DimBgRatio + g.IO.DeltaTime * 6.0f, 1.0f); + else + g.DimBgRatio = ImMax(g.DimBgRatio - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); + + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; + g.WantCaptureMouseNextFrame = g.WantCaptureKeyboardNextFrame = g.WantTextInputNextFrame = -1; + g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(1.0f, 1.0f); // OS Input Method Editor showing on top-left of our window by default + + // Mouse wheel scrolling, scale + UpdateMouseWheel(); + + // Pressing TAB activate widget focus + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.NavWindow != NULL && g.NavWindow->Active && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, false)) + { + if (g.NavId != 0 && g.NavIdTabCounter != INT_MAX) + g.NavWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = g.NavIdTabCounter + 1 + (g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 1); + else + g.NavWindow->FocusIdxTabRequestNext = g.IO.KeyShift ? -1 : 0; + } + g.NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; + + // Mark all windows as not visible + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + window->WasActive = window->Active; + window->Active = false; + window->WriteAccessed = false; + } + + // Closing the focused window restore focus to the first active root window in descending z-order + if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->WasActive) + FocusFrontMostActiveWindowIgnoringOne(NULL); + + // No window should be open at the beginning of the frame. + // But in order to allow the user to call NewFrame() multiple times without calling Render(), we are doing an explicit clear. + g.CurrentWindowStack.resize(0); + g.CurrentPopupStack.resize(0); + ClosePopupsOverWindow(g.NavWindow); + + // Create implicit window - we will only render it if the user has added something to it. + // We don't use "Debug" to avoid colliding with user trying to create a "Debug" window with custom flags. + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(400,400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + Begin("Debug##Default"); +} + +void ImGui::Initialize(ImGuiContext* context) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *context; + IM_ASSERT(!g.Initialized && !g.SettingsLoaded); + + // Add .ini handle for ImGuiWindow type + ImGuiSettingsHandler ini_handler; + ini_handler.TypeName = "Window"; + ini_handler.TypeHash = ImHash("Window", 0, 0); + ini_handler.ReadOpenFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen; + ini_handler.ReadLineFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine; + ini_handler.WriteAllFn = SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll; + g.SettingsHandlers.push_front(ini_handler); + + g.Initialized = true; +} + +// This function is merely here to free heap allocations. +void ImGui::Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context) +{ + // The fonts atlas can be used prior to calling NewFrame(), so we clear it even if g.Initialized is FALSE (which would happen if we never called NewFrame) + ImGuiContext& g = *context; + if (g.IO.Fonts && g.FontAtlasOwnedByContext) + IM_DELETE(g.IO.Fonts); + g.IO.Fonts = NULL; + + // Cleanup of other data are conditional on actually having initialized ImGui. + if (!g.Initialized) + return; + + // Save settings (unless we haven't attempted to load them: CreateContext/DestroyContext without a call to NewFrame shouldn't save an empty file) + if (g.SettingsLoaded && g.IO.IniFilename != NULL) + SaveIniSettingsToDisk(g.IO.IniFilename); + + // Clear everything else + for (int i = 0; i < g.Windows.Size; i++) + IM_DELETE(g.Windows[i]); + g.Windows.clear(); + g.WindowsSortBuffer.clear(); + g.CurrentWindow = NULL; + g.CurrentWindowStack.clear(); + g.WindowsById.Clear(); + g.NavWindow = NULL; + g.HoveredWindow = NULL; + g.HoveredRootWindow = NULL; + g.ActiveIdWindow = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; + g.MovingWindow = NULL; + g.ColorModifiers.clear(); + g.StyleModifiers.clear(); + g.FontStack.clear(); + g.OpenPopupStack.clear(); + g.CurrentPopupStack.clear(); + g.DrawDataBuilder.ClearFreeMemory(); + g.OverlayDrawList.ClearFreeMemory(); + g.PrivateClipboard.clear(); + g.InputTextState.TextW.clear(); + g.InputTextState.InitialText.clear(); + g.InputTextState.TempBuffer.clear(); + + for (int i = 0; i < g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++) + IM_DELETE(g.SettingsWindows[i].Name); + g.SettingsWindows.clear(); + g.SettingsHandlers.clear(); + + if (g.LogFile && g.LogFile != stdout) + { + fclose(g.LogFile); + g.LogFile = NULL; + } + g.LogClipboard.clear(); + + g.Initialized = false; +} + +// FIXME: Add a more explicit sort order in the window structure. +static int IMGUI_CDECL ChildWindowComparer(const void* lhs, const void* rhs) +{ + const ImGuiWindow* const a = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)lhs; + const ImGuiWindow* const b = *(const ImGuiWindow* const *)rhs; + if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + return d; + if (int d = (a->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - (b->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) + return d; + return (a->BeginOrderWithinParent - b->BeginOrderWithinParent); +} + +static void AddWindowToSortedBuffer(ImVector* out_sorted_windows, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + out_sorted_windows->push_back(window); + if (window->Active) + { + int count = window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; + if (count > 1) + ImQsort(window->DC.ChildWindows.begin(), (size_t)count, sizeof(ImGuiWindow*), ChildWindowComparer); + for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (child->Active) + AddWindowToSortedBuffer(out_sorted_windows, child); + } + } +} + +static void AddDrawListToDrawData(ImVector* out_list, ImDrawList* draw_list) +{ + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty()) + return; + + // Remove trailing command if unused + ImDrawCmd& last_cmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.back(); + if (last_cmd.ElemCount == 0 && last_cmd.UserCallback == NULL) + { + draw_list->CmdBuffer.pop_back(); + if (draw_list->CmdBuffer.empty()) + return; + } + + // Draw list sanity check. Detect mismatch between PrimReserve() calls and incrementing _VtxCurrentIdx, _VtxWritePtr etc. May trigger for you if you are using PrimXXX functions incorrectly. + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_VtxWritePtr == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size == 0 || draw_list->_IdxWritePtr == draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data + draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size); + IM_ASSERT((int)draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx == draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size); + + // Check that draw_list doesn't use more vertices than indexable (default ImDrawIdx = unsigned short = 2 bytes = 64K vertices per ImDrawList = per window) + // If this assert triggers because you are drawing lots of stuff manually: + // A) Make sure you are coarse clipping, because ImDrawList let all your vertices pass. You can use the Metrics window to inspect draw list contents. + // B) If you need/want meshes with more than 64K vertices, uncomment the '#define ImDrawIdx unsigned int' line in imconfig.h to set the index size to 4 bytes. + // You'll need to handle the 4-bytes indices to your renderer. For example, the OpenGL example code detect index size at compile-time by doing: + // glDrawElements(GL_TRIANGLES, (GLsizei)pcmd->ElemCount, sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2 ? GL_UNSIGNED_SHORT : GL_UNSIGNED_INT, idx_buffer_offset); + // Your own engine or render API may use different parameters or function calls to specify index sizes. 2 and 4 bytes indices are generally supported by most API. + // C) If for some reason you cannot use 4 bytes indices or don't want to, a workaround is to call BeginChild()/EndChild() before reaching the 64K limit to split your draw commands in multiple draw lists. + if (sizeof(ImDrawIdx) == 2) + IM_ASSERT(draw_list->_VtxCurrentIdx < (1 << 16) && "Too many vertices in ImDrawList using 16-bit indices. Read comment above"); + + out_list->push_back(draw_list); +} + +static void AddWindowToDrawData(ImVector* out_render_list, ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows++; + AddDrawListToDrawData(out_render_list, window->DrawList); + for (int i = 0; i < window->DC.ChildWindows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* child = window->DC.ChildWindows[i]; + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(child)) // clipped children may have been marked not active + AddWindowToDrawData(out_render_list, child); + } +} + +static void AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) + AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[1], window); + else + AddWindowToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], window); +} + +void ImDrawDataBuilder::FlattenIntoSingleLayer() +{ + int n = Layers[0].Size; + int size = n; + for (int i = 1; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); i++) + size += Layers[i].Size; + Layers[0].resize(size); + for (int layer_n = 1; layer_n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(Layers); layer_n++) + { + ImVector& layer = Layers[layer_n]; + if (layer.empty()) + continue; + memcpy(&Layers[0][n], &layer[0], layer.Size * sizeof(ImDrawList*)); + n += layer.Size; + layer.resize(0); + } +} + +static void SetupDrawData(ImVector* draw_lists, ImDrawData* draw_data) +{ + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + draw_data->Valid = true; + draw_data->CmdLists = (draw_lists->Size > 0) ? draw_lists->Data : NULL; + draw_data->CmdListsCount = draw_lists->Size; + draw_data->TotalVtxCount = draw_data->TotalIdxCount = 0; + draw_data->DisplayPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + draw_data->DisplaySize = io.DisplaySize; + for (int n = 0; n < draw_lists->Size; n++) + { + draw_data->TotalVtxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_data->TotalIdxCount += draw_lists->Data[n]->IdxBuffer.Size; + } +} + +// When using this function it is sane to ensure that float are perfectly rounded to integer values, to that e.g. (int)(max.x-min.x) in user's render produce correct result. +void ImGui::PushClipRect(const ImVec2& clip_rect_min, const ImVec2& clip_rect_max, bool intersect_with_current_clip_rect) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DrawList->PushClipRect(clip_rect_min, clip_rect_max, intersect_with_current_clip_rect); + window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); +} + +void ImGui::PopClipRect() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); + window->ClipRect = window->DrawList->_ClipRectStack.back(); +} + +// This is normally called by Render(). You may want to call it directly if you want to avoid calling Render() but the gain will be very minimal. +void ImGui::EndFrame() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + if (g.FrameCountEnded == g.FrameCount) // Don't process EndFrame() multiple times. + return; + IM_ASSERT(g.FrameScopeActive && "Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame()"); + + // Notify OS when our Input Method Editor cursor has moved (e.g. CJK inputs using Microsoft IME) + if (g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn && ImLengthSqr(g.PlatformImeLastPos - g.PlatformImePos) > 0.0001f) + { + g.IO.ImeSetInputScreenPosFn((int)g.PlatformImePos.x, (int)g.PlatformImePos.y); + g.PlatformImeLastPos = g.PlatformImePos; + } + + // Hide implicit "Debug" window if it hasn't been used + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindowStack.Size == 1); // Mismatched Begin()/End() calls, did you forget to call end on g.CurrentWindow->Name? + if (g.CurrentWindow && !g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed) + g.CurrentWindow->Active = false; + End(); + + // Show CTRL+TAB list + if (g.NavWindowingTarget) + NavUpdateWindowingList(); + + // Drag and Drop: Elapse payload (if delivered, or if source stops being submitted) + if (g.DragDropActive) + { + bool is_delivered = g.DragDropPayload.Delivery; + bool is_elapsed = (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount + 1 < g.FrameCount) && ((g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload) || !IsMouseDown(g.DragDropMouseButton)); + if (is_delivered || is_elapsed) + ClearDragDrop(); + } + + // Drag and Drop: Fallback for source tooltip. This is not ideal but better than nothing. + if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropSourceFrameCount < g.FrameCount) + { + g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = true; + SetTooltip("..."); + g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false; + } + + // Initiate moving window + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.HoveredId == 0) + { + if (!g.NavWindow || !g.NavWindow->Appearing) // Unless we just made a window/popup appear + { + // Click to focus window and start moving (after we're done with all our widgets) + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) + { + if (g.HoveredRootWindow != NULL) + StartMouseMovingWindow(g.HoveredWindow); + else if (g.NavWindow != NULL && GetFrontMostPopupModal() == NULL) + FocusWindow(NULL); // Clicking on void disable focus + } + + // With right mouse button we close popups without changing focus + // (The left mouse button path calls FocusWindow which will lead NewFrame->ClosePopupsOverWindow to trigger) + if (g.IO.MouseClicked[1]) + { + // Find the top-most window between HoveredWindow and the front most Modal Window. + // This is where we can trim the popup stack. + ImGuiWindow* modal = GetFrontMostPopupModal(); + bool hovered_window_above_modal = false; + if (modal == NULL) + hovered_window_above_modal = true; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window_above_modal == false; i--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window == modal) + break; + if (window == g.HoveredWindow) + hovered_window_above_modal = true; + } + ClosePopupsOverWindow(hovered_window_above_modal ? g.HoveredWindow : modal); + } + } + } + + // Sort the window list so that all child windows are after their parent + // We cannot do that on FocusWindow() because childs may not exist yet + g.WindowsSortBuffer.resize(0); + g.WindowsSortBuffer.reserve(g.Windows.Size); + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window->Active && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)) // if a child is active its parent will add it + continue; + AddWindowToSortedBuffer(&g.WindowsSortBuffer, window); + } + + IM_ASSERT(g.Windows.Size == g.WindowsSortBuffer.Size); // we done something wrong + g.Windows.swap(g.WindowsSortBuffer); + g.IO.MetricsActiveWindows = g.WindowsActiveCount; + + // Unlock font atlas + g.IO.Fonts->Locked = false; + + // Clear Input data for next frame + g.IO.MouseWheel = g.IO.MouseWheelH = 0.0f; + memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters)); + memset(g.IO.NavInputs, 0, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputs)); + + g.FrameScopeActive = false; + g.FrameCountEnded = g.FrameCount; +} + +void ImGui::Render() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + + if (g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount) + ImGui::EndFrame(); + g.FrameCountRendered = g.FrameCount; + + // Gather ImDrawList to render (for each active window) + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.IO.MetricsRenderWindows = 0; + g.DrawDataBuilder.Clear(); + ImGuiWindow* windows_to_render_front_most[2]; + windows_to_render_front_most[0] = (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoBringToFrontOnFocus)) ? g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow : NULL; + windows_to_render_front_most[1] = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingList : NULL; + for (int n = 0; n != g.Windows.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; + if (IsWindowActiveAndVisible(window) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) == 0 && window != windows_to_render_front_most[0] && window != windows_to_render_front_most[1]) + AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(window); + } + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(windows_to_render_front_most); n++) + if (windows_to_render_front_most[n] && IsWindowActiveAndVisible(windows_to_render_front_most[n])) // NavWindowingTarget is always temporarily displayed as the front-most window + AddWindowToDrawDataSelectLayer(windows_to_render_front_most[n]); + g.DrawDataBuilder.FlattenIntoSingleLayer(); + + // Draw software mouse cursor if requested + if (g.IO.MouseDrawCursor) + RenderMouseCursor(&g.OverlayDrawList, g.IO.MousePos, g.Style.MouseCursorScale, g.MouseCursor); + + if (!g.OverlayDrawList.VtxBuffer.empty()) + AddDrawListToDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.OverlayDrawList); + + // Setup ImDrawData structure for end-user + SetupDrawData(&g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0], &g.DrawData); + g.IO.MetricsRenderVertices = g.DrawData.TotalVtxCount; + g.IO.MetricsRenderIndices = g.DrawData.TotalIdxCount; + + // Render. If user hasn't set a callback then they may retrieve the draw data via GetDrawData() +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (g.DrawData.CmdListsCount > 0 && g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn != NULL) + g.IO.RenderDrawListsFn(&g.DrawData); +#endif +} + // Calculate text size. Text can be multi-line. Optionally ignore text after a ## marker. // CalcTextSize("") should return ImVec2(0.0f, GImGui->FontSize) ImVec2 ImGui::CalcTextSize(const char* text, const char* text_end, bool hide_text_after_double_hash, float wrap_width) @@ -4756,14 +3679,21 @@ void ImGui::CalcListClipping(int items_count, float items_height, int* out_items } // Find window given position, search front-to-back -// FIXME: Note that we have a lag here because WindowRectClipped is updated in Begin() so windows moved by user via SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window thankfully isn't affected. -static ImGuiWindow* FindHoveredWindow() +// FIXME: Note that we have an inconsequential lag here: OuterRectClipped is updated in Begin(), so windows moved programatically +// with SetWindowPos() and not SetNextWindowPos() will have that rectangle lagging by a frame at the time FindHoveredWindow() is +// called, aka before the next Begin(). Moving window isn't affected. +static void FindHoveredWindow() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) + + ImGuiWindow* hovered_window = NULL; + if (g.MovingWindow && !(g.MovingWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs)) + hovered_window = g.MovingWindow; + + for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0 && hovered_window == NULL; i--) { ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; - if (!window->Active) + if (!window->Active || window->Hidden) continue; if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) continue; @@ -4771,9 +3701,17 @@ static ImGuiWindow* FindHoveredWindow() // Using the clipped AABB, a child window will typically be clipped by its parent (not always) ImRect bb(window->OuterRectClipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, window->OuterRectClipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); if (bb.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) - return window; + { + if (hovered_window == NULL) + hovered_window = window; + if (hovered_window) + break; + } } - return NULL; + + g.HoveredWindow = hovered_window; + g.HoveredRootWindow = g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->RootWindow : NULL; + } // Test if mouse cursor is hovering given rectangle @@ -4790,13 +3728,9 @@ bool ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool c // Expand for touch input const ImRect rect_for_touch(rect_clipped.Min - g.Style.TouchExtraPadding, rect_clipped.Max + g.Style.TouchExtraPadding); - return rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos); -} - -static bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat) -{ - const int key_index = GImGui->IO.KeyMap[key]; - return (key_index >= 0) ? ImGui::IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false; + if (!rect_for_touch.Contains(g.IO.MousePos)) + return false; + return true; } int ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey imgui_key) @@ -4994,10 +3928,10 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivated() return (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == window->DC.LastItemId && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.ActiveId != window->DC.LastItemId); } -bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() +bool ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameValueChanged || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdValueChanged)); + return IsItemDeactivated() && (g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEdited || (g.ActiveId == 0 && g.ActiveIdHasBeenEdited)); } bool ImGui::IsItemFocused() @@ -5035,6 +3969,12 @@ bool ImGui::IsItemVisible() return window->ClipRect.Overlaps(window->DC.LastItemRect); } +bool ImGui::IsItemEdited() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); + return (window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited) != 0; +} + // Allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. Both may be activated during the same frame before the later one takes priority. void ImGui::SetItemAllowOverlap() { @@ -5071,397 +4011,49 @@ static ImRect GetViewportRect() return ImRect(0.0f, 0.0f, g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.IO.DisplaySize.y); } -// Not exposed publicly as BeginTooltip() because bool parameters are evil. Let's see if other needs arise first. -void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, bool override_previous_tooltip) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - char window_name[16]; - ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount); - if (override_previous_tooltip) - if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name)) - if (window->Active) - { - // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. - window->HiddenFrames = 1; - ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); - } - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; - Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_flags); -} - -void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - BeginTooltipEx(0, true); - TextV(fmt, args); - EndTooltip(); -} - -void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - SetTooltipV(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -void ImGui::BeginTooltip() -{ - BeginTooltipEx(0, false); -} - -void ImGui::EndTooltip() -{ - IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls - End(); -} - -// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state). -// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. -// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). -// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL) -void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id) +static bool ImGui::BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; - int current_stack_size = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size; - ImGuiPopupRef popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack. - popup_ref.PopupId = id; - popup_ref.Window = NULL; - popup_ref.ParentWindow = parent_window; - popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount; - popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back(); - popup_ref.OpenMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; - popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - //printf("[%05d] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", g.FrameCount, id); - if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1) - { - g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); - } - else - { - // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui - // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing - // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand. - if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) - { - g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount; - } - else - { - // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen - g.OpenPopupStack.resize(current_stack_size + 1); - g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size] = popup_ref; - } - - // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow(). - // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does. - //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id) - // FocusWindow(parent_window); - } -} - -void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - OpenPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id)); -} - -void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.OpenPopupStack.empty()) - return; - - // When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it. - // Don't close our own child popup windows. - int n = 0; - if (ref_window) - { - for (n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) - { - ImGuiPopupRef& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[n]; - if (!popup.Window) - continue; - IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0); - if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) - continue; - - // Trim the stack if popups are not direct descendant of the reference window (which is often the NavWindow) - bool has_focus = false; - for (int m = n; m < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && !has_focus; m++) - has_focus = (g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window && g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window->RootWindow == ref_window->RootWindow); - if (!has_focus) - break; - } - } - if (n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the block below - ClosePopupToLevel(n); -} - -ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetFrontMostPopupModal() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size-1; n >= 0; n--) - if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window) - if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) - return popup; - return NULL; -} - -static void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining) -{ - IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0); - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (remaining > 0) ? g.OpenPopupStack[remaining-1].Window : g.OpenPopupStack[0].ParentWindow; - if (g.NavLayer == 0) - focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window); - ImGui::FocusWindow(focus_window); - focus_window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true; - g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); -} - -void ImGui::ClosePopup(ImGuiID id) -{ - if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) - return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1); -} - -// Close the popup we have begin-ed into. -void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - int popup_idx = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size - 1; - if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.CurrentPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId) - return; - while (popup_idx > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window && (g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - popup_idx--; - ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) - { - g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values - return false; - } - - char name[20]; - if (extra_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth - else - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame - - bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); - if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) - EndPopup(); - - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.CurrentPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance - { - g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values - return false; - } - return BeginPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), flags|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); -} - -bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id; -} - -bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupId == g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name); - if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) - { - g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values - return false; - } - - // Center modal windows by default - // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window. - if (g.NextWindowData.PosCond == 0) - SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); - - bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); - if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) - { - EndPopup(); - if (is_open) - ClosePopup(id); - return false; - } - - return is_open; -} - -void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None); - ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel(); - g.NavMoveDir = move_dir; - g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir; - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; - g.NavMoveRequestFlags = move_flags; - g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; -} - -void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.NavWindow != window || !NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() || g.NavMoveRequestForward != ImGuiNavForward_None || g.NavLayer != 0) - return; - IM_ASSERT(move_flags != 0); // No points calling this with no wrapping - ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[0]; - - ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) - { - bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeContents.x) - window->Scroll.x; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) - { - bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->Scroll.x; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) - { - bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, window->SizeContents.y) - window->Scroll.y; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) - { - bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; - if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right; } - NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); - } -} - -void ImGui::EndPopup() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; (void)g; - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0); - - // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy. - NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(g.CurrentWindow, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY); - - End(); -} - -bool ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - { - ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return true; - } - return false; -} - -// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget. -// You may want to handle this on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters). -// You can pass a NULL str_id to use the identifier of the last item. -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; - ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! - IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) - if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) -{ - if (!str_id) - str_id = "window_context"; - ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); - if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) - if (also_over_items || !IsAnyItemHovered()) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) -{ - if (!str_id) - str_id = "void_context"; - ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); - if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)) - OpenPopupEx(id); - return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); -} - -static bool BeginChildEx(const char* name, ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& size_arg, bool border, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(); - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; flags |= (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove); // Inherit the NoMove flag - const ImVec2 content_avail = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); + // Size + const ImVec2 content_avail = GetContentRegionAvail(); ImVec2 size = ImFloor(size_arg); const int auto_fit_axises = ((size.x == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_X) : 0x00) | ((size.y == 0.0f) ? (1 << ImGuiAxis_Y) : 0x00); if (size.x <= 0.0f) size.x = ImMax(content_avail.x + size.x, 4.0f); // Arbitrary minimum child size (0.0f causing too much issues) if (size.y <= 0.0f) size.y = ImMax(content_avail.y + size.y, 4.0f); + SetNextWindowSize(size); - const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; - if (!border) - g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; - flags |= extra_flags; - + // Name char title[256]; if (name) ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%s", parent_window->Name, name); else ImFormatString(title, IM_ARRAYSIZE(title), "%s/%08X", parent_window->Name, id); - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(size); - bool ret = ImGui::Begin(title, NULL, flags); - ImGuiWindow* child_window = ImGui::GetCurrentWindow(); - child_window->ChildId = id; - child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = auto_fit_axises; + const float backup_border_size = g.Style.ChildBorderSize; + if (!border) + g.Style.ChildBorderSize = 0.0f; + bool ret = Begin(title, NULL, flags); g.Style.ChildBorderSize = backup_border_size; + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.CurrentWindow; + child_window->ChildId = id; + child_window->AutoFitChildAxises = auto_fit_axises; + // Process navigation-in immediately so NavInit can run on first frame - if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll) && g.NavActivateId == id) + if (g.NavActivateId == id && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) && (child_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask != 0 || child_window->DC.NavHasScroll)) { - ImGui::FocusWindow(child_window); - ImGui::NavInitWindow(child_window, false); - ImGui::SetActiveID(id+1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with a dummy id so that key-press won't activate child item + FocusWindow(child_window); + NavInitWindow(child_window, false); + SetActiveID(id+1, child_window); // Steal ActiveId with a dummy id so that key-press won't activate child item g.ActiveIdSource = ImGuiInputSource_Nav; } - return ret; } @@ -5552,118 +4144,6 @@ static void CheckStacksSize(ImGuiWindow* window, bool write) IM_ASSERT(p_backup == window->DC.StackSizesBackup + IM_ARRAYSIZE(window->DC.StackSizesBackup)); } -enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy -{ - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, - ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox -}; - -static ImRect FindAllowedExtentRectForWindow(ImGuiWindow*) -{ - ImVec2 padding = GImGui->Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding; - ImRect r_screen = GetViewportRect(); - r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f)); - return r_screen; -} - -// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.) -// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it. -static ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy = ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default) -{ - ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size); - //GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); - //GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255)); - - // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge) - if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox) - { - const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up }; - for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) - { - const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; - if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? - continue; - ImVec2 pos; - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Right (default) - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left - if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left - if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) - continue; - *last_dir = dir; - return pos; - } - } - - // Default popup policy - const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left }; - for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) - { - const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; - if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? - continue; - float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); - float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); - if (avail_w < size.x || avail_h < size.y) - continue; - ImVec2 pos; - pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x; - pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y; - *last_dir = dir; - return pos; - } - - // Fallback, try to keep within display - *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None; - ImVec2 pos = ref_pos; - pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x); - pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y); - return pos; -} - -static ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - ImRect r_outer = FindAllowedExtentRectForWindow(window); - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) - { - // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then our FindBestWindowPosForPopup() function will move the new menu outside the parent bounds. - // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu. - IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2]; - float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x). - ImRect r_avoid; - if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending) - r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight(), FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight() + parent_window->MenuBarHeight()); - else - r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); - } - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) - { - ImRect r_avoid = ImRect(window->Pos.x - 1, window->Pos.y - 1, window->Pos.x + 1, window->Pos.y + 1); - return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); - } - if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) - { - // Position tooltip (always follows mouse) - float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; - ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); - ImRect r_avoid; - if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)) - r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8); - else - r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. - ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); - if (window->AutoPosLastDirection == ImGuiDir_None) - pos = ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2); // If there's not enough room, for tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible. - return pos; - } - IM_ASSERT(0); - return window->Pos; -} - static void SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiCond flags, bool enabled) { window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags = enabled ? (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags | flags) : (window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags & ~flags); @@ -5692,18 +4172,18 @@ static ImGuiWindow* CreateNewWindow(const char* name, ImVec2 size, ImGuiWindowFl // User can disable loading and saving of settings. Tooltip and child windows also don't store settings. if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) - { - // Retrieve settings from .ini file if (ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID)) { + // Retrieve settings from .ini file + window->SettingsIdx = g.SettingsWindows.index_from_pointer(settings); SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver, false); window->Pos = ImFloor(settings->Pos); window->Collapsed = settings->Collapsed; if (ImLengthSqr(settings->Size) > 0.00001f) size = ImFloor(settings->Size); } - } window->Size = window->SizeFull = window->SizeFullAtLastBegin = size; + window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->Pos; // So first call to CalcSizeContents() doesn't return crazy values if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) != 0) { @@ -5776,7 +4256,12 @@ static ImVec2 CalcSizeAutoFit(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) else { // When the window cannot fit all contents (either because of constraints, either because screen is too small): we are growing the size on the other axis to compensate for expected scrollbar. FIXME: Might turn bigger than DisplaySize-WindowPadding. - ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_contents, style.WindowMinSize, ImMax(style.WindowMinSize, g.IO.DisplaySize - g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); + const bool is_popup = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0; + const bool is_menu = (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0; + ImVec2 size_min = style.WindowMinSize; + if (is_popup || is_menu) // Popups and menus bypass style.WindowMinSize by default, but we give then a non-zero minimum size to facilitate understanding problematic cases (e.g. empty popups) + size_min = ImMin(size_min, ImVec2(4.0f, 4.0f)); + ImVec2 size_auto_fit = ImClamp(size_contents, size_min, ImMax(size_min, g.IO.DisplaySize - style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding * 2.0f)); ImVec2 size_auto_fit_after_constraint = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); if (size_auto_fit_after_constraint.x < size_contents.x && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_HorizontalScrollbar)) size_auto_fit.y += style.ScrollbarSize; @@ -5786,6 +4271,12 @@ static ImVec2 CalcSizeAutoFit(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_contents) } } +ImVec2 ImGui::CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImVec2 size_contents = CalcSizeContents(window); + return CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, CalcSizeAutoFit(window, size_contents)); +} + static float GetScrollMaxX(ImGuiWindow* window) { return ImMax(0.0f, window->SizeContents.x - (window->SizeFull.x - window->ScrollbarSizes.x)); @@ -5863,7 +4354,7 @@ const ImGuiResizeGripDef resize_grip_def[4] = { ImVec2(1,0), ImVec2(-1,+1), 9,12 }, // Upper right }; -static ImRect GetBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness) +static ImRect GetResizeBorderRect(ImGuiWindow* window, int border_n, float perp_padding, float thickness) { ImRect rect = window->Rect(); if (thickness == 0.0f) rect.Max -= ImVec2(1,1); @@ -5883,7 +4374,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) || window->AutoFitFramesX > 0 || window->AutoFitFramesY > 0) return; - const int resize_border_count = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide) ? 4 : 0; + const int resize_border_count = g.IO.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges ? 4 : 0; const float grip_draw_size = (float)(int)ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f); const float grip_hover_size = (float)(int)(grip_draw_size * 0.75f); @@ -5906,7 +4397,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au if (hovered || held) g.MouseCursor = (resize_grip_n & 1) ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE; - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] && resize_grip_n == 0) + if (held && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] && resize_grip_n == 0) { // Manual auto-fit when double-clicking size_target = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(window, size_auto_fit); @@ -5927,7 +4418,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au const float BORDER_SIZE = 5.0f; // FIXME: Only works _inside_ window because of HoveredWindow check. const float BORDER_APPEAR_TIMER = 0.05f; // Reduce visual noise bool hovered, held; - ImRect border_rect = GetBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_size, BORDER_SIZE); + ImRect border_rect = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_n, grip_hover_size, BORDER_SIZE); ButtonBehavior(border_rect, window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(border_n + 4)), &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren); if ((hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer > BORDER_APPEAR_TIMER) || held) { @@ -5948,7 +4439,7 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au PopID(); // Navigation resize (keyboard/gamepad) - if (g.NavWindowingTarget == window) + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow == window) { ImVec2 nav_resize_delta; if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && g.IO.KeyShift) @@ -5982,6 +4473,18 @@ static void ImGui::UpdateManualResize(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImVec2& size_au window->Size = window->SizeFull; } +void ImGui::UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window) +{ + window->ParentWindow = parent_window; + window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForNav = window; + if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) + window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow; + if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) + window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; + while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) + window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow; +} + // Push a new ImGui window to add widgets to. // - A default window called "Debug" is automatically stacked at the beginning of every frame so you can use widgets without explicitly calling a Begin/End pair. // - Begin/End can be called multiple times during the frame with the same window name to append content. @@ -5994,7 +4497,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; IM_ASSERT(name != NULL); // Window name required - IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() + IM_ASSERT(g.FrameScopeActive); // Forgot to call ImGui::NewFrame() IM_ASSERT(g.FrameCountEnded != g.FrameCount); // Called ImGui::Render() or ImGui::EndFrame() and haven't called ImGui::NewFrame() again yet // Find or create @@ -6020,9 +4523,15 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) else flags = window->Flags; + // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack + ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)); + window->HasCloseButton = (p_open != NULL); + // Update the Appearing flag bool window_just_activated_by_user = (window->LastFrameActive < current_frame - 1); // Not using !WasActive because the implicit "Debug" window would always toggle off->on - const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFrames > 0); + const bool window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize = (window->HiddenFramesForResize > 0); if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) { ImGuiPopupRef& popup_ref = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size]; @@ -6030,15 +4539,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window_just_activated_by_user |= (window != popup_ref.Window); } window->Appearing = (window_just_activated_by_user || window_just_appearing_after_hidden_for_resize); - window->CloseButton = (p_open != NULL); if (window->Appearing) SetWindowConditionAllowFlags(window, ImGuiCond_Appearing, true); - // Parent window is latched only on the first call to Begin() of the frame, so further append-calls can be done from a different window stack - ImGuiWindow* parent_window_in_stack = g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back(); - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = first_begin_of_the_frame ? ((flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) ? parent_window_in_stack : NULL) : window->ParentWindow; - IM_ASSERT(parent_window != NULL || !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow)); - // Add to stack g.CurrentWindowStack.push_back(window); SetCurrentWindow(window); @@ -6100,17 +4603,9 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // When reusing window again multiple times a frame, just append content (don't need to setup again) if (first_begin_of_the_frame) { - const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345) - // Initialize - window->ParentWindow = parent_window; - window->RootWindow = window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForTabbing = window->RootWindowForNav = window; - if (parent_window && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !window_is_child_tooltip) - window->RootWindow = parent_window->RootWindow; - if (parent_window && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup))) - window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight = window->RootWindowForTabbing = parent_window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Same value in master branch, will differ for docking - while (window->RootWindowForNav->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened) - window->RootWindowForNav = window->RootWindowForNav->ParentWindow; + const bool window_is_child_tooltip = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // FIXME-WIP: Undocumented behavior of Child+Tooltip for pinned tooltip (#1345) + UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(window, flags, parent_window); window->Active = true; window->BeginOrderWithinParent = 0; @@ -6124,18 +4619,20 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Update contents size from last frame for auto-fitting (or use explicit size) window->SizeContents = CalcSizeContents(window); - if (window->HiddenFrames > 0) - window->HiddenFrames--; + if (window->HiddenFramesRegular > 0) + window->HiddenFramesRegular--; + if (window->HiddenFramesForResize > 0) + window->HiddenFramesForResize--; // Hide new windows for one frame until they calculate their size if (window_just_created && (!window_size_x_set_by_api || !window_size_y_set_by_api)) - window->HiddenFrames = 1; + window->HiddenFramesForResize = 1; // Hide popup/tooltip window when re-opening while we measure size (because we recycle the windows) // We reset Size/SizeContents for reappearing popups/tooltips early in this function, so further code won't be tempted to use the old size. if (window_just_activated_by_user && (flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) != 0) { - window->HiddenFrames = 1; + window->HiddenFramesForResize = 1; if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) { if (!window_size_x_set_by_api) @@ -6160,8 +4657,11 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // At this point we don't have a clipping rectangle setup yet, so we can use the title bar area for hit detection and drawing if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) { + // We don't use a regular button+id to test for double-click on title bar (mostly due to legacy reason, could be fixed), so verify that we don't have items over the title bar. ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); - if (window->CollapseToggleWanted || (g.HoveredWindow == window && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredId == 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == 0 && IsMouseHoveringRect(title_bar_rect.Min, title_bar_rect.Max) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + window->WantCollapseToggle = true; + if (window->WantCollapseToggle) { window->Collapsed = !window->Collapsed; MarkIniSettingsDirty(window); @@ -6172,7 +4672,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) { window->Collapsed = false; } - window->CollapseToggleWanted = false; + window->WantCollapseToggle = false; // SIZE @@ -6237,7 +4737,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->Pos = parent_window->DC.CursorPos; } - const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFrames == 0); + const bool window_pos_with_pivot = (window->SetWindowPosVal.x != FLT_MAX && window->HiddenFramesForResize == 0); if (window_pos_with_pivot) SetWindowPos(window, ImMax(style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding, window->SetWindowPosVal - window->SizeFull * window->SetWindowPosPivot), 0); // Position given a pivot (e.g. for centering) else if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) != 0) @@ -6262,7 +4762,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Lock window rounding for the frame (so that altering them doesn't cause inconsistencies) window->WindowRounding = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? style.ChildRounding : ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) ? style.PopupRounding : style.WindowRounding; - // Prepare for focus requests + // Prepare for item focus requests window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxAllCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxAllRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxAllCounter+1); window->FocusIdxTabRequestCurrent = (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext == INT_MAX || window->FocusIdxTabCounter == -1) ? INT_MAX : (window->FocusIdxTabRequestNext + (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1)) % (window->FocusIdxTabCounter+1); window->FocusIdxAllCounter = window->FocusIdxTabCounter = -1; @@ -6272,7 +4772,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->Scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(window, true); window->ScrollTarget = ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX); - // Apply focus, new windows appears in front + // Apply window focus (new and reactivated windows are moved to front) bool want_focus = false; if (window_just_activated_by_user && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing)) if (!(flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow | ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip)) || (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) @@ -6281,7 +4781,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Handle manual resize: Resize Grips, Borders, Gamepad int border_held = -1; ImU32 resize_grip_col[4] = { 0 }; - const int resize_grip_count = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide) ? 2 : 1; // 4 + const int resize_grip_count = g.IO.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges ? 2 : 1; // 4 const float grip_draw_size = (float)(int)ImMax(g.FontSize * 1.35f, window->WindowRounding + 1.0f + g.FontSize * 0.2f); if (!window->Collapsed) UpdateManualResize(window, size_auto_fit, &border_held, resize_grip_count, &resize_grip_col[0]); @@ -6304,12 +4804,17 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) else PushClipRect(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, true); - // Draw modal window background (darkens what is behind them) - if ((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) != 0 && window == GetFrontMostPopupModal()) - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening, g.ModalWindowDarkeningRatio)); + // Draw modal window background (darkens what is behind them, all viewports) + const bool dim_bg_for_modal = (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) && window == GetFrontMostPopupModal() && window->HiddenFramesForResize <= 0; + const bool dim_bg_for_window_list = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && (window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim->RootWindow); + if (dim_bg_for_modal || dim_bg_for_window_list) + { + const ImU32 dim_bg_col = GetColorU32(dim_bg_for_modal ? ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg : ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, g.DimBgRatio); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(viewport_rect.Min, viewport_rect.Max, dim_bg_col); + } // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle background - if (g.NavWindowingTarget == window) + if (dim_bg_for_window_list && window == g.NavWindowingTargetAnim) { ImRect bb = window->Rect(); bb.Expand(g.FontSize); @@ -6320,7 +4825,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Draw window + handle manual resize const float window_rounding = window->WindowRounding; const float window_border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; - const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (g.NavWindow && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == g.NavWindow->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); + const ImGuiWindow* window_to_highlight = g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget : g.NavWindow; + const bool title_bar_is_highlight = want_focus || (window_to_highlight && window->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight == window_to_highlight->RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight); const ImRect title_bar_rect = window->TitleBarRect(); if (window->Collapsed) { @@ -6340,7 +4846,7 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) bg_col = (bg_col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaVal) << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); g.NextWindowData.BgAlphaCond = 0; } - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos+ImVec2(0,window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos+window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(window->Pos + ImVec2(0, window->TitleBarHeight()), window->Pos + window->Size, bg_col, window_rounding, (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Bot); // Title bar ImU32 title_bar_col = GetColorU32(window->Collapsed ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgCollapsed : title_bar_is_highlight ? ImGuiCol_TitleBgActive : ImGuiCol_TitleBg); @@ -6382,15 +4888,15 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->DrawList->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), window_rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, window_border_size); if (border_held != -1) { - ImRect border = GetBorderRect(window, border_held, grip_draw_size, 0.0f); + ImRect border = GetResizeBorderRect(window, border_held, grip_draw_size, 0.0f); window->DrawList->AddLine(border.Min, border.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive), ImMax(1.0f, window_border_size)); } if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0 && !(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar)) - window->DrawList->AddLine(title_bar_rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(style.WindowBorderSize, -1), title_bar_rect.GetBR() + ImVec2(-style.WindowBorderSize,-1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddLine(title_bar_rect.GetBL() + ImVec2(style.WindowBorderSize, -1), title_bar_rect.GetBR() + ImVec2(-style.WindowBorderSize, -1), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), style.FrameBorderSize); } // Draw navigation selection/windowing rectangle border - if (g.NavWindowingTarget == window) + if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim == window) { float rounding = ImMax(window->WindowRounding, g.Style.WindowRounding); ImRect bb = window->Rect(); @@ -6415,14 +4921,14 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Setup drawing context // (NB: That term "drawing context / DC" lost its meaning a long time ago. Initially was meant to hold transient data only. Nowadays difference between window-> and window->DC-> is dubious.) - window->DC.IndentX = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; - window->DC.GroupOffsetX = 0.0f; - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y); + window->DC.Indent.x = 0.0f + window->WindowPadding.x - window->Scroll.x; + window->DC.GroupOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorStartPos = window->Pos + ImVec2(window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x, window->TitleBarHeight() + window->MenuBarHeight() + window->WindowPadding.y - window->Scroll.y); window->DC.CursorPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine = window->DC.CursorPos; window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorStartPos; - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight = 0.0f; + window->DC.CurrentLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = false; window->DC.NavHasScroll = (GetScrollMaxY() > 0.0f); @@ -6475,15 +4981,8 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) // Collapse button if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse)) - { - ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"); - ImRect bb(window->Pos + style.FramePadding + ImVec2(1,1), window->Pos + style.FramePadding + ImVec2(g.FontSize,g.FontSize) - ImVec2(1,1)); - ItemAdd(bb, id); - if (ButtonBehavior(bb, id, NULL, NULL)) - window->CollapseToggleWanted = true; // Defer collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); - RenderArrow(window->Pos + style.FramePadding, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); - } + if (CollapseButton(window->GetID("#COLLAPSE"), window->Pos)) + window->WantCollapseToggle = true; // Defer collapsing to next frame as we are too far in the Begin() function // Close button if (p_open != NULL) @@ -6556,26 +5055,31 @@ bool ImGui::Begin(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) window->BeginCount++; g.NextWindowData.Clear(); - // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. - // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). if (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) { + // Child window can be out of sight and have "negative" clip windows. + // Mark them as collapsed so commands are skipped earlier (we can't manually collapse them because they have no title bar). IM_ASSERT((flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) != 0); - window->Collapsed = parent_window && parent_window->Collapsed; if (!(flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0) - window->Collapsed |= (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y); + if (window->OuterRectClipped.Min.x >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.x || window->OuterRectClipped.Min.y >= window->OuterRectClipped.Max.y) + window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1; - // We also hide the window from rendering because we've already added its border to the command list. - // (we could perform the check earlier in the function but it is simpler at this point) - if (window->Collapsed) - window->Active = false; + // Completely hide along with parent or if parent is collapsed + if (parent_window && (parent_window->Collapsed || parent_window->Hidden)) + window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1; } + + // Don't render if style alpha is 0.0 at the time of Begin(). This is arbitrary and inconsistent but has been there for a long while (may remove at some point) if (style.Alpha <= 0.0f) - window->Active = false; + window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1; + + // Update the Hidden flag + window->Hidden = (window->HiddenFramesRegular > 0) || (window->HiddenFramesForResize); // Return false if we don't intend to display anything to allow user to perform an early out optimization - window->SkipItems = (window->Collapsed || !window->Active) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0; + window->SkipItems = (window->Collapsed || !window->Active || window->Hidden) && window->AutoFitFramesX <= 0 && window->AutoFitFramesY <= 0 && window->HiddenFramesForResize <= 0; + return !window->SkipItems; } @@ -6616,116 +5120,6 @@ void ImGui::End() SetCurrentWindow(g.CurrentWindowStack.empty() ? NULL : g.CurrentWindowStack.back()); } -// Vertical scrollbar -// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because: -// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab) -// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar -// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal. -void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - const bool horizontal = (direction == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal); - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(horizontal ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); - - // Render background - bool other_scrollbar = (horizontal ? window->ScrollbarY : window->ScrollbarX); - float other_scrollbar_size_w = other_scrollbar ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f; - const ImRect window_rect = window->Rect(); - const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; - ImRect bb = horizontal - ? ImRect(window->Pos.x + border_size, window_rect.Max.y - style.ScrollbarSize, window_rect.Max.x - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - border_size) - : ImRect(window_rect.Max.x - style.ScrollbarSize, window->Pos.y + border_size, window_rect.Max.x - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size); - if (!horizontal) - bb.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->MenuBarHeight() : 0.0f); - if (bb.GetWidth() <= 0.0f || bb.GetHeight() <= 0.0f) - return; - - int window_rounding_corners; - if (horizontal) - window_rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); - else - window_rounding_corners = (((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight : 0) | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg), window->WindowRounding, window_rounding_corners); - bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); - - // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar) - float scrollbar_size_v = horizontal ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight(); - float scroll_v = horizontal ? window->Scroll.x : window->Scroll.y; - float win_size_avail_v = (horizontal ? window->SizeFull.x : window->SizeFull.y) - other_scrollbar_size_w; - float win_size_contents_v = horizontal ? window->SizeContents.x : window->SizeContents.y; - - // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount) - // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside. - IM_ASSERT(ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. - const float win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v), 1.0f); - const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * (win_size_avail_v / win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); - const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v; - - // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). - bool held = false; - bool hovered = false; - const bool previously_held = (g.ActiveId == id); - ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); - - float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, win_size_contents_v - win_size_avail_v); - float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max); - float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; - if (held && grab_h_norm < 1.0f) - { - float scrollbar_pos_v = horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y; - float mouse_pos_v = horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y; - float* click_delta_to_grab_center_v = horizontal ? &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.x : &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.y; - - // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f) - const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v); - SetHoveredID(id); - - bool seek_absolute = false; - if (!previously_held) - { - // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab - if (clicked_v_norm >= grab_v_norm && clicked_v_norm <= grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm) - { - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f; - } - else - { - seek_absolute = true; - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = 0.0f; - } - } - - // Apply scroll - // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of SizeContents and before setting up our starting position - const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v - grab_h_norm*0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); - scroll_v = (float)(int)(0.5f + scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v)); - if (horizontal) - window->Scroll.x = scroll_v; - else - window->Scroll.y = scroll_v; - - // Update values for rendering - scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max); - grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; - - // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated - if (seek_absolute) - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f; - } - - // Render - const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab); - ImRect grab_rect; - if (horizontal) - grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImMin(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, window_rect.Max.x), bb.Max.y); - else - grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImMin(ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, window_rect.Max.y)); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding); -} - void ImGui::BringWindowToFront(ImGuiWindow* window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6790,7 +5184,7 @@ void ImGui::FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) BringWindowToFront(window); } -void ImGui::FocusFrontMostActiveWindow(ImGuiWindow* ignore_window) +void ImGui::FocusFrontMostActiveWindowIgnoringOne(ImGuiWindow* ignore_window) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; for (int i = g.Windows.Size - 1; i >= 0; i--) @@ -6844,12 +5238,6 @@ float ImGui::CalcItemWidth() return w; } -static ImFont* GetDefaultFont() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; -} - void ImGui::SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; @@ -6938,7 +5326,7 @@ void ImGui::PopTextWrapPos() void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiColMod backup; + ImGuiColorMod backup; backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); @@ -6948,7 +5336,7 @@ void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, ImU32 col) void ImGui::PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol idx, const ImVec4& col) { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiColMod backup; + ImGuiColorMod backup; backup.Col = idx; backup.BackupValue = g.Style.Colors[idx]; g.ColorModifiers.push_back(backup); @@ -6960,7 +5348,7 @@ void ImGui::PopStyleColor(int count) ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; while (count > 0) { - ImGuiColMod& backup = g.ColorModifiers.back(); + ImGuiColorMod& backup = g.ColorModifiers.back(); g.Style.Colors[backup.Col] = backup.BackupValue; g.ColorModifiers.pop_back(); count--; @@ -7094,10 +5482,11 @@ const char* ImGui::GetStyleColorName(ImGuiCol idx) case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram: return "PlotHistogram"; case ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered: return "PlotHistogramHovered"; case ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg: return "TextSelectedBg"; - case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening: return "ModalWindowDarkening"; case ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget: return "DragDropTarget"; case ImGuiCol_NavHighlight: return "NavHighlight"; case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight: return "NavWindowingHighlight"; + case ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg: return "NavWindowingDimBg"; + case ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg: return "ModalWindowDimBg"; } IM_ASSERT(0); return "Unknown"; @@ -7181,8 +5570,7 @@ bool ImGui::IsWindowFocused(ImGuiFocusedFlags flags) // Can we focus this window with CTRL+TAB (or PadMenu + PadFocusPrev/PadFocusNext) bool ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window) { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return window->Active && window == window->RootWindowForTabbing && (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus) || window == g.NavWindow); + return window->Active && window == window->RootWindow && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus); } float ImGui::GetWindowWidth() @@ -7204,14 +5592,14 @@ ImVec2 ImGui::GetWindowPos() return window->Pos; } -static void SetWindowScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x) +void ImGui::SetWindowScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x) { window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x += window->Scroll.x; // SizeContents is generally computed based on CursorMaxPos which is affected by scroll position, so we need to apply our change to it. window->Scroll.x = new_scroll_x; window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x -= window->Scroll.x; } -static void SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y) +void ImGui::SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y) { window->DC.CursorMaxPos.y += window->Scroll.y; // SizeContents is generally computed based on CursorMaxPos which is affected by scroll position, so we need to apply our change to it. window->Scroll.y = new_scroll_y; @@ -7603,7 +5991,7 @@ void ImGui::SetScrollHere(float center_y_ratio) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); float target_y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y - window->Pos.y; // Top of last item, in window space - target_y += (window->DC.PrevLineHeight * center_y_ratio) + (GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line. + target_y += (window->DC.PrevLineSize.y * center_y_ratio) + (GImGui->Style.ItemSpacing.y * (center_y_ratio - 0.5f) * 2.0f); // Precisely aim above, in the middle or below the last line. SetScrollFromPosY(target_y, center_y_ratio); } @@ -7650,1034 +6038,29 @@ ImGuiStorage* ImGui::GetStateStorage() return window->DC.StateStorage; } -void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer, text_end); -} - -void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - TextV(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); - TextV(fmt, args); - PopStyleColor(); -} - -void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - TextColoredV(col, fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GImGui->Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - TextV(fmt, args); - PopStyleColor(); -} - -void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - TextDisabledV(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - bool need_wrap = (GImGui->CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position is one ia already set - if (need_wrap) PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); - TextV(fmt, args); - if (need_wrap) PopTextWrapPos(); -} - -void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - TextWrappedV(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - IM_ASSERT(text != NULL); - const char* text_begin = text; - if (text_end == NULL) - text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT - - const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); - const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos; - const bool wrap_enabled = wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f; - if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled) - { - // Long text! - // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text - // From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled. - // We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line. - const char* line = text; - const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight(); - const ImRect clip_rect = window->ClipRect; - ImVec2 text_size(0,0); - - if (text_pos.y <= clip_rect.Max.y) - { - ImVec2 pos = text_pos; - - // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text) - if (!g.LogEnabled) - { - int lines_skippable = (int)((clip_rect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height); - if (lines_skippable > 0) - { - int lines_skipped = 0; - while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable) - { - const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n'); - if (!line_end) - line_end = text_end; - line = line_end + 1; - lines_skipped++; - } - pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height; - } - } - - // Lines to render - if (line < text_end) - { - ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height)); - while (line < text_end) - { - const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n'); - if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0, false)) - break; - - const ImVec2 line_size = CalcTextSize(line, line_end, false); - text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_size.x); - RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false); - if (!line_end) - line_end = text_end; - line = line_end + 1; - line_rect.Min.y += line_height; - line_rect.Max.y += line_height; - pos.y += line_height; - } - - // Count remaining lines - int lines_skipped = 0; - while (line < text_end) - { - const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n'); - if (!line_end) - line_end = text_end; - line = line_end + 1; - lines_skipped++; - } - pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height; - } - - text_size.y += (pos - text_pos).y; - } - - ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); - ItemSize(bb); - ItemAdd(bb, 0); - } - else - { - const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; - const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); - - // Account of baseline offset - ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); - ItemSize(text_size); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) - RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); - } -} - -void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); - window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y); -} - -// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets -void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float w = CalcItemWidth(); - - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect value_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); - const ImRect total_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f), style.FramePadding.y*2) + label_size); - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render - const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0]; - const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f)); - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); -} - -void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - LabelTextV(label, fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled) - { - if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false; - if (out_held) *out_held = false; - if (g.ActiveId == id) ClearActiveID(); - return false; - } - - // Default behavior requires click+release on same spot - if ((flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick)) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; - - ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow; - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window) - g.HoveredWindow = window; - - bool pressed = false; - bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id); - - // Drag source doesn't report as hovered - if (hovered && g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id) - hovered = false; - - // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button - if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers)) - if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) - { - hovered = true; - SetHoveredID(id); - if (CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, 0.01f, 0.70f)) // FIXME: Our formula for CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount() is fishy - { - pressed = true; - FocusWindow(window); - } - } - - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window) - g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window; - - // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. - if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0)) - hovered = false; - - // Mouse - if (hovered) - { - if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt)) - { - // | CLICKING | HOLDING with ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat - // PressedOnClickRelease | * | .. (NOT on release) <-- MOST COMMON! (*) only if both click/release were over bounds - // PressedOnClick | | .. - // PressedOnRelease | | .. (NOT on release) - // PressedOnDoubleClick | | .. - // FIXME-NAV: We don't honor those different behaviors. - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) - { - SetActiveID(id, window); - if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) - SetFocusID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - } - if (((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) - { - pressed = true; - if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) - ClearActiveID(); - else - SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID - FocusWindow(window); - } - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) - { - if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)) // Repeat mode trumps - pressed = true; - ClearActiveID(); - } - - // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). - // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.ActiveId == id && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[0] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(0, true)) - pressed = true; - } - - if (pressed) - g.NavDisableHighlight = true; - } - - // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation - // We report navigated item as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse. - if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)) - hovered = true; - - if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) - { - bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); - bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); - if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) - pressed = true; - if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs || g.ActiveId == id) - { - // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button. - g.NavActivateId = id; // This is so SetActiveId assign a Nav source - SetActiveID(id, window); - if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) - SetFocusID(id, window); - g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); - } - } - - bool held = false; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - { - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse) - { - if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) - g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; - if (g.IO.MouseDown[0]) - { - held = true; - } - else - { - if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease)) - if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)) // Repeat mode trumps - if (!g.DragDropActive) - pressed = true; - ClearActiveID(); - } - if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) - g.NavDisableHighlight = true; - } - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) - { - if (g.NavActivateDownId != id) - ClearActiveID(); - } - } - - if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered; - if (out_held) *out_held = held; - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag) - pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y; - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); - - const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) - return false; - - if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) - flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); - if (pressed) - MarkItemValueChanged(id); - - // Render - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); - RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb); - - // Automatically close popups - //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) - // CloseCurrentPopup(); - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) -{ - return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, 0); -} - -// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing. -bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y; - g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f; - bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine); - g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y; - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); - float sz = ImGui::GetFrameHeight(); - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(sz, sz)); - ItemSize(bb); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); - - // Render - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); - RenderArrow(bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, dir); - - return pressed; -} - -// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack. -// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id) -bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f); - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - ItemSize(bb); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); - - return pressed; -} - -// Button to close a window -bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - // We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Validate sequence close a window. - // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). - const ImRect bb(pos - ImVec2(radius,radius), pos + ImVec2(radius,radius)); - bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id); - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); - if (is_clipped) - return pressed; - - // Render - ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); - if (hovered) - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, radius), GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered), 9); - - float cross_extent = (radius * 0.7071f) - 1.0f; - ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); - center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,+cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,-cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); - window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,-cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,+cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); - - return pressed; -} - -void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - if (border_col.w > 0.0f) - bb.Max += ImVec2(2,2); - ItemSize(bb); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - if (border_col.w > 0.0f) - { - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f); - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min+ImVec2(1,1), bb.Max-ImVec2(1,1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - } - else - { - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - } -} - -// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default) -// frame_padding = 0: no framing -// frame_padding > 0: set framing size -// The color used are the button colors. -bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes. - // We could hash the size/uv to create a unique ID but that would prevent the user from animating UV. - PushID((void *)user_texture_id); - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); - PopID(); - - const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : style.FramePadding; - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding*2); - const ImRect image_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + padding, window->DC.CursorPos + padding + size); - ItemSize(bb); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); - - // Render - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((hovered && held) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, style.FrameRounding)); - if (bg_col.w > 0.0f) - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, GetColorU32(bg_col)); - window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); - - return pressed; -} - -// Start logging ImGui output to TTY -void ImGui::LogToTTY(int max_depth) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.LogEnabled) - return; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); - g.LogFile = stdout; - g.LogEnabled = true; - g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; - if (max_depth >= 0) - g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth; -} - -// Start logging ImGui output to given file -void ImGui::LogToFile(int max_depth, const char* filename) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.LogEnabled) - return; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - if (!filename) - { - filename = g.IO.LogFilename; - if (!filename) - return; - } - - IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); - g.LogFile = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab"); - if (!g.LogFile) - { - IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile != NULL); // Consider this an error - return; - } - g.LogEnabled = true; - g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; - if (max_depth >= 0) - g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth; -} - -// Start logging ImGui output to clipboard -void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int max_depth) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.LogEnabled) - return; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); - g.LogFile = NULL; - g.LogEnabled = true; - g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; - if (max_depth >= 0) - g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth; -} - -void ImGui::LogFinish() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (!g.LogEnabled) - return; - - LogText(IM_NEWLINE); - if (g.LogFile != NULL) - { - if (g.LogFile == stdout) - fflush(g.LogFile); - else - fclose(g.LogFile); - g.LogFile = NULL; - } - if (g.LogClipboard.size() > 1) - { - SetClipboardText(g.LogClipboard.begin()); - g.LogClipboard.clear(); - } - g.LogEnabled = false; -} - -// Helper to display logging buttons -void ImGui::LogButtons() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - PushID("LogButtons"); - const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine(); - const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine(); - const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine(); - PushItemWidth(80.0f); - PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); - SliderInt("Depth", &g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, 0, 9, NULL); - PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); - PopItemWidth(); - PopID(); - - // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log - if (log_to_tty) - LogToTTY(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth); - if (log_to_file) - LogToFile(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, g.IO.LogFilename); - if (log_to_clipboard) - LogToClipboard(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) -{ - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) - return true; - - // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use SetNextTreeNode*** functions) - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage; - - bool is_open; - if (g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond != 0) - { - if (g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) - { - is_open = g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); - } - else - { - // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently. - const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1); - if (stored_value == -1) - { - is_open = g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal; - storage->SetInt(id, is_open); - } - else - { - is_open = stored_value != 0; - } - } - g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond = 0; - } - else - { - is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0; - } - - // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior). - // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged. - if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && window->DC.TreeDepth < g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth) - is_open = true; - - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0; - const ImVec2 padding = (display_frame || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding)) ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, 0.0f); - - if (!label_end) - label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); - - // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height. - const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it - const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2); - ImRect frame_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, ImVec2(window->Pos.x + GetContentRegionMax().x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height)); - if (display_frame) - { - // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding - frame_bb.Min.x -= (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1; - frame_bb.Max.x += (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1; - } - - const float text_offset_x = (g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*3 : padding.x*2)); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing - const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser - ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), text_base_offset_y); - - // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing - // (Ideally we'd want to add a flag for the user to specify if we want the hit test to be done up to the right side of the content or not) - const ImRect interact_bb = display_frame ? frame_bb : ImRect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x*2, frame_bb.Max.y); - bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags); - - // Store a flag for the current depth to tell if we will allow closing this node when navigating one of its child. - // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). - // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. - if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); - - bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); - window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; - window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = frame_bb; - - if (!item_add) - { - if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - TreePushRawID(id); - return is_open; - } - - // Flags that affects opening behavior: - // - 0(default) ..................... single-click anywhere to open - // - OpenOnDoubleClick .............. double-click anywhere to open - // - OpenOnArrow .................... single-click on arrow to open - // - OpenOnDoubleClick|OpenOnArrow .. single-click on arrow or double-click anywhere to open - ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap : 0); - if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) - button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : 0); - - bool hovered, held, pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); - if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)) - { - bool toggled = false; - if (pressed) - { - toggled = !(flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) || (g.NavActivateId == id); - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) - toggled |= IsMouseHoveringRect(interact_bb.Min, ImVec2(interact_bb.Min.x + text_offset_x, interact_bb.Max.y)) && (!g.NavDisableMouseHover); - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) - toggled |= g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]; - if (g.DragDropActive && is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again. - toggled = false; - } - - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) - { - toggled = true; - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? - { - toggled = true; - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } - - if (toggled) - { - is_open = !is_open; - window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open); - } - } - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - - // Render - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - const ImVec2 text_pos = frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x, text_base_offset_y); - if (display_frame) - { - // Framed type - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); - RenderArrow(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, text_base_offset_y), is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); - if (g.LogEnabled) - { - // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here. - const char log_prefix[] = "\n##"; - const char log_suffix[] = "##"; - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix+3); - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_suffix+1, log_suffix+3); - } - else - { - RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); - } - } - else - { - // Unframed typed for tree nodes - if (hovered || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected)) - { - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, col, false); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); - } - - if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) - RenderBullet(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x * 0.5f, g.FontSize*0.50f + text_base_offset_y)); - else if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)) - RenderArrow(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, g.FontSize*0.15f + text_base_offset_y), is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&text_pos, ">"); - RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); - } - - if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) - TreePushRawID(id); - return is_open; -} - -// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag). -// This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode(). -bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); -} - -bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - if (p_open && !*p_open) - return false; - - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | (p_open ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap : 0), label); - if (p_open) - { - // Create a small overlapping close button // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - float button_sz = g.FontSize * 0.5f; - ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup; - if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(id+1)), ImVec2(ImMin(window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x) - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_sz, window->DC.LastItemRect.Min.y + g.Style.FramePadding.y + button_sz), button_sz)) - *p_open = false; - last_item_backup.Restore(); - } - - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - return TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - return TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args); -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, flags, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, flags, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args); - va_end(args); - return is_open; -} - -bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL); -} - -void ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x += GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); -} - -// Horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet() -float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); -} - -void ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems) - return; - g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal = is_open; - g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; -} - void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id)); + window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id)); } void ImGui::PushID(const char* str_id_begin, const char* str_id_end) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(str_id_begin, str_id_end)); + window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(str_id_begin, str_id_end)); } void ImGui::PushID(const void* ptr_id) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id)); + window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id)); } void ImGui::PushID(int int_id) { const void* ptr_id = (void*)(intptr_t)int_id; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); - window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetID(ptr_id)); + window->IDStack.push_back(window->GetIDNoKeepAlive(ptr_id)); } void ImGui::PopID() @@ -8701,4134 +6084,6 @@ ImGuiID ImGui::GetID(const void* ptr_id) return GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(ptr_id); } -void ImGui::Bullet() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize); - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height)); - ItemSize(bb); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - { - SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2); - return; - } - - // Render and stay on same line - RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f)); - SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2); -} - -// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node. -void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer; - const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false); - const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it - const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineHeight, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize); - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x*2) : 0.0f), ImMax(line_height, label_size.y))); // Empty text doesn't add padding - ItemSize(bb); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render - RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f)); - RenderText(bb.Min+ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2, text_base_offset_y), text_begin, text_end, false); -} - -void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) -{ - va_list args; - va_start(args, fmt); - BulletTextV(fmt, args); - va_end(args); -} - -static inline int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_ptr, const char* format) -{ - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32) // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing the argument - return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU32*)data_ptr); - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing the argument - return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU64*)data_ptr); - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) - return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const float*)data_ptr); - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const double*)data_ptr); - IM_ASSERT(0); - return 0; -} - -// FIXME: Adding support for clamping on boundaries of the data type would be nice. -static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg1, const void* arg2) -{ - IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-'); - switch (data_type) - { - case ImGuiDataType_S32: - if (op == '+') *(int*)output = *(const int*)arg1 + *(const int*)arg2; - else if (op == '-') *(int*)output = *(const int*)arg1 - *(const int*)arg2; - return; - case ImGuiDataType_U32: - if (op == '+') *(unsigned int*)output = *(const unsigned int*)arg1 + *(const ImU32*)arg2; - else if (op == '-') *(unsigned int*)output = *(const unsigned int*)arg1 - *(const ImU32*)arg2; - return; - case ImGuiDataType_S64: - if (op == '+') *(ImS64*)output = *(const ImS64*)arg1 + *(const ImS64*)arg2; - else if (op == '-') *(ImS64*)output = *(const ImS64*)arg1 - *(const ImS64*)arg2; - return; - case ImGuiDataType_U64: - if (op == '+') *(ImU64*)output = *(const ImU64*)arg1 + *(const ImU64*)arg2; - else if (op == '-') *(ImU64*)output = *(const ImU64*)arg1 - *(const ImU64*)arg2; - return; - case ImGuiDataType_Float: - if (op == '+') *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 + *(const float*)arg2; - else if (op == '-') *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 - *(const float*)arg2; - return; - case ImGuiDataType_Double: - if (op == '+') *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 + *(const double*)arg2; - else if (op == '-') *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 - *(const double*)arg2; - return; - case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; - } - IM_ASSERT(0); -} - -struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo -{ - size_t Size; - const char* PrintFmt; // Unused - const char* ScanFmt; -}; - -static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = -{ - { sizeof(int), "%d", "%d" }, - { sizeof(unsigned int), "%u", "%u" }, -#ifdef _MSC_VER - { sizeof(ImS64), "%I64d","%I64d" }, - { sizeof(ImU64), "%I64u","%I64u" }, -#else - { sizeof(ImS64), "%lld", "%lld" }, - { sizeof(ImU64), "%llu", "%llu" }, -#endif - { sizeof(float), "%f", "%f" }, // float are promoted to double in va_arg - { sizeof(double), "%f", "%lf" }, -}; -IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); - -// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values. -// NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess.. -static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format) -{ - while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) - buf++; - - // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value. - // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value - char op = buf[0]; - if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/') - { - buf++; - while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) - buf++; - } - else - { - op = 0; - } - if (!buf[0]) - return false; - - // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all. - IM_ASSERT(data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); - int data_backup[2]; - IM_ASSERT(GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size <= sizeof(data_backup)); - memcpy(data_backup, data_ptr, GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size); - - if (format == NULL) - format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].ScanFmt; - - int arg1i = 0; - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32) - { - int* v = (int*)data_ptr; - int arg0i = *v; - float arg1f = 0.0f; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0i) < 1) - return false; - // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision - if (op == '+') { if (sscanf(buf, "%d", &arg1i)) *v = (int)(arg0i + arg1i); } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f)) *v = (int)(arg0i * arg1f); } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) && arg1f != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0i / arg1f); } // Divide - else { if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1i) == 1) *v = arg1i; } // Assign constant - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) - { - // Assign constant - // FIXME: We don't bother handling support for legacy operators since they are a little too crappy. Instead we may implement a proper expression evaluator in the future. - sscanf(buf, format, data_ptr); - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) - { - // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in - format = "%f"; - float* v = (float*)data_ptr; - float arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0f; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) - return false; - if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) - return false; - if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide - else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant - } - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - { - format = "%lf"; // scanf differentiate float/double unlike printf which forces everything to double because of ellipsis - double* v = (double*)data_ptr; - double arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0; - if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) - return false; - if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) - return false; - if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) - else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply - else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide - else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant - } - return memcmp(data_backup, data_ptr, GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size) != 0; -} - -// Create text input in place of a slider (when CTRL+Clicking on slider) -// FIXME: Logic is messy and confusing. -bool ImGui::InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - - // Our replacement widget will override the focus ID (registered previously to allow for a TAB focus to happen) - // On the first frame, g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id - SetActiveID(g.ScalarAsInputTextId, window); - g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); - SetHoveredID(0); - FocusableItemUnregister(window); - - char fmt_buf[32]; - char data_buf[32]; - format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf)); - DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, data_ptr, format); - ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); - ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); - bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), bb.GetSize(), flags); - if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0) // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget - { - IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id); // InputText ID expected to match the Slider ID - g.ScalarAsInputTextId = g.ActiveId; - SetHoveredID(id); - } - if (value_changed) - return DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.begin(), data_type, data_ptr, NULL); - return false; -} - -// We don't use strchr() because our strings are usually very short and often start with '%' -const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* fmt) -{ - while (char c = fmt[0]) - { - if (c == '%' && fmt[1] != '%') - return fmt; - else if (c == '%') - fmt++; - fmt++; - } - return fmt; -} - -const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt) -{ - // Printf/scanf types modifiers: I/L/h/j/l/t/w/z. Other uppercase letters qualify as types aka end of the format. - if (fmt[0] != '%') - return fmt; - const unsigned int ignored_uppercase_mask = (1 << ('I'-'A')) | (1 << ('L'-'A')); - const unsigned int ignored_lowercase_mask = (1 << ('h'-'a')) | (1 << ('j'-'a')) | (1 << ('l'-'a')) | (1 << ('t'-'a')) | (1 << ('w'-'a')) | (1 << ('z'-'a')); - for (char c; (c = *fmt) != 0; fmt++) - { - if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' && ((1 << (c - 'A')) & ignored_uppercase_mask) == 0) - return fmt + 1; - if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' && ((1 << (c - 'a')) & ignored_lowercase_mask) == 0) - return fmt + 1; - } - return fmt; -} - -// Extract the format out of a format string with leading or trailing decorations -// fmt = "blah blah" -> return fmt -// fmt = "%.3f" -> return fmt -// fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6 -// fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f" -const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, int buf_size) -{ - const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); - if (fmt_start[0] != '%') - return fmt; - const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); - if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data. - return fmt_start; - ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((int)(fmt_end + 1 - fmt_start), buf_size)); - return buf; -} - -// Parse display precision back from the display format string -// FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed. -int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) -{ - fmt = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); - if (fmt[0] != '%') - return default_precision; - fmt++; - while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9') - fmt++; - int precision = INT_MAX; - if (*fmt == '.') - { - fmt = ImAtoi(fmt + 1, &precision); - if (precision < 0 || precision > 99) - precision = default_precision; - } - if (*fmt == 'e' || *fmt == 'E') // Maximum precision with scientific notation - precision = -1; - if ((*fmt == 'g' || *fmt == 'G') && precision == INT_MAX) - precision = -1; - return (precision == INT_MAX) ? default_precision : precision; -} - -static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) -{ - static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f }; - if (decimal_precision < 0) - return FLT_MIN; - return (decimal_precision >= 0 && decimal_precision < 10) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision); -} - -template -static inline TYPE RoundScalarWithFormat(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v) -{ - const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format); - if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string - return v; - char v_str[64]; - ImFormatString(v_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(v_str), fmt_start, v); - const char* p = v_str; - while (*p == ' ') - p++; - if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) - v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); - else - ImAtoi(p, (SIGNEDTYPE*)&v); - return v; -} - -template -static inline float SliderBehaviorCalcRatioFromValue(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos) -{ - if (v_min == v_max) - return 0.0f; - - const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); - const TYPE v_clamped = (v_min < v_max) ? ImClamp(v, v_min, v_max) : ImClamp(v, v_max, v_min); - if (is_power) - { - if (v_clamped < 0.0f) - { - const float f = 1.0f - (float)((v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin((TYPE)0, v_max) - v_min)); - return (1.0f - ImPow(f, 1.0f/power)) * linear_zero_pos; - } - else - { - const float f = (float)((v_clamped - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min))); - return linear_zero_pos + ImPow(f, 1.0f/power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); - } - } - - // Linear slider - return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); -} - -// FIXME: Move some of the code into SliderBehavior(). Current responsability is larger than what the equivalent DragBehaviorT<> does, we also do some rendering, etc. -template -static bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding); - - const bool is_horizontal = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) == 0; - const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); - const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && is_decimal; - - const float grab_padding = 2.0f; - const float slider_sz = is_horizontal ? (bb.GetWidth() - grab_padding * 2.0f) : (bb.GetHeight() - grab_padding * 2.0f); - float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; - SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); - if (!is_decimal && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows - grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit - grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); - const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; - const float slider_usable_pos_min = (is_horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y) + grab_padding + grab_sz*0.5f; - const float slider_usable_pos_max = (is_horizontal ? bb.Max.x : bb.Max.y) - grab_padding - grab_sz*0.5f; - - // For power curve sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the curve to be symmetric around 0.0f - float linear_zero_pos; // 0.0->1.0f - if (is_power && v_min * v_max < 0.0f) - { - // Different sign - const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_min_to_0 = ImPow(v_min >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_min : -(FLOATTYPE)v_min, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f/power); - const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_max_to_0 = ImPow(v_max >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_max : -(FLOATTYPE)v_max, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f/power); - linear_zero_pos = (float)(linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0 + linear_dist_max_to_0)); - } - else - { - // Same sign - linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f; - } - - // Process interacting with the slider - bool value_changed = false; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - { - bool set_new_value = false; - float clicked_t = 0.0f; - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse) - { - if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0]) - { - ClearActiveID(); - } - else - { - const float mouse_abs_pos = is_horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y; - clicked_t = (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) ? ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f) : 0.0f; - if (!is_horizontal) - clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t; - set_new_value = true; - } - } - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) - { - const ImVec2 delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f); - float delta = is_horizontal ? delta2.x : -delta2.y; - if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) - { - ClearActiveID(); - } - else if (delta != 0.0f) - { - clicked_t = SliderBehaviorCalcRatioFromValue(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos); - const int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; - if ((decimal_precision > 0) || is_power) - { - delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds - if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) - delta /= 10.0f; - } - else - { - if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) - delta = ((delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps - else - delta /= 100.0f; - } - if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) - delta *= 10.0f; - set_new_value = true; - if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits - set_new_value = false; - else - clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta); - } - } - - if (set_new_value) - { - TYPE v_new; - if (is_power) - { - // Account for power curve scale on both sides of the zero - if (clicked_t < linear_zero_pos) - { - // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering - float a = 1.0f - (clicked_t / linear_zero_pos); - a = ImPow(a, power); - v_new = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max, (TYPE)0), v_min, a); - } - else - { - // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering - float a; - if (ImFabs(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6f) - a = (clicked_t - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); - else - a = clicked_t; - a = ImPow(a, power); - v_new = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min, (TYPE)0), v_max, a); - } - } - else - { - // Linear slider - if (is_decimal) - { - v_new = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, clicked_t); - } - else - { - // For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above - // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. - FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (v_max - v_min) * clicked_t; - TYPE v_new_off_floor = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f); - TYPE v_new_off_round = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)0.5); - if (!is_decimal && v_new_off_floor < v_new_off_round) - v_new = v_min + v_new_off_round; - else - v_new = v_min + v_new_off_floor; - } - } - - // Round to user desired precision based on format string - v_new = RoundScalarWithFormat(format, data_type, v_new); - - // Apply result - if (*v != v_new) - { - *v = v_new; - value_changed = true; - } - } - } - - // Draw - float grab_t = SliderBehaviorCalcRatioFromValue(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos); - if (!is_horizontal) - grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; - const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); - ImRect grab_bb; - if (is_horizontal) - grab_bb = ImRect(grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Min.y + grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Max.y - grab_padding); - else - grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding); - - return value_changed; -} - -// For 32-bits and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range. -// So e.g. an integer Slider between INT_MAX-10 and INT_MAX will fail, but an integer Slider between INT_MAX/2-10 and INT_MAX/2. -// It would be possible to life that limitation with some work but it doesn't seem to be work it for sliders. -bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags) -{ - switch (data_type) - { - case ImGuiDataType_S32: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)v_min >= IM_S32_MIN/2 && *(const ImS32*)v_max <= IM_S32_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)v, *(const ImS32*)v_min, *(const ImS32*)v_max, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_U32: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)v_min <= IM_U32_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)v, *(const ImU32*)v_min, *(const ImU32*)v_max, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_S64: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)v_min >= IM_S64_MIN/2 && *(const ImS64*)v_max <= IM_S64_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)v, *(const ImS64*)v_min, *(const ImS64*)v_max, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_U64: - IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)v_min <= IM_U64_MAX/2); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)v, *(const ImU64*)v_min, *(const ImU64*)v_max, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_Float: - IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)v_min >= -FLT_MAX/2.0f && *(const float*)v_max <= FLT_MAX/2.0f); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (float*)v, *(const float*)v_min, *(const float*)v_max, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_Double: - IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)v_min >= -DBL_MAX/2.0f && *(const double*)v_max <= DBL_MAX/2.0f); - return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (double*)v, *(const double*)v_min, *(const double*)v_max, format, power, flags); - case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; - } - IM_ASSERT(0); - return false; -} - -// FIXME-LEGACY: Prior to 1.61 our DragInt() function internally used floats and because of this the compile-time default value for format was "%.0f". -// Even though we changed the compile-time default, we expect users to have carried %f around, which would break the display of DragInt() calls. -// To honor backward compatibility we are rewriting the format string, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is enabled. What could possibly go wrong?! -static const char* PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(const char* fmt) -{ - if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '0' && fmt[3] == 'f' && fmt[4] == 0) // Fast legacy path for "%.0f" which is expected to be the most common case. - return "%d"; - const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); // Find % (if any, and ignore %%) - const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); // Find end of format specifier, which itself is an exercise of confidence/recklessness (because snprintf is dependent on libc or user). - if (fmt_end > fmt_start && fmt_end[-1] == 'f') - { -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - if (fmt_start == fmt && fmt_end[0] == 0) - return "%d"; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision. - return g.TempBuffer; -#else - IM_ASSERT(0 && "DragInt(): Invalid format string!"); // Old versions used a default parameter of "%.0f", please replace with e.g. "%d" -#endif - } - return fmt; -} - -bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const float w = CalcItemWidth(); - - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - - // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) - { - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - return false; - } - - // Default format string when passing NULL - // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details. - IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); - if (format == NULL) - format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box - bool start_text_input = false; - const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || (g.NavInputId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId != id)) - { - SetActiveID(id, window); - SetFocusID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); - if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.NavInputId == id) - { - start_text_input = true; - g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0; - } - } - if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id)) - return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, v, format); - - // Actual slider behavior + render grab - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power); - if (value_changed) - MarkItemValueChanged(id); - - // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. - char value_buf[64]; - const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format); - RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); - - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, id)) - return false; - - // Default format string when passing NULL - // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details. - IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); - if (format == NULL) - format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - if ((hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) - { - SetActiveID(id, window); - SetFocusID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); - } - - // Actual slider behavior + render grab - const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical); - if (value_changed) - MarkItemValueChanged(id); - - // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. - // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding - char value_buf[64]; - const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format); - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max) -{ - float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2*IM_PI); - bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, "%.0f deg", 1.0f); - *v_rad = v_deg * (2*IM_PI) / 360.0f; - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) -{ - return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format); -} - -bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) -{ - return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format); -} - -// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components -bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool value_changed = false; - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - PushMultiItemsWidths(components); - size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; - for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) - { - PushID(i); - value_changed |= SliderScalar("##v", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - PopID(); - PopItemWidth(); - v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size); - } - PopID(); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) -{ - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) -{ - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format); -} - -bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) -{ - return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format); -} - -// This is called by DragBehavior() when the widget is active (held by mouse or being manipulated with Nav controls) -template -static bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Default tweak speed - bool has_min_max = (v_min != v_max) && (v_max - v_max < FLT_MAX); - if (v_speed == 0.0f && has_min_max) - v_speed = (float)((v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio); - - // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings - float adjust_delta = 0.0f; - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[0] > 1.0f*1.0f) - { - adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta.x; - if (g.IO.KeyAlt) - adjust_delta *= 1.0f/100.0f; - if (g.IO.KeyShift) - adjust_delta *= 10.0f; - } - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) - { - int decimal_precision = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; - adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard|ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f/10.0f, 10.0f).x; - v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); - } - adjust_delta *= v_speed; - - // Clear current value on activation - // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300. - bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated; - bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = has_min_max && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f)); - if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward) - { - g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; - g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; - } - else if (adjust_delta != 0.0f) - { - g.DragCurrentAccum += adjust_delta; - g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = true; - } - - if (!g.DragCurrentAccumDirty) - return false; - - TYPE v_cur = *v; - FLOATTYPE v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = (FLOATTYPE)0.0f; - - const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f && (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) && has_min_max); - if (is_power) - { - // Offset + round to user desired precision, with a curve on the v_min..v_max range to get more precision on one side of the range - FLOATTYPE v_old_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); - FLOATTYPE v_new_norm_curved = v_old_norm_curved + (g.DragCurrentAccum / (v_max - v_min)); - v_cur = v_min + (TYPE)ImPow(ImSaturate((float)v_new_norm_curved), power) * (v_max - v_min); - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_norm_curved; - } - else - { - v_cur += (TYPE)g.DragCurrentAccum; - } - - // Round to user desired precision based on format string - v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormat(format, data_type, v_cur); - - // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values. - g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; - if (is_power) - { - FLOATTYPE v_cur_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); - g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_cur_norm_curved - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder); - } - else - { - g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_cur - (SIGNEDTYPE)*v); - } - - // Lose zero sign for float/double - if (v_cur == (TYPE)-0) - v_cur = (TYPE)0; - - // Clamp values (handle overflow/wrap-around) - if (*v != v_cur && has_min_max) - { - if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f)) - v_cur = v_min; - if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f)) - v_cur = v_max; - } - - // Apply result - if (*v == v_cur) - return false; - *v = v_cur; - return true; -} - -bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.ActiveId == id) - { - if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0]) - ClearActiveID(); - else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) - ClearActiveID(); - } - if (g.ActiveId != id) - return false; - - switch (data_type) - { - case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS32*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImS32* )v_min : IM_S32_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImS32* )v_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, power); - case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU32*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImU32* )v_min : IM_U32_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImU32* )v_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, power); - case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS64*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImS64* )v_min : IM_S64_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImS64* )v_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, power); - case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU64*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImU64* )v_min : IM_U64_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImU64* )v_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, power); - case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (float*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const float* )v_min : -FLT_MAX, v_max ? *(const float* )v_max : FLT_MAX, format, power); - case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (double*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const double*)v_min : -DBL_MAX, v_max ? *(const double*)v_max : DBL_MAX, format, power); - case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; - } - IM_ASSERT(0); - return false; -} - -bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - if (power != 1.0f) - IM_ASSERT(v_min != NULL && v_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const float w = CalcItemWidth(); - - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); - const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - - // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) - { - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - return false; - } - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - - // Default format string when passing NULL - // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details. - IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); - if (format == NULL) - format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt; - else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) - format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); - - // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box - bool start_text_input = false; - const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); - if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && (g.IO.MouseClicked[0] || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) || g.NavActivateId == id || (g.NavInputId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId != id)) - { - SetActiveID(id, window); - SetFocusID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); - if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] || g.NavInputId == id) - { - start_text_input = true; - g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0; - } - } - if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id)) - return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, v, format); - - // Actual drag behavior - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, format, power); - if (value_changed) - MarkItemValueChanged(id); - - // Draw frame - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding); - - // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. - char value_buf[64]; - const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format); - RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); - - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool value_changed = false; - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - PushMultiItemsWidths(components); - size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; - for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) - { - PushID(i); - value_changed |= DragScalar("##v", data_type, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, format, power); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - PopID(); - PopItemWidth(); - v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size); - } - PopID(); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) -{ - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); -} - -bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, float power) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - PushID(label); - BeginGroup(); - PushMultiItemsWidths(2); - - bool value_changed = DragFloat("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format, power); - PopItemWidth(); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= DragFloat("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format, power); - PopItemWidth(); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - PopID(); - return value_changed; -} - -// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision -bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) -{ - return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); -} - -bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) -{ - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); -} - -bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) -{ - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); -} - -bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) -{ - return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); -} - -bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - PushID(label); - BeginGroup(); - PushMultiItemsWidths(2); - - bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format); - PopItemWidth(); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format); - PopItemWidth(); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - PopID(); - - return value_changed; -} - -void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - if (graph_size.x == 0.0f) - graph_size.x = CalcItemWidth(); - if (graph_size.y == 0.0f) - graph_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2); - - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(graph_size.x, graph_size.y)); - const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0)); - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb)) - return; - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(inner_bb, 0); - - // Determine scale from values if not specified - if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX) - { - float v_min = FLT_MAX; - float v_max = -FLT_MAX; - for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++) - { - const float v = values_getter(data, i); - v_min = ImMin(v_min, v); - v_max = ImMax(v_max, v); - } - if (scale_min == FLT_MAX) - scale_min = v_min; - if (scale_max == FLT_MAX) - scale_max = v_max; - } - - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - - if (values_count > 0) - { - int res_w = ImMin((int)graph_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); - int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); - - // Tooltip on hover - int v_hovered = -1; - if (hovered) - { - const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f); - const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count); - IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count); - - const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count); - const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count); - if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) - SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx+1, v1); - else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) - SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0); - v_hovered = v_idx; - } - - const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w; - const float inv_scale = (scale_min == scale_max) ? 0.0f : (1.0f / (scale_max - scale_min)); - - float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count); - float t0 = 0.0f; - ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle - float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (-scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands - - const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram); - const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered); - - for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++) - { - const float t1 = t0 + t_step; - const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f); - IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count); - const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count); - const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); - - // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU. - ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0); - ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, histogram_zero_line_t)); - if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) - { - window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); - } - else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) - { - if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f) - pos1.x -= 1.0f; - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); - } - - t0 = t1; - tp0 = tp1; - } - } - - // Text overlay - if (overlay_text) - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); - - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label); -} - -struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData -{ - const float* Values; - int Stride; - - ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; } -}; - -static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx) -{ - ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data; - const float v = *(const float*)(const void*)((const unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride); - return v; -} - -void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride) -{ - ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride); - PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); -} - -void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) -{ - PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); -} - -void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride) -{ - ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride); - PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); -} - -void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) -{ - PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); -} - -// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size -void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - ImRect bb(pos, pos + CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - // Render - fraction = ImSaturate(fraction); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize)); - const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y); - RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), 0.0f, fraction, style.FrameRounding); - - // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it - char overlay_buf[32]; - if (!overlay) - { - ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction*100+0.01f); - overlay = overlay_buf; - } - - ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL); - if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f), &bb); -} - -bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); // We want a square shape to we use Y twice - ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - - ImRect total_bb = check_bb; - if (label_size.x > 0) - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y) + label_size); - if (label_size.x > 0) - { - ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y); - total_bb = ImRect(ImMin(check_bb.Min, text_bb.Min), ImMax(check_bb.Max, text_bb.Max)); - } - - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); - if (pressed) - { - *v = !(*v); - MarkItemValueChanged(id); - } - - RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); - RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - if (*v) - { - const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()); - const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f)); - RenderCheckMark(check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad,pad), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), check_bb.GetWidth() - pad*2.0f); - } - - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(text_bb.Min, label); - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value) -{ - bool v = ((*flags & flags_value) == flags_value); - bool pressed = Checkbox(label, &v); - if (pressed) - { - if (v) - *flags |= flags_value; - else - *flags &= ~flags_value; - } - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1)); - ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - - ImRect total_bb = check_bb; - if (label_size.x > 0) - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y) + label_size); - if (label_size.x > 0) - { - ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y); - total_bb.Add(text_bb); - } - - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) - return false; - - ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter(); - center.x = (float)(int)center.x + 0.5f; - center.y = (float)(int)center.y + 0.5f; - const float radius = check_bb.GetHeight() * 0.5f; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); - if (pressed) - MarkItemValueChanged(id); - - RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16); - if (active) - { - const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()); - const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f)); - window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius-pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16); - } - - if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) - { - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center+ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); - window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); - } - - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )"); - if (label_size.x > 0.0f) - RenderText(text_bb.Min, label); - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button) -{ - const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button); - if (pressed) - *v = v_button; - return pressed; -} - -static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end) -{ - int line_count = 0; - const char* s = text_begin; - while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding - if (c == '\n') - line_count++; - s--; - if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r') - line_count++; - *out_text_end = s; - return line_count; -} - -static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) -{ - ImFont* font = GImGui->Font; - const float line_height = GImGui->FontSize; - const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize; - - ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0); - float line_width = 0.0f; - - const ImWchar* s = text_begin; - while (s < text_end) - { - unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++); - if (c == '\n') - { - text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width); - text_size.y += line_height; - line_width = 0.0f; - if (stop_on_new_line) - break; - continue; - } - if (c == '\r') - continue; - - const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)c) * scale; - line_width += char_width; - } - - if (text_size.x < line_width) - text_size.x = line_width; - - if (out_offset) - *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height); // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n - - if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f) // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n - text_size.y += line_height; - - if (remaining) - *remaining = s; - - return text_size; -} - -// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar) -namespace ImGuiStb -{ - -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } -static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return obj->Text[idx]; } -static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->Text[line_start_idx+char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; return GImGui->Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (GImGui->FontSize / GImGui->Font->FontSize); } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x10000 ? 0 : key; } -static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; -static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx) -{ - const ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data; - const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL; - const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true); - r->x0 = 0.0f; - r->x1 = size.x; - r->baseline_y_delta = size.y; - r->ymin = 0.0f; - r->ymax = size.y; - r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx)); -} - -static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; } -static int is_word_boundary_from_right(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (is_separator( obj->Text[idx-1] ) && !is_separator( obj->Text[idx] ) ) : 1; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } -#ifdef __APPLE__ // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure -static int is_word_boundary_from_left(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator( obj->Text[idx-1] ) && is_separator( obj->Text[idx] ) ) : 1; } -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#else -static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } -#endif -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL - -static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n) -{ - ImWchar* dst = obj->Text.Data + pos; - - // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats - obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n); - obj->CurLenW -= n; - - // Offset remaining text - const ImWchar* src = obj->Text.Data + pos + n; - while (ImWchar c = *src++) - *dst++ = c; - *dst = '\0'; -} - -static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len) -{ - const int text_len = obj->CurLenW; - IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len); - if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->Text.Size) - return false; - - const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len); - if (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufSizeA) - return false; - - ImWchar* text = obj->Text.Data; - if (pos != text_len) - memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar)); - memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar)); - - obj->CurLenW += new_text_len; - obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8; - obj->Text[obj->CurLenW] = '\0'; - - return true; -} - -// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols) -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT 0x10000 // keyboard input to move cursor left -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT 0x10001 // keyboard input to move cursor right -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP 0x10002 // keyboard input to move cursor up -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN 0x10003 // keyboard input to move cursor down -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART 0x10004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND 0x10005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART 0x10006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND 0x10007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE 0x10008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE 0x10009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO 0x1000A // keyboard input to perform undo -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO 0x1000B // keyboard input to perform redo -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT 0x1000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT 0x1000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x20000 - -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION -#include "stb_textedit.h" - -} - -void ImGuiTextEditState::OnKeyPressed(int key) -{ - stb_textedit_key(this, &StbState, key); - CursorFollow = true; - CursorAnimReset(); -} - -// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text -// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar) -// FIXME: The existence of this rarely exercised code path is a bit of a nuisance. -void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count) -{ - IM_ASSERT(pos + bytes_count <= BufTextLen); - char* dst = Buf + pos; - const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count; - while (char c = *src++) - *dst++ = c; - *dst = '\0'; - - if (CursorPos + bytes_count >= pos) - CursorPos -= bytes_count; - else if (CursorPos >= pos) - CursorPos = pos; - SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos; - BufDirty = true; - BufTextLen -= bytes_count; -} - -void ImGuiTextEditCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end) -{ - const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text); - if (new_text_len + BufTextLen + 1 >= BufSize) - return; - - if (BufTextLen != pos) - memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(BufTextLen - pos)); - memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char)); - Buf[BufTextLen + new_text_len] = '\0'; - - if (CursorPos >= pos) - CursorPos += new_text_len; - SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos; - BufDirty = true; - BufTextLen += new_text_len; -} - -// Return false to discard a character. -static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data) -{ - unsigned int c = *p_char; - - if (c < 128 && c != ' ' && !isprint((int)(c & 0xFF))) - { - bool pass = false; - pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); - pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); - if (!pass) - return false; - } - - if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) // Filter private Unicode range. I don't imagine anybody would want to input them. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys. - return false; - - if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) - { - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal) - if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) - return false; - - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific) - if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E')) - return false; - - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) - if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')) - return false; - - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase) - if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') - *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A'-'a')); - - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank) - if (ImCharIsBlankW(c)) - return false; - } - - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter) - { - ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data; - memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData)); - callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter; - callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c; - callback_data.Flags = flags; - callback_data.UserData = user_data; - if (callback(&callback_data) != 0) - return false; - *p_char = callback_data.EventChar; - if (!callback_data.EventChar) - return false; - } - - return true; -} - -// Edit a string of text -// NB: when active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while active has no effect. -// FIXME: Rather messy function partly because we are doing UTF8 > u16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to more easily handle stb_textedit calls. Ideally we should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188 -bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline))); // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys) - IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key) - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; - const bool is_editable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0; - const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0; - const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0; - - if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope, - BeginGroup(); - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? GetTextLineHeight() * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x) : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - - ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window; - if (is_multiline) - { - ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb); - if (!BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize())) - { - EndChildFrame(); - EndGroup(); - return false; - } - draw_window = GetCurrentWindow(); - draw_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight - size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x; - } - else - { - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) - return false; - } - const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); - if (hovered) - g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput; - - // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph - if (is_password) - { - const ImFontGlyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*'); - ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont; - password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize; - password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale; - password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset; - password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent; - password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent; - password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; - password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph; - password_font->FallbackAdvanceX = glyph->AdvanceX; - IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexAdvanceX.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty()); - PushFont(password_font); - } - - // NB: we are only allowed to access 'edit_state' if we are the active widget. - ImGuiTextEditState& edit_state = g.InputTextState; - - const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id, (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) == 0); // Using completion callback disable keyboard tabbing - const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent); - const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code; - - const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; - const bool user_scrolled = is_multiline && g.ActiveId == 0 && edit_state.Id == id && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == draw_window->GetIDNoKeepAlive("#SCROLLY"); - const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard)); - - bool clear_active_id = false; - - bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0 || user_nav_input_start) && (!is_multiline); - if (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scrolled || user_nav_input_start) - { - if (g.ActiveId != id) - { - // Start edition - // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar) - // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode) - const int prev_len_w = edit_state.CurLenW; - edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash. - edit_state.InitialText.resize(buf_size+1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash. - ImStrncpy(edit_state.InitialText.Data, buf, edit_state.InitialText.Size); - const char* buf_end = NULL; - edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); - edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImFormatString() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8. - edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); - - // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget - // FIXME: We should probably compare the whole buffer to be on the safety side. Comparing buf (utf8) and edit_state.Text (wchar). - const bool recycle_state = (edit_state.Id == id) && (prev_len_w == edit_state.CurLenW); - if (recycle_state) - { - // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position - // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler. - edit_state.CursorClamp(); - } - else - { - edit_state.Id = id; - edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f; - stb_textedit_initialize_state(&edit_state.StbState, !is_multiline); - if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code) - select_all = true; - } - if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode) - edit_state.StbState.insert_mode = true; - if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl))) - select_all = true; - } - SetActiveID(id, window); - SetFocusID(id, window); - FocusWindow(window); - if (!is_multiline && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)) - g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags |= ((1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down)); - } - else if (io.MouseClicked[0]) - { - // Release focus when we click outside - clear_active_id = true; - } - - bool value_changed = false; - bool enter_pressed = false; - - if (g.ActiveId == id) - { - if (!is_editable && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) - { - // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function - edit_state.Text.resize(buf_size+1); - const char* buf_end = NULL; - edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); - edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); - edit_state.CursorClamp(); - } - - edit_state.BufSizeA = buf_size; - - // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. - // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. - g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0]; - g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; - - // Edit in progress - const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + edit_state.ScrollX; - const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize*0.5f)); - - const bool is_osx = io.OptMacOSXBehaviors; - if (select_all || (hovered && !is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) - { - edit_state.SelectAll(); - edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = true; - } - else if (hovered && is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) - { - // Double-click select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes) - edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); - edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); - } - else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock) - { - if (hovered) - { - stb_textedit_click(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y); - edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); - } - } - else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)) - { - stb_textedit_drag(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y); - edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); - edit_state.CursorFollow = true; - } - if (edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0]) - edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = false; - - if (io.InputCharacters[0]) - { - // Process text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) - // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters. - bool ignore_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); - if (!ignore_inputs && is_editable && !user_nav_input_start) - for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.InputCharacters) && io.InputCharacters[n]; n++) - { - // Insert character if they pass filtering - unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputCharacters[n]; - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data)) - edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c); - } - - // Consume characters - memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters)); - } - } - - bool cancel_edit = false; - if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id) - { - // Handle key-presses - const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); - const bool is_osx = io.OptMacOSXBehaviors; - const bool is_shortcut_key = (is_osx ? (io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl) : (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper)) && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyShift; // OS X style: Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl - const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && io.KeySuper && io.KeyShift && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; - const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl - const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End - const bool is_ctrl_key_only = io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyShift && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper; - const bool is_shift_key_only = io.KeyShift && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper; - - const bool is_cut = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && is_editable && !is_password && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection()); - const bool is_copy = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection()); - const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && is_editable; - const bool is_undo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z)) && is_editable && is_undoable); - const bool is_redo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z))) && is_editable && is_undoable; - - if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && is_editable) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && is_editable) - { - if (!edit_state.HasSelection()) - { - if (is_wordmove_key_down) edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); - else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); - } - edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); - } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter)) - { - bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0; - if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) - { - enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true; - } - else if (is_editable) - { - unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data)) - edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c); - } - } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyShift && !io.KeyAlt && is_editable) - { - unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB - if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data)) - edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c); - } - else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) - { - clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true; - } - else if (is_undo || is_redo) - { - edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); - edit_state.ClearSelection(); - } - else if (is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A)) - { - edit_state.SelectAll(); - edit_state.CursorFollow = true; - } - else if (is_cut || is_copy) - { - // Cut, Copy - if (io.SetClipboardTextFn) - { - const int ib = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : 0; - const int ie = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : edit_state.CurLenW; - edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize((ie-ib) * 4 + 1); - ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data+ib, edit_state.Text.Data+ie); - SetClipboardText(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data); - } - if (is_cut) - { - if (!edit_state.HasSelection()) - edit_state.SelectAll(); - edit_state.CursorFollow = true; - stb_textedit_cut(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState); - } - } - else if (is_paste) - { - if (const char* clipboard = GetClipboardText()) - { - // Filter pasted buffer - const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard); - ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); - int clipboard_filtered_len = 0; - for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; ) - { - unsigned int c; - s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); - if (c == 0) - break; - if (c >= 0x10000 || !InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, user_data)) - continue; - clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; - } - clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0; - if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation - { - stb_textedit_paste(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len); - edit_state.CursorFollow = true; - } - ImGui::MemFree(clipboard_filtered); - } - } - } - - if (g.ActiveId == id) - { - if (cancel_edit) - { - // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. - if (is_editable && strncmp(buf, edit_state.InitialText.Data, buf_size) != 0) - { - ImStrncpy(buf, edit_state.InitialText.Data, buf_size); - value_changed = true; - } - } - - // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. - // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. Also this allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage. - bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); - if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) - { - // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back - // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer - // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect. - // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks. - if (is_editable) - { - edit_state.TempTextBuffer.resize(edit_state.Text.Size * 4); - ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Size, edit_state.Text.Data, NULL); - } - - // User callback - if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) - { - IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); - - // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment. - ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0; - ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT; - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)) - { - event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion; - event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab; - } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) - { - event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; - event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow; - } - else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) - { - event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; - event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow; - } - else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways) - event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways; - - if (event_flag) - { - ImGuiTextEditCallbackData callback_data; - memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData)); - callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag; - callback_data.Flags = flags; - callback_data.UserData = user_data; - callback_data.ReadOnly = !is_editable; - - callback_data.EventKey = event_key; - callback_data.Buf = edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data; - callback_data.BufTextLen = edit_state.CurLenA; - callback_data.BufSize = edit_state.BufSizeA; - callback_data.BufDirty = false; - - // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188) - ImWchar* text = edit_state.Text.Data; - const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.cursor); - const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_start); - const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_end); - - // Call user code - callback(&callback_data); - - // Read back what user may have modified - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data); // Invalid to modify those fields - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == edit_state.BufSizeA); - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags); - if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos) edit_state.StbState.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); - if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start) edit_state.StbState.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); - if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end) edit_state.StbState.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); - if (callback_data.BufDirty) - { - IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! - edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.Text.Data, edit_state.Text.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL); - edit_state.CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() - edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); - } - } - } - - // Copy back to user buffer - if (is_editable && strcmp(edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, buf) != 0) - { - ImStrncpy(buf, edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data, buf_size); - value_changed = true; - } - } - } - - // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) - if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id) - ClearActiveID(); - - // Render - // Select which buffer we are going to display. When ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoLiveEdit is set 'buf' might still be the old value. We set buf to NULL to prevent accidental usage from now on. - const char* buf_display = (g.ActiveId == id && is_editable) ? edit_state.TempTextBuffer.Data : buf; buf = NULL; - - if (!is_multiline) - { - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); - RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); - } - - const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size - ImVec2 render_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding; - ImVec2 text_size(0.f, 0.f); - const bool is_currently_scrolling = (edit_state.Id == id && is_multiline && g.ActiveId == draw_window->GetIDNoKeepAlive("#SCROLLY")); - if (g.ActiveId == id || is_currently_scrolling) - { - edit_state.CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime; - - // This is going to be messy. We need to: - // - Display the text (this alone can be more easily clipped) - // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation) - // - Measure text height (for scrollbar) - // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort) - // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8. - const ImWchar* text_begin = edit_state.Text.Data; - ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset; - - { - // Count lines + find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' and 'select_start' position. - const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2]; - searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + edit_state.StbState.cursor; - searches_input_ptr[1] = NULL; - int searches_remaining = 1; - int searches_result_line_number[2] = { -1, -999 }; - if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end) - { - searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end); - searches_result_line_number[1] = -1; - searches_remaining++; - } - - // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers - // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter. - searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0; - int line_count = 0; - for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++) - if (*s == '\n') - { - line_count++; - if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } - if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } - } - line_count++; - if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1) searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count; - if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1) searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count; - - // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance - cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x; - cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[0] * g.FontSize; - if (searches_result_line_number[1] >= 0) - { - select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x; - select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[1] * g.FontSize; - } - - // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224) - if (is_multiline) - text_size = ImVec2(size.x, line_count * g.FontSize); - } - - // Scroll - if (edit_state.CursorFollow) - { - // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width - if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll)) - { - const float scroll_increment_x = size.x * 0.25f; - if (cursor_offset.x < edit_state.ScrollX) - edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x); - else if (cursor_offset.x - size.x >= edit_state.ScrollX) - edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)(cursor_offset.x - size.x + scroll_increment_x); - } - else - { - edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f; - } - - // Vertical scroll - if (is_multiline) - { - float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y; - if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y) - scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize); - else if (cursor_offset.y - size.y >= scroll_y) - scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - size.y; - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y); // To avoid a frame of lag - draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y; - render_pos.y = draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y; - } - } - edit_state.CursorFollow = false; - const ImVec2 render_scroll = ImVec2(edit_state.ScrollX, 0.0f); - - // Draw selection - if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end) - { - const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end); - const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end); - - float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f; // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection. - float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f; - ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg); - ImVec2 rect_pos = render_pos + select_start_offset - render_scroll; - for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; ) - { - if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize) - break; - if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y) - { - while (p < text_selected_end) - if (*p++ == '\n') - break; - } - else - { - ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); - if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = (float)(int)(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines - ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos +ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); - rect.ClipWith(clip_rect); - if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) - draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color); - } - rect_pos.x = render_pos.x - render_scroll.x; - rect_pos.y += g.FontSize; - } - } - - draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos - render_scroll, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf_display, buf_display + edit_state.CurLenA, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect); - - // Draw blinking cursor - bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.OptCursorBlink) || (g.InputTextState.CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(g.InputTextState.CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f; - ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = render_pos + cursor_offset - render_scroll; - ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y-g.FontSize+0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x+1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y-1.5f); - if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) - draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); - - // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.) - if (is_editable) - g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize); - } - else - { - // Render text only - const char* buf_end = NULL; - if (is_multiline) - text_size = ImVec2(size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf_display, &buf_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width - draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf_display, buf_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect); - } - - if (is_multiline) - { - Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line - EndChildFrame(); - EndGroup(); - } - - if (is_password) - PopFont(); - - // Log as text - if (g.LogEnabled && !is_password) - LogRenderedText(&render_pos, buf_display, NULL); - - if (label_size.x > 0) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - - if (value_changed) - MarkItemValueChanged(id); - - if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0) - return enter_pressed; - else - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data) -{ - IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() - return InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0,0), flags, callback, user_data); -} - -bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback, void* user_data) -{ - return InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data); -} - -// NB: format here must be a simple "%xx" format string with no prefix/suffix (unlike the Drag/Slider functions "format" argument) -bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const void* step, const void* step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); - if (format == NULL) - format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt; - - char buf[64]; - DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, data_ptr, format); - - bool value_changed = false; - if ((extra_flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) - extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; - extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll; - - if (step != NULL) - { - const float button_size = GetFrameHeight(); - - BeginGroup(); // The only purpose of the group here is to allow the caller to query item data e.g. IsItemActive() - PushID(label); - PushItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2)); - if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view - value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.Data, data_type, data_ptr, format); - PopItemWidth(); - - // Step buttons - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups)) - { - DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', data_ptr, data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast ? step_fast : step); - value_changed = true; - } - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - if (ButtonEx("+", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups)) - { - DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', data_ptr, data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast ? step_fast : step); - value_changed = true; - } - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - - PopID(); - EndGroup(); - } - else - { - if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags)) - value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.Data, data_type, data_ptr, format); - } - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; - return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; - return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes. - const char* format = (extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d"; - return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* step, const void* step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - bool value_changed = false; - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - PushMultiItemsWidths(components); - size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; - for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) - { - PushID(i); - value_changed |= InputScalar("##v", data_type, v, step, step_fast, format, extra_flags); - SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - PopID(); - PopItemWidth(); - v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size); - } - PopID(); - - TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); - EndGroup(); - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); -} - -// Prefer using "const char* format" directly, which is more flexible and consistent with other API. -#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS -bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputFloat(label, v, step, step_fast, format, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - char format[16] = "%f"; - if (decimal_precision >= 0) - ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); -} -#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - -bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags); -} - -bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) -{ - return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags); -} - -static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (items_count <= 0) - return FLT_MAX; - return (g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) * items_count - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y + (g.Style.WindowPadding.y * 2); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags) -{ - // Always consume the SetNextWindowSizeConstraint() call in our early return paths - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiCond backup_next_window_size_constraint = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond; - g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond = 0; - - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together - - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - - const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight(); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : CalcItemWidth(); - const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); - const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); - if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, &held); - bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id); - - const ImRect value_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max - ImVec2(arrow_size, 0.0f)); - const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); - RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); - if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Left); - if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) - { - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button), style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Right); - RenderArrow(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), ImGuiDir_Down); - } - RenderFrameBorder(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, style.FrameRounding); - if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) - RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); - if (label_size.x > 0) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - - if ((pressed || g.NavActivateId == id) && !popup_open) - { - if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == 0) - window->NavLastIds[0] = id; - OpenPopupEx(id); - popup_open = true; - } - - if (!popup_open) - return false; - - if (backup_next_window_size_constraint) - { - g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond = backup_next_window_size_constraint; - g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w); - } - else - { - if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one - int popup_max_height_in_items = -1; - if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular) popup_max_height_in_items = 8; - else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4; - else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge) popup_max_height_in_items = 20; - SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); - } - - char name[16]; - ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth - - // Peak into expected window size so we can position it - if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name)) - if (popup_window->WasActive) - { - ImVec2 size_contents = CalcSizeContents(popup_window); - ImVec2 size_expected = CalcSizeAfterConstraint(popup_window, CalcSizeAutoFit(popup_window, size_contents)); - if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) - popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Left; - ImRect r_outer = FindAllowedExtentRectForWindow(popup_window); - ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(frame_bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, frame_bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox); - SetNextWindowPos(pos); - } - - // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y)); - bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags); - PopStyleVar(); - if (!ret) - { - EndPopup(); - IM_ASSERT(0); // This should never happen as we tested for IsPopupOpen() above - return false; - } - return true; -} - -void ImGui::EndCombo() -{ - EndPopup(); -} - -// Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can. -bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - const char* preview_text = NULL; - if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count) - items_getter(data, *current_item, &preview_text); - - // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't, so we emulate it here. - if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond) - { - float popup_max_height = CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items); - SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, popup_max_height)); - } - - if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_text, 0)) - return false; - - // Display items - // FIXME-OPT: Use clipper (but we need to disable it on the appearing frame to make sure our call to SetItemDefaultFocus() is processed) - bool value_changed = false; - for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++) - { - PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i); - const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); - const char* item_text; - if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) - item_text = "*Unknown item*"; - if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) - { - value_changed = true; - *current_item = i; - } - if (item_selected) - SetItemDefaultFocus(); - PopID(); - } - - EndCombo(); - return value_changed; -} - -static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) -{ - const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data; - if (out_text) - *out_text = items[idx]; - return true; -} - -static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) -{ - // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited. - const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data; - int items_count = 0; - const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; - while (*p) - { - if (idx == items_count) - break; - p += strlen(p) + 1; - items_count++; - } - if (!*p) - return false; - if (out_text) - *out_text = p; - return true; -} - -// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings. -bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items) -{ - const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items); - return value_changed; -} - -// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string. -bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items) -{ - int items_count = 0; - const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open - while (*p) - { - p += strlen(p) + 1; - items_count++; - } - bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items); - return value_changed; -} - -// Tip: pass an empty label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. -// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID. -bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet) // FIXME-OPT: Avoid if vertically clipped. - PopClipRect(); - - ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y); - ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset; - ImRect bb_inner(pos, pos + size); - ItemSize(bb_inner); - - // Fill horizontal space. - ImVec2 window_padding = window->WindowPadding; - float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? GetWindowContentRegionMax().x : GetContentRegionMax().x; - float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x); - ImVec2 size_draw((size_arg.x != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) ? size_arg.x : w_draw, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : size.y); - ImRect bb(pos, pos + size_draw); - if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) - bb.Max.x += window_padding.x; - - // Selectables are tightly packed together, we extend the box to cover spacing between selectable. - float spacing_L = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); - float spacing_U = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f); - float spacing_R = style.ItemSpacing.x - spacing_L; - float spacing_D = style.ItemSpacing.y - spacing_U; - bb.Min.x -= spacing_L; - bb.Min.y -= spacing_U; - bb.Max.x += spacing_R; - bb.Max.y += spacing_D; - if (!ItemAdd(bb, (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) ? 0 : id)) - { - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet) - PushColumnClipRect(); - return false; - } - - // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries - ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) - selected = false; - - // Hovering selectable with mouse updates NavId accordingly so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard (this doesn't happen on most widgets) - if (pressed || hovered) - if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) - { - g.NavDisableHighlight = true; - SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); - } - if (pressed) - MarkItemValueChanged(id); - - // Render - if (hovered || selected) - { - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); - RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); - } - - if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet) - { - PushColumnClipRect(); - bb.Max.x -= (GetContentRegionMax().x - max_x); - } - - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderTextClipped(bb_inner.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); - if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor(); - - // Automatically close popups - if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) - CloseCurrentPopup(); - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) -{ - if (Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg)) - { - *p_selected = !*p_selected; - return true; - } - return false; -} - -// FIXME: Rename to BeginListBox() -// Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right. -// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an empty label "##empty" -bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); - const ImGuiID id = GetID(label); - const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. - ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.4f + style.ItemSpacing.y); - ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y)); - ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); - ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); - window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; // Forward storage for ListBoxFooter.. dodgy. - - BeginGroup(); - if (label_size.x > 0) - RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); - - BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()); - return true; -} - -// FIXME: Rename to BeginListBox() -bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items) -{ - // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. - // We don't add +0.40f if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size. - // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution. - if (height_in_items < 0) - height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); - float height_in_items_f = height_in_items < items_count ? (height_in_items + 0.40f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f); - - // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild(). - ImVec2 size; - size.x = 0.0f; - size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y; - return ListBoxHeader(label, size); -} - -// FIXME: Rename to EndListBox() -void ImGui::ListBoxFooter() -{ - ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetCurrentWindow()->ParentWindow; - const ImRect bb = parent_window->DC.LastItemRect; - const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); - - EndChildFrame(); - - // Redeclare item size so that it includes the label (we have stored the full size in LastItemRect) - // We call SameLine() to restore DC.CurrentLine* data - SameLine(); - parent_window->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; - ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); - EndGroup(); -} - -bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items) -{ - const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items); - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items) -{ - if (!ListBoxHeader(label, items_count, height_in_items)) - return false; - - // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different or variable sizes you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper. - bool value_changed = false; - ImGuiListClipper clipper(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. - while (clipper.Step()) - for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) - { - const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); - const char* item_text; - if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) - item_text = "*Unknown item*"; - - PushID(i); - if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) - { - *current_item = i; - value_changed = true; - } - if (item_selected) - SetItemDefaultFocus(); - PopID(); - } - ListBoxFooter(); - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled); - bool pressed; - if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) - { - // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful - // Note that in this situation we render neither the shortcut neither the selected tick mark - float w = label_size.x; - window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f); - pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); - PopStyleVar(); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). - } - else - { - ImVec2 shortcut_size = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_size.x, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame - float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w); - pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); - if (shortcut_size.x > 0.0f) - { - PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); - PopStyleColor(); - } - if (selected) - RenderCheckMark(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize * 0.866f); - } - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled) -{ - if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled)) - { - if (p_selected) - *p_selected = !*p_selected; - return true; - } - return false; -} - -// For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set. -bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f)); - SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y + g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y)); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0,0)); - ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; - bool is_open = Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, window_flags) && BeginMenuBar(); - PopStyleVar(2); - g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - if (!is_open) - { - End(); - return false; - } - return true; -} - -void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() -{ - EndMenuBar(); - - // When the user has left the menu layer (typically: closed menus through activation of an item), we restore focus to the previous window - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == 0) - FocusFrontMostActiveWindow(g.NavWindow); - - End(); -} - -bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) - return false; - - IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending); - BeginGroup(); // Backup position on layer 0 - PushID("##menubar"); - - // We don't clip with current window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect. - // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus and small windows don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy. - ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); - ImRect clip_rect(ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.x + 0.5f), ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize + 0.5f), ImFloor(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowRounding) + 0.5f), ImFloor(bar_rect.Max.y + 0.5f)); - clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped); - PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false); - - window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); - window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrent++; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask <<= 1; - window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true; - AlignTextToFramePadding(); - return true; -} - -void ImGui::EndMenuBar() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Nav: When a move request within one of our child menu failed, capture the request to navigate among our siblings. - if (NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - { - ImGuiWindow* nav_earliest_child = g.NavWindow; - while (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow && (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - nav_earliest_child = nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow; - if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) - { - // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame. - // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth the hassle/cost) - IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext & 0x02); // Sanity check - FocusWindow(window); - SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[1], 1, window->NavRectRel[1]); - g.NavLayer = 1; - g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection. - g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } - } - - IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); - IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending); - PopClipRect(); - PopID(); - window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. - window->DC.GroupStack.back().AdvanceCursor = false; - EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 - window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrent--; - window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask >>= 1; - window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; -} - -bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); - - ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); - - bool pressed; - bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id); - bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()); - ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow; - if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = window; // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent) - - // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu (using FindBestWindowPosForPopup). - ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) - { - // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar - // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction. - // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin() - popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - window->WindowPadding.x, pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight()); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); - PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f); - float w = label_size.x; - pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); - PopStyleVar(); - window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). - } - else - { - // Menu inside a menu - popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y); - float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame - float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w); - pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); - if (!enabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); - RenderArrow(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), ImGuiDir_Right); - if (!enabled) PopStyleColor(); - } - - const bool hovered = enabled && ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, id); - if (menuset_is_open) - g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; - - bool want_open = false, want_close = false; - if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) - { - // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive. - bool moving_within_opened_triangle = false; - if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentWindow == window && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) - { - if (ImGuiWindow* next_window = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].Window) - { - ImRect next_window_rect = next_window->Rect(); - ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta; - ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); - ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); - float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack. - ta.x += (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues - tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f); // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale? - tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f); - moving_within_opened_triangle = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); - //window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); // Debug - } - } - - want_close = (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_within_opened_triangle); - want_open = (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_within_opened_triangle) || (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed); - - if (g.NavActivateId == id) - { - want_close = menu_is_open; - want_open = !menu_is_open; - } - if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open - { - want_open = true; - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } - } - else - { - // Menu bar - if (menu_is_open && pressed && menuset_is_open) // Click an open menu again to close it - { - want_close = true; - want_open = menu_is_open = false; - } - else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_is_open && !menu_is_open)) // First click to open, then hover to open others - { - want_open = true; - } - else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open - { - want_open = true; - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } - } - - if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }' - want_close = true; - if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id)) - ClosePopupToLevel(g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); - - if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size) - { - // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. - OpenPopup(label); - return false; - } - - menu_is_open |= want_open; - if (want_open) - OpenPopup(label); - - if (menu_is_open) - { - // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu) - SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ((window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) ? ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow : ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu); - menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) - } - - return menu_is_open; -} - -void ImGui::EndMenu() -{ - // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close the menu. - // A menu doesn't close itself because EndMenuBar() wants the catch the last Left<>Right inputs. - // However, it means that with the current code, a BeginMenu() from outside another menu or a menu-bar won't be closable with the Left direction. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow == window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) - { - ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } - - EndPopup(); -} - -// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. -void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); - BeginTooltipEx(0, true); - - const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; - if (text_end > text) - { - TextUnformatted(text, text_end); - Separator(); - } - - ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); - ColorButton("##preview", ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]), (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz); - SameLine(); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) - Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]); - else - Text("#%02X%02X%02X%02X\nR:%d, G:%d, B:%d, A:%d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, ca, cr, cg, cb, ca, col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]); - EndTooltip(); -} - -static inline ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColor(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b) -{ - float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f; - int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); - return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF); -} - -// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that. -// I spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding alltogether. -void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF) - { - ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColor(IM_COL32(204,204,204,255), col)); - ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColor(IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), col)); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); - - int yi = 0; - for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++) - { - float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y); - if (y2 <= y1) - continue; - for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f) - { - float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x); - if (x2 <= x1) - continue; - int rounding_corners_flags_cell = 0; - if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; } - if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; } - rounding_corners_flags_cell &= rounding_corners_flags; - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1,y1), ImVec2(x2,y2), col_bg2, rounding_corners_flags_cell ? rounding : 0.0f, rounding_corners_flags_cell); - } - } - } - else - { - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); - } -} - -void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask; - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) == 0) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected - g.ColorEditOptions = flags; -} - -// A little colored square. Return true when clicked. -// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip. -// 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip. -bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, ImVec2 size) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id); - float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); - if (size.x == 0.0f) - size.x = default_size; - if (size.y == 0.0f) - size.y = default_size; - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); - - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) - flags &= ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf); - - ImVec4 col_without_alpha(col.x, col.y, col.z, 1.0f); - float grid_step = ImMin(size.x, size.y) / 2.99f; - float rounding = ImMin(g.Style.FrameRounding, grid_step * 0.5f); - ImRect bb_inner = bb; - float off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts. - bb_inner.Expand(off); - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col.w < 1.0f) - { - float mid_x = (float)(int)((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f + 0.5f); - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight| ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft); - } - else - { - // Because GetColorU32() multiplies by the global style Alpha and we don't want to display a checkerboard if the source code had no alpha - ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col : col_without_alpha; - if (col_source.w < 1.0f) - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding); - else - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All); - } - RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); - if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) - RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding); - else - window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding); // Color button are often in need of some sort of border - - // Drag and Drop Source - // NB: The ActiveId test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropSource() does the same test. - if (g.ActiveId == id && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropSource()) - { - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) - SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F, &col, sizeof(float) * 3, ImGuiCond_Once); - else - SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, &col, sizeof(float) * 4, ImGuiCond_Once); - ColorButton(desc_id, col, flags); - SameLine(); - TextUnformatted("Color"); - EndDragDropSource(); - } - - // Tooltip - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered) - ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); - - if (pressed) - MarkItemValueChanged(id); - - return pressed; -} - -bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); -} - -void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask); - bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); - if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) - return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; - if (allow_opt_inputs) - { - if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB; - if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV; - if (RadioButton("HEX", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX; - } - if (allow_opt_datatype) - { - if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator(); - if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8; - if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float; - } - - if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype) - Separator(); - if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1,0))) - OpenPopup("Copy"); - if (BeginPopup("Copy")) - { - int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); - char buf[64]; - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff)", col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); - if (Selectable(buf)) - SetClipboardText(buf); - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%d,%d,%d,%d)", cr, cg, cb, ca); - if (Selectable(buf)) - SetClipboardText(buf); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb); - else - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca); - if (Selectable(buf)) - SetClipboardText(buf); - EndPopup(); - } - - g.ColorEditOptions = opts; - EndPopup(); -} - -static void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col) -{ - bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); - bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); - if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !ImGui::BeginPopup("context")) - return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - if (allow_opt_picker) - { - ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function - ImGui::PushItemWidth(picker_size.x); - for (int picker_type = 0; picker_type < 2; picker_type++) - { - // Draw small/thumbnail version of each picker type (over an invisible button for selection) - if (picker_type > 0) ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::PushID(picker_type); - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview|(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); - if (picker_type == 0) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar; - if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; - ImVec2 backup_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - if (ImGui::Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup - g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); - ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos); - ImVec4 dummy_ref_col; - memcpy(&dummy_ref_col.x, ref_col, sizeof(float) * (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha ? 3 : 4)); - ImGui::ColorPicker4("##dummypicker", &dummy_ref_col.x, picker_flags); - ImGui::PopID(); - } - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - } - if (allow_opt_alpha_bar) - { - if (allow_opt_picker) ImGui::Separator(); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", (unsigned int*)&g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); - } - ImGui::EndPopup(); -} - -// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). -// See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. -// With typical options: Left-click on colored square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. -bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return false; - - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); - const float w_extra = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - const float w_items_all = CalcItemWidth() - w_extra; - const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); - - BeginGroup(); - PushID(label); - - // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions - const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags; - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) - flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions; - - // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied) - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags); - - // Read stored options - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); - - const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0; - const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0; - const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3; - - // Convert to the formats we need - float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f }; - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) - ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) }; - - bool value_changed = false; - bool value_changed_as_float = false; - - if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) - { - // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders - const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_items_all - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components)); - const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_items_all - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1))); - - const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); - const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" }; - const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] = - { - { "%3d", "%3d", "%3d", "%3d" }, // Short display - { "R:%3d", "G:%3d", "B:%3d", "A:%3d" }, // Long display for RGBA - { "H:%3d", "S:%3d", "V:%3d", "A:%3d" } // Long display for HSVA - }; - const char* fmt_table_float[3][4] = - { - { "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f" }, // Short display - { "R:%0.3f", "G:%0.3f", "B:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }, // Long display for RGBA - { "H:%0.3f", "S:%0.3f", "V:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" } // Long display for HSVA - }; - const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) ? 2 : 1; - - PushItemWidth(w_item_one); - for (int n = 0; n < components; n++) - { - if (n > 0) - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - if (n + 1 == components) - PushItemWidth(w_item_last); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) - value_changed = value_changed_as_float = value_changed | DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f/255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]); - else - value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]); - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); - } - PopItemWidth(); - PopItemWidth(); - } - else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) - { - // RGB Hexadecimal Input - char buf[64]; - if (alpha) - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255), ImClamp(i[3],0,255)); - else - ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255)); - PushItemWidth(w_items_all); - if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) - { - value_changed = true; - char* p = buf; - while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsBlankA(*p)) - p++; - i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = i[3] = 0; - if (alpha) - sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned) - else - sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]); - } - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); - PopItemWidth(); - } - - ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL; - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview)) - { - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs)) - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - - const ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f); - if (ColorButton("##ColorButton", col_v4, flags)) - { - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker)) - { - // Store current color and open a picker - g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4; - OpenPopup("picker"); - SetNextWindowPos(window->DC.LastItemRect.GetBL() + ImVec2(-1,style.ItemSpacing.y)); - } - } - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); - - if (BeginPopup("picker")) - { - picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow; - if (label != label_display_end) - { - TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end); - Separator(); - } - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; - ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; - PushItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? - value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); - PopItemWidth(); - EndPopup(); - } - } - - if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) - { - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end); - } - - // Convert back - if (picker_active_window == NULL) - { - if (!value_changed_as_float) - for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) - f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f; - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) - ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); - if (value_changed) - { - col[0] = f[0]; - col[1] = f[1]; - col[2] = f[2]; - if (alpha) - col[3] = f[3]; - } - } - - PopID(); - EndGroup(); - - // Drag and Drop Target - // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test. - if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) - { - if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) - { - memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); - value_changed = true; - } - if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) - { - memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * components); - value_changed = true; - } - EndDragDropTarget(); - } - - // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4(). - if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window) - window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; - - if (value_changed) - MarkItemValueChanged(window->DC.LastItemId); - - return value_changed; -} - -bool ImGui::ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) -{ - float col4[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f }; - if (!ColorPicker4(label, col4, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)) - return false; - col[0] = col4[0]; col[1] = col4[1]; col[2] = col4[2]; - return true; -} - -// 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side. -static void RenderArrow(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col) -{ - switch (direction) - { - case ImGuiDir_Left: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return; - case ImGuiDir_Right: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return; - case ImGuiDir_Up: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return; - case ImGuiDir_Down: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return; - case ImGuiDir_None: case ImGuiDir_COUNT: break; // Fix warnings - } -} - -static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w) -{ - RenderArrow(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x + 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32_BLACK); - RenderArrow(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32_WHITE); - RenderArrow(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x - 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32_BLACK); - RenderArrow(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32_WHITE); -} - -// ColorPicker -// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. -// FIXME: we adjust the big color square height based on item width, which may cause a flickering feedback loop (if automatic height makes a vertical scrollbar appears, affecting automatic width..) -bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; - - ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; - ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; - - PushID(label); - BeginGroup(); - - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) - flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview; - - // Context menu: display and store options. - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - ColorPickerOptionsPopup(flags, col); - - // Read stored options - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) - flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))); // Check that only 1 is selected - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); - - // Setup - int components = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4; - bool alpha_bar = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); - ImVec2 picker_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; - float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); - float bars_width = square_sz; // Arbitrary smallish width of Hue/Alpha picking bars - float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, CalcItemWidth() - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box - float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; - float bars_triangles_half_sz = (float)(int)(bars_width * 0.20f); - - float backup_initial_col[4]; - memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)); - - float wheel_thickness = sv_picker_size * 0.08f; - float wheel_r_outer = sv_picker_size * 0.50f; - float wheel_r_inner = wheel_r_outer - wheel_thickness; - ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size*0.5f); - - // Note: the triangle is displayed rotated with triangle_pa pointing to Hue, but most coordinates stays unrotated for logic. - float triangle_r = wheel_r_inner - (int)(sv_picker_size * 0.027f); - ImVec2 triangle_pa = ImVec2(triangle_r, 0.0f); // Hue point. - ImVec2 triangle_pb = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * -0.866025f); // Black point. - ImVec2 triangle_pc = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * +0.866025f); // White point. - - float H,S,V; - ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], H, S, V); - - bool value_changed = false, value_changed_h = false, value_changed_sv = false; - - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, true); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel) - { - // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic - InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) - { - ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center; - ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center; - float initial_dist2 = ImLengthSqr(initial_off); - if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner-1)*(wheel_r_inner-1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer+1)*(wheel_r_outer+1)) - { - // Interactive with Hue wheel - H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI*0.5f; - if (H < 0.0f) - H += 1.0f; - value_changed = value_changed_h = true; - } - float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI); - float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI); - if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, ImRotate(initial_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle))) - { - // Interacting with SV triangle - ImVec2 current_off_unrotated = ImRotate(current_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); - if (!ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated)) - current_off_unrotated = ImTriangleClosestPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated); - float uu, vv, ww; - ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated, uu, vv, ww); - V = ImClamp(1.0f - vv, 0.0001f, 1.0f); - S = ImClamp(uu / V, 0.0001f, 1.0f); - value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; - } - } - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); - } - else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) - { - // SV rectangle logic - InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) - { - S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size-1)); - V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); - value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; - } - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) - OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); - - // Hue bar logic - SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); - InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) - { - H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); - value_changed = value_changed_h = true; - } - } - - // Alpha bar logic - if (alpha_bar) - { - SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); - InvisibleButton("alpha", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); - if (IsItemActive()) - { - col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); - value_changed = true; - } - } - PopItemFlag(); // ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav - - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) - { - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - BeginGroup(); - } - - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) - { - const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); - if (label != label_display_end) - { - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) - SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); - TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end); - } - } - - if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) - { - PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); - ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) - Text("Current"); - ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip)), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)); - if (ref_col != NULL) - { - Text("Original"); - ImVec4 ref_col_v4(ref_col[0], ref_col[1], ref_col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : ref_col[3]); - if (ColorButton("##original", ref_col_v4, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip)), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2))) - { - memcpy(col, ref_col, components * sizeof(float)); - value_changed = true; - } - } - PopItemFlag(); - EndGroup(); - } - - // Convert back color to RGB - if (value_changed_h || value_changed_sv) - ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H >= 1.0f ? H - 10 * 1e-6f : H, S > 0.0f ? S : 10*1e-6f, V > 0.0f ? V : 1e-6f, col[0], col[1], col[2]); - - // R,G,B and H,S,V slider color editor - if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) - { - PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x); - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; - ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker; - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) - value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) - value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV); - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) - value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX); - PopItemWidth(); - } - - // Try to cancel hue wrap (after ColorEdit), if any - if (value_changed) - { - float new_H, new_S, new_V; - ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], new_H, new_S, new_V); - if (new_H <= 0 && H > 0) - { - if (new_V <= 0 && V != new_V) - ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, new_V <= 0 ? V * 0.5f : new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); - else if (new_S <= 0) - ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, new_S <= 0 ? S * 0.5f : new_S, new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); - } - } - - ImVec4 hue_color_f(1, 1, 1, 1); ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, 1, 1, hue_color_f.x, hue_color_f.y, hue_color_f.z); - ImU32 hue_color32 = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(hue_color_f); - ImU32 col32_no_alpha = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f)); - - const ImU32 hue_colors[6+1] = { IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,255,255), IM_COL32(0,0,255,255), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255) }; - ImVec2 sv_cursor_pos; - - if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel) - { - // Render Hue Wheel - const float aeps = 1.5f / wheel_r_outer; // Half a pixel arc length in radians (2pi cancels out). - const int segment_per_arc = ImMax(4, (int)wheel_r_outer / 12); - for (int n = 0; n < 6; n++) - { - const float a0 = (n) /6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI - aeps; - const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps; - const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; - draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc); - draw_list->PathStroke(IM_COL32_WHITE, false, wheel_thickness); - const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; - - // Paint colors over existing vertices - ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a0) * wheel_r_inner); - ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a1) * wheel_r_inner); - ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx, draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, hue_colors[n], hue_colors[n+1]); - } - - // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel - float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); - float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); - ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f); - float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f; - int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32); - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments); - draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad+1, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), hue_cursor_segments); - draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, IM_COL32_WHITE, hue_cursor_segments); - - // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue) - ImVec2 tra = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pa, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); - ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); - ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); - ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); - draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 6); - draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, hue_color32); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, IM_COL32_WHITE); - draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK); - draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS); - draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), 1.5f); - sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V)); - } - else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) - { - // Render SV Square - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), IM_COL32_WHITE, hue_color32, hue_color32, IM_COL32_WHITE); - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32_BLACK); - RenderFrameBorder(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), 0.0f); - sv_cursor_pos.x = ImClamp((float)(int)(picker_pos.x + ImSaturate(S) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f), picker_pos.x + 2, picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size - 2); // Sneakily prevent the circle to stick out too much - sv_cursor_pos.y = ImClamp((float)(int)(picker_pos.y + ImSaturate(1 - V) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f), picker_pos.y + 2, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size - 2); - - // Render Hue Bar - for (int i = 0; i < 6; ++i) - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y + i * (sv_picker_size / 6)), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + (i + 1) * (sv_picker_size / 6)), hue_colors[i], hue_colors[i], hue_colors[i + 1], hue_colors[i + 1]); - float bar0_line_y = (float)(int)(picker_pos.y + H * sv_picker_size + 0.5f); - RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size), 0.0f); - RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar0_pos_x - 1, bar0_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f); - } - - // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range) - float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f; - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col32_no_alpha, 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad+1, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), 12); - draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, IM_COL32_WHITE, 12); - - // Render alpha bar - if (alpha_bar) - { - float alpha = ImSaturate(col[3]); - ImRect bar1_bb(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y, bar1_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size); - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, IM_COL32(0,0,0,0), bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, col32_no_alpha, col32_no_alpha, col32_no_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, col32_no_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK); - float bar1_line_y = (float)(int)(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f); - RenderFrameBorder(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0.0f); - RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar1_pos_x - 1, bar1_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f); - } - - EndGroup(); - - if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0) - value_changed = false; - if (value_changed) - MarkItemValueChanged(window->DC.LastItemId); - - PopID(); - - return value_changed; -} - -// Horizontal/vertical separating line -void ImGui::Separator() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user - ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; - IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)))); // Check that only 1 option is selected - if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical) - { - VerticalSeparator(); - return; - } - - // Horizontal Separator - if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) - PopClipRect(); - - float x1 = window->Pos.x; - float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; - if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()) - x1 += window->DC.IndentX; - - const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y+1.0f)); - ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // NB: we don't provide our width so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit, we don't provide height to not alter layout. - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - { - if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) - PushColumnClipRect(); - return; - } - - window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x,bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); - - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogRenderedText(NULL, IM_NEWLINE "--------------------------------"); - - if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) - { - PushColumnClipRect(); - window->DC.ColumnsSet->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - } -} - -void ImGui::VerticalSeparator() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - - float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrentLineHeight; - const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + 1.0f, y2)); - ItemSize(ImVec2(bb.GetWidth(), 0.0f)); - if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) - return; - - window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); - if (g.LogEnabled) - LogText(" |"); -} - -bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - - const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags; - window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; - bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); - window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup; - if (!item_add) - return false; - - bool hovered, held; - ImRect bb_interact = bb; - bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f)); - ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); - if (g.ActiveId != id) - SetItemAllowOverlap(); - - if (held || (g.HoveredId == id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id)) - SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); - - ImRect bb_render = bb; - if (held) - { - ImVec2 mouse_delta_2d = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min; - float mouse_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? mouse_delta_2d.y : mouse_delta_2d.x; - - // Minimum pane size - if (mouse_delta < min_size1 - *size1) - mouse_delta = min_size1 - *size1; - if (mouse_delta > *size2 - min_size2) - mouse_delta = *size2 - min_size2; - - // Apply resize - *size1 += mouse_delta; - *size2 -= mouse_delta; - bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta)); - - MarkItemValueChanged(id); - } - - // Render - const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); - window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, g.Style.FrameRounding); - - return held; -} - -void ImGui::Spacing() -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0)); -} - -void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) - return; - - const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); - ItemSize(bb); - ItemAdd(bb, 0); -} - bool ImGui::IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size) { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindowRead(); @@ -12851,19 +6106,19 @@ void ImGui::BeginGroup() ImGuiGroupData& group_data = window->DC.GroupStack.back(); group_data.BackupCursorPos = window->DC.CursorPos; group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorMaxPos; - group_data.BackupIndentX = window->DC.IndentX; - group_data.BackupGroupOffsetX = window->DC.GroupOffsetX; - group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight = window->DC.CurrentLineHeight; + group_data.BackupIndent = window->DC.Indent; + group_data.BackupGroupOffset = window->DC.GroupOffset; + group_data.BackupCurrentLineSize = window->DC.CurrentLineSize; group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset; group_data.BackupLogLinePosY = window->DC.LogLinePosY; group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive = g.ActiveIdIsAlive; group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; group_data.AdvanceCursor = true; - window->DC.GroupOffsetX = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX; - window->DC.IndentX = window->DC.GroupOffsetX; + window->DC.GroupOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->Pos.x - window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; + window->DC.Indent = window->DC.GroupOffset; window->DC.CursorMaxPos = window->DC.CursorPos; - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f; + window->DC.CurrentLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f; // To enforce Log carriage return } @@ -12880,9 +6135,9 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() window->DC.CursorPos = group_data.BackupCursorPos; window->DC.CursorMaxPos = ImMax(group_data.BackupCursorMaxPos, window->DC.CursorMaxPos); - window->DC.IndentX = group_data.BackupIndentX; - window->DC.GroupOffsetX = group_data.BackupGroupOffsetX; - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = group_data.BackupCurrentLineHeight; + window->DC.Indent = group_data.BackupIndent; + window->DC.GroupOffset = group_data.BackupGroupOffset; + window->DC.CurrentLineSize = group_data.BackupCurrentLineSize; window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = group_data.BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset; window->DC.LogLinePosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y - 9999.0f; // To enforce Log carriage return @@ -12894,9 +6149,9 @@ void ImGui::EndGroup() } // If the current ActiveId was declared within the boundary of our group, we copy it to LastItemId so IsItemActive(), IsItemDeactivated() etc. will be functional on the entire group. - // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but put a little more burden on individual widgets. + // It would be be neater if we replaced window.DC.LastItemId by e.g. 'bool LastItemIsActive', but would put a little more burden on individual widgets. // (and if you grep for LastItemId you'll notice it is only used in that context. - if (!group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveIdIsAlive && g.ActiveId) // && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow == window->RootWindow) + if ((group_data.BackupActiveIdIsAlive != g.ActiveId) && (g.ActiveIdIsAlive == g.ActiveId) && g.ActiveId) // && g.ActiveIdWindow->RootWindow == window->RootWindow) window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; else if (!group_data.BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive) // && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow->RootWindow == window->RootWindow) window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame; @@ -12922,7 +6177,7 @@ void ImGui::SameLine(float pos_x, float spacing_w) if (pos_x != 0.0f) { if (spacing_w < 0.0f) spacing_w = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + pos_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffsetX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x - window->Scroll.x + pos_x + spacing_w + window->DC.GroupOffset.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; } else @@ -12931,26 +6186,1462 @@ void ImGui::SameLine(float pos_x, float spacing_w) window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.x + spacing_w; window->DC.CursorPos.y = window->DC.CursorPosPrevLine.y; } - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = window->DC.PrevLineHeight; + window->DC.CurrentLineSize = window->DC.PrevLineSize; window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = window->DC.PrevLineTextBaseOffset; } -void ImGui::NewLine() +void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w) { + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - if (window->SkipItems) + window->DC.Indent.x += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; +} + +void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + window->DC.Indent.x -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] TOOLTIPS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::BeginTooltip() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget) + { + // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor) + // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor. + // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do. + //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding; + ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); + SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos); + SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f); + //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :( + BeginTooltipEx(0, true); + } + else + { + BeginTooltipEx(0, false); + } +} + +// Not exposed publicly as BeginTooltip() because bool parameters are evil. Let's see if other needs arise first. +void ImGui::BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, bool override_previous_tooltip) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + char window_name[16]; + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", g.TooltipOverrideCount); + if (override_previous_tooltip) + if (ImGuiWindow* window = FindWindowByName(window_name)) + if (window->Active) + { + // Hide previous tooltip from being displayed. We can't easily "reset" the content of a window so we create a new one. + window->Hidden = true; + window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1; + ImFormatString(window_name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(window_name), "##Tooltip_%02d", ++g.TooltipOverrideCount); + } + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; + Begin(window_name, NULL, flags | extra_flags); +} + +void ImGui::EndTooltip() +{ + IM_ASSERT(GetCurrentWindowRead()->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip); // Mismatched BeginTooltip()/EndTooltip() calls + End(); +} + +void ImGui::SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget) + BeginTooltip(); + else + BeginTooltipEx(0, true); + TextV(fmt, args); + EndTooltip(); +} + +void ImGui::SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + SetTooltipV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] POPUPS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupId == id; +} + +bool ImGui::IsPopupOpen(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].PopupId == g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); +} + +ImGuiWindow* ImGui::GetFrontMostPopupModal() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int n = g.OpenPopupStack.Size-1; n >= 0; n--) + if (ImGuiWindow* popup = g.OpenPopupStack.Data[n].Window) + if (popup->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + return popup; + return NULL; +} + +void ImGui::OpenPopup(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + OpenPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id)); +} + +// Mark popup as open (toggle toward open state). +// Popups are closed when user click outside, or activate a pressable item, or CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. +// Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). +// One open popup per level of the popup hierarchy (NB: when assigning we reset the Window member of ImGuiPopupRef to NULL) +void ImGui::OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindow; + int current_stack_size = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size; + ImGuiPopupRef popup_ref; // Tagged as new ref as Window will be set back to NULL if we write this into OpenPopupStack. + popup_ref.PopupId = id; + popup_ref.Window = NULL; + popup_ref.ParentWindow = parent_window; + popup_ref.OpenFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + popup_ref.OpenParentId = parent_window->IDStack.back(); + popup_ref.OpenMousePos = g.IO.MousePos; + popup_ref.OpenPopupPos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + + //printf("[%05d] OpenPopupEx(0x%08X)\n", g.FrameCount, id); + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size < current_stack_size + 1) + { + g.OpenPopupStack.push_back(popup_ref); + } + else + { + // Gently handle the user mistakenly calling OpenPopup() every frame. It is a programming mistake! However, if we were to run the regular code path, the ui + // would become completely unusable because the popup will always be in hidden-while-calculating-size state _while_ claiming focus. Which would be a very confusing + // situation for the programmer. Instead, we silently allow the popup to proceed, it will keep reappearing and the programming error will be more obvious to understand. + if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id && g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount == g.FrameCount - 1) + { + g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].OpenFrameCount = popup_ref.OpenFrameCount; + } + else + { + // Close child popups if any, then flag popup for open/reopen + g.OpenPopupStack.resize(current_stack_size + 1); + g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size] = popup_ref; + } + + // When reopening a popup we first refocus its parent, otherwise if its parent is itself a popup it would get closed by ClosePopupsOverWindow(). + // This is equivalent to what ClosePopupToLevel() does. + //if (g.OpenPopupStack[current_stack_size].PopupId == id) + // FocusWindow(parent_window); + } +} + +bool ImGui::OpenPopupOnItemClick(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + { + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + OpenPopupEx(id); + return true; + } + return false; +} + +void ImGui::ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.OpenPopupStack.empty()) + return; + + // When popups are stacked, clicking on a lower level popups puts focus back to it and close popups above it. + // Don't close our own child popup windows. + int n = 0; + if (ref_window) + { + for (n = 0; n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiPopupRef& popup = g.OpenPopupStack[n]; + if (!popup.Window) + continue; + IM_ASSERT((popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) != 0); + if (popup.Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + continue; + + // Trim the stack if popups are not direct descendant of the reference window (which is often the NavWindow) + bool has_focus = false; + for (int m = n; m < g.OpenPopupStack.Size && !has_focus; m++) + has_focus = (g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window && g.OpenPopupStack[m].Window->RootWindow == ref_window->RootWindow); + if (!has_focus) + break; + } + } + if (n < g.OpenPopupStack.Size) // This test is not required but it allows to set a convenient breakpoint on the block below + ClosePopupToLevel(n); +} + +void ImGui::ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining) +{ + IM_ASSERT(remaining >= 0); + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* focus_window = (remaining > 0) ? g.OpenPopupStack[remaining-1].Window : g.OpenPopupStack[0].ParentWindow; + if (g.NavLayer == 0) + focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(focus_window); + FocusWindow(focus_window); + focus_window->DC.NavHideHighlightOneFrame = true; + g.OpenPopupStack.resize(remaining); +} + +void ImGui::ClosePopup(ImGuiID id) +{ + if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1); +} + +// Close the popup we have begin-ed into. +void ImGui::CloseCurrentPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + int popup_idx = g.CurrentPopupStack.Size - 1; + if (popup_idx < 0 || popup_idx >= g.OpenPopupStack.Size || g.CurrentPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId != g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].PopupId) + return; + while (popup_idx > 0 && g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window && (g.OpenPopupStack[popup_idx].Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + popup_idx--; + ClosePopupToLevel(popup_idx); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) + { + g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + + char name[20]; + if (extra_flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Menu_%02d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth + else + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Popup_%08x", id); // Not recycling, so we can close/open during the same frame + + bool is_open = Begin(name, NULL, extra_flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); + if (!is_open) // NB: Begin can return false when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + EndPopup(); + + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size <= g.CurrentPopupStack.Size) // Early out for performance + { + g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + return BeginPopupEx(g.CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id), flags|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopupModal(const char* name, bool* p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(name); + if (!IsPopupOpen(id)) + { + g.NextWindowData.Clear(); // We behave like Begin() and need to consume those values + return false; + } + + // Center modal windows by default + // FIXME: Should test for (PosCond & window->SetWindowPosAllowFlags) with the upcoming window. + if (g.NextWindowData.PosCond == 0) + SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Appearing, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + + bool is_open = Begin(name, p_open, flags | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + if (!is_open || (p_open && !*p_open)) // NB: is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + { + EndPopup(); + if (is_open) + ClosePopup(id); + return false; + } + return is_open; +} + +void ImGui::EndPopup() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; (void)g; + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup); // Mismatched BeginPopup()/EndPopup() calls + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentPopupStack.Size > 0); + + // Make all menus and popups wrap around for now, may need to expose that policy. + NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(g.CurrentWindow, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY); + + End(); +} + +// This is a helper to handle the simplest case of associating one named popup to one given widget. +// You may want to handle this on user side if you have specific needs (e.g. tweaking IsItemHovered() parameters). +// You can pass a NULL str_id to use the identifier of the last item. +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GImGui->CurrentWindow; + ImGuiID id = str_id ? window->GetID(str_id) : window->DC.LastItemId; // If user hasn't passed an ID, we can use the LastItemID. Using LastItemID as a Popup ID won't conflict! + IM_ASSERT(id != 0); // You cannot pass a NULL str_id if the last item has no identifier (e.g. a Text() item) + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + OpenPopupEx(id); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow(const char* str_id, int mouse_button, bool also_over_items) +{ + if (!str_id) + str_id = "window_context"; + ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup)) + if (also_over_items || !IsAnyItemHovered()) + OpenPopupEx(id); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginPopupContextVoid(const char* str_id, int mouse_button) +{ + if (!str_id) + str_id = "void_context"; + ImGuiID id = GImGui->CurrentWindow->GetID(str_id); + if (IsMouseReleased(mouse_button) && !IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow)) + OpenPopupEx(id); + return BeginPopupEx(id, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); +} + +ImRect ImGui::GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow*) +{ + ImVec2 padding = GImGui->Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding; + ImRect r_screen = GetViewportRect(); + r_screen.Expand(ImVec2((r_screen.GetWidth() > padding.x * 2) ? -padding.x : 0.0f, (r_screen.GetHeight() > padding.y * 2) ? -padding.y : 0.0f)); + return r_screen; +} + +// r_avoid = the rectangle to avoid (e.g. for tooltip it is a rectangle around the mouse cursor which we want to avoid. for popups it's a small point around the cursor.) +// r_outer = the visible area rectangle, minus safe area padding. If our popup size won't fit because of safe area padding we ignore it. +ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy) +{ + ImVec2 base_pos_clamped = ImClamp(ref_pos, r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max - size); + //GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(r_avoid.Min, r_avoid.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,0,255)); + //GImGui->OverlayDrawList.AddRect(r_outer.Min, r_outer.Max, IM_COL32(0,255,0,255)); + + // Combo Box policy (we want a connecting edge) + if (policy == ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox) + { + const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Left, ImGuiDir_Up }; + for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + { + const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; + if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? + continue; + ImVec2 pos; + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Right (default) + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Min.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Right + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Max.y); // Below, Toward Left + if (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) pos = ImVec2(r_avoid.Max.x - size.x, r_avoid.Min.y - size.y); // Above, Toward Left + if (!r_outer.Contains(ImRect(pos, pos + size))) + continue; + *last_dir = dir; + return pos; + } + } + + // Default popup policy + const ImGuiDir dir_prefered_order[ImGuiDir_COUNT] = { ImGuiDir_Right, ImGuiDir_Down, ImGuiDir_Up, ImGuiDir_Left }; + for (int n = (*last_dir != ImGuiDir_None) ? -1 : 0; n < ImGuiDir_COUNT; n++) + { + const ImGuiDir dir = (n == -1) ? *last_dir : dir_prefered_order[n]; + if (n != -1 && dir == *last_dir) // Already tried this direction? + continue; + float avail_w = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left ? r_avoid.Min.x : r_outer.Max.x) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Right ? r_avoid.Max.x : r_outer.Min.x); + float avail_h = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up ? r_avoid.Min.y : r_outer.Max.y) - (dir == ImGuiDir_Down ? r_avoid.Max.y : r_outer.Min.y); + if (avail_w < size.x || avail_h < size.y) + continue; + ImVec2 pos; + pos.x = (dir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? r_avoid.Min.x - size.x : (dir == ImGuiDir_Right) ? r_avoid.Max.x : base_pos_clamped.x; + pos.y = (dir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? r_avoid.Min.y - size.y : (dir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? r_avoid.Max.y : base_pos_clamped.y; + *last_dir = dir; + return pos; + } + + // Fallback, try to keep within display + *last_dir = ImGuiDir_None; + ImVec2 pos = ref_pos; + pos.x = ImMax(ImMin(pos.x + size.x, r_outer.Max.x) - size.x, r_outer.Min.x); + pos.y = ImMax(ImMin(pos.y + size.y, r_outer.Max.y) - size.y, r_outer.Min.y); + return pos; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(window); + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) + { + // Child menus typically request _any_ position within the parent menu item, and then our FindBestWindowPosForPopup() function will move the new menu outside the parent bounds. + // This is how we end up with child menus appearing (most-commonly) on the right of the parent menu. + IM_ASSERT(g.CurrentWindow == window); + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.CurrentWindowStack[g.CurrentWindowStack.Size - 2]; + float horizontal_overlap = g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; // We want some overlap to convey the relative depth of each menu (currently the amount of overlap is hard-coded to style.ItemSpacing.x). + ImRect r_avoid; + if (parent_window->DC.MenuBarAppending) + r_avoid = ImRect(-FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight(), FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.y + parent_window->TitleBarHeight() + parent_window->MenuBarHeight()); + else + r_avoid = ImRect(parent_window->Pos.x + horizontal_overlap, -FLT_MAX, parent_window->Pos.x + parent_window->Size.x - horizontal_overlap - parent_window->ScrollbarSizes.x, FLT_MAX); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); + } + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + { + ImRect r_avoid = ImRect(window->Pos.x - 1, window->Pos.y - 1, window->Pos.x + 1, window->Pos.y + 1); + return FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(window->Pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); + } + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) + { + // Position tooltip (always follows mouse) + float sc = g.Style.MouseCursorScale; + ImVec2 ref_pos = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + ImRect r_avoid; + if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && !(g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos)) + r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 16, ref_pos.y + 8); + else + r_avoid = ImRect(ref_pos.x - 16, ref_pos.y - 8, ref_pos.x + 24 * sc, ref_pos.y + 24 * sc); // FIXME: Hard-coded based on mouse cursor shape expectation. Exact dimension not very important. + ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(ref_pos, window->Size, &window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, r_avoid); + if (window->AutoPosLastDirection == ImGuiDir_None) + pos = ref_pos + ImVec2(2, 2); // If there's not enough room, for tooltip we prefer avoiding the cursor at all cost even if it means that part of the tooltip won't be visible. + return pos; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return window->Pos; +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] KEYBOARD/GAMEPAD NAVIGATION +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy) +{ + if (ImFabs(dx) > ImFabs(dy)) + return (dx > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Left; + return (dy > 0.0f) ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Up; +} + +static float inline NavScoreItemDistInterval(float a0, float a1, float b0, float b1) +{ + if (a1 < b0) + return a1 - b0; + if (b1 < a0) + return a0 - b1; + return 0.0f; +} + +static void inline NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImRect& r, const ImRect& clip_rect) +{ + if (move_dir == ImGuiDir_Left || move_dir == ImGuiDir_Right) + { + r.Min.y = ImClamp(r.Min.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); + r.Max.y = ImClamp(r.Max.y, clip_rect.Min.y, clip_rect.Max.y); + } + else + { + r.Min.x = ImClamp(r.Min.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); + r.Max.x = ImClamp(r.Max.x, clip_rect.Min.x, clip_rect.Max.x); + } +} + +// Scoring function for directional navigation. Based on https://gist.github.com/rygorous/6981057 +static bool NavScoreItem(ImGuiNavMoveResult* result, ImRect cand) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.NavLayer != window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + return false; + + const ImRect& curr = g.NavScoringRectScreen; // Current modified source rect (NB: we've applied Max.x = Min.x in NavUpdate() to inhibit the effect of having varied item width) + g.NavScoringCount++; + + // When entering through a NavFlattened border, we consider child window items as fully clipped for scoring + if (window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) + { + IM_ASSERT((window->Flags | g.NavWindow->Flags) & ImGuiWindowFlags_NavFlattened); + if (!window->ClipRect.Contains(cand)) + return false; + cand.ClipWithFull(window->ClipRect); // This allows the scored item to not overlap other candidates in the parent window + } + + // We perform scoring on items bounding box clipped by the current clipping rectangle on the other axis (clipping on our movement axis would give us equal scores for all clipped items) + // For example, this ensure that items in one column are not reached when moving vertically from items in another column. + NavClampRectToVisibleAreaForMoveDir(g.NavMoveClipDir, cand, window->ClipRect); + + // Compute distance between boxes + // FIXME-NAV: Introducing biases for vertical navigation, needs to be removed. + float dbx = NavScoreItemDistInterval(cand.Min.x, cand.Max.x, curr.Min.x, curr.Max.x); + float dby = NavScoreItemDistInterval(ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(cand.Min.y, cand.Max.y, 0.8f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.2f), ImLerp(curr.Min.y, curr.Max.y, 0.8f)); // Scale down on Y to keep using box-distance for vertically touching items + if (dby != 0.0f && dbx != 0.0f) + dbx = (dbx/1000.0f) + ((dbx > 0.0f) ? +1.0f : -1.0f); + float dist_box = ImFabs(dbx) + ImFabs(dby); + + // Compute distance between centers (this is off by a factor of 2, but we only compare center distances with each other so it doesn't matter) + float dcx = (cand.Min.x + cand.Max.x) - (curr.Min.x + curr.Max.x); + float dcy = (cand.Min.y + cand.Max.y) - (curr.Min.y + curr.Max.y); + float dist_center = ImFabs(dcx) + ImFabs(dcy); // L1 metric (need this for our connectedness guarantee) + + // Determine which quadrant of 'curr' our candidate item 'cand' lies in based on distance + ImGuiDir quadrant; + float dax = 0.0f, day = 0.0f, dist_axial = 0.0f; + if (dbx != 0.0f || dby != 0.0f) + { + // For non-overlapping boxes, use distance between boxes + dax = dbx; + day = dby; + dist_axial = dist_box; + quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dbx, dby); + } + else if (dcx != 0.0f || dcy != 0.0f) + { + // For overlapping boxes with different centers, use distance between centers + dax = dcx; + day = dcy; + dist_axial = dist_center; + quadrant = ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(dcx, dcy); + } + else + { + // Degenerate case: two overlapping buttons with same center, break ties arbitrarily (note that LastItemId here is really the _previous_ item order, but it doesn't matter) + quadrant = (window->DC.LastItemId < g.NavId) ? ImGuiDir_Left : ImGuiDir_Right; + } + +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + char buf[128]; + if (ImGui::IsMouseHoveringRect(cand.Min, cand.Max)) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "dbox (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\ndcen (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nd (%.2f,%.2f->%.4f)\nnav %c, quadrant %c", dbx, dby, dist_box, dcx, dcy, dist_center, dax, day, dist_axial, "WENS"[g.NavMoveDir], "WENS"[quadrant]); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList(); + draw_list->AddRect(curr.Min, curr.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,100)); + draw_list->AddRect(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,200)); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Max-ImVec2(4,4), cand.Max+ImGui::CalcTextSize(buf)+ImVec2(4,4), IM_COL32(40,0,0,150)); + draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Max, ~0U, buf); + } + else if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) // Hold to preview score in matching quadrant. Press C to rotate. + { + if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) { g.NavMoveDirLast = (ImGuiDir)((g.NavMoveDirLast + 1) & 3); g.IO.KeysDownDuration[g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_C]] = 0.01f; } + if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + { + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%.0f/%.0f", dist_box, dist_center); + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetOverlayDrawList(); + draw_list->AddRectFilled(cand.Min, cand.Max, IM_COL32(255, 0, 0, 200)); + draw_list->AddText(g.IO.FontDefault, 13.0f, cand.Min, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); + } + } + #endif + + // Is it in the quadrant we're interesting in moving to? + bool new_best = false; + if (quadrant == g.NavMoveDir) + { + // Does it beat the current best candidate? + if (dist_box < result->DistBox) + { + result->DistBox = dist_box; + result->DistCenter = dist_center; + return true; + } + if (dist_box == result->DistBox) + { + // Try using distance between center points to break ties + if (dist_center < result->DistCenter) + { + result->DistCenter = dist_center; + new_best = true; + } + else if (dist_center == result->DistCenter) + { + // Still tied! we need to be extra-careful to make sure everything gets linked properly. We consistently break ties by symbolically moving "later" items + // (with higher index) to the right/downwards by an infinitesimal amount since we the current "best" button already (so it must have a lower index), + // this is fairly easy. This rule ensures that all buttons with dx==dy==0 will end up being linked in order of appearance along the x axis. + if (((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) ? dby : dbx) < 0.0f) // moving bj to the right/down decreases distance + new_best = true; + } + } + } + + // Axial check: if 'curr' has no link at all in some direction and 'cand' lies roughly in that direction, add a tentative link. This will only be kept if no "real" matches + // are found, so it only augments the graph produced by the above method using extra links. (important, since it doesn't guarantee strong connectedness) + // This is just to avoid buttons having no links in a particular direction when there's a suitable neighbor. you get good graphs without this too. + // 2017/09/29: FIXME: This now currently only enabled inside menu bars, ideally we'd disable it everywhere. Menus in particular need to catch failure. For general navigation it feels awkward. + // Disabling it may lead to disconnected graphs when nodes are very spaced out on different axis. Perhaps consider offering this as an option? + if (result->DistBox == FLT_MAX && dist_axial < result->DistAxial) // Check axial match + if (g.NavLayer == 1 && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + if ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && dax < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && dax > 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && day < 0.0f) || (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && day > 0.0f)) + { + result->DistAxial = dist_axial; + new_best = true; + } + + return new_best; +} + +// We get there when either NavId == id, or when g.NavAnyRequest is set (which is updated by NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag above) +static void ImGui::NavProcessItem(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& nav_bb, const ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + //if (!g.IO.NavActive) // [2017/10/06] Removed this possibly redundant test but I am not sure of all the side-effects yet. Some of the feature here will need to work regardless of using a _NoNavInputs flag. + // return; + + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags = window->DC.ItemFlags; + const ImRect nav_bb_rel(nav_bb.Min - window->Pos, nav_bb.Max - window->Pos); + + // Process Init Request + if (g.NavInitRequest && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + { + // Even if 'ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus' is on (typically collapse/close button) we record the first ResultId so they can be used as a fallback + if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus) || g.NavInitResultId == 0) + { + g.NavInitResultId = id; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = nav_bb_rel; + } + if (!(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus)) + { + g.NavInitRequest = false; // Found a match, clear request + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + } + } + + // Process Move Request (scoring for navigation) + // FIXME-NAV: Consider policy for double scoring (scoring from NavScoringRectScreen + scoring from a rect wrapped according to current wrapping policy) + if ((g.NavId != id || (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId)) && !(item_flags & ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav)) + { + ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (window == g.NavWindow) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING + // [DEBUG] Score all items in NavWindow at all times + if (!g.NavMoveRequest) + g.NavMoveDir = g.NavMoveDirLast; + bool new_best = NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb) && g.NavMoveRequest; +#else + bool new_best = g.NavMoveRequest && NavScoreItem(result, nav_bb); +#endif + if (new_best) + { + result->ID = id; + result->Window = window; + result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; + } + + const float VISIBLE_RATIO = 0.70f; + if ((g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) && window->ClipRect.Overlaps(nav_bb)) + if (ImClamp(nav_bb.Max.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) - ImClamp(nav_bb.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Min.y, window->ClipRect.Max.y) >= (nav_bb.Max.y - nav_bb.Min.y) * VISIBLE_RATIO) + if (NavScoreItem(&g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet, nav_bb)) + { + result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; + result->ID = id; + result->Window = window; + result->RectRel = nav_bb_rel; + } + } + + // Update window-relative bounding box of navigated item + if (g.NavId == id) + { + g.NavWindow = window; // Always refresh g.NavWindow, because some operations such as FocusItem() don't have a window. + g.NavLayer = window->DC.NavLayerCurrent; + g.NavIdIsAlive = true; + g.NavIdTabCounter = window->FocusIdxTabCounter; + window->NavRectRel[window->DC.NavLayerCurrent] = nav_bb_rel; // Store item bounding box (relative to window position) + } +} + +bool ImGui::NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0; +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavMoveRequest = false; + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None); + ImGui::NavMoveRequestCancel(); + g.NavMoveDir = move_dir; + g.NavMoveClipDir = clip_dir; + g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = move_flags; + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = bb_rel; +} + +void ImGui::NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavWindow != window || !NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() || g.NavMoveRequestForward != ImGuiNavForward_None || g.NavLayer != 0) + return; + IM_ASSERT(move_flags != 0); // No points calling this with no wrapping + ImRect bb_rel = window->NavRectRel[0]; + + ImGuiDir clip_dir = g.NavMoveDir; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = ImMax(window->SizeFull.x, window->SizeContents.x) - window->Scroll.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { bb_rel.TranslateY(-bb_rel.GetHeight()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Up; } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX))) + { + bb_rel.Min.x = bb_rel.Max.x = -window->Scroll.x; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX) { bb_rel.TranslateY(+bb_rel.GetHeight()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Down; } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = ImMax(window->SizeFull.y, window->SizeContents.y) - window->Scroll.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { bb_rel.TranslateX(-bb_rel.GetWidth()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Left; } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down && (move_flags & (ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY))) + { + bb_rel.Min.y = bb_rel.Max.y = -window->Scroll.y; + if (move_flags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapY) { bb_rel.TranslateX(+bb_rel.GetWidth()); clip_dir = ImGuiDir_Right; } + NavMoveRequestForward(g.NavMoveDir, clip_dir, bb_rel, move_flags); + } +} + +static void ImGui::NavSaveLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* nav_window) +{ + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = nav_window; + while (parent_window && (parent_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (parent_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) + parent_window = parent_window->ParentWindow; + if (parent_window && parent_window != nav_window) + parent_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = nav_window; +} + +// Call when we are expected to land on Layer 0 after FocusWindow() +static ImGuiWindow* ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + return window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow : window; +} + +static void NavRestoreLayer(int layer) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavLayer = layer; + if (layer == 0) + g.NavWindow = ImGui::NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); + if (layer == 0 && g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] != 0) + ImGui::SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0], layer, g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[0]); + else + ImGui::NavInitWindow(g.NavWindow, true); +} + +static inline void ImGui::NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NavAnyRequest = g.NavMoveRequest || g.NavInitRequest || (IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_SCORING && g.NavWindow != NULL); + if (g.NavAnyRequest) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow != NULL); +} + +// This needs to be called before we submit any widget (aka in or before Begin) +void ImGui::NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(window == g.NavWindow); + bool init_for_nav = false; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || (window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) || force_reinit) + init_for_nav = true; + if (init_for_nav) + { + SetNavID(0, g.NavLayer); + g.NavInitRequest = true; + g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavInitResultRectRel = ImRect(); + NavUpdateAnyRequestFlag(); + } + else + { + g.NavId = window->NavLastIds[0]; + } +} + +static ImVec2 ImGui::NavCalcPreferredRefPos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavDisableHighlight || !g.NavDisableMouseHover || !g.NavWindow) + return ImFloor(g.IO.MousePos); + + // When navigation is active and mouse is disabled, decide on an arbitrary position around the bottom left of the currently navigated item + const ImRect& rect_rel = g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + ImVec2 pos = g.NavWindow->Pos + ImVec2(rect_rel.Min.x + ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.x*4, rect_rel.GetWidth()), rect_rel.Max.y - ImMin(g.Style.FramePadding.y, rect_rel.GetHeight())); + ImRect visible_rect = GetViewportRect(); + return ImFloor(ImClamp(pos, visible_rect.Min, visible_rect.Max)); // ImFloor() is important because non-integer mouse position application in back-end might be lossy and result in undesirable non-zero delta. +} + +float ImGui::GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Down) + return g.IO.NavInputs[n]; // Instant, read analog input (0.0f..1.0f, as provided by user) + + const float t = g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[n]; + if (t < 0.0f && mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Released) // Return 1.0f when just released, no repeat, ignore analog input. + return (g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev[n] >= 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f); + if (t < 0.0f) + return 0.0f; + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed) // Return 1.0f when just pressed, no repeat, ignore analog input. + return (t == 0.0f) ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat) + return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.80f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.80f); + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) + return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 1.00f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 2.00f); + if (mode == ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast) + return (float)CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(t, t - g.IO.DeltaTime, g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay * 0.80f, g.IO.KeyRepeatRate * 0.30f); + return 0.0f; +} + +ImVec2 ImGui::GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor, float fast_factor) +{ + ImVec2 delta(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard) + delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_, mode)); + if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad) + delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_DpadUp, mode)); + if (dir_sources & ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick) + delta += ImVec2(GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickRight, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickLeft, mode), GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickDown, mode) - GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput_LStickUp, mode)); + if (slow_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + delta *= slow_factor; + if (fast_factor != 0.0f && IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) + delta *= fast_factor; + return delta; +} + +// Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view +// NB: We modify rect_rel by the amount we scrolled for, so it is immediately updated. +static void NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(ImGuiWindow* window, const ImRect& item_rect) +{ + ImRect window_rect(window->InnerMainRect.Min - ImVec2(1, 1), window->InnerMainRect.Max + ImVec2(1, 1)); + //g.OverlayDrawList.AddRect(window_rect.Min, window_rect.Max, IM_COL32_WHITE); // [DEBUG] + if (window_rect.Contains(item_rect)) return; ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType; - window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; - if (window->DC.CurrentLineHeight > 0.0f) // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height. - ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0)); - else - ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); - window->DC.LayoutType = backup_layout_type; + if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Min.x < window_rect.Min.x) + { + window->ScrollTarget.x = item_rect.Min.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 0.0f; + } + else if (window->ScrollbarX && item_rect.Max.x >= window_rect.Max.x) + { + window->ScrollTarget.x = item_rect.Max.x - window->Pos.x + window->Scroll.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.x = 1.0f; + } + if (item_rect.Min.y < window_rect.Min.y) + { + window->ScrollTarget.y = item_rect.Min.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 0.0f; + } + else if (item_rect.Max.y >= window_rect.Max.y) + { + window->ScrollTarget.y = item_rect.Max.y - window->Pos.y + window->Scroll.y + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y; + window->ScrollTargetCenterRatio.y = 1.0f; + } } +static void ImGui::NavUpdate() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.IO.WantSetMousePos = false; +#if 0 + if (g.NavScoringCount > 0) printf("[%05d] NavScoringCount %d for '%s' layer %d (Init:%d, Move:%d)\n", g.FrameCount, g.NavScoringCount, g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL", g.NavLayer, g.NavInitRequest || g.NavInitResultId != 0, g.NavMoveRequest); +#endif + + // Set input source as Gamepad when buttons are pressed before we map Keyboard (some features differs when used with Gamepad vs Keyboard) + bool nav_keyboard_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard) != 0; + bool nav_gamepad_active = (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad) != 0 && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad) != 0; + if (nav_gamepad_active) + if (g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Activate] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Input] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Cancel] > 0.0f || g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_Menu] > 0.0f) + g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; + + // Update Keyboard->Nav inputs mapping + if (nav_keyboard_active) + { + #define NAV_MAP_KEY(_KEY, _NAV_INPUT) if (IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[_KEY])) { g.IO.NavInputs[_NAV_INPUT] = 1.0f; g.NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard; } + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Space, ImGuiNavInput_Activate ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Enter, ImGuiNavInput_Input ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_Escape, ImGuiNavInput_Cancel ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyLeft_ ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_RightArrow,ImGuiNavInput_KeyRight_); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_UpArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyUp_ ); + NAV_MAP_KEY(ImGuiKey_DownArrow, ImGuiNavInput_KeyDown_ ); + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl) g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow] = 1.0f; + if (g.IO.KeyShift) g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast] = 1.0f; + if (g.IO.KeyAlt) g.IO.NavInputs[ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_] = 1.0f; + #undef NAV_MAP_KEY + } + memcpy(g.IO.NavInputsDownDurationPrev, g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration, sizeof(g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration)); + for (int i = 0; i < IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.IO.NavInputs); i++) + g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] = (g.IO.NavInputs[i] > 0.0f) ? (g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] < 0.0f ? 0.0f : g.IO.NavInputsDownDuration[i] + g.IO.DeltaTime) : -1.0f; + + // Process navigation init request (select first/default focus) + if (g.NavInitResultId != 0 && (!g.NavDisableHighlight || g.NavInitRequestFromMove)) + { + // Apply result from previous navigation init request (will typically select the first item, unless SetItemDefaultFocus() has been called) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow); + if (g.NavInitRequestFromMove) + SetNavIDWithRectRel(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer, g.NavInitResultRectRel); + else + SetNavID(g.NavInitResultId, g.NavLayer); + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] = g.NavInitResultRectRel; + } + g.NavInitRequest = false; + g.NavInitRequestFromMove = false; + g.NavInitResultId = 0; + g.NavJustMovedToId = 0; + + // Process navigation move request + if (g.NavMoveRequest && (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0 || g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0)) + NavUpdateMoveResult(); + + // When a forwarded move request failed, we restore the highlight that we disabled during the forward frame + if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.NavMoveRequest); + if (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID == 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID == 0) + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; + } + + // Apply application mouse position movement, after we had a chance to process move request result. + if (g.NavMousePosDirty && g.NavIdIsAlive) + { + // Set mouse position given our knowledge of the navigated item position from last frame + if ((g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos) && (g.IO.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos)) + { + if (!g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow) + { + g.IO.MousePos = g.IO.MousePosPrev = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); + g.IO.WantSetMousePos = true; + } + } + g.NavMousePosDirty = false; + } + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + g.NavJustTabbedId = 0; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavLayer == 0 || g.NavLayer == 1); + + // Store our return window (for returning from Layer 1 to Layer 0) and clear it as soon as we step back in our own Layer 0 + if (g.NavWindow) + NavSaveLastChildNavWindow(g.NavWindow); + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow != NULL && g.NavLayer == 0) + g.NavWindow->NavLastChildNavWindow = NULL; + + // Update CTRL+TAB and Windowing features (hold Square to move/resize/etc.) + NavUpdateWindowing(); + + // Set output flags for user application + g.IO.NavActive = (nav_keyboard_active || nav_gamepad_active) && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs); + g.IO.NavVisible = (g.IO.NavActive && g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight) || (g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL) || g.NavInitRequest; + + // Process NavCancel input (to close a popup, get back to parent, clear focus) + if (IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Cancel, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) + { + if (g.ActiveId != 0) + { + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow) + { + // Exit child window + ImGuiWindow* child_window = g.NavWindow; + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = g.NavWindow->ParentWindow; + IM_ASSERT(child_window->ChildId != 0); + FocusWindow(parent_window); + SetNavID(child_window->ChildId, 0); + g.NavIdIsAlive = false; + if (g.NavDisableMouseHover) + g.NavMousePosDirty = true; + } + else if (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > 0) + { + // Close open popup/menu + if (!(g.OpenPopupStack.back().Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal)) + ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1); + } + else if (g.NavLayer != 0) + { + // Leave the "menu" layer + NavRestoreLayer(0); + } + else + { + // Clear NavLastId for popups but keep it for regular child window so we can leave one and come back where we were + if (g.NavWindow && ((g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) || !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow))) + g.NavWindow->NavLastIds[0] = 0; + g.NavId = 0; + } + } + + // Process manual activation request + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = 0; + if (g.NavId != 0 && !g.NavDisableHighlight && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + bool activate_down = IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Activate); + bool activate_pressed = activate_down && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + if (g.ActiveId == 0 && activate_pressed) + g.NavActivateId = g.NavId; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_down) + g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavId; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && activate_pressed) + g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavId; + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == g.NavId) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Input, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed)) + g.NavInputId = g.NavId; + } + if (g.NavWindow && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + if (g.NavActivateId != 0) + IM_ASSERT(g.NavActivateDownId == g.NavActivateId); + g.NavMoveRequest = false; + + // Process programmatic activation request + if (g.NavNextActivateId != 0) + g.NavActivateId = g.NavActivateDownId = g.NavActivatePressedId = g.NavInputId = g.NavNextActivateId; + g.NavNextActivateId = 0; + + // Initiate directional inputs request + const int allowed_dir_flags = (g.ActiveId == 0) ? ~0 : g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags; + if (g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) + { + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_None; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = 0; + if (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindowingTarget && allowed_dir_flags && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs)) + { + if ((allowed_dir_flags & (1<Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget) + { + // *Fallback* manual-scroll with Nav directional keys when window has no navigable item + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + const float scroll_speed = ImFloor(window->CalcFontSize() * 100 * g.IO.DeltaTime + 0.5f); // We need round the scrolling speed because sub-pixel scroll isn't reliably supported. + if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll && g.NavMoveRequest) + { + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) + SetWindowScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) + SetWindowScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + ((g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Up) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) * scroll_speed)); + } + + // *Normal* Manual scroll with NavScrollXXX keys + // Next movement request will clamp the NavId reference rectangle to the visible area, so navigation will resume within those bounds. + ImVec2 scroll_dir = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down, 1.0f/10.0f, 10.0f); + if (scroll_dir.x != 0.0f && window->ScrollbarX) + { + SetWindowScrollX(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.x + scroll_dir.x * scroll_speed)); + g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; + } + if (scroll_dir.y != 0.0f) + { + SetWindowScrollY(window, ImFloor(window->Scroll.y + scroll_dir.y * scroll_speed)); + g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = true; + } + } + + // Reset search results + g.NavMoveResultLocal.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.Clear(); + g.NavMoveResultOther.Clear(); + + // When we have manually scrolled (without using navigation) and NavId becomes out of bounds, we project its bounding box to the visible area to restart navigation within visible items + if (g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect && g.NavLayer == 0) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + ImRect window_rect_rel(window->InnerMainRect.Min - window->Pos - ImVec2(1,1), window->InnerMainRect.Max - window->Pos + ImVec2(1,1)); + if (!window_rect_rel.Contains(window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer])) + { + float pad = window->CalcFontSize() * 0.5f; + window_rect_rel.Expand(ImVec2(-ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetWidth(), pad), -ImMin(window_rect_rel.GetHeight(), pad))); // Terrible approximation for the intent of starting navigation from first fully visible item + window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].ClipWith(window_rect_rel); + g.NavId = 0; + } + g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; + } + + // For scoring we use a single segment on the left side our current item bounding box (not touching the edge to avoid box overlap with zero-spaced items) + ImRect nav_rect_rel = (g.NavWindow && !g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer].IsInverted()) ? g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer] : ImRect(0,0,0,0); + g.NavScoringRectScreen = g.NavWindow ? ImRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + nav_rect_rel.Max) : GetViewportRect(); + g.NavScoringRectScreen.TranslateY(nav_scoring_rect_offset_y); + g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x = ImMin(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x + 1.0f, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max.x); + g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max.x = g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min.x; + IM_ASSERT(!g.NavScoringRectScreen.IsInverted()); // Ensure if we have a finite, non-inverted bounding box here will allows us to remove extraneous ImFabs() calls in NavScoreItem(). + //g.OverlayDrawList.AddRect(g.NavScoringRectScreen.Min, g.NavScoringRectScreen.Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); // [DEBUG] + g.NavScoringCount = 0; +#if IMGUI_DEBUG_NAV_RECTS + if (g.NavWindow) { for (int layer = 0; layer < 2; layer++) GetOverlayDrawList()->AddRect(g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Min, g.NavWindow->Pos + g.NavWindow->NavRectRel[layer].Max, IM_COL32(255,200,0,255)); } // [DEBUG] + if (g.NavWindow) { ImU32 col = (g.NavWindow->HiddenFrames == 0) ? IM_COL32(255,0,255,255) : IM_COL32(255,0,0,255); ImVec2 p = NavCalcPreferredRefPos(); char buf[32]; ImFormatString(buf, 32, "%d", g.NavLayer); g.OverlayDrawList.AddCircleFilled(p, 3.0f, col); g.OverlayDrawList.AddText(NULL, 13.0f, p + ImVec2(8,-4), col, buf); } +#endif +} + +static void ImGui::NavUpdateMoveResult() +{ + // Select which result to use + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiNavMoveResult* result = (g.NavMoveResultLocal.ID != 0) ? &g.NavMoveResultLocal : &g.NavMoveResultOther; + + // PageUp/PageDown behavior first jumps to the bottom/top mostly visible item, _otherwise_ use the result from the previous/next page. + if (g.NavMoveRequestFlags & ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet) + if (g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet.ID != g.NavId) + result = &g.NavMoveResultLocalVisibleSet; + + // Maybe entering a flattened child from the outside? In this case solve the tie using the regular scoring rules. + if (result != &g.NavMoveResultOther && g.NavMoveResultOther.ID != 0 && g.NavMoveResultOther.Window->ParentWindow == g.NavWindow) + if ((g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox < result->DistBox) || (g.NavMoveResultOther.DistBox == result->DistBox && g.NavMoveResultOther.DistCenter < result->DistCenter)) + result = &g.NavMoveResultOther; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindow && result->Window); + + // Scroll to keep newly navigated item fully into view. + if (g.NavLayer == 0) + { + ImRect rect_abs = ImRect(result->RectRel.Min + result->Window->Pos, result->RectRel.Max + result->Window->Pos); + NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(result->Window, rect_abs); + + // Estimate upcoming scroll so we can offset our result position so mouse position can be applied immediately after in NavUpdate() + ImVec2 next_scroll = CalcNextScrollFromScrollTargetAndClamp(result->Window, false); + ImVec2 delta_scroll = result->Window->Scroll - next_scroll; + result->RectRel.Translate(delta_scroll); + + // Also scroll parent window to keep us into view if necessary (we could/should technically recurse back the whole the parent hierarchy). + if (result->Window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) + NavScrollToBringItemIntoView(result->Window->ParentWindow, ImRect(rect_abs.Min + delta_scroll, rect_abs.Max + delta_scroll)); + } + + // Apply result from previous frame navigation directional move request + ClearActiveID(); + g.NavWindow = result->Window; + SetNavIDWithRectRel(result->ID, g.NavLayer, result->RectRel); + g.NavJustMovedToId = result->ID; + g.NavMoveFromClampedRefRect = false; +} + +static float ImGui::NavUpdatePageUpPageDown(int allowed_dir_flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_None && g.NavWindow && !(g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs) && !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavLayer == 0) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow; + bool page_up_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp]) && (allowed_dir_flags & (1 << ImGuiDir_Up)); + bool page_down_held = IsKeyDown(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown]) && (allowed_dir_flags & (1 << ImGuiDir_Down)); + if ((page_up_held && !page_down_held) || (page_down_held && !page_up_held)) + { + if (window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == 0x00 && window->DC.NavHasScroll) + { + // Fallback manual-scroll when window has no navigable item + if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) + SetWindowScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y - window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight()); + else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) + SetWindowScrollY(window, window->Scroll.y + window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight()); + } + else + { + const ImRect& nav_rect_rel = window->NavRectRel[g.NavLayer]; + const float page_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->InnerClipRect.GetHeight() - window->CalcFontSize() * 1.0f + nav_rect_rel.GetHeight()); + float nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = 0.0f; + if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageUp], true)) + { + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = -page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Down; // Because our scoring rect is offset, we intentionally request the opposite direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Up; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + } + else if (IsKeyPressed(g.IO.KeyMap[ImGuiKey_PageDown], true)) + { + nav_scoring_rect_offset_y = +page_offset_y; + g.NavMoveDir = ImGuiDir_Up; // Because our scoring rect is offset, we intentionally request the opposite direction (so we can always land on the last item) + g.NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_Down; + g.NavMoveRequestFlags = ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AllowCurrentNavId | ImGuiNavMoveFlags_AlsoScoreVisibleSet; + } + return nav_scoring_rect_offset_y; + } + } + } + return 0.0f; +} + +static int FindWindowIndex(ImGuiWindow* window) // FIXME-OPT O(N) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int i = g.Windows.Size-1; i >= 0; i--) + if (g.Windows[i] == window) + return i; + return -1; +} + +static ImGuiWindow* FindWindowNavFocusable(int i_start, int i_stop, int dir) // FIXME-OPT O(N) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int i = i_start; i >= 0 && i < g.Windows.Size && i != i_stop; i += dir) + if (ImGui::IsWindowNavFocusable(g.Windows[i])) + return g.Windows[i]; + return NULL; +} + +static void NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(int focus_change_dir) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget); + if (g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) + return; + + const int i_current = FindWindowIndex(g.NavWindowingTarget); + ImGuiWindow* window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable(i_current + focus_change_dir, -INT_MAX, focus_change_dir); + if (!window_target) + window_target = FindWindowNavFocusable((focus_change_dir < 0) ? (g.Windows.Size - 1) : 0, i_current, focus_change_dir); + if (window_target) // Don't reset windowing target if there's a single window in the list + g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window_target; + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; +} + +// Window management mode (hold to: change focus/move/resize, tap to: toggle menu layer) +static void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* apply_focus_window = NULL; + bool apply_toggle_layer = false; + + ImGuiWindow* modal_window = GetFrontMostPopupModal(); + if (modal_window != NULL) + { + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + return; + } + + // Fade out + if (g.NavWindowingTargetAnim && g.NavWindowingTarget == NULL) + { + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha - g.IO.DeltaTime * 10.0f, 0.0f); + if (g.DimBgRatio <= 0.0f && g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha <= 0.0f) + g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = NULL; + } + + // Start CTRL-TAB or Square+L/R window selection + bool start_windowing_with_gamepad = !g.NavWindowingTarget && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Menu, ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + bool start_windowing_with_keyboard = !g.NavWindowingTarget && g.IO.KeyCtrl && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && (g.IO.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); + if (start_windowing_with_gamepad || start_windowing_with_keyboard) + if (ImGuiWindow* window = g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow : FindWindowNavFocusable(g.Windows.Size - 1, -INT_MAX, -1)) + { + g.NavWindowingTarget = g.NavWindowingTargetAnim = window; + g.NavWindowingTimer = g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? false : true; + g.NavInputSource = start_windowing_with_keyboard ? ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard : ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad; + } + + // Gamepad update + g.NavWindowingTimer += g.IO.DeltaTime; + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) + { + // Highlight only appears after a brief time holding the button, so that a fast tap on PadMenu (to toggle NavLayer) doesn't add visual noise + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); + + // Select window to focus + const int focus_change_dir = (int)IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_FocusPrev, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow) - (int)IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_FocusNext, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatSlow); + if (focus_change_dir != 0) + { + NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(focus_change_dir); + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 1.0f; + } + + // Single press toggles NavLayer, long press with L/R apply actual focus on release (until then the window was merely rendered front-most) + if (!IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_Menu)) + { + g.NavWindowingToggleLayer &= (g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha < 1.0f); // Once button was held long enough we don't consider it a tap-to-toggle-layer press anymore. + if (g.NavWindowingToggleLayer && g.NavWindow) + apply_toggle_layer = true; + else if (!g.NavWindowingToggleLayer) + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + } + } + + // Keyboard: Focus + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard) + { + // Visuals only appears after a brief time after pressing TAB the first time, so that a fast CTRL+TAB doesn't add visual noise + g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = ImMax(g.NavWindowingHighlightAlpha, ImSaturate((g.NavWindowingTimer - NAV_WINDOWING_HIGHLIGHT_DELAY) / 0.05f)); // 1.0f + if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab, true)) + NavUpdateWindowingHighlightWindow(g.IO.KeyShift ? +1 : -1); + if (!g.IO.KeyCtrl) + apply_focus_window = g.NavWindowingTarget; + } + + // Keyboard: Press and Release ALT to toggle menu layer + // FIXME: We lack an explicit IO variable for "is the imgui window focused", so compare mouse validity to detect the common case of back-end clearing releases all keys on ALT-TAB + if ((g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap) && IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_KeyMenu_, ImGuiInputReadMode_Released)) + if (IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePos) == IsMousePosValid(&g.IO.MousePosPrev)) + apply_toggle_layer = true; + + // Move window + if (g.NavWindowingTarget && !(g.NavWindowingTarget->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove)) + { + ImVec2 move_delta; + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard && !g.IO.KeyShift) + move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + if (g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavGamepad) + move_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick, ImGuiInputReadMode_Down); + if (move_delta.x != 0.0f || move_delta.y != 0.0f) + { + const float NAV_MOVE_SPEED = 800.0f; + const float move_speed = ImFloor(NAV_MOVE_SPEED * g.IO.DeltaTime * ImMin(g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.x, g.IO.DisplayFramebufferScale.y)); // FIXME: Doesn't code variable framerate very well + g.NavWindowingTarget->RootWindow->Pos += move_delta * move_speed; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + MarkIniSettingsDirty(g.NavWindowingTarget); + } + } + + // Apply final focus + if (apply_focus_window && (g.NavWindow == NULL || apply_focus_window != g.NavWindow->RootWindow)) + { + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + apply_focus_window = NavRestoreLastChildNavWindow(apply_focus_window); + ClosePopupsOverWindow(apply_focus_window); + FocusWindow(apply_focus_window); + if (apply_focus_window->NavLastIds[0] == 0) + NavInitWindow(apply_focus_window, false); + + // If the window only has a menu layer, select it directly + if (apply_focus_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask == (1 << 1)) + g.NavLayer = 1; + } + if (apply_focus_window) + g.NavWindowingTarget = NULL; + + // Apply menu/layer toggle + if (apply_toggle_layer && g.NavWindow) + { + // Move to parent menu if necessary + ImGuiWindow* new_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + while ((new_nav_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << 1)) == 0 && (new_nav_window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) != 0 && (new_nav_window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) == 0) + new_nav_window = new_nav_window->ParentWindow; + if (new_nav_window != g.NavWindow) + { + ImGuiWindow* old_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + FocusWindow(new_nav_window); + new_nav_window->NavLastChildNavWindow = old_nav_window; + } + g.NavDisableHighlight = false; + g.NavDisableMouseHover = true; + NavRestoreLayer((g.NavWindow->DC.NavLayerActiveMask & (1 << 1)) ? (g.NavLayer ^ 1) : 0); + } +} + +// Window has already passed the IsWindowNavFocusable() +static const char* GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) + return "(Popup)"; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) && strcmp(window->Name, "##MainMenuBar") == 0) + return "(Main menu bar)"; + return "(Untitled)"; +} + +// Overlay displayed when using CTRL+TAB. Called by EndFrame(). +void ImGui::NavUpdateWindowingList() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.NavWindowingTarget != NULL); + + if (g.NavWindowingTimer < NAV_WINDOWING_LIST_APPEAR_DELAY) + return; + + if (g.NavWindowingList == NULL) + g.NavWindowingList = FindWindowByName("###NavWindowingList"); + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x * 0.20f, g.IO.DisplaySize.y * 0.20f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); + SetNextWindowPos(g.IO.DisplaySize * 0.5f, ImGuiCond_Always, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, g.Style.WindowPadding * 2.0f); + Begin("###NavWindowingList", NULL, ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings); + for (int n = g.Windows.Size - 1; n >= 0; n--) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; + if (!IsWindowNavFocusable(window)) + continue; + const char* label = window->Name; + if (label == FindRenderedTextEnd(label)) + label = GetFallbackWindowNameForWindowingList(window); + Selectable(label, g.NavWindowingTarget == window); + } + End(); + PopStyleVar(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] COLUMNS +// In the current version, Columns are very weak. Needs to be replaced with a more full-featured system. +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + void ImGui::NextColumn() { ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); @@ -12966,19 +7657,19 @@ void ImGui::NextColumn() if (++columns->Current < columns->Count) { // Columns 1+ cancel out IndentX - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.IndentX + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = GetColumnOffset(columns->Current) - window->DC.Indent.x + g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(columns->Current); } else { - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f; + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; window->DrawList->ChannelsSetCurrent(0); columns->Current = 0; columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY; } - window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX); + window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); window->DC.CursorPos.y = columns->LineMinY; - window->DC.CurrentLineHeight = 0.0f; + window->DC.CurrentLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; PushColumnClipRect(); @@ -13144,13 +7835,13 @@ void ImGui::BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int columns_count, ImGuiColumnsFlag // Set state for first column const float content_region_width = (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x != 0.0f) ? (window->SizeContentsExplicit.x) : (window->InnerClipRect.Max.x - window->Pos.x); - columns->MinX = window->DC.IndentX - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; // Lock our horizontal range + columns->MinX = window->DC.Indent.x - g.Style.ItemSpacing.x; // Lock our horizontal range columns->MaxX = ImMax(content_region_width - window->Scroll.x, columns->MinX + 1.0f); columns->StartPosY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; columns->StartMaxPosX = window->DC.CursorMaxPos.x; columns->LineMinY = columns->LineMaxY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX); + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); // Clear data if columns count changed if (columns->Columns.Size != 0 && columns->Columns.Size != columns_count + 1) @@ -13247,8 +7938,8 @@ void ImGui::EndColumns() columns->IsBeingResized = is_being_resized; window->DC.ColumnsSet = NULL; - window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX); + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x = 0.0f; + window->DC.CursorPos.x = (float)(int)(window->Pos.x + window->DC.Indent.x + window->DC.ColumnsOffset.x); } // [2018-03: This is currently the only public API, while we are working on making BeginColumns/EndColumns user-facing] @@ -13269,96 +7960,8 @@ void ImGui::Columns(int columns_count, const char* id, bool border) BeginColumns(id, columns_count, flags); } -void ImGui::Indent(float indent_w) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.IndentX += (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX; -} - -void ImGui::Unindent(float indent_w) -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - window->DC.IndentX -= (indent_w != 0.0f) ? indent_w : g.Style.IndentSpacing; - window->DC.CursorPos.x = window->Pos.x + window->DC.IndentX + window->DC.ColumnsOffsetX; -} - -void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - Indent(); - window->DC.TreeDepth++; - PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush"); -} - -void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - Indent(); - window->DC.TreeDepth++; - PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush"); -} - -void ImGui::TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id) -{ - ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); - Indent(); - window->DC.TreeDepth++; - window->IDStack.push_back(id); -} - -void ImGui::TreePop() -{ - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; - Unindent(); - - window->DC.TreeDepth--; - if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) - if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop & (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth))) - { - SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer); - NavMoveRequestCancel(); - } - window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop &= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth) - 1; - - IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much. - PopID(); -} - -void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b) -{ - Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false")); -} - -void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v) -{ - Text("%s: %d", prefix, v); -} - -void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v) -{ - Text("%s: %d", prefix, v); -} - -void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format) -{ - if (float_format) - { - char fmt[64]; - ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format); - Text(fmt, prefix, v); - } - else - { - Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v); - } -} - //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// DRAG AND DROP +// [SECTION] DRAG AND DROP //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() @@ -13370,6 +7973,9 @@ void ImGui::ClearDragDrop() g.DragDropAcceptIdCurr = g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev = 0; g.DragDropAcceptIdCurrRectSurface = FLT_MAX; g.DragDropAcceptFrameCount = -1; + + g.DragDropPayloadBufHeap.clear(); + memset(&g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal, 0, sizeof(g.DragDropPayloadBufLocal)); } // Call when current ID is active. @@ -13448,17 +8054,19 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags flags) g.DragDropSourceFlags = flags; g.DragDropMouseButton = mouse_button; } + g.DragDropSourceFrameCount = g.FrameCount; + g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = true; if (!(flags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) { // Target can request the Source to not display its tooltip (we use a dedicated flag to make this request explicit) // We unfortunately can't just modify the source flags and skip the call to BeginTooltip, as caller may be emitting contents. - BeginDragDropTooltip(); + BeginTooltip(); if (g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropAcceptIdPrev && (g.DragDropAcceptFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoPreviewTooltip)) { ImGuiWindow* tooltip_window = g.CurrentWindow; tooltip_window->SkipItems = true; - tooltip_window->HiddenFrames = 1; + tooltip_window->HiddenFramesRegular = 1; } } @@ -13474,32 +8082,15 @@ void ImGui::EndDragDropSource() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget && "Not after a BeginDragDropSource()?"); if (!(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip)) - EndDragDropTooltip(); + EndTooltip(); // Discard the drag if have not called SetDragDropPayload() if (g.DragDropPayload.DataFrameCount == -1) ClearDragDrop(); -} - -void ImGui::BeginDragDropTooltip() -{ - // The default tooltip position is a little offset to give space to see the context menu (it's also clamped within the current viewport/monitor) - // In the context of a dragging tooltip we try to reduce that offset and we enforce following the cursor. - // Whatever we do we want to call SetNextWindowPos() to enforce a tooltip position and disable clipping the tooltip without our display area, like regular tooltip do. - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - //ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - g.Style.WindowPadding; - ImVec2 tooltip_pos = g.IO.MousePos + ImVec2(16 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale, 8 * g.Style.MouseCursorScale); - SetNextWindowPos(tooltip_pos); - SetNextWindowBgAlpha(g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_PopupBg].w * 0.60f); - //PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_Alpha, g.Style.Alpha * 0.60f); // This would be nice but e.g ColorButton with checkboard has issue with transparent colors :( - BeginTooltipEx(0, true); -} - -void ImGui::EndDragDropTooltip() -{ - EndTooltip(); + g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false; } // Use 'cond' to choose to submit payload on drag start or every frame @@ -13558,9 +8149,13 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id) IM_ASSERT(id != 0); if (!IsMouseHoveringRect(bb.Min, bb.Max) || (id == g.DragDropPayload.SourceId)) return false; + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget == false); g.DragDropTargetRect = bb; g.DragDropTargetId = id; + g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = true; return true; } @@ -13587,8 +8182,10 @@ bool ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget() if (g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id) return false; + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget == false); g.DragDropTargetRect = display_rect; g.DragDropTargetId = id; + g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = true; return true; } @@ -13628,7 +8225,7 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop // FIXME-DRAG: Settle on a proper default visuals for drop target. r.Expand(3.5f); bool push_clip_rect = !window->ClipRect.Contains(r); - if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); + if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PushClipRect(r.Min-ImVec2(1,1), r.Max+ImVec2(1,1)); window->DrawList->AddRect(r.Min, r.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget), 0.0f, ~0, 2.0f); if (push_clip_rect) window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); } @@ -13644,17 +8241,412 @@ const ImGuiPayload* ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload(const char* type, ImGuiDragDrop // We don't really use/need this now, but added it for the sake of consistency and because we might need it later. void ImGui::EndDragDropTarget() { - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; (void)g; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropActive); + IM_ASSERT(g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget); + g.DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false; } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS +// [SECTION] LOGGING/CAPTURING +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Pass text data straight to log (without being displayed) +void ImGui::LogText(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + if (g.LogFile) + vfprintf(g.LogFile, fmt, args); + else + g.LogClipboard.appendfv(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +// Internal version that takes a position to decide on newline placement and pad items according to their depth. +// We split text into individual lines to add current tree level padding +void ImGui::LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (!text_end) + text_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(text, text_end); + + const bool log_new_line = ref_pos && (ref_pos->y > window->DC.LogLinePosY + 1); + if (ref_pos) + window->DC.LogLinePosY = ref_pos->y; + + const char* text_remaining = text; + if (g.LogStartDepth > window->DC.TreeDepth) // Re-adjust padding if we have popped out of our starting depth + g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; + const int tree_depth = (window->DC.TreeDepth - g.LogStartDepth); + for (;;) + { + // Split the string. Each new line (after a '\n') is followed by spacing corresponding to the current depth of our log entry. + const char* line_end = text_remaining; + while (line_end < text_end) + if (*line_end == '\n') + break; + else + line_end++; + if (line_end >= text_end) + line_end = NULL; + + const bool is_first_line = (text == text_remaining); + bool is_last_line = false; + if (line_end == NULL) + { + is_last_line = true; + line_end = text_end; + } + if (line_end != NULL && !(is_last_line && (line_end - text_remaining)==0)) + { + const int char_count = (int)(line_end - text_remaining); + if (log_new_line || !is_first_line) + LogText(IM_NEWLINE "%*s%.*s", tree_depth*4, "", char_count, text_remaining); + else + LogText(" %.*s", char_count, text_remaining); + } + + if (is_last_line) + break; + text_remaining = line_end + 1; + } +} + +// Start logging ImGui output to TTY +void ImGui::LogToTTY(int max_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); + g.LogFile = stdout; + g.LogEnabled = true; + g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; + if (max_depth >= 0) + g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth; +} + +// Start logging ImGui output to given file +void ImGui::LogToFile(int max_depth, const char* filename) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + if (!filename) + { + filename = g.IO.LogFilename; + if (!filename) + return; + } + + IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); + g.LogFile = ImFileOpen(filename, "ab"); + if (!g.LogFile) + { + IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile != NULL); // Consider this an error + return; + } + g.LogEnabled = true; + g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; + if (max_depth >= 0) + g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth; +} + +// Start logging ImGui output to clipboard +void ImGui::LogToClipboard(int max_depth) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.LogEnabled) + return; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + IM_ASSERT(g.LogFile == NULL); + g.LogFile = NULL; + g.LogEnabled = true; + g.LogStartDepth = window->DC.TreeDepth; + if (max_depth >= 0) + g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth = max_depth; +} + +void ImGui::LogFinish() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!g.LogEnabled) + return; + + LogText(IM_NEWLINE); + if (g.LogFile != NULL) + { + if (g.LogFile == stdout) + fflush(g.LogFile); + else + fclose(g.LogFile); + g.LogFile = NULL; + } + if (g.LogClipboard.size() > 1) + { + SetClipboardText(g.LogClipboard.begin()); + g.LogClipboard.clear(); + } + g.LogEnabled = false; +} + +// Helper to display logging buttons +void ImGui::LogButtons() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + PushID("LogButtons"); + const bool log_to_tty = Button("Log To TTY"); SameLine(); + const bool log_to_file = Button("Log To File"); SameLine(); + const bool log_to_clipboard = Button("Log To Clipboard"); SameLine(); + PushItemWidth(80.0f); + PushAllowKeyboardFocus(false); + SliderInt("Depth", &g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, 0, 9, NULL); + PopAllowKeyboardFocus(); + PopItemWidth(); + PopID(); + + // Start logging at the end of the function so that the buttons don't appear in the log + if (log_to_tty) + LogToTTY(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth); + if (log_to_file) + LogToFile(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth, g.IO.LogFilename); + if (log_to_clipboard) + LogToClipboard(g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] SETTINGS +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; +} + +void ImGui::MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings)) + if (g.SettingsDirtyTimer <= 0.0f) + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = g.IO.IniSavingRate; +} + +static ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsWindows.push_back(ImGuiWindowSettings()); + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = &g.SettingsWindows.back(); + settings->Name = ImStrdup(name); + settings->ID = ImHash(name, 0); + return settings; +} + +ImGuiWindowSettings* ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + for (int i = 0; i != g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++) + if (g.SettingsWindows[i].ID == id) + return &g.SettingsWindows[i]; + return NULL; +} + +void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromDisk(const char* ini_filename) +{ + size_t file_data_size = 0; + char* file_data = (char*)ImFileLoadToMemory(ini_filename, "rb", &file_data_size); + if (!file_data) + return; + LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(file_data, (size_t)file_data_size); + ImGui::MemFree(file_data); +} + +ImGuiSettingsHandler* ImGui::FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID type_hash = ImHash(type_name, 0, 0); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + if (g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n].TypeHash == type_hash) + return &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + return NULL; +} + +// Zero-tolerance, no error reporting, cheap .ini parsing +void ImGui::LoadIniSettingsFromMemory(const char* ini_data, size_t ini_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(g.Initialized); + IM_ASSERT(g.SettingsLoaded == false && g.FrameCount == 0); + + // For user convenience, we allow passing a non zero-terminated string (hence the ini_size parameter). + // For our convenience and to make the code simpler, we'll also write zero-terminators within the buffer. So let's create a writable copy.. + if (ini_size == 0) + ini_size = strlen(ini_data); + char* buf = (char*)ImGui::MemAlloc(ini_size + 1); + char* buf_end = buf + ini_size; + memcpy(buf, ini_data, ini_size); + buf[ini_size] = 0; + + void* entry_data = NULL; + ImGuiSettingsHandler* entry_handler = NULL; + + char* line_end = NULL; + for (char* line = buf; line < buf_end; line = line_end + 1) + { + // Skip new lines markers, then find end of the line + while (*line == '\n' || *line == '\r') + line++; + line_end = line; + while (line_end < buf_end && *line_end != '\n' && *line_end != '\r') + line_end++; + line_end[0] = 0; + if (line[0] == ';') + continue; + if (line[0] == '[' && line_end > line && line_end[-1] == ']') + { + // Parse "[Type][Name]". Note that 'Name' can itself contains [] characters, which is acceptable with the current format and parsing code. + line_end[-1] = 0; + const char* name_end = line_end - 1; + const char* type_start = line + 1; + char* type_end = (char*)(intptr_t)ImStrchrRange(type_start, name_end, ']'); + const char* name_start = type_end ? ImStrchrRange(type_end + 1, name_end, '[') : NULL; + if (!type_end || !name_start) + { + name_start = type_start; // Import legacy entries that have no type + type_start = "Window"; + } + else + { + *type_end = 0; // Overwrite first ']' + name_start++; // Skip second '[' + } + entry_handler = FindSettingsHandler(type_start); + entry_data = entry_handler ? entry_handler->ReadOpenFn(&g, entry_handler, name_start) : NULL; + } + else if (entry_handler != NULL && entry_data != NULL) + { + // Let type handler parse the line + entry_handler->ReadLineFn(&g, entry_handler, entry_data, line); + } + } + ImGui::MemFree(buf); + g.SettingsLoaded = true; +} + +void ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToDisk(const char* ini_filename) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + if (!ini_filename) + return; + + size_t ini_data_size = 0; + const char* ini_data = SaveIniSettingsToMemory(&ini_data_size); + FILE* f = ImFileOpen(ini_filename, "wt"); + if (!f) + return; + fwrite(ini_data, sizeof(char), ini_data_size, f); + fclose(f); +} + +// Call registered handlers (e.g. SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll() + custom handlers) to write their stuff into a text buffer +const char* ImGui::SaveIniSettingsToMemory(size_t* out_size) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.SettingsDirtyTimer = 0.0f; + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.resize(0); + g.SettingsIniData.Buf.push_back(0); + for (int handler_n = 0; handler_n < g.SettingsHandlers.Size; handler_n++) + { + ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler = &g.SettingsHandlers[handler_n]; + handler->WriteAllFn(&g, handler, &g.SettingsIniData); + } + if (out_size) + *out_size = (size_t)g.SettingsIniData.size(); + return g.SettingsIniData.c_str(); +} + +static void* SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadOpen(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, const char* name) +{ + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = ImGui::FindWindowSettings(ImHash(name, 0)); + if (!settings) + settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(name); + return (void*)settings; +} + +static void SettingsHandlerWindow_ReadLine(ImGuiContext*, ImGuiSettingsHandler*, void* entry, const char* line) +{ + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (ImGuiWindowSettings*)entry; + float x, y; + int i; + if (sscanf(line, "Pos=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Pos = ImVec2(x, y); + else if (sscanf(line, "Size=%f,%f", &x, &y) == 2) settings->Size = ImMax(ImVec2(x, y), GImGui->Style.WindowMinSize); + else if (sscanf(line, "Collapsed=%d", &i) == 1) settings->Collapsed = (i != 0); +} + +static void SettingsHandlerWindow_WriteAll(ImGuiContext* imgui_ctx, ImGuiSettingsHandler* handler, ImGuiTextBuffer* buf) +{ + // Gather data from windows that were active during this session + // (if a window wasn't opened in this session we preserve its settings) + ImGuiContext& g = *imgui_ctx; + for (int i = 0; i != g.Windows.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[i]; + if (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) + continue; + + ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = (window->SettingsIdx != -1) ? &g.SettingsWindows[window->SettingsIdx] : ImGui::FindWindowSettings(window->ID); + if (!settings) + { + settings = CreateNewWindowSettings(window->Name); + window->SettingsIdx = g.SettingsWindows.index_from_pointer(settings); + } + IM_ASSERT(settings->ID == window->ID); + settings->Pos = window->Pos; + settings->Size = window->SizeFull; + settings->Collapsed = window->Collapsed; + } + + // Write to text buffer + buf->reserve(buf->size() + g.SettingsWindows.Size * 96); // ballpark reserve + for (int i = 0; i != g.SettingsWindows.Size; i++) + { + const ImGuiWindowSettings* settings = &g.SettingsWindows[i]; + if (settings->Pos.x == FLT_MAX) + continue; + const char* name = settings->Name; + if (const char* p = strstr(name, "###")) // Skip to the "###" marker if any. We don't skip past to match the behavior of GetID() + name = p; + buf->appendf("[%s][%s]\n", handler->TypeName, name); + buf->appendf("Pos=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Pos.x, (int)settings->Pos.y); + buf->appendf("Size=%d,%d\n", (int)settings->Size.x, (int)settings->Size.y); + buf->appendf("Collapsed=%d\n", settings->Collapsed); + buf->appendf("\n"); + } +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] PLATFORM DEPENDENT HELPERS //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(_WINDOWS_) && (!defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_CLIPBOARD_FUNCTIONS) || !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_WIN32_DEFAULT_IME_FUNCTIONS)) -#undef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN #define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN +#endif #ifndef __MINGW32__ #include #else @@ -13753,6 +8745,7 @@ static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int x, int y) cf.ptCurrentPos.y = y; cf.dwStyle = CFS_FORCE_POSITION; ::ImmSetCompositionWindow(himc, &cf); + ::ImmReleaseContext(hwnd, himc); } } @@ -13763,178 +8756,205 @@ static void ImeSetInputScreenPosFn_DefaultImpl(int, int) {} #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// HELP, METRICS +// [SECTION] METRICS/DEBUG WINDOW //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- void ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(bool* p_open) { - if (ImGui::Begin("ImGui Metrics", p_open)) + if (!ImGui::Begin("ImGui Metrics", p_open)) { - static bool show_draw_cmd_clip_rects = true; - ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); - ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / ImGui::GetIO().Framerate, ImGui::GetIO().Framerate); - ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderVertices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices, ImGui::GetIO().MetricsRenderIndices / 3); - ImGui::Text("%d allocations", (int)GImAllocatorActiveAllocationsCount); - ImGui::Checkbox("Show clipping rectangles when hovering draw commands", &show_draw_cmd_clip_rects); - ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + static bool show_draw_cmd_clip_rects = true; + static bool show_window_begin_order = false; + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + ImGui::Text("Dear ImGui %s", ImGui::GetVersion()); + ImGui::Text("Application average %.3f ms/frame (%.1f FPS)", 1000.0f / io.Framerate, io.Framerate); + ImGui::Text("%d vertices, %d indices (%d triangles)", io.MetricsRenderVertices, io.MetricsRenderIndices, io.MetricsRenderIndices / 3); + ImGui::Text("%d active windows (%d visible)", io.MetricsActiveWindows, io.MetricsRenderWindows); + ImGui::Text("%d allocations", io.MetricsActiveAllocations); + ImGui::Checkbox("Show clipping rectangles when hovering draw commands", &show_draw_cmd_clip_rects); + ImGui::Checkbox("Ctrl shows window begin order", &show_window_begin_order); - struct Funcs + ImGui::Separator(); + + struct Funcs + { + static void NodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) { - static void NodeDrawList(ImGuiWindow* window, ImDrawList* draw_list, const char* label) + bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size); + if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()) { - bool node_open = ImGui::TreeNode(draw_list, "%s: '%s' %d vtx, %d indices, %d cmds", label, draw_list->_OwnerName ? draw_list->_OwnerName : "", draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size, draw_list->CmdBuffer.Size); - if (draw_list == ImGui::GetWindowDrawList()) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,100,100), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered) + if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop(); + return; + } + + ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = GetOverlayDrawList(); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list + if (window && IsItemHovered()) + overlay_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); + if (!node_open) + return; + + int elem_offset = 0; + for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++) + { + if (pcmd->UserCallback == NULL && pcmd->ElemCount == 0) + continue; + if (pcmd->UserCallback) { - ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::TextColored(ImColor(255,100,100), "CURRENTLY APPENDING"); // Can't display stats for active draw list! (we don't have the data double-buffered) - if (node_open) ImGui::TreePop(); - return; + ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData); + continue; } - - ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = GetOverlayDrawList(); // Render additional visuals into the top-most draw list - if (window && IsItemHovered()) - overlay_draw_list->AddRect(window->Pos, window->Pos + window->Size, IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255)); - if (!node_open) - return; - - int elem_offset = 0; - for (const ImDrawCmd* pcmd = draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin(); pcmd < draw_list->CmdBuffer.end(); elem_offset += pcmd->ElemCount, pcmd++) + ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; + bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "Draw %4d %s vtx, tex 0x%p, clip_rect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", pcmd->ElemCount, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0 ? "indexed" : "non-indexed", pcmd->TextureId, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); + if (show_draw_cmd_clip_rects && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) { - if (pcmd->UserCallback == NULL && pcmd->ElemCount == 0) - continue; - if (pcmd->UserCallback) - { - ImGui::BulletText("Callback %p, user_data %p", pcmd->UserCallback, pcmd->UserCallbackData); - continue; - } - ImDrawIdx* idx_buffer = (draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0) ? draw_list->IdxBuffer.Data : NULL; - bool pcmd_node_open = ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(pcmd - draw_list->CmdBuffer.begin()), "Draw %4d %s vtx, tex 0x%p, clip_rect (%4.0f,%4.0f)-(%4.0f,%4.0f)", pcmd->ElemCount, draw_list->IdxBuffer.Size > 0 ? "indexed" : "non-indexed", pcmd->TextureId, pcmd->ClipRect.x, pcmd->ClipRect.y, pcmd->ClipRect.z, pcmd->ClipRect.w); - if (show_draw_cmd_clip_rects && ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImRect clip_rect = pcmd->ClipRect; - ImRect vtxs_rect; - for (int i = elem_offset; i < elem_offset + (int)pcmd->ElemCount; i++) - vtxs_rect.Add(draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[i] : i].pos); - clip_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); - vtxs_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(vtxs_rect.Min, vtxs_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); - } - if (!pcmd_node_open) - continue; + ImRect clip_rect = pcmd->ClipRect; + ImRect vtxs_rect; + for (int i = elem_offset; i < elem_offset + (int)pcmd->ElemCount; i++) + vtxs_rect.Add(draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[i] : i].pos); + clip_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255)); + vtxs_rect.Floor(); overlay_draw_list->AddRect(vtxs_rect.Min, vtxs_rect.Max, IM_COL32(255,0,255,255)); + } + if (!pcmd_node_open) + continue; - // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted. - ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount/3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible. - while (clipper.Step()) - for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, vtx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++) + // Display individual triangles/vertices. Hover on to get the corresponding triangle highlighted. + ImGuiListClipper clipper(pcmd->ElemCount/3); // Manually coarse clip our print out of individual vertices to save CPU, only items that may be visible. + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int prim = clipper.DisplayStart, vtx_i = elem_offset + clipper.DisplayStart*3; prim < clipper.DisplayEnd; prim++) + { + char buf[300]; + char *buf_p = buf, *buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); + ImVec2 triangles_pos[3]; + for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, vtx_i++) { - char buf[300]; - char *buf_p = buf, *buf_end = buf + IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf); - ImVec2 triangles_pos[3]; - for (int n = 0; n < 3; n++, vtx_i++) - { - ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[vtx_i] : vtx_i]; - triangles_pos[n] = v.pos; - buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p), "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", (n == 0) ? "vtx" : " ", vtx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col); - } - ImGui::Selectable(buf, false); - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = overlay_draw_list->Flags; - overlay_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines at is more readable for very large and thin triangles. - overlay_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangles_pos, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f); - overlay_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; - } + ImDrawVert& v = draw_list->VtxBuffer[idx_buffer ? idx_buffer[vtx_i] : vtx_i]; + triangles_pos[n] = v.pos; + buf_p += ImFormatString(buf_p, (int)(buf_end - buf_p), "%s %04d: pos (%8.2f,%8.2f), uv (%.6f,%.6f), col %08X\n", (n == 0) ? "vtx" : " ", vtx_i, v.pos.x, v.pos.y, v.uv.x, v.uv.y, v.col); } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeWindows(ImVector& windows, const char* label) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size)) - return; - for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++) - Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) - { - if (!ImGui::TreeNode(window, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, window->Active || window->WasActive, window)) - return; - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; - NodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); - ImGui::BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), SizeContents (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->SizeContents.x, window->SizeContents.y); - ImGui::BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, - (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", - (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : ""); - ImGui::BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f)", window->Scroll.x, GetScrollMaxX(window), window->Scroll.y, GetScrollMaxY(window)); - ImGui::BulletText("Active: %d, WriteAccessed: %d", window->Active, window->WriteAccessed); - ImGui::BulletText("NavLastIds: 0x%08X,0x%08X, NavLayerActiveMask: %X", window->NavLastIds[0], window->NavLastIds[1], window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask); - ImGui::BulletText("NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); - if (!window->NavRectRel[0].IsInverted()) - ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: (%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", window->NavRectRel[0].Min.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Min.y, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.y); - else - ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: "); - if (window->RootWindow != window) NodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); - if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) NodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); - if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) NodeWindows(window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); - if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) - { - for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) - { - const ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; - if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) + ImGui::Selectable(buf, false); + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) { - ImGui::BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->MaxX - columns->MinX, columns->MinX, columns->MaxX); - for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) - ImGui::BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, OffsetNormToPixels(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); - ImGui::TreePop(); + ImDrawListFlags backup_flags = overlay_draw_list->Flags; + overlay_draw_list->Flags &= ~ImDrawListFlags_AntiAliasedLines; // Disable AA on triangle outlines at is more readable for very large and thin triangles. + overlay_draw_list->AddPolyline(triangles_pos, 3, IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), true, 1.0f); + overlay_draw_list->Flags = backup_flags; } } - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - ImGui::BulletText("Storage: %d bytes", window->StateStorage.Data.Size * (int)sizeof(ImGuiStorage::Pair)); ImGui::TreePop(); } - }; - - // Access private state, we are going to display the draw lists from last frame - ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; - Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows"); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawList", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size)) - { - for (int i = 0; i < g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size; i++) - Funcs::NodeDrawList(NULL, g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0][i], "DrawList"); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Open Popups Stack (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) - { - for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) - { - ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window; - ImGui::BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : ""); - } ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Internal state")) + + static void NodeWindows(ImVector& windows, const char* label) { - const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Nav", "NavKeyboard", "NavGamepad" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); - ImGui::Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredRootWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredRootWindow ? g.HoveredRootWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not - ImGui::Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, input_source_names[g.ActiveIdSource]); - ImGui::Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); - ImGui::Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); - ImGui::Text("NavInputSource: %s", input_source_names[g.NavInputSource]); - ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); - ImGui::Text("NavActivateId: 0x%08X, NavInputId: 0x%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavInputId); - ImGui::Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); - ImGui::Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); + if (!ImGui::TreeNode(label, "%s (%d)", label, windows.Size)) + return; + for (int i = 0; i < windows.Size; i++) + Funcs::NodeWindow(windows[i], "Window"); ImGui::TreePop(); } + + static void NodeWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, const char* label) + { + if (!ImGui::TreeNode(window, "%s '%s', %d @ 0x%p", label, window->Name, window->Active || window->WasActive, window)) + return; + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = window->Flags; + NodeDrawList(window, window->DrawList, "DrawList"); + ImGui::BulletText("Pos: (%.1f,%.1f), Size: (%.1f,%.1f), SizeContents (%.1f,%.1f)", window->Pos.x, window->Pos.y, window->Size.x, window->Size.y, window->SizeContents.x, window->SizeContents.y); + ImGui::BulletText("Flags: 0x%08X (%s%s%s%s%s%s%s%s..)", flags, + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? "Child " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Tooltip) ? "Tooltip " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) ? "Popup " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal) ? "Modal " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? "ChildMenu " : "", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings) ? "NoSavedSettings " : "", + (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs) ? "NoInputs":"", (flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize) ? "AlwaysAutoResize" : ""); + ImGui::BulletText("Scroll: (%.2f/%.2f,%.2f/%.2f)", window->Scroll.x, GetScrollMaxX(window), window->Scroll.y, GetScrollMaxY(window)); + ImGui::BulletText("Active: %d/%d, WriteAccessed: %d, BeginOrderWithinContext: %d", window->Active, window->WasActive, window->WriteAccessed, (window->Active || window->WasActive) ? window->BeginOrderWithinContext : -1); + ImGui::BulletText("Appearing: %d, Hidden: %d (Reg %d Resize %d), SkipItems: %d", window->Appearing, window->Hidden, window->HiddenFramesRegular, window->HiddenFramesForResize, window->SkipItems); + ImGui::BulletText("NavLastIds: 0x%08X,0x%08X, NavLayerActiveMask: %X", window->NavLastIds[0], window->NavLastIds[1], window->DC.NavLayerActiveMask); + ImGui::BulletText("NavLastChildNavWindow: %s", window->NavLastChildNavWindow ? window->NavLastChildNavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + if (!window->NavRectRel[0].IsInverted()) + ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: (%.1f,%.1f)(%.1f,%.1f)", window->NavRectRel[0].Min.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Min.y, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.x, window->NavRectRel[0].Max.y); + else + ImGui::BulletText("NavRectRel[0]: "); + if (window->RootWindow != window) NodeWindow(window->RootWindow, "RootWindow"); + if (window->ParentWindow != NULL) NodeWindow(window->ParentWindow, "ParentWindow"); + if (window->DC.ChildWindows.Size > 0) NodeWindows(window->DC.ChildWindows, "ChildWindows"); + if (window->ColumnsStorage.Size > 0 && ImGui::TreeNode("Columns", "Columns sets (%d)", window->ColumnsStorage.Size)) + { + for (int n = 0; n < window->ColumnsStorage.Size; n++) + { + const ImGuiColumnsSet* columns = &window->ColumnsStorage[n]; + if (ImGui::TreeNode((void*)(uintptr_t)columns->ID, "Columns Id: 0x%08X, Count: %d, Flags: 0x%04X", columns->ID, columns->Count, columns->Flags)) + { + ImGui::BulletText("Width: %.1f (MinX: %.1f, MaxX: %.1f)", columns->MaxX - columns->MinX, columns->MinX, columns->MaxX); + for (int column_n = 0; column_n < columns->Columns.Size; column_n++) + ImGui::BulletText("Column %02d: OffsetNorm %.3f (= %.1f px)", column_n, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm, OffsetNormToPixels(columns, columns->Columns[column_n].OffsetNorm)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + ImGui::BulletText("Storage: %d bytes", window->StateStorage.Data.Size * (int)sizeof(ImGuiStorage::Pair)); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + }; + + // Access private state, we are going to display the draw lists from last frame + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + Funcs::NodeWindows(g.Windows, "Windows"); + if (ImGui::TreeNode("DrawList", "Active DrawLists (%d)", g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0].Size; i++) + Funcs::NodeDrawList(NULL, g.DrawDataBuilder.Layers[0][i], "DrawList"); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Popups", "Popups (%d)", g.OpenPopupStack.Size)) + { + for (int i = 0; i < g.OpenPopupStack.Size; i++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.OpenPopupStack[i].Window; + ImGui::BulletText("PopupID: %08x, Window: '%s'%s%s", g.OpenPopupStack[i].PopupId, window ? window->Name : "NULL", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) ? " ChildWindow" : "", window && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu) ? " ChildMenu" : ""); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Internal state")) + { + const char* input_source_names[] = { "None", "Mouse", "Nav", "NavKeyboard", "NavGamepad" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(input_source_names) == ImGuiInputSource_COUNT); + ImGui::Text("HoveredWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredWindow ? g.HoveredWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("HoveredRootWindow: '%s'", g.HoveredRootWindow ? g.HoveredRootWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("HoveredId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d", g.HoveredId, g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame, g.HoveredIdTimer, g.HoveredIdAllowOverlap); // Data is "in-flight" so depending on when the Metrics window is called we may see current frame information or not + ImGui::Text("ActiveId: 0x%08X/0x%08X (%.2f sec), AllowOverlap: %d, Source: %s", g.ActiveId, g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame, g.ActiveIdTimer, g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap, input_source_names[g.ActiveIdSource]); + ImGui::Text("ActiveIdWindow: '%s'", g.ActiveIdWindow ? g.ActiveIdWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("MovingWindow: '%s'", g.MovingWindow ? g.MovingWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("NavWindow: '%s'", g.NavWindow ? g.NavWindow->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("NavId: 0x%08X, NavLayer: %d", g.NavId, g.NavLayer); + ImGui::Text("NavInputSource: %s", input_source_names[g.NavInputSource]); + ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", g.IO.NavActive, g.IO.NavVisible); + ImGui::Text("NavActivateId: 0x%08X, NavInputId: 0x%08X", g.NavActivateId, g.NavInputId); + ImGui::Text("NavDisableHighlight: %d, NavDisableMouseHover: %d", g.NavDisableHighlight, g.NavDisableMouseHover); + ImGui::Text("NavWindowingTarget: '%s'", g.NavWindowingTarget ? g.NavWindowingTarget->Name : "NULL"); + ImGui::Text("DragDrop: %d, SourceId = 0x%08X, Payload \"%s\" (%d bytes)", g.DragDropActive, g.DragDropPayload.SourceId, g.DragDropPayload.DataType, g.DragDropPayload.DataSize); + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + + if (g.IO.KeyCtrl && show_window_begin_order) + { + for (int n = 0; n < g.Windows.Size; n++) + { + ImGuiWindow* window = g.Windows[n]; + if ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow) || !window->WasActive) + continue; + char buf[32]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "%d", window->BeginOrderWithinContext); + float font_size = ImGui::GetFontSize() * 2; + ImDrawList* overlay_draw_list = GetOverlayDrawList(); + overlay_draw_list->AddRectFilled(window->Pos, window->Pos + ImVec2(font_size, font_size), IM_COL32(200, 100, 100, 255)); + overlay_draw_list->AddText(NULL, font_size, window->Pos, IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255), buf); + } } ImGui::End(); } diff --git a/external/imgui/imgui.h b/external/imgui/imgui.h index 1e0de67e..26c8887c 100644 --- a/external/imgui/imgui.h +++ b/external/imgui/imgui.h @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.62 +// dear imgui, v1.65 // (headers) // See imgui.cpp file for documentation. @@ -22,7 +22,9 @@ #include // memset, memmove, memcpy, strlen, strchr, strcpy, strcmp // Version -#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.62" +// (Integer encoded as XYYZZ for use in #if preprocessor conditionals. Work in progress versions typically starts at XYY00 then bounced up to XYY01 when release tagging happens) +#define IMGUI_VERSION "1.65" +#define IMGUI_VERSION_NUM 16501 #define IMGUI_CHECKVERSION() ImGui::DebugCheckVersionAndDataLayout(IMGUI_VERSION, sizeof(ImGuiIO), sizeof(ImGuiStyle), sizeof(ImVec2), sizeof(ImVec4), sizeof(ImDrawVert)) // Define attributes of all API symbols declarations (e.g. for DLL under Windows) @@ -31,12 +33,12 @@ #define IMGUI_API #endif #ifndef IMGUI_IMPL_API -#define IMGUI_IMPL_API IMGUI_API +#define IMGUI_IMPL_API IMGUI_API #endif // Helpers #ifndef IM_ASSERT -#include +#include #define IM_ASSERT(_EXPR) assert(_EXPR) // You can override the default assert handler by editing imconfig.h #endif #if defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__) @@ -52,6 +54,9 @@ #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic push #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 8 +#pragma GCC diagnostic push +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" #endif // Forward declarations @@ -65,60 +70,64 @@ struct ImFont; // Runtime data for a single font within a p struct ImFontAtlas; // Runtime data for multiple fonts, bake multiple fonts into a single texture, TTF/OTF font loader struct ImFontConfig; // Configuration data when adding a font or merging fonts struct ImColor; // Helper functions to create a color that can be converted to either u32 or float4 (*obsolete* please avoid using) -struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui -struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Simple helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro -struct ImGuiStorage; // Simple custom key value storage -struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors -struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" -struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Text buffer for logging/accumulating text -struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData; // Shared state of ImGui::InputText() when using custom ImGuiTextEditCallback (rare/advanced use) -struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Structure used to constraint window size in custom ways when using custom ImGuiSizeCallback (rare/advanced use) -struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items -struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations -struct ImGuiContext; // ImGui context (opaque) #ifndef ImTextureID typedef void* ImTextureID; // User data to identify a texture (this is whatever to you want it to be! read the FAQ about ImTextureID in imgui.cpp) #endif +struct ImGuiContext; // ImGui context (opaque) +struct ImGuiIO; // Main configuration and I/O between your application and ImGui +struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData; // Shared state of InputText() when using custom ImGuiInputTextCallback (rare/advanced use) +struct ImGuiListClipper; // Helper to manually clip large list of items +struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame; // Helper for running a block of code not more than once a frame, used by IMGUI_ONCE_UPON_A_FRAME macro +struct ImGuiPayload; // User data payload for drag and drop operations +struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData; // Callback data when using SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() (rare/advanced use) +struct ImGuiStorage; // Helper for key->value storage +struct ImGuiStyle; // Runtime data for styling/colors +struct ImGuiTextFilter; // Helper to parse and apply text filters (e.g. "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]") +struct ImGuiTextBuffer; // Helper to hold and append into a text buffer (~string builder) -// Typedefs and Enumerations (declared as int for compatibility with old C++ and to not pollute the top of this file) -// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the right-most columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. +// Typedefs and Enums/Flags (declared as int for compatibility with old C++, to allow using as flags and to not pollute the top of this file) +// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. typedef unsigned int ImGuiID; // Unique ID used by widgets (typically hashed from a stack of string) typedef unsigned short ImWchar; // Character for keyboard input/display -typedef int ImGuiCol; // enum: a color identifier for styling // enum ImGuiCol_ -typedef int ImGuiDataType; // enum: a primary data type // enum ImGuiDataType_ -typedef int ImGuiDir; // enum: a cardinal direction // enum ImGuiDir_ -typedef int ImGuiCond; // enum: a condition for Set*() // enum ImGuiCond_ -typedef int ImGuiKey; // enum: a key identifier (ImGui-side enum) // enum ImGuiKey_ -typedef int ImGuiNavInput; // enum: an input identifier for navigation // enum ImGuiNavInput_ -typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // enum: a mouse cursor identifier // enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ -typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // enum: a variable identifier for styling // enum ImGuiStyleVar_ -typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags; // flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect*() etc. // enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ -typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // flags: for ImDrawList // enum ImDrawListFlags_ -typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // flags: for ImFontAtlas // enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // flags: for io.BackendFlags // enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // flags: for ColorEdit*(), ColorPicker*() // enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiColumnsFlags; // flags: for *Columns*() // enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // flags: for io.ConfigFlags // enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // flags: for BeginCombo() // enum ImGuiComboFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // flags: for *DragDrop*() // enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // flags: for IsWindowFocused() // enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // flags: for IsItemHovered() etc. // enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // flags: for InputText*() // enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // flags: for Selectable() // enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // flags: for TreeNode*(),CollapsingHeader()// enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // flags: for Begin*() // enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ -typedef int (*ImGuiTextEditCallback)(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData *data); +typedef int ImGuiCol; // -> enum ImGuiCol_ // Enum: A color identifier for styling +typedef int ImGuiCond; // -> enum ImGuiCond_ // Enum: A condition for Set*() +typedef int ImGuiDataType; // -> enum ImGuiDataType_ // Enum: A primary data type +typedef int ImGuiDir; // -> enum ImGuiDir_ // Enum: A cardinal direction +typedef int ImGuiKey; // -> enum ImGuiKey_ // Enum: A key identifier (ImGui-side enum) +typedef int ImGuiNavInput; // -> enum ImGuiNavInput_ // Enum: An input identifier for navigation +typedef int ImGuiMouseCursor; // -> enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ // Enum: A mouse cursor identifier +typedef int ImGuiStyleVar; // -> enum ImGuiStyleVar_ // Enum: A variable identifier for styling +typedef int ImDrawCornerFlags; // -> enum ImDrawCornerFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList::AddRect*() etc. +typedef int ImDrawListFlags; // -> enum ImDrawListFlags_ // Flags: for ImDrawList +typedef int ImFontAtlasFlags; // -> enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ // Flags: for ImFontAtlas +typedef int ImGuiBackendFlags; // -> enum ImGuiBackendFlags_ // Flags: for io.BackendFlags +typedef int ImGuiColorEditFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ // Flags: for ColorEdit*(), ColorPicker*() +typedef int ImGuiColumnsFlags; // -> enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ // Flags: for Columns(), BeginColumns() +typedef int ImGuiConfigFlags; // -> enum ImGuiConfigFlags_ // Flags: for io.ConfigFlags +typedef int ImGuiComboFlags; // -> enum ImGuiComboFlags_ // Flags: for BeginCombo() +typedef int ImGuiDragDropFlags; // -> enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ // Flags: for *DragDrop*() +typedef int ImGuiFocusedFlags; // -> enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ // Flags: for IsWindowFocused() +typedef int ImGuiHoveredFlags; // -> enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ // Flags: for IsItemHovered(), IsWindowHovered() etc. +typedef int ImGuiInputTextFlags; // -> enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ // Flags: for InputText*() +typedef int ImGuiSelectableFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ // Flags: for Selectable() +typedef int ImGuiTreeNodeFlags; // -> enum ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_ // Flags: for TreeNode*(),CollapsingHeader() +typedef int ImGuiWindowFlags; // -> enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ // Flags: for Begin*() +typedef int (*ImGuiInputTextCallback)(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData *data); typedef void (*ImGuiSizeCallback)(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data); // Scalar data types typedef signed int ImS32; // 32-bit signed integer == int typedef unsigned int ImU32; // 32-bit unsigned integer (often used to store packed colors) #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(__clang__) -typedef signed __int64 ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer -typedef unsigned __int64 ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed __int64 ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) +typedef unsigned __int64 ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre and post C++11 with Visual Studio) +#elif (defined(__clang__) || defined(__GNUC__)) && (__cplusplus < 201100) +#include +typedef int64_t ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (pre C++11) +typedef uint64_t ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (pre C++11) #else -typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer -typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer +typedef signed long long ImS64; // 64-bit signed integer (post C++11) +typedef unsigned long long ImU64; // 64-bit unsigned integer (post C++11) #endif // 2D vector (often used to store positions, sizes, etc.) @@ -172,7 +181,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool ShowStyleSelector(const char* label); // add style selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the default styles. IMGUI_API void ShowFontSelector(const char* label); // add font selector block (not a window), essentially a combo listing the loaded fonts. IMGUI_API void ShowUserGuide(); // add basic help/info block (not a window): how to manipulate ImGui as a end-user (mouse/keyboard controls). - IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get a version string e.g. "1.23" + IMGUI_API const char* GetVersion(); // get the compiled version string e.g. "1.23" // Styles IMGUI_API void StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst = NULL); // new, recommended style (default) @@ -328,17 +337,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0 = ImVec2(0,0), const ImVec2& uv1 = ImVec2(1,1), int frame_padding = -1, const ImVec4& bg_col = ImVec4(0,0,0,0), const ImVec4& tint_col = ImVec4(1,1,1,1)); // <0 frame_padding uses default frame padding settings. 0 for no padding IMGUI_API bool Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v); IMGUI_API bool CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value); - IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active); - IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); - IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float)); - IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0)); - IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0), int stride = sizeof(float)); - IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0,0)); + IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, bool active); // use with e.g. if (RadioButton("one", my_value==1)) { my_value = 1; } + IMGUI_API bool RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button); // shortcut to handle the above pattern when value is an integer IMGUI_API void ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(-1,0), const char* overlay = NULL); IMGUI_API void Bullet(); // draw a small circle and keep the cursor on the same line. advance cursor x position by GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(), same distance that TreeNode() uses // Widgets: Combo Box - // The new BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it. + // The new BeginCombo()/EndCombo() api allows you to manage your contents and selection state however you want it, by creating e.g. Selectable() items. // The old Combo() api are helpers over BeginCombo()/EndCombo() which are kept available for convenience purpose. IMGUI_API bool BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API void EndCombo(); // only call EndCombo() if BeginCombo() returns true! @@ -363,21 +368,6 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min = NULL, const void* v_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); IMGUI_API bool DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, float v_speed, const void* v_min = NULL, const void* v_max = NULL, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); - // Widgets: Input with Keyboard - IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0f, double step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* step = NULL, const void* step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - IMGUI_API bool InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* step = NULL, const void* step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); - // Widgets: Sliders (tip: ctrl+click on a slider to input with keyboard. manually input values aren't clamped, can go off-bounds) // Adjust format string to decorate the value with a prefix, a suffix, or adapt the editing and display precision e.g. "%.3f" -> 1.234; "%5.2f secs" -> 01.23 secs; "Biscuit: %.0f" -> Biscuit: 1; etc. IMGUI_API bool SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format = "%.3f", float power = 1.0f); // adjust format to decorate the value with a prefix or a suffix for in-slider labels or unit display. Use power!=1.0 for power curve sliders @@ -395,6 +385,22 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format = "%d"); IMGUI_API bool VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format = NULL, float power = 1.0f); + // Widgets: Input with Keyboard + // If you want to use InputText() with a dynamic string type such as std::string or your own, see misc/stl/imgui_stl.h + IMGUI_API bool InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = 0, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step = 0.0f, float step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format = "%.3f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step = 1, int step_fast = 100, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step = 0.0f, double step_fast = 0.0f, const char* format = "%.6f", ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* step = NULL, const void* step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); + IMGUI_API bool InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* step = NULL, const void* step_fast = NULL, const char* format = NULL, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); + // Widgets: Color Editor/Picker (tip: the ColorEdit* functions have a little colored preview square that can be left-clicked to open a picker, and right-clicked to open an option menu.) // Note that a 'float v[X]' function argument is the same as 'float* v', the array syntax is just a way to document the number of elements that are expected to be accessible. You can the pass the address of a first float element out of a contiguous structure, e.g. &myvector.x IMGUI_API bool ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags = 0); @@ -425,28 +431,30 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // if returning 'true' the header is open. doesn't indent nor push on ID stack. user doesn't have to call TreePop(). IMGUI_API bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // when 'p_open' isn't NULL, display an additional small close button on upper right of the header - // Widgets: Selectable / Lists + // Widgets: Selectables IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool selected = false, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // "bool selected" carry the selection state (read-only). Selectable() is clicked is returns true so you can modify your selection state. size.x==0.0: use remaining width, size.x>0.0: specify width. size.y==0.0: use label height, size.y>0.0: specify height IMGUI_API bool Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = 0, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // "bool* p_selected" point to the selection state (read-write), as a convenient helper. + + // Widgets: List Boxes IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); IMGUI_API bool ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size = ImVec2(0,0)); // use if you want to reimplement ListBox() will custom data or interactions. if the function return true, you can output elements then call ListBoxFooter() afterwards. IMGUI_API bool ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items = -1); // " IMGUI_API void ListBoxFooter(); // terminate the scrolling region. only call ListBoxFooter() if ListBoxHeader() returned true! + // Widgets: Data Plotting + IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); + IMGUI_API void PlotLines(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); + IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0), int stride = sizeof(float)); + IMGUI_API void PlotHistogram(const char* label, float(*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset = 0, const char* overlay_text = NULL, float scale_min = FLT_MAX, float scale_max = FLT_MAX, ImVec2 graph_size = ImVec2(0, 0)); + // Widgets: Value() Helpers. Output single value in "name: value" format (tip: freely declare more in your code to handle your types. you can add functions to the ImGui namespace) IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, bool b); IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, int v); IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v); IMGUI_API void Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format = NULL); - // Tooltips - IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). - IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); - IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). overidde any previous call to SetTooltip(). - IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); - - // Menus + // Widgets: Menus IMGUI_API bool BeginMainMenuBar(); // create and append to a full screen menu-bar. IMGUI_API void EndMainMenuBar(); // only call EndMainMenuBar() if BeginMainMenuBar() returns true! IMGUI_API bool BeginMenuBar(); // append to menu-bar of current window (requires ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar flag set on parent window). @@ -456,6 +464,12 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut = NULL, bool selected = false, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated. shortcuts are displayed for convenience but not processed by ImGui at the moment IMGUI_API bool MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled = true); // return true when activated + toggle (*p_selected) if p_selected != NULL + // Tooltips + IMGUI_API void BeginTooltip(); // begin/append a tooltip window. to create full-featured tooltip (with any kind of items). + IMGUI_API void EndTooltip(); + IMGUI_API void SetTooltip(const char* fmt, ...) IM_FMTARGS(1); // set a text-only tooltip, typically use with ImGui::IsItemHovered(). overidde any previous call to SetTooltip(). + IMGUI_API void SetTooltipV(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(1); + // Popups IMGUI_API void OpenPopup(const char* str_id); // call to mark popup as open (don't call every frame!). popups are closed when user click outside, or if CloseCurrentPopup() is called within a BeginPopup()/EndPopup() block. By default, Selectable()/MenuItem() are calling CloseCurrentPopup(). Popup identifiers are relative to the current ID-stack (so OpenPopup and BeginPopup needs to be at the same level). IMGUI_API bool BeginPopup(const char* str_id, ImGuiWindowFlags flags = 0); // return true if the popup is open, and you can start outputting to it. only call EndPopup() if BeginPopup() returns true! @@ -506,13 +520,15 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetKeyboardFocusHere(int offset = 0); // focus keyboard on the next widget. Use positive 'offset' to access sub components of a multiple component widget. Use -1 to access previous widget. // Utilities + // See Demo Window under "Widgets->Querying Status" for an interactive visualization of many of those functions. IMGUI_API bool IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags flags = 0); // is the last item hovered? (and usable, aka not blocked by a popup, etc.). See ImGuiHoveredFlags for more options. IMGUI_API bool IsItemActive(); // is the last item active? (e.g. button being held, text field being edited. This will continuously return true while holding mouse button on an item. Items that don't interact will always return false) IMGUI_API bool IsItemFocused(); // is the last item focused for keyboard/gamepad navigation? IMGUI_API bool IsItemClicked(int mouse_button = 0); // is the last item clicked? (e.g. button/node just clicked on) == IsMouseClicked(mouse_button) && IsItemHovered() IMGUI_API bool IsItemVisible(); // is the last item visible? (items may be out of sight because of clipping/scrolling) + IMGUI_API bool IsItemEdited(); // did the last item modify its underlying value this frame? or was pressed? This is generally the same as the "bool" return value of many widgets. IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivated(); // was the last item just made inactive (item was previously active). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. - IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). + IMGUI_API bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); // was the last item just made inactive and made a value change when it was active? (e.g. Slider/Drag moved). Useful for Undo/Redo patterns with widgets that requires continuous editing. Note that you may get false positives (some widgets such as Combo()/ListBox()/Selectable() will return true even when clicking an already selected item). IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemHovered(); IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemActive(); IMGUI_API bool IsAnyItemFocused(); @@ -522,7 +538,7 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void SetItemAllowOverlap(); // allow last item to be overlapped by a subsequent item. sometimes useful with invisible buttons, selectables, etc. to catch unused area. IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& size); // test if rectangle (of given size, starting from cursor position) is visible / not clipped. IMGUI_API bool IsRectVisible(const ImVec2& rect_min, const ImVec2& rect_max); // test if rectangle (in screen space) is visible / not clipped. to perform coarse clipping on user's side. - IMGUI_API float GetTime(); + IMGUI_API double GetTime(); IMGUI_API int GetFrameCount(); IMGUI_API ImDrawList* GetOverlayDrawList(); // this draw list will be the last rendered one, useful to quickly draw overlays shapes/text IMGUI_API ImDrawListSharedData* GetDrawListSharedData(); // you may use this when creating your own ImDrawList instances @@ -546,13 +562,13 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API bool IsKeyPressed(int user_key_index, bool repeat = true); // was key pressed (went from !Down to Down). if repeat=true, uses io.KeyRepeatDelay / KeyRepeatRate IMGUI_API bool IsKeyReleased(int user_key_index); // was key released (went from Down to !Down).. IMGUI_API int GetKeyPressedAmount(int key_index, float repeat_delay, float rate); // uses provided repeat rate/delay. return a count, most often 0 or 1 but might be >1 if RepeatRate is small enough that DeltaTime > RepeatRate - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(int button); // is mouse button held + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDown(int button); // is mouse button held (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) IMGUI_API bool IsAnyMouseDown(); // is any mouse button held - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked (went from !Down to Down) + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseClicked(int button, bool repeat = false); // did mouse button clicked (went from !Down to Down) (0=left, 1=right, 2=middle) IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDoubleClicked(int button); // did mouse button double-clicked. a double-click returns false in IsMouseClicked(). uses io.MouseDoubleClickTime. IMGUI_API bool IsMouseReleased(int button); // did mouse button released (went from Down to !Down) IMGUI_API bool IsMouseDragging(int button = 0, float lock_threshold = -1.0f); // is mouse dragging. if lock_threshold < -1.0f uses io.MouseDraggingThreshold - IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true); // is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings. disregarding of consideration of focus/window ordering/blocked by a popup. + IMGUI_API bool IsMouseHoveringRect(const ImVec2& r_min, const ImVec2& r_max, bool clip = true); // is mouse hovering given bounding rect (in screen space). clipped by current clipping settings, but disregarding of other consideration of focus/window ordering/popup-block. IMGUI_API bool IsMousePosValid(const ImVec2* mouse_pos = NULL); // IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePos(); // shortcut to ImGui::GetIO().MousePos provided by user, to be consistent with other calls IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetMousePosOnOpeningCurrentPopup(); // retrieve backup of mouse position at the time of opening popup we have BeginPopup() into @@ -595,7 +611,6 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollWithMouse = 1 << 4, // Disable user vertically scrolling with mouse wheel. On child window, mouse wheel will be forwarded to the parent unless NoScrollbar is also set. ImGuiWindowFlags_NoCollapse = 1 << 5, // Disable user collapsing window by double-clicking on it ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize = 1 << 6, // Resize every window to its content every frame - //ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders = 1 << 7, // Show borders around windows and items (OBSOLETE! Use e.g. style.FrameBorderSize=1.0f to enable borders). ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings = 1 << 8, // Never load/save settings in .ini file ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs = 1 << 9, // Disable catching mouse or keyboard inputs, hovering test with pass through. ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar = 1 << 10, // Has a menu-bar @@ -605,7 +620,6 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysVerticalScrollbar= 1 << 14, // Always show vertical scrollbar (even if ContentSize.y < Size.y) ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysHorizontalScrollbar=1<< 15, // Always show horizontal scrollbar (even if ContentSize.x < Size.x) ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysUseWindowPadding = 1 << 16, // Ensure child windows without border uses style.WindowPadding (ignored by default for non-bordered child windows, because more convenient) - ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // [BETA] Enable resize from any corners and borders. Your back-end needs to honor the different values of io.MouseCursor set by imgui. ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs = 1 << 18, // No gamepad/keyboard navigation within the window ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus = 1 << 19, // No focusing toward this window with gamepad/keyboard navigation (e.g. skipped by CTRL+TAB) ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavInputs | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus, @@ -617,6 +631,10 @@ enum ImGuiWindowFlags_ ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup = 1 << 26, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopup() ImGuiWindowFlags_Modal = 1 << 27, // Don't use! For internal use by BeginPopupModal() ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu = 1 << 28 // Don't use! For internal use by BeginMenu() + + // [Obsolete] + //ImGuiWindowFlags_ShowBorders = 1 << 7, // --> Set style.FrameBorderSize=1.0f / style.WindowBorderSize=1.0f to enable borders around windows and items + //ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide = 1 << 17, // --> Set io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges and make sure mouse cursors are supported by back-end (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) }; // Flags for ImGui::InputText() @@ -632,7 +650,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion = 1 << 6, // Call user function on pressing TAB (for completion handling) ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory = 1 << 7, // Call user function on pressing Up/Down arrows (for history handling) ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways = 1 << 8, // Call user function every time. User code may query cursor position, modify text buffer. - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Call user function to filter character. Modify data->EventChar to replace/filter input, or return 1 to discard character. + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter = 1 << 9, // Call user function to filter character. Modify data->EventChar to replace/filter input, or return 1 in callback to discard character. ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput = 1 << 10, // Pressing TAB input a '\t' character into the text field ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine = 1 << 11, // In multi-line mode, unfocus with Enter, add new line with Ctrl+Enter (default is opposite: unfocus with Ctrl+Enter, add line with Enter). ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll = 1 << 12, // Disable following the cursor horizontally @@ -641,6 +659,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputTextFlags_ ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password = 1 << 15, // Password mode, display all characters as '*' ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo = 1 << 16, // Disable undo/redo. Note that input text owns the text data while active, if you want to provide your own undo/redo stack you need e.g. to call ClearActiveID(). ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific = 1 << 17, // Allow 0123456789.+-*/eE (Scientific notation input) + ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize = 1 << 18, // Allow buffer capacity resize + notify when the string wants to be resized (for string types which hold a cache of their Size) (see misc/stl/imgui_stl.h for an example of using this) // [Internal] ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline = 1 << 20 // For internal use by InputTextMultiline() }; @@ -677,7 +696,8 @@ enum ImGuiSelectableFlags_ ImGuiSelectableFlags_None = 0, ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups = 1 << 0, // Clicking this don't close parent popup window ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns = 1 << 1, // Selectable frame can span all columns (text will still fit in current column) - ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2 // Generate press events on double clicks too + ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick = 1 << 2, // Generate press events on double clicks too + ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 3 // Cannot be selected, display greyed out text }; // Flags for ImGui::BeginCombo() @@ -705,7 +725,8 @@ enum ImGuiFocusedFlags_ }; // Flags for ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsWindowHovered() -// Note: If you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that. Please read the FAQ! +// Note: if you are trying to check whether your mouse should be dispatched to imgui or to your app, you should use the 'io.WantCaptureMouse' boolean for that. Please read the FAQ! +// Note: windows with the ImGuiWindowFlags_NoInputs flag are ignored by IsWindowHovered() calls. enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ { ImGuiHoveredFlags_None = 0, // Return true if directly over the item/window, not obstructed by another window, not obstructed by an active popup or modal blocking inputs under them. @@ -716,6 +737,7 @@ enum ImGuiHoveredFlags_ //ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByModal = 1 << 4, // Return true even if a modal popup window is normally blocking access to this item/window. FIXME-TODO: Unavailable yet. ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem = 1 << 5, // Return true even if an active item is blocking access to this item/window. Useful for Drag and Drop patterns. ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped = 1 << 6, // Return true even if the position is overlapped by another window + ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenDisabled = 1 << 7, // Return true even if the item is disabled ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly = ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped, ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootAndChildWindows = ImGuiHoveredFlags_RootWindow | ImGuiHoveredFlags_ChildWindows }; @@ -726,10 +748,11 @@ enum ImGuiDragDropFlags_ ImGuiDragDropFlags_None = 0, // BeginDragDropSource() flags ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoPreviewTooltip = 1 << 0, // By default, a successful call to BeginDragDropSource opens a tooltip so you can display a preview or description of the source contents. This flag disable this behavior. - ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return true, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover = 1 << 1, // By default, when dragging we clear data so that IsItemHovered() will return false, to avoid subsequent user code submitting tooltips. This flag disable this behavior so you can still call IsItemHovered() on the source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers = 1 << 2, // Disable the behavior that allows to open tree nodes and collapsing header by holding over them while dragging a source item. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAllowNullID = 1 << 3, // Allow items such as Text(), Image() that have no unique identifier to be used as drag source, by manufacturing a temporary identifier based on their window-relative position. This is extremely unusual within the dear imgui ecosystem and so we made it explicit. ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceExtern = 1 << 4, // External source (from outside of imgui), won't attempt to read current item/window info. Will always return true. Only one Extern source can be active simultaneously. + ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceAutoExpirePayload = 1 << 5, // Automatically expire the payload if the source cease to be submitted (otherwise payloads are persisting while being dragged) // AcceptDragDropPayload() flags ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptBeforeDelivery = 1 << 10, // AcceptDragDropPayload() will returns true even before the mouse button is released. You can then call IsDelivery() to test if the payload needs to be delivered. ImGuiDragDropFlags_AcceptNoDrawDefaultRect = 1 << 11, // Do not draw the default highlight rectangle when hovering over target. @@ -791,10 +814,10 @@ enum ImGuiKey_ ImGuiKey_COUNT }; -// [BETA] Gamepad/Keyboard directional navigation +// Gamepad/Keyboard directional navigation // Keyboard: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard to enable. NewFrame() will automatically fill io.NavInputs[] based on your io.KeysDown[] + io.KeyMap[] arrays. // Gamepad: Set io.ConfigFlags |= ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad to enable. Back-end: set ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad and fill the io.NavInputs[] fields before calling NewFrame(). Note that io.NavInputs[] is cleared by EndFrame(). -// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at goo.gl/9LgVZW. +// Read instructions in imgui.cpp for more details. Download PNG/PSD at http://goo.gl/9LgVZW. enum ImGuiNavInput_ { // Gamepad Mapping @@ -890,15 +913,17 @@ enum ImGuiCol_ ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram, ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered, ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg, - ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget, ImGuiCol_NavHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: current highlighted item - ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Gamepad/keyboard: when holding NavMenu to focus/move/resize windows + ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight, // Highlight window when using CTRL+TAB + ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind the CTRL+TAB window list, when active + ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg, // Darken/colorize entire screen behind a modal window, when one is active ImGuiCol_COUNT // Obsolete names (will be removed) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS , ImGuiCol_ChildWindowBg = ImGuiCol_ChildBg, ImGuiCol_Column = ImGuiCol_Separator, ImGuiCol_ColumnHovered = ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered, ImGuiCol_ColumnActive = ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive + , ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening = ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg //ImGuiCol_CloseButton, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonActive, ImGuiCol_CloseButtonHovered, // [unused since 1.60+] the close button now uses regular button colors. //ImGuiCol_ComboBg, // [unused since 1.53+] ComboBg has been merged with PopupBg, so a redirect isn't accurate. #endif @@ -980,11 +1005,12 @@ enum ImGuiMouseCursor_ ImGuiMouseCursor_None = -1, ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow = 0, ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput, // When hovering over InputText, etc. - ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // Unused by imgui functions + ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll, // (Unused by imgui functions) ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS, // When hovering over an horizontal border ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW, // When hovering over a vertical border or a column ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW, // When hovering over the bottom-left corner of a window ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE, // When hovering over the bottom-right corner of a window + ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand, // (Unused by imgui functions. Use for e.g. hyperlinks) ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT // Obsolete names (will be removed) @@ -1035,7 +1061,7 @@ struct ImGuiStyle float GrabMinSize; // Minimum width/height of a grab box for slider/scrollbar. float GrabRounding; // Radius of grabs corners rounding. Set to 0.0f to have rectangular slider grabs. ImVec2 ButtonTextAlign; // Alignment of button text when button is larger than text. Defaults to (0.5f,0.5f) for horizontally+vertically centered. - ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window positions are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only covers regular windows. + ImVec2 DisplayWindowPadding; // Window position are clamped to be visible within the display area by at least this amount. Only applies to regular windows. ImVec2 DisplaySafeAreaPadding; // If you cannot see the edges of your screen (e.g. on a TV) increase the safe area padding. Apply to popups/tooltips as well regular windows. NB: Prefer configuring your TV sets correctly! float MouseCursorScale; // Scale software rendered mouse cursor (when io.MouseDrawCursor is enabled). May be removed later. bool AntiAliasedLines; // Enable anti-aliasing on lines/borders. Disable if you are really tight on CPU/GPU. @@ -1047,17 +1073,17 @@ struct ImGuiStyle IMGUI_API void ScaleAllSizes(float scale_factor); }; -// This is where your app communicate with ImGui. Access via ImGui::GetIO(). +// This is where your app communicate with Dear ImGui. Access via ImGui::GetIO(). // Read 'Programmer guide' section in .cpp file for general usage. struct ImGuiIO { //------------------------------------------------------------------ - // Settings (fill once) // Default value: + // Configuration (fill once) // Default value: //------------------------------------------------------------------ ImGuiConfigFlags ConfigFlags; // = 0 // See ImGuiConfigFlags_ enum. Set by user/application. Gamepad/keyboard navigation options, etc. ImGuiBackendFlags BackendFlags; // = 0 // Set ImGuiBackendFlags_ enum. Set by imgui_impl_xxx files or custom back-end to communicate features supported by the back-end. - ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Display size, in pixels. For clamping windows positions. + ImVec2 DisplaySize; // // Main display size, in pixels. For clamping windows positions. float DeltaTime; // = 1.0f/60.0f // Time elapsed since last frame, in seconds. float IniSavingRate; // = 5.0f // Minimum time between saving positions/sizes to .ini file, in seconds. const char* IniFilename; // = "imgui.ini" // Path to .ini file. Set NULL to disable automatic .ini loading/saving, if e.g. you want to manually load/save from memory. @@ -1075,12 +1101,14 @@ struct ImGuiIO bool FontAllowUserScaling; // = false // Allow user scaling text of individual window with CTRL+Wheel. ImFont* FontDefault; // = NULL // Font to use on NewFrame(). Use NULL to uses Fonts->Fonts[0]. ImVec2 DisplayFramebufferScale; // = (1.0f,1.0f) // For retina display or other situations where window coordinates are different from framebuffer coordinates. User storage only, presently not used by ImGui. - ImVec2 DisplayVisibleMin; // (0.0f,0.0f) // If you use DisplaySize as a virtual space larger than your screen, set DisplayVisibleMin/Max to the visible area. - ImVec2 DisplayVisibleMax; // (0.0f,0.0f) // If the values are the same, we defaults to Min=(0.0f) and Max=DisplaySize + ImVec2 DisplayVisibleMin; // (0.0f,0.0f) // [obsolete] If you use DisplaySize as a virtual space larger than your screen, set DisplayVisibleMin/Max to the visible area. + ImVec2 DisplayVisibleMax; // (0.0f,0.0f) // [obsolete: just use io.DisplaySize] If the values are the same, we defaults to Min=(0.0f) and Max=DisplaySize - // Advanced/subtle behaviors - bool OptMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl - bool OptCursorBlink; // = true // Enable blinking cursor, for users who consider it annoying. + // Miscellaneous configuration options + bool MouseDrawCursor; // = false // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). Cannot be easily renamed to 'io.ConfigXXX' because this is frequently used by back-end implementations. + bool ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; // = defined(__APPLE__) // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl, Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl, Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End, Double click selects by word instead of selecting whole text, Multi-selection in lists uses Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl (was called io.OptMacOSXBehaviors prior to 1.63) + bool ConfigInputTextCursorBlink; // = true // Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting. (was called: io.OptCursorBlink prior to 1.63) + bool ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges; // = false // [BETA] Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner. This requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback. (This used to be the ImGuiWindowFlags_ResizeFromAnySide flag) //------------------------------------------------------------------ // Settings (User Functions) @@ -1098,12 +1126,12 @@ struct ImGuiIO void* ImeWindowHandle; // (Windows) Set this to your HWND to get automatic IME cursor positioning. #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS - // [OBSOLETE] Rendering function, will be automatically called in Render(). Please call your rendering function yourself now! + // [OBSOLETE since 1.60+] Rendering function, will be automatically called in Render(). Please call your rendering function yourself now! // You can obtain the ImDrawData* by calling ImGui::GetDrawData() after Render(). See example applications if you are unsure of how to implement this. void (*RenderDrawListsFn)(ImDrawData* data); #else // This is only here to keep ImGuiIO the same size, so that IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS can exceptionally be used outside of imconfig.h. - void* RenderDrawListsFnDummy; + void* RenderDrawListsFnUnused; #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1111,10 +1139,9 @@ struct ImGuiIO //------------------------------------------------------------------ ImVec2 MousePos; // Mouse position, in pixels. Set to ImVec2(-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX) if mouse is unavailable (on another screen, etc.) - bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: left, right, middle + extras. ImGui itself mostly only uses left button (BeginPopupContext** are using right button). Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. + bool MouseDown[5]; // Mouse buttons: 0=left, 1=right, 2=middle + extras. ImGui itself mostly only uses left button (BeginPopupContext** are using right button). Others buttons allows us to track if the mouse is being used by your application + available to user as a convenience via IsMouse** API. float MouseWheel; // Mouse wheel Vertical: 1 unit scrolls about 5 lines text. float MouseWheelH; // Mouse wheel Horizontal. Most users don't have a mouse with an horizontal wheel, may not be filled by all back-ends. - bool MouseDrawCursor; // Request ImGui to draw a mouse cursor for you (if you are on a platform without a mouse cursor). bool KeyCtrl; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Control bool KeyShift; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Shift bool KeyAlt; // Keyboard modifier pressed: Alt @@ -1142,7 +1169,9 @@ struct ImGuiIO float Framerate; // Application framerate estimation, in frame per second. Solely for convenience. Rolling average estimation based on IO.DeltaTime over 120 frames int MetricsRenderVertices; // Vertices output during last call to Render() int MetricsRenderIndices; // Indices output during last call to Render() = number of triangles * 3 - int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of visible root windows (exclude child windows) + int MetricsRenderWindows; // Number of visible windows + int MetricsActiveWindows; // Number of active windows + int MetricsActiveAllocations; // Number of active allocations, updated by MemAlloc/MemFree based on current context. May be off if you have multiple imgui contexts. ImVec2 MouseDelta; // Mouse delta. Note that this is zero if either current or previous position are invalid (-FLT_MAX,-FLT_MAX), so a disappearing/reappearing mouse won't have a huge delta. //------------------------------------------------------------------ @@ -1151,7 +1180,7 @@ struct ImGuiIO ImVec2 MousePosPrev; // Previous mouse position temporary storage (nb: not for public use, set to MousePos in NewFrame()) ImVec2 MouseClickedPos[5]; // Position at time of clicking - float MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click) + double MouseClickedTime[5]; // Time of last click (used to figure out double-click) bool MouseClicked[5]; // Mouse button went from !Down to Down bool MouseDoubleClicked[5]; // Has mouse button been double-clicked? bool MouseReleased[5]; // Mouse button went from Down to !Down @@ -1175,6 +1204,8 @@ struct ImGuiIO #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS namespace ImGui { + // OBSOLETED in 1.63 (from Aug 2018) + static inline bool IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() { return IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(); } // OBSOLETED in 1.61 (from Apr 2018) IMGUI_API bool InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); // Use the 'const char* format' version instead of 'decimal_precision'! IMGUI_API bool InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags = 0); @@ -1200,8 +1231,6 @@ namespace ImGui static inline bool IsPosHoveringAnyWindow(const ImVec2&) { IM_ASSERT(0); return false; } // This was misleading and partly broken. You probably want to use the ImGui::GetIO().WantCaptureMouse flag instead. static inline bool IsMouseHoveringAnyWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AnyWindow); } static inline bool IsMouseHoveringWindow() { return IsWindowHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByPopup | ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem); } - // OBSOLETED IN 1.49 (between Apr 2016 and May 2016) - static inline bool CollapsingHeader(const char* label, const char* str_id, bool framed = true, bool default_open = false) { (void)str_id; (void)framed; ImGuiTreeNodeFlags default_open_flags = 1 << 5; return CollapsingHeader(label, (default_open ? default_open_flags : 0)); } } #endif @@ -1271,6 +1300,7 @@ public: inline iterator erase_unsorted(const_iterator it) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it < Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (it < Data+Size-1) memcpy(Data + off, Data + Size - 1, sizeof(value_type)); Size--; return Data + off; } inline iterator insert(const_iterator it, const value_type& v) { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; if (Size == Capacity) reserve(_grow_capacity(Size + 1)); if (off < (int)Size) memmove(Data + off + 1, Data + off, ((size_t)Size - (size_t)off) * sizeof(value_type)); memcpy(&Data[off], &v, sizeof(v)); Size++; return Data + off; } inline bool contains(const value_type& v) const { const T* data = Data; const T* data_end = Data + Size; while (data < data_end) if (*data++ == v) return true; return false; } + inline int index_from_pointer(const_iterator it) const { IM_ASSERT(it >= Data && it <= Data+Size); const ptrdiff_t off = it - Data; return (int)off; } }; // Helper: IM_NEW(), IM_PLACEMENT_NEW(), IM_DELETE() macros to call MemAlloc + Placement New, Placement Delete + MemFree @@ -1300,6 +1330,14 @@ struct ImGuiOnceUponAFrame // Helper: Parse and apply text filters. In format "aaaaa[,bbbb][,ccccc]" struct ImGuiTextFilter { + IMGUI_API ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = ""); + IMGUI_API bool Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f); // Helper calling InputText+Build + IMGUI_API bool PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const; + IMGUI_API void Build(); + void Clear() { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); } + bool IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); } + + // [Internal] struct TextRange { const char* b; @@ -1307,25 +1345,14 @@ struct ImGuiTextFilter TextRange() { b = e = NULL; } TextRange(const char* _b, const char* _e) { b = _b; e = _e; } - const char* begin() const { return b; } - const char* end() const { return e; } - bool empty() const { return b == e; } - char front() const { return *b; } - static bool is_blank(char c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t'; } - void trim_blanks() { while (b < e && is_blank(*b)) b++; while (e > b && is_blank(*(e-1))) e--; } - IMGUI_API void split(char separator, ImVector& out); + const char* begin() const { return b; } + const char* end () const { return e; } + bool empty() const { return b == e; } + IMGUI_API void split(char separator, ImVector* out) const; }; - char InputBuf[256]; ImVector Filters; int CountGrep; - - IMGUI_API ImGuiTextFilter(const char* default_filter = ""); - IMGUI_API bool Draw(const char* label = "Filter (inc,-exc)", float width = 0.0f); // Helper calling InputText+Build - IMGUI_API bool PassFilter(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL) const; - IMGUI_API void Build(); - void Clear() { InputBuf[0] = 0; Build(); } - bool IsActive() const { return !Filters.empty(); } }; // Helper: Text buffer for logging/accumulating text @@ -1346,7 +1373,7 @@ struct ImGuiTextBuffer IMGUI_API void appendfv(const char* fmt, va_list args) IM_FMTLIST(2); }; -// Helper: Simple Key->value storage +// Helper: key->value storage // Typically you don't have to worry about this since a storage is held within each Window. // We use it to e.g. store collapse state for a tree (Int 0/1) // This is optimized for efficient lookup (dichotomy into a contiguous buffer) and rare insertion (typically tied to user interactions aka max once a frame) @@ -1395,34 +1422,43 @@ struct ImGuiStorage IMGUI_API void BuildSortByKey(); }; -// Shared state of InputText(), passed to callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used and the corresponding callback is triggered. -struct ImGuiTextEditCallbackData +// Shared state of InputText(), passed as an argument to your callback when a ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* flag is used. +// The callback function should return 0 by default. +// Special processing: +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter: return 1 if the character is not allowed. You may also set 'EventChar=0' as any character replacement are allowed. +// - ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize: notified by InputText() when the string is resized. BufTextLen is set to the new desired string length so you can update the string size on your side of the fence. You can also replace Buf pointer if your underlying data is reallocated. No need to initialize new characters or zero-terminator as InputText will do it right after the resize callback. +struct ImGuiInputTextCallbackData { - ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One of ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only + ImGuiInputTextFlags EventFlag; // One ImGuiInputTextFlags_Callback* // Read-only ImGuiInputTextFlags Flags; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only void* UserData; // What user passed to InputText() // Read-only - bool ReadOnly; // Read-only mode // Read-only - // CharFilter event: - ImWchar EventChar; // Character input // Read-write (replace character or set to zero) + // Arguments for the different callback events + // - To modify the text buffer in a callback, prefer using the InsertChars() / DeleteChars() function. InsertChars() will take care of calling the resize callback if necessary. + // - If you know your edits are not going to resize the underlying buffer allocation, you may modify the contents of 'Buf[]' directly. You need to update 'BufTextLen' accordingly (0 <= BufTextLen < BufSize) and set 'BufDirty'' to true so InputText can update its internal state. + ImWchar EventChar; // Character input // Read-write // [CharFilter] Replace character or set to zero. return 1 is equivalent to setting EventChar=0; + ImGuiKey EventKey; // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB) // Read-only // [Completion,History] + char* Buf; // Text buffer // Read-write // [Resize] Can replace pointer / [Completion,History,Always] Only write to pointed data, don't replace the actual pointer! + int BufTextLen; // Text length in bytes // Read-write // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Exclude zero-terminator storage. In C land: == strlen(some_text), in C++ land: string.length() + int BufSize; // Buffer capacity in bytes // Read-only // [Resize,Completion,History,Always] Include zero-terminator storage. In C land == ARRAYSIZE(my_char_array), in C++ land: string.capacity()+1 + bool BufDirty; // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen!! // Write // [Completion,History,Always] + int CursorPos; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always] + int SelectionStart; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always] == to SelectionEnd when no selection) + int SelectionEnd; // // Read-write // [Completion,History,Always] - // Completion,History,Always events: - // If you modify the buffer contents make sure you update 'BufTextLen' and set 'BufDirty' to true. - ImGuiKey EventKey; // Key pressed (Up/Down/TAB) // Read-only - char* Buf; // Current text buffer // Read-write (pointed data only, can't replace the actual pointer) - int BufTextLen; // Current text length in bytes // Read-write - int BufSize; // Maximum text length in bytes // Read-only - bool BufDirty; // Set if you modify Buf/BufTextLen!! // Write - int CursorPos; // // Read-write - int SelectionStart; // // Read-write (== to SelectionEnd when no selection) - int SelectionEnd; // // Read-write - - // NB: Helper functions for text manipulation. Calling those function loses selection. - IMGUI_API void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count); - IMGUI_API void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); - bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; } + // Helper functions for text manipulation. + // Use those function to benefit from the CallbackResize behaviors. Calling those function reset the selection. + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData(); + IMGUI_API void DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count); + IMGUI_API void InsertChars(int pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); + bool HasSelection() const { return SelectionStart != SelectionEnd; } }; +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +typedef ImGuiInputTextCallback ImGuiTextEditCallback; // [OBSOLETE 1.63+] Made the names consistent +typedef ImGuiInputTextCallbackData ImGuiTextEditCallbackData; +#endif + // Resizing callback data to apply custom constraint. As enabled by SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(). Callback is called during the next Begin(). // NB: For basic min/max size constraint on each axis you don't need to use the callback! The SetNextWindowSizeConstraints() parameters are enough. struct ImGuiSizeCallbackData @@ -1748,18 +1784,28 @@ struct ImFontGlyph enum ImFontAtlasFlags_ { + ImFontAtlasFlags_None = 0, ImFontAtlasFlags_NoPowerOfTwoHeight = 1 << 0, // Don't round the height to next power of two ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors = 1 << 1 // Don't build software mouse cursors into the atlas }; -// Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. -// Sharing a texture for multiple fonts allows us to reduce the number of draw calls during rendering. -// We also add custom graphic data into the texture that serves for ImGui. -// 1. (Optional) Call AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font will be loaded for you. -// 2. Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data. -// 3. Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system. -// 4. Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture. This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. -// IMPORTANT: If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the ImFont is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data. +// Load and rasterize multiple TTF/OTF fonts into a same texture. The font atlas will build a single texture holding: +// - One or more fonts. +// - Custom graphics data needed to render the shapes needed by Dear ImGui. +// - Mouse cursor shapes for software cursor rendering (unless setting 'Flags |= ImFontAtlasFlags_NoMouseCursors' in the font atlas). +// It is the user-code responsibility to setup/build the atlas, then upload the pixel data into a texture accessible by your graphics api. +// - Optionally, call any of the AddFont*** functions. If you don't call any, the default font embedded in the code will be loaded for you. +// - Call GetTexDataAsAlpha8() or GetTexDataAsRGBA32() to build and retrieve pixels data. +// - Upload the pixels data into a texture within your graphics system (see imgui_impl_xxxx.cpp examples) +// - Call SetTexID(my_tex_id); and pass the pointer/identifier to your texture in a format natural to your graphics API. +// This value will be passed back to you during rendering to identify the texture. Read FAQ entry about ImTextureID for more details. +// Common pitfalls: +// - If you pass a 'glyph_ranges' array to AddFont*** functions, you need to make sure that your array persist up until the +// atlas is build (when calling GetTexData*** or Build()). We only copy the pointer, not the data. +// - Important: By default, AddFontFromMemoryTTF() takes ownership of the data. Even though we are not writing to it, we will free the pointer on destruction. +// You can set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed, +// - Even though many functions are suffixed with "TTF", OTF data is supported just as well. +// - This is an old API and it is currently awkward for those and and various other reasons! We will address them in the future! struct ImFontAtlas { IMGUI_API ImFontAtlas(); @@ -1767,7 +1813,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg); IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL); IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); - IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after Build(). Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas to false to keep ownership. + IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* font_data, int font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // Note: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas! Will be deleted after destruction of the atlas. Set font_cfg->FontDataOwnedByAtlas=false to keep ownership of your data and it won't be freed. IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedTTF(const void* compressed_font_data, int compressed_font_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp. IMGUI_API ImFont* AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(const char* compressed_font_data_base85, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg = NULL, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = NULL); // 'compressed_font_data_base85' still owned by caller. Compress with binary_to_compressed_c.cpp with -base85 parameter. IMGUI_API void ClearInputData(); // Clear input data (all ImFontConfig structures including sizes, TTF data, glyph ranges, etc.) = all the data used to build the texture and fonts. @@ -1777,8 +1823,9 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // Build atlas, retrieve pixel data. // User is in charge of copying the pixels into graphics memory (e.g. create a texture with your engine). Then store your texture handle with SetTexID(). - // RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you use CustomRect to draw color data, the RGB pixels emitted from Fonts will all be white (~75% of waste). - // Pitch = Width * BytesPerPixels + // The pitch is always = Width * BytesPerPixels (1 or 4) + // Building in RGBA32 format is provided for convenience and compatibility, but note that unless you manually manipulate or copy color data into + // the texture (e.g. when using the AddCustomRect*** api), then the RGB pixels emitted will always be white (~75% of memory/bandwidth waste. IMGUI_API bool Build(); // Build pixels data. This is called automatically for you by the GetTexData*** functions. IMGUI_API bool IsBuilt() { return Fonts.Size > 0 && (TexPixelsAlpha8 != NULL || TexPixelsRGBA32 != NULL); } IMGUI_API void GetTexDataAsAlpha8(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_width, int* out_height, int* out_bytes_per_pixel = NULL); // 1 byte per-pixel @@ -1843,6 +1890,7 @@ struct ImFontAtlas // Members //------------------------------------------- + bool Locked; // Marked as Locked by ImGui::NewFrame() so attempt to modify the atlas will assert. ImFontAtlasFlags Flags; // Build flags (see ImFontAtlasFlags_) ImTextureID TexID; // User data to refer to the texture once it has been uploaded to user's graphic systems. It is passed back to you during rendering via the ImDrawCmd structure. int TexDesiredWidth; // Texture width desired by user before Build(). Must be a power-of-two. If have many glyphs your graphics API have texture size restrictions you may want to increase texture width to decrease height. @@ -1916,6 +1964,8 @@ struct ImFont #if defined(__clang__) #pragma clang diagnostic pop +#elif defined(__GNUC__) && __GNUC__ >= 8 +#pragma GCC diagnostic pop #endif // Include imgui_user.h at the end of imgui.h (convenient for user to only explicitly include vanilla imgui.h) diff --git a/external/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp b/external/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp index 8a0665a1..de891bec 100644 --- a/external/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp +++ b/external/imgui/imgui_demo.cpp @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.62 +// dear imgui, v1.65 // (demo code) // Message to the person tempted to delete this file when integrating ImGui into their code base: @@ -12,11 +12,32 @@ // Thank you, // -Your beloved friend, imgui_demo.cpp (that you won't delete) -// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers. About the meaning of 'static': in this demo code, we frequently we use 'static' variables inside functions. -// We do this as a way to gather code and data in the same place, just to make the demo code faster to read, faster to write, and use less code. +// Message to beginner C/C++ programmers about the meaning of the 'static' keyword: in this demo code, we frequently we use 'static' variables inside functions. // A static variable persist across calls, so it is essentially like a global variable but declared inside the scope of the function. +// We do this as a way to gather code and data in the same place, just to make the demo code faster to read, faster to write, and use less code. // It also happens to be a convenient way of storing simple UI related information as long as your function doesn't need to be reentrant or used in threads. -// This might be a pattern you occasionally want to use in your code, but most of the real data you would be editing is likely to be stored outside your function. +// This might be a pattern you occasionally want to use in your code, but most of the real data you would be editing is likely to be stored outside your functions. + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers +// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() +// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() +// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole() +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog() +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout() +// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() +// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText() +// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize() +// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize() +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() +// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() +// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() + +*/ #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS @@ -36,7 +57,7 @@ #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen -#define snprintf _snprintf +#define vsnprintf _vsnprintf #endif #ifdef __clang__ #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. @@ -67,7 +88,7 @@ #define IM_MAX(_A,_B) (((_A) >= (_B)) ? (_A) : (_B)) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// DEMO CODE +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations, Helpers //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS) && defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_TEST_WINDOWS) && !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) // Obsolete name since 1.53, TEST->DEMO @@ -76,6 +97,8 @@ #if !defined(IMGUI_DISABLE_DEMO_WINDOWS) +// Forward Declarations +static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open); @@ -86,9 +109,9 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool* p_open); static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open); -static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); static void ShowExampleMenuFile(); +// Helper to display a little (?) mark which shows a tooltip when hovered. static void ShowHelpMarker(const char* desc) { ImGui::TextDisabled("(?)"); @@ -102,6 +125,7 @@ static void ShowHelpMarker(const char* desc) } } +// Helper to display basic user controls. void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() { ImGui::BulletText("Double-click on title bar to collapse window."); @@ -124,10 +148,15 @@ void ImGui::ShowUserGuide() ImGui::Unindent(); } -// Demonstrate most ImGui features (big function!) +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Demo Window / ShowDemoWindow() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate most Dear ImGui features (this is big function!) +// You may execute this function to experiment with the UI and understand what it does. You may then search for keywords in the code when you are interested by a specific feature. void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) { - // Examples apps + // Examples Apps (accessible from the "Examples" menu) static bool show_app_main_menu_bar = false; static bool show_app_console = false; static bool show_app_log = false; @@ -139,10 +168,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) static bool show_app_simple_overlay = false; static bool show_app_window_titles = false; static bool show_app_custom_rendering = false; - static bool show_app_style_editor = false; - - static bool show_app_metrics = false; - static bool show_app_about = false; if (show_app_main_menu_bar) ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar(); if (show_app_console) ShowExampleAppConsole(&show_app_console); @@ -156,6 +181,11 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (show_app_window_titles) ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(&show_app_window_titles); if (show_app_custom_rendering) ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(&show_app_custom_rendering); + // Dear ImGui Apps (accessible from the "Help" menu) + static bool show_app_metrics = false; + static bool show_app_style_editor = false; + static bool show_app_about = false; + if (show_app_metrics) { ImGui::ShowMetricsWindow(&show_app_metrics); } if (show_app_style_editor) { ImGui::Begin("Style Editor", &show_app_style_editor); ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); ImGui::End(); } if (show_app_about) @@ -168,6 +198,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } + // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default! static bool no_titlebar = false; static bool no_scrollbar = false; static bool no_menu = false; @@ -177,7 +208,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) static bool no_close = false; static bool no_nav = false; - // Demonstrate the various window flags. Typically you would just use the default. ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = 0; if (no_titlebar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar; if (no_scrollbar) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar; @@ -188,19 +218,23 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (no_nav) window_flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav; if (no_close) p_open = NULL; // Don't pass our bool* to Begin - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550,680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + // We specify a default position/size in case there's no data in the .ini file. Typically this isn't required! We only do it to make the Demo applications a little more welcoming. + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(650, 20), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(550, 680), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + + // Main body of the Demo window starts here. if (!ImGui::Begin("ImGui Demo", p_open, window_flags)) { // Early out if the window is collapsed, as an optimization. ImGui::End(); return; } - - //ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.65f); // 2/3 of the space for widget and 1/3 for labels - ImGui::PushItemWidth(-140); // Right align, keep 140 pixels for labels - ImGui::Text("dear imgui says hello. (%s)", IMGUI_VERSION); + // Most "big" widgets share a common width settings by default. + //ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetWindowWidth() * 0.65f); // Use 2/3 of the space for widgets and 1/3 for labels (default) + ImGui::PushItemWidth(ImGui::GetFontSize() * -12); // Use fixed width for labels (by passing a negative value), the rest goes to widgets. We choose a width proportional to our font size. + // Menu if (ImGui::BeginMenuBar()) { @@ -237,11 +271,85 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Spacing(); if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Help")) { - ImGui::TextWrapped("This window is being created by the ShowDemoWindow() function. Please refer to the code in imgui_demo.cpp for reference.\n\n"); + ImGui::Text("PROGRAMMER GUIDE:"); + ImGui::BulletText("Please see the ShowDemoWindow() code in imgui_demo.cpp. <- you are here!"); + ImGui::BulletText("Please see the comments in imgui.cpp."); + ImGui::BulletText("Please see the examples/ in application."); + ImGui::BulletText("Enable 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableKeyboard' for keyboard controls."); + ImGui::BulletText("Enable 'io.ConfigFlags |= NavEnableGamepad' for gamepad controls."); + ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::Text("USER GUIDE:"); ImGui::ShowUserGuide(); } + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Configuration")) + { + ImGuiIO& io = ImGui::GetIO(); + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Configuration##2")) + { + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad); + ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Required back-end to feed in gamepad inputs in io.NavInputs[] and set io.BackendFlags |= ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad.\n\nRead instructions in imgui.cpp for details."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos); + ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos."); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouse", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse); + if (io.ConfigFlags & ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse) // Create a way to restore this flag otherwise we could be stuck completely! + { + if (fmodf((float)ImGui::GetTime(), 0.40f) < 0.20f) + { + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("<>"); + } + if (ImGui::IsKeyPressed(ImGui::GetKeyIndex(ImGuiKey_Space))) + io.ConfigFlags &= ~ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouse; + } + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); + ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink", &io.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink); + ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Set to false to disable blinking cursor, for users who consider it distracting"); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges [beta]", &io.ConfigResizeWindowsFromEdges); + ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Enable resizing of windows from their edges and from the lower-left corner.\nThis requires (io.BackendFlags & ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors) because it needs mouse cursor feedback."); + ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); + ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Instruct Dear ImGui to render a mouse cursor for you. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); + ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::Separator(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Backend Flags")) + { + ImGuiBackendFlags backend_flags = io.BackendFlags; // Make a local copy to avoid modifying the back-end flags. + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasGamepad", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasGamepad); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasMouseCursors", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasMouseCursors); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.BackendFlags: HasSetMousePos", (unsigned int *)&backend_flags, ImGuiBackendFlags_HasSetMousePos); + ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::Separator(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style")) + { + ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); + ImGui::TreePop(); + ImGui::Separator(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture/Logging")) + { + ImGui::TextWrapped("The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded."); + ShowHelpMarker("Try opening any of the contents below in this window and then click one of the \"Log To\" button."); + ImGui::LogButtons(); + ImGui::TextWrapped("You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output."); + if (ImGui::Button("Copy \"Hello, world!\" to clipboard")) + { + ImGui::LogToClipboard(); + ImGui::LogText("Hello, world!"); + ImGui::LogFinish(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + } + if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Window options")) { ImGui::Checkbox("No titlebar", &no_titlebar); ImGui::SameLine(150); @@ -252,19 +360,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Checkbox("No collapse", &no_collapse); ImGui::Checkbox("No close", &no_close); ImGui::SameLine(150); ImGui::Checkbox("No nav", &no_nav); - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Style")) - { - ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } - - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Capture/Logging")) - { - ImGui::TextWrapped("The logging API redirects all text output so you can easily capture the content of a window or a block. Tree nodes can be automatically expanded. You can also call ImGui::LogText() to output directly to the log without a visual output."); - ImGui::LogButtons(); - ImGui::TreePop(); - } } if (ImGui::CollapsingHeader("Widgets")) @@ -302,10 +397,15 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } // Arrow buttons + static int counter = 0; float spacing = ImGui::GetStyle().ItemInnerSpacing.x; - if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Left)) {} + ImGui::PushButtonRepeat(true); + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Left)) { counter--; } ImGui::SameLine(0.0f, spacing); - if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##left", ImGuiDir_Right)) {} + if (ImGui::ArrowButton("##right", ImGuiDir_Right)) { counter++; } + ImGui::PopButtonRepeat(); + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Text("%d", counter); ImGui::Text("Hover over me"); if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) @@ -339,7 +439,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) static char str0[128] = "Hello, world!"; static int i0 = 123; ImGui::InputText("input text", str0, IM_ARRAYSIZE(str0)); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Hold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n"); + ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("USER:\nHold SHIFT or use mouse to select text.\n" "CTRL+Left/Right to word jump.\n" "CTRL+A or double-click to select all.\n" "CTRL+X,CTRL+C,CTRL+V clipboard.\n" "CTRL+Z,CTRL+Y undo/redo.\n" "ESCAPE to revert.\n\nPROGRAMMER:\nYou can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputText() to a dynamic string type. See misc/stl/imgui_stl.h for an example (this is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp)."); ImGui::InputInt("input int", &i0); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("You can apply arithmetic operators +,*,/ on numerical values.\n e.g. [ 100 ], input \'*2\', result becomes [ 200 ]\nUse +- to subtract.\n"); @@ -386,7 +486,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) static float col1[3] = { 1.0f,0.0f,0.2f }; static float col2[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f }; ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nRight-click on the colored square to show options.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); + ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Click on the colored square to open a color picker.\nClick and hold to use drag and drop.\nRight-click on the colored square to show options.\nCTRL+click on individual component to input value.\n"); ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); } @@ -759,7 +859,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) static char buf3[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("hexadecimal", buf3, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); static char buf4[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("uppercase", buf4, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase); static char buf5[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("no blank", buf5, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank); - struct TextFilters { static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) return 0; return 1; } }; + struct TextFilters { static int FilterImGuiLetters(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { if (data->EventChar < 256 && strchr("imgui", (char)data->EventChar)) return 0; return 1; } }; static char buf6[64] = ""; ImGui::InputText("\"imgui\" letters", buf6, 64, ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter, TextFilters::FilterImGuiLetters); ImGui::Text("Password input"); @@ -786,10 +886,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) "label:\n" "\tlock cmpxchg8b eax\n"; - ImGui::PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_FramePadding, ImVec2(0,0)); + ShowHelpMarker("You can use the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize facility if you need to wire InputTextMultiline() to a dynamic string type. See misc/stl/imgui_stl.h for an example. (This is not demonstrated in imgui_demo.cpp)"); ImGui::Checkbox("Read-only", &read_only); - ImGui::PopStyleVar(); - ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-1.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput | (read_only ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly : 0)); + ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput | (read_only ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly : 0); + ImGui::InputTextMultiline("##source", text, IM_ARRAYSIZE(text), ImVec2(-1.0f, ImGui::GetTextLineHeight() * 16), flags); ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -805,7 +905,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) // Tip: If your float aren't contiguous but part of a structure, you can pass a pointer to your first float and the sizeof() of your structure in the Stride parameter. static float values[90] = { 0 }; static int values_offset = 0; - static float refresh_time = 0.0f; + static double refresh_time = 0.0; if (!animate || refresh_time == 0.0f) refresh_time = ImGui::GetTime(); while (refresh_time < ImGui::GetTime()) // Create dummy data at fixed 60 hz rate for the demo @@ -1007,20 +1107,31 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::TreeNode("Data Types")) { - // The DragScalar, InputScalar, SliderScalar functions allow manipulating most common data types: signed/unsigned int/long long and float/double - // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum to pass the type, and argument-by-values are turned into argument-by-address. + // The DragScalar/InputScalar/SliderScalar functions allow various data types: signed/unsigned int/long long and float/double + // To avoid polluting the public API with all possible combinations, we use the ImGuiDataType enum to pass the type, + // and passing all arguments by address. // This is the reason the test code below creates local variables to hold "zero" "one" etc. for each types. - // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, you may want to wrap it yourself inside a 1 line function - // which can take typed values argument instead of void*, and then pass their address to the generic function. For example: - // bool SliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld") { return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format); } - // Below are helper variables we can take the address of to work-around this: + // In practice, if you frequently use a given type that is not covered by the normal API entry points, you can wrap it + // yourself inside a 1 line function which can take typed argument as value instead of void*, and then pass their address + // to the generic function. For example: + // bool MySliderU64(const char *label, u64* value, u64 min = 0, u64 max = 0, const char* format = "%lld") + // { + // return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_U64, value, &min, &max, format); + // } + + // Limits (as helper variables that we can take the address of) // Note that the SliderScalar function has a maximum usable range of half the natural type maximum, hence the /2 below. + #ifndef LLONG_MIN + ImS64 LLONG_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1; + ImS64 LLONG_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL; + ImU64 ULLONG_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); + #endif const ImS32 s32_zero = 0, s32_one = 1, s32_fifty = 50, s32_min = INT_MIN/2, s32_max = INT_MAX/2, s32_hi_a = INT_MAX/2 - 100, s32_hi_b = INT_MAX/2; const ImU32 u32_zero = 0, u32_one = 1, u32_fifty = 50, u32_min = 0, u32_max = UINT_MAX/2, u32_hi_a = UINT_MAX/2 - 100, u32_hi_b = UINT_MAX/2; const ImS64 s64_zero = 0, s64_one = 1, s64_fifty = 50, s64_min = LLONG_MIN/2, s64_max = LLONG_MAX/2, s64_hi_a = LLONG_MAX/2 - 100, s64_hi_b = LLONG_MAX/2; const ImU64 u64_zero = 0, u64_one = 1, u64_fifty = 50, u64_min = 0, u64_max = ULLONG_MAX/2, u64_hi_a = ULLONG_MAX/2 - 100, u64_hi_b = ULLONG_MAX/2; const float f32_zero = 0.f, f32_one = 1.f, f32_lo_a = -10000000000.0f, f32_hi_a = +10000000000.0f; - const double f64_zero = 0., f64_one = 1., f64_lo_a = -1000000000000000, f64_hi_a = +1000000000000000; + const double f64_zero = 0., f64_one = 1., f64_lo_a = -1000000000000000.0, f64_hi_a = +1000000000000000.0; // State static ImS32 s32_v = -1; @@ -1173,19 +1284,97 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::TreePop(); } - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Active, Focused, Hovered & Focused Tests")) + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Drag and Drop")) + { + { + // ColorEdit widgets automatically act as drag source and drag target. + // They are using standardized payload strings IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F and IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F to allow your own widgets + // to use colors in their drag and drop interaction. Also see the demo in Color Picker -> Palette demo. + ImGui::BulletText("Drag and drop in standard widgets"); + ImGui::Indent(); + static float col1[3] = { 1.0f,0.0f,0.2f }; + static float col2[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f }; + ImGui::ColorEdit3("color 1", col1); + ImGui::ColorEdit4("color 2", col2); + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + + { + ImGui::BulletText("Drag and drop to copy/swap items"); + ImGui::Indent(); + enum Mode + { + Mode_Copy, + Mode_Move, + Mode_Swap + }; + static int mode = 0; + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Copy", mode == Mode_Copy)) { mode = Mode_Copy; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Move", mode == Mode_Move)) { mode = Mode_Move; } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::RadioButton("Swap", mode == Mode_Swap)) { mode = Mode_Swap; } + static const char* names[9] = { "Bobby", "Beatrice", "Betty", "Brianna", "Barry", "Bernard", "Bibi", "Blaine", "Bryn" }; + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(names); n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(n); + if ((n % 3) != 0) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button(names[n], ImVec2(60,60)); + + // Our buttons are both drag sources and drag targets here! + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropSource(ImGuiDragDropFlags_None)) + { + ImGui::SetDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL", &n, sizeof(int)); // Set payload to carry the index of our item (could be anything) + if (mode == Mode_Copy) { ImGui::Text("Copy %s", names[n]); } // Display preview (could be anything, e.g. when dragging an image we could decide to display the filename and a small preview of the image, etc.) + if (mode == Mode_Move) { ImGui::Text("Move %s", names[n]); } + if (mode == Mode_Swap) { ImGui::Text("Swap %s", names[n]); } + ImGui::EndDragDropSource(); + } + if (ImGui::BeginDragDropTarget()) + { + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = ImGui::AcceptDragDropPayload("DND_DEMO_CELL")) + { + IM_ASSERT(payload->DataSize == sizeof(int)); + int payload_n = *(const int*)payload->Data; + if (mode == Mode_Copy) + { + names[n] = names[payload_n]; + } + if (mode == Mode_Move) + { + names[n] = names[payload_n]; + names[payload_n] = ""; + } + if (mode == Mode_Swap) + { + const char* tmp = names[n]; + names[n] = names[payload_n]; + names[payload_n] = tmp; + } + } + ImGui::EndDragDropTarget(); + } + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::Unindent(); + } + + ImGui::TreePop(); + } + + if (ImGui::TreeNode("Querying Status (Active/Focused/Hovered etc.)")) { // Display the value of IsItemHovered() and other common item state functions. Note that the flags can be combined. // (because BulletText is an item itself and that would affect the output of IsItemHovered() we pass all state in a single call to simplify the code). static int item_type = 1; static bool b = false; static float col4f[4] = { 1.0f, 0.5, 0.0f, 1.0f }; - ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &item_type, 0); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("Button", &item_type, 1); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("CheckBox", &item_type, 2); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("SliderFloat", &item_type, 3); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::RadioButton("ColorEdit4", &item_type, 4); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::RadioButton("Text", &item_type, 0); + ImGui::RadioButton("Button", &item_type, 1); + ImGui::RadioButton("CheckBox", &item_type, 2); + ImGui::RadioButton("SliderFloat", &item_type, 3); + ImGui::RadioButton("ColorEdit4", &item_type, 4); ImGui::RadioButton("ListBox", &item_type, 5); + ImGui::Separator(); bool ret = false; if (item_type == 0) { ImGui::Text("ITEM: Text"); } // Testing text items with no identifier/interaction if (item_type == 1) { ret = ImGui::Button("ITEM: Button"); } // Testing button @@ -1202,9 +1391,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) "IsItemHovered(_AllowWhenOverlapped) = %d\n" "IsItemHovered(_RectOnly) = %d\n" "IsItemActive() = %d\n" + "IsItemEdited() = %d\n" "IsItemDeactivated() = %d\n" - "IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange() = %d\n" - "IsItemVisible() = %d\n", + "IsItemDeactivatedEdit() = %d\n" + "IsItemVisible() = %d\n" + "GetItemRectMin() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n" + "GetItemRectMax() = (%.1f, %.1f)\n" + "GetItemRectSize() = (%.1f, %.1f)", ret, ImGui::IsItemFocused(), ImGui::IsItemHovered(), @@ -1213,9 +1406,13 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenOverlapped), ImGui::IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_RectOnly), ImGui::IsItemActive(), + ImGui::IsItemEdited(), ImGui::IsItemDeactivated(), - ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterChange(), - ImGui::IsItemVisible() + ImGui::IsItemDeactivatedAfterEdit(), + ImGui::IsItemVisible(), + ImGui::GetItemRectMin().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMin().y, + ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x, ImGui::GetItemRectMax().y, + ImGui::GetItemRectSize().x, ImGui::GetItemRectSize().y ); static bool embed_all_inside_a_child_window = false; @@ -1259,6 +1456,25 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (embed_all_inside_a_child_window) EndChild(); + // Calling IsItemHovered() after begin returns the hovered status of the title bar. + // This is useful in particular if you want to create a context menu (with BeginPopupContextItem) associated to the title bar of a window. + static bool test_window = false; + ImGui::Checkbox("Hovered/Active tests after Begin() for title bar testing", &test_window); + if (test_window) + { + ImGui::Begin("Title bar Hovered/Active tests", &test_window); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) // <-- This is using IsItemHovered() + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) { test_window = false; } + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + ImGui::Text( + "IsItemHovered() after begin = %d (== is title bar hovered)\n" + "IsItemActive() after begin = %d (== is window being clicked/moved)\n", + ImGui::IsItemHovered(), ImGui::IsItemActive()); + ImGui::End(); + } + ImGui::TreePop(); } } @@ -1423,10 +1639,26 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::PopItemWidth(); // Dummy - ImVec2 sz(30,30); - ImGui::Button("A", sz); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Dummy(sz); ImGui::SameLine(); - ImGui::Button("B", sz); + ImVec2 button_sz(40,40); + ImGui::Button("A", button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Dummy(button_sz); ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::Button("B", button_sz); + + // Manually wrapping (we should eventually provide this as an automatic layout feature, but for now you can do it manually) + ImGui::Text("Manually wrapping:"); + ImGuiStyle& style = ImGui::GetStyle(); + int buttons_count = 20; + float window_visible_x2 = ImGui::GetWindowPos().x + ImGui::GetWindowContentRegionMax().x; + for (int n = 0; n < buttons_count; n++) + { + ImGui::PushID(n); + ImGui::Button("Box", button_sz); + float last_button_x2 = ImGui::GetItemRectMax().x; + float next_button_x2 = last_button_x2 + style.ItemSpacing.x + button_sz.x; // Expected position if next button was on same line + if (n + 1 < buttons_count && next_button_x2 < window_visible_x2) + ImGui::SameLine(); + ImGui::PopID(); + } ImGui::TreePop(); } @@ -1770,7 +2002,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::OpenPopup("Stacked 1"); if (ImGui::BeginPopupModal("Stacked 1")) { - ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First\nUsing style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening] for darkening."); + ImGui::Text("Hello from Stacked The First\nUsing style.Colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] behind it."); static int item = 1; ImGui::Combo("Combo", &item, "aaaa\0bbbb\0cccc\0dddd\0eeee\0\0"); static float color[4] = { 0.4f,0.7f,0.0f,0.5f }; @@ -2019,16 +2251,6 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) ImGui::Text("WantSetMousePos: %d", io.WantSetMousePos); ImGui::Text("NavActive: %d, NavVisible: %d", io.NavActive, io.NavVisible); - ImGui::Checkbox("io.MouseDrawCursor", &io.MouseDrawCursor); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Instruct ImGui to render a mouse cursor for you in software. Note that a mouse cursor rendered via your application GPU rendering path will feel more laggy than hardware cursor, but will be more in sync with your other visuals.\n\nSome desktop applications may use both kinds of cursors (e.g. enable software cursor only when resizing/dragging something)."); - - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableGamepad [beta]", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableGamepad); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableKeyboard [beta]", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableKeyboard); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NavEnableSetMousePos", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Instruct navigation to move the mouse cursor. See comment for ImGuiConfigFlags_NavEnableSetMousePos."); - ImGui::CheckboxFlags("io.ConfigFlags: NoMouseCursorChange", (unsigned int *)&io.ConfigFlags, ImGuiConfigFlags_NoMouseCursorChange); - ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Instruct back-end to not alter mouse cursor shape and visibility."); - if (ImGui::TreeNode("Keyboard, Mouse & Navigation State")) { if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) @@ -2144,7 +2366,7 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) if (ImGui::TreeNode("Mouse cursors")) { - const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "Move", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE" }; + const char* mouse_cursors_names[] = { "Arrow", "TextInput", "Move", "ResizeNS", "ResizeEW", "ResizeNESW", "ResizeNWSE", "Hand" }; IM_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(mouse_cursors_names) == ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); ImGui::Text("Current mouse cursor = %d: %s", ImGui::GetMouseCursor(), mouse_cursors_names[ImGui::GetMouseCursor()]); @@ -2162,9 +2384,14 @@ void ImGui::ShowDemoWindow(bool* p_open) } } + // End of ShowDemoWindow() ImGui::End(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Style Editor / ShowStyleEditor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Demo helper function to select among default colors. See ShowStyleEditor() for more advanced options. // Here we use the simplified Combo() api that packs items into a single literal string. Useful for quick combo boxes where the choices are known locally. bool ImGui::ShowStyleSelector(const char* label) @@ -2365,8 +2592,8 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::Text("The quick brown fox jumps over the lazy dog"); ImGui::PopFont(); ImGui::DragFloat("Font scale", &font->Scale, 0.005f, 0.3f, 2.0f, "%.1f"); // Scale only this font - ImGui::InputFloat("Font offset", &font->DisplayOffset.y, 1, 1, 0); ImGui::SameLine(); ShowHelpMarker("Note than the default embedded font is NOT meant to be scaled.\n\nFont are currently rendered into bitmaps at a given size at the time of building the atlas. You may oversample them to get some flexibility with scaling. You can also render at multiple sizes and select which one to use at runtime.\n\n(Glimmer of hope: the atlas system should hopefully be rewritten in the future to make scaling more natural and automatic.)"); + ImGui::InputFloat("Font offset", &font->DisplayOffset.y, 1, 1, "%.0f"); ImGui::Text("Ascent: %f, Descent: %f, Height: %f", font->Ascent, font->Descent, font->Ascent - font->Descent); ImGui::Text("Fallback character: '%c' (%d)", font->FallbackChar, font->FallbackChar); ImGui::Text("Texture surface: %d pixels (approx) ~ %dx%d", font->MetricsTotalSurface, (int)sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface), (int)sqrtf((float)font->MetricsTotalSurface)); @@ -2427,6 +2654,10 @@ void ImGui::ShowStyleEditor(ImGuiStyle* ref) ImGui::PopItemWidth(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Main Menu Bar / ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Demonstrate creating a fullscreen menu bar and populating it. static void ShowExampleAppMainMenuBar() { @@ -2516,237 +2747,11 @@ static void ShowExampleMenuFile() if (ImGui::MenuItem("Quit", "Alt+F4")) {} } -// Demonstrate creating a window which gets auto-resized according to its content. -static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open) -{ - if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Auto-resizing window", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Console / ShowExampleAppConsole() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - static int lines = 10; - ImGui::Text("Window will resize every-frame to the size of its content.\nNote that you probably don't want to query the window size to\noutput your content because that would create a feedback loop."); - ImGui::SliderInt("Number of lines", &lines, 1, 20); - for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++) - ImGui::Text("%*sThis is line %d", i*4, "", i); // Pad with space to extend size horizontally - ImGui::End(); -} - -// Demonstrate creating a window with custom resize constraints. -static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) -{ - struct CustomConstraints // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints - { - static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize = ImVec2(IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y), IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y)); } - static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = (float)(int)(intptr_t)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } - }; - - static bool auto_resize = false; - static int type = 0; - static int display_lines = 10; - if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only - if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only - if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 - if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width 400-500 - if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400), ImVec2(-1, 500)); // Height 400-500 - if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square - if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)100);// Fixed Step - - ImGuiWindowFlags flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, flags)) - { - const char* desc[] = - { - "Resize vertical only", - "Resize horizontal only", - "Width > 100, Height > 100", - "Width 400-500", - "Height 400-500", - "Custom: Always Square", - "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", - }; - if (ImGui::Button("200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); - if (ImGui::Button("800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } - ImGui::PushItemWidth(200); - ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(desc)); - ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); - ImGui::PopItemWidth(); - ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); - for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) - ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); - } - ImGui::End(); -} - -// Demonstrate creating a simple static window with no decoration + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use. -static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) -{ - const float DISTANCE = 10.0f; - static int corner = 0; - ImVec2 window_pos = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.x - DISTANCE : DISTANCE, (corner & 2) ? ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.y - DISTANCE : DISTANCE); - ImVec2 window_pos_pivot = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f, (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); - if (corner != -1) - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot); - ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.3f); // Transparent background - if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple Overlay", p_open, (corner != -1 ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove : 0) | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing|ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav)) - { - ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "in the corner of the screen.\n" "(right-click to change position)"); - ImGui::Separator(); - if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) - ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y); - else - ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: "); - if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) - { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, corner == -1)) corner = -1; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, corner == 0)) corner = 0; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, corner == 1)) corner = 1; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, corner == 2)) corner = 2; - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, corner == 3)) corner = 3; - if (p_open && ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; - ImGui::EndPopup(); - } - ImGui::End(); - } -} - -// Demonstrate using "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. -// This apply to regular items as well. Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes). A primer on the purpose of labels/IDs." for details. -static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) -{ - // By default, Windows are uniquely identified by their title. - // You can use the "##" and "###" markers to manipulate the display/ID. - - // Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier. - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100,100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1"); - ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique."); - ImGui::End(); - - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100,200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##2"); - ImGui::Text("This is window 2.\nMy title is the same as window 1, but my identifier is unique."); - ImGui::End(); - - // Using "###" to display a changing title but keep a static identifier "AnimatedTitle" - char buf[128]; - sprintf(buf, "Animated title %c %d###AnimatedTitle", "|/-\\"[(int)(ImGui::GetTime()/0.25f)&3], ImGui::GetFrameCount()); - ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100,300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin(buf); - ImGui::Text("This window has a changing title."); - ImGui::End(); -} - -// Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes. -static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) -{ - ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(350,560), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Custom rendering", p_open)) - { - ImGui::End(); - return; - } - - // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of overloaded operators, etc. - // Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your types and ImVec2/ImVec4. - // ImGui defines overloaded operators but they are internal to imgui.cpp and not exposed outside (to avoid messing with your types) - // In this example we are not using the maths operators! - ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); - - // Primitives - ImGui::Text("Primitives"); - static float sz = 36.0f; - static float thickness = 4.0f; - static ImVec4 col = ImVec4(1.0f,1.0f,0.4f,1.0f); - ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 72.0f, "%.0f"); - ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f"); - ImGui::ColorEdit3("Color", &col.x); - { - const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); - const ImU32 col32 = ImColor(col); - float x = p.x + 4.0f, y = p.y + 4.0f, spacing = 8.0f; - for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) - { - float curr_thickness = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness; - draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 20, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y), ImVec2(x+sz,y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x,y+sz-0.5f), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y ), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y+sz), col32, curr_thickness); x += spacing; // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; // Diagonal line - draw_list->AddBezierCurve(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz*1.3f,y+sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz-sz*1.3f,y+sz-sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, curr_thickness); - x = p.x + 4; - y += sz+spacing; - } - draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 32); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y), ImVec2(x+sz,y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x,y+sz-0.5f), col32); x += sz+spacing; - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+thickness), col32); x += sz+spacing; // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+thickness, y+sz), col32); x += spacing+spacing; // Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) - draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+1, y+1), col32); x += sz; // Pixel (faster than AddLine) - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), IM_COL32(0,0,0,255), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,0,255)); - ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz+spacing)*8, (sz+spacing)*3)); - } - ImGui::Separator(); - { - static ImVector points; - static bool adding_line = false; - ImGui::Text("Canvas example"); - if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) points.clear(); - if (points.Size >= 2) { ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Undo")) { points.pop_back(); points.pop_back(); } } - ImGui::Text("Left-click and drag to add lines,\nRight-click to undo"); - - // Here we are using InvisibleButton() as a convenience to 1) advance the cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered() - // But you can also draw directly and poll mouse/keyboard by yourself. You can manipulate the cursor using GetCursorPos() and SetCursorPos(). - // If you only use the ImDrawList API, you can notify the owner window of its extends by using SetCursorPos(max). - ImVec2 canvas_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates! - ImVec2 canvas_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); // Resize canvas to what's available - if (canvas_size.x < 50.0f) canvas_size.x = 50.0f; - if (canvas_size.y < 50.0f) canvas_size.y = 50.0f; - draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(50,50,50,255), IM_COL32(50,50,60,255), IM_COL32(60,60,70,255), IM_COL32(50,50,60,255)); - draw_list->AddRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(255,255,255,255)); - - bool adding_preview = false; - ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_size); - ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas = ImVec2(ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x - canvas_pos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y - canvas_pos.y); - if (adding_line) - { - adding_preview = true; - points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); - if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(0)) - adding_line = adding_preview = false; - } - if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) - { - if (!adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0)) - { - points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); - adding_line = true; - } - if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(1) && !points.empty()) - { - adding_line = adding_preview = false; - points.pop_back(); - points.pop_back(); - } - } - draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x+canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y+canvas_size.y), true); // clip lines within the canvas (if we resize it, etc.) - for (int i = 0; i < points.Size - 1; i += 2) - draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i].y), ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i+1].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i+1].y), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), 2.0f); - draw_list->PopClipRect(); - if (adding_preview) - points.pop_back(); - } - ImGui::End(); -} - -// Demonstrating creating a simple console window, with scrolling, filtering, completion and history. +// Demonstrate creating a simple console window, with scrolling, filtering, completion and history. // For the console example, here we are using a more C++ like approach of declaring a class to hold the data and the functions. struct ExampleAppConsole { @@ -2765,7 +2770,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole Commands.push_back("HELP"); Commands.push_back("HISTORY"); Commands.push_back("CLEAR"); - Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY"); // "classify" is here to provide an example of "C"+[tab] completing to "CL" and displaying matches. + Commands.push_back("CLASSIFY"); // "classify" is only here to provide an example of "C"+[tab] completing to "CL" and displaying matches. AddLog("Welcome to Dear ImGui!"); } ~ExampleAppConsole() @@ -2815,7 +2820,7 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole // Here we create a context menu only available from the title bar. if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextItem()) { - if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Close Console")) *p_open = false; ImGui::EndPopup(); } @@ -2888,14 +2893,15 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole bool reclaim_focus = false; if (ImGui::InputText("Input", InputBuf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(InputBuf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue|ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory, &TextEditCallbackStub, (void*)this)) { - Strtrim(InputBuf); - if (InputBuf[0]) - ExecCommand(InputBuf); - strcpy(InputBuf, ""); + char* s = InputBuf; + Strtrim(s); + if (s[0]) + ExecCommand(s); + strcpy(s, ""); reclaim_focus = true; } - // Demonstrate keeping focus on the input box + // Auto-focus on window apparition ImGui::SetItemDefaultFocus(); if (reclaim_focus) ImGui::SetKeyboardFocusHere(-1); // Auto focus previous widget @@ -2941,13 +2947,13 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole } } - static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData* data) // In C++11 you are better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks + static int TextEditCallbackStub(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) // In C++11 you are better off using lambdas for this sort of forwarding callbacks { ExampleAppConsole* console = (ExampleAppConsole*)data->UserData; return console->TextEditCallback(data); } - int TextEditCallback(ImGuiTextEditCallbackData* data) + int TextEditCallback(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData* data) { //AddLog("cursor: %d, selection: %d-%d", data->CursorPos, data->SelectionStart, data->SelectionEnd); switch (data->EventFlag) @@ -3038,8 +3044,9 @@ struct ExampleAppConsole // A better implementation would preserve the data on the current input line along with cursor position. if (prev_history_pos != HistoryPos) { - data->CursorPos = data->SelectionStart = data->SelectionEnd = data->BufTextLen = (int)snprintf(data->Buf, (size_t)data->BufSize, "%s", (HistoryPos >= 0) ? History[HistoryPos] : ""); - data->BufDirty = true; + const char* history_str = (HistoryPos >= 0) ? History[HistoryPos] : ""; + data->DeleteChars(0, data->BufTextLen); + data->InsertChars(0, history_str); } } } @@ -3053,6 +3060,10 @@ static void ShowExampleAppConsole(bool* p_open) console.Draw("Example: Console", p_open); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Debug Log / ShowExampleAppLog() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Usage: // static ExampleAppLog my_log; // my_log.AddLog("Hello %d world\n", 123); @@ -3082,7 +3093,11 @@ struct ExampleAppLog void Draw(const char* title, bool* p_open = NULL) { ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(500,400), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); - ImGui::Begin(title, p_open); + if (!ImGui::Begin(title, p_open)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) Clear(); ImGui::SameLine(); bool copy = ImGui::Button("Copy"); @@ -3123,8 +3138,8 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open) static ExampleAppLog log; // Demo: add random items (unless Ctrl is held) - static float last_time = -1.0f; - float time = ImGui::GetTime(); + static double last_time = -1.0; + double time = ImGui::GetTime(); if (time - last_time >= 0.20f && !ImGui::GetIO().KeyCtrl) { const char* random_words[] = { "system", "info", "warning", "error", "fatal", "notice", "log" }; @@ -3135,6 +3150,10 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLog(bool* p_open) log.Draw("Example: Log", p_open); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Layout / ShowExampleAppLayout() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Demonstrate create a window with multiple child windows. static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) { @@ -3179,6 +3198,10 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLayout(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Property Editor / ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Demonstrate create a simple property editor. static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) { @@ -3248,6 +3271,10 @@ static void ShowExampleAppPropertyEditor(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Long Text / ShowExampleAppLongText() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + // Demonstrate/test rendering huge amount of text, and the incidence of clipping. static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) { @@ -3302,6 +3329,256 @@ static void ShowExampleAppLongText(bool* p_open) ImGui::End(); } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Auto Resize / ShowExampleAppAutoResize() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a window which gets auto-resized according to its content. +static void ShowExampleAppAutoResize(bool* p_open) +{ + if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Auto-resizing window", p_open, ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + static int lines = 10; + ImGui::Text("Window will resize every-frame to the size of its content.\nNote that you probably don't want to query the window size to\noutput your content because that would create a feedback loop."); + ImGui::SliderInt("Number of lines", &lines, 1, 20); + for (int i = 0; i < lines; i++) + ImGui::Text("%*sThis is line %d", i * 4, "", i); // Pad with space to extend size horizontally + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Constrained Resize / ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a window with custom resize constraints. +static void ShowExampleAppConstrainedResize(bool* p_open) +{ + struct CustomConstraints // Helper functions to demonstrate programmatic constraints + { + static void Square(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { data->DesiredSize = ImVec2(IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y), IM_MAX(data->DesiredSize.x, data->DesiredSize.y)); } + static void Step(ImGuiSizeCallbackData* data) { float step = (float)(int)(intptr_t)data->UserData; data->DesiredSize = ImVec2((int)(data->DesiredSize.x / step + 0.5f) * step, (int)(data->DesiredSize.y / step + 0.5f) * step); } + }; + + static bool auto_resize = false; + static int type = 0; + static int display_lines = 10; + if (type == 0) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 0), ImVec2(-1, FLT_MAX)); // Vertical only + if (type == 1) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, -1), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, -1)); // Horizontal only + if (type == 2) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(100, 100), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX)); // Width > 100, Height > 100 + if (type == 3) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(400, -1), ImVec2(500, -1)); // Width 400-500 + if (type == 4) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(-1, 400), ImVec2(-1, 500)); // Height 400-500 + if (type == 5) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Square); // Always Square + if (type == 6) ImGui::SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0, 0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, FLT_MAX), CustomConstraints::Step, (void*)100);// Fixed Step + + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = auto_resize ? ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize : 0; + if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Constrained Resize", p_open, flags)) + { + const char* desc[] = + { + "Resize vertical only", + "Resize horizontal only", + "Width > 100, Height > 100", + "Width 400-500", + "Height 400-500", + "Custom: Always Square", + "Custom: Fixed Steps (100)", + }; + if (ImGui::Button("200x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(200, 200)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("500x500")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(500, 500)); } ImGui::SameLine(); + if (ImGui::Button("800x200")) { ImGui::SetWindowSize(ImVec2(800, 200)); } + ImGui::PushItemWidth(200); + ImGui::Combo("Constraint", &type, desc, IM_ARRAYSIZE(desc)); + ImGui::DragInt("Lines", &display_lines, 0.2f, 1, 100); + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + ImGui::Checkbox("Auto-resize", &auto_resize); + for (int i = 0; i < display_lines; i++) + ImGui::Text("%*sHello, sailor! Making this line long enough for the example.", i * 4, ""); + } + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Simple Overlay / ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate creating a simple static window with no decoration + a context-menu to choose which corner of the screen to use. +static void ShowExampleAppSimpleOverlay(bool* p_open) +{ + const float DISTANCE = 10.0f; + static int corner = 0; + ImVec2 window_pos = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.x - DISTANCE : DISTANCE, (corner & 2) ? ImGui::GetIO().DisplaySize.y - DISTANCE : DISTANCE); + ImVec2 window_pos_pivot = ImVec2((corner & 1) ? 1.0f : 0.0f, (corner & 2) ? 1.0f : 0.0f); + if (corner != -1) + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(window_pos, ImGuiCond_Always, window_pos_pivot); + ImGui::SetNextWindowBgAlpha(0.3f); // Transparent background + if (ImGui::Begin("Example: Simple Overlay", p_open, (corner != -1 ? ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove : 0) | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoFocusOnAppearing | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNav)) + { + ImGui::Text("Simple overlay\n" "in the corner of the screen.\n" "(right-click to change position)"); + ImGui::Separator(); + if (ImGui::IsMousePosValid()) + ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: (%.1f,%.1f)", ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y); + else + ImGui::Text("Mouse Position: "); + if (ImGui::BeginPopupContextWindow()) + { + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Custom", NULL, corner == -1)) corner = -1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-left", NULL, corner == 0)) corner = 0; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Top-right", NULL, corner == 1)) corner = 1; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-left", NULL, corner == 2)) corner = 2; + if (ImGui::MenuItem("Bottom-right", NULL, corner == 3)) corner = 3; + if (p_open && ImGui::MenuItem("Close")) *p_open = false; + ImGui::EndPopup(); + } + } + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Manipulating Window Titles / ShowExampleAppWindowTitles() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate using "##" and "###" in identifiers to manipulate ID generation. +// This apply to all regular items as well. Read FAQ section "How can I have multiple widgets with the same label? Can I have widget without a label? (Yes). A primer on the purpose of labels/IDs." for details. +static void ShowExampleAppWindowTitles(bool*) +{ + // By default, Windows are uniquely identified by their title. + // You can use the "##" and "###" markers to manipulate the display/ID. + + // Using "##" to display same title but have unique identifier. + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 100), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##1"); + ImGui::Text("This is window 1.\nMy title is the same as window 2, but my identifier is unique."); + ImGui::End(); + + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 200), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::Begin("Same title as another window##2"); + ImGui::Text("This is window 2.\nMy title is the same as window 1, but my identifier is unique."); + ImGui::End(); + + // Using "###" to display a changing title but keep a static identifier "AnimatedTitle" + char buf[128]; + sprintf(buf, "Animated title %c %d###AnimatedTitle", "|/-\\"[(int)(ImGui::GetTime() / 0.25f) & 3], ImGui::GetFrameCount()); + ImGui::SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(100, 300), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + ImGui::Begin(buf); + ImGui::Text("This window has a changing title."); + ImGui::End(); +} + +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Example App: Custom Rendering using ImDrawList API / ShowExampleAppCustomRendering() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Demonstrate using the low-level ImDrawList to draw custom shapes. +static void ShowExampleAppCustomRendering(bool* p_open) +{ + ImGui::SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(350, 560), ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver); + if (!ImGui::Begin("Example: Custom rendering", p_open)) + { + ImGui::End(); + return; + } + + // Tip: If you do a lot of custom rendering, you probably want to use your own geometrical types and benefit of overloaded operators, etc. + // Define IM_VEC2_CLASS_EXTRA in imconfig.h to create implicit conversions between your types and ImVec2/ImVec4. + // ImGui defines overloaded operators but they are internal to imgui.cpp and not exposed outside (to avoid messing with your types) + // In this example we are not using the maths operators! + ImDrawList* draw_list = ImGui::GetWindowDrawList(); + + // Primitives + ImGui::Text("Primitives"); + static float sz = 36.0f; + static float thickness = 4.0f; + static ImVec4 col = ImVec4(1.0f, 1.0f, 0.4f, 1.0f); + ImGui::DragFloat("Size", &sz, 0.2f, 2.0f, 72.0f, "%.0f"); + ImGui::DragFloat("Thickness", &thickness, 0.05f, 1.0f, 8.0f, "%.02f"); + ImGui::ColorEdit3("Color", &col.x); + { + const ImVec2 p = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + const ImU32 col32 = ImColor(col); + float x = p.x + 4.0f, y = p.y + 4.0f, spacing = 8.0f; + for (int n = 0; n < 2; n++) + { + float curr_thickness = (n == 0) ? 1.0f : thickness; + draw_list->AddCircle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 20, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 0.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_All, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; + draw_list->AddRect(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; + draw_list->AddTriangle(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y), ImVec2(x+sz,y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x,y+sz-0.5f), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y ), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; // Horizontal line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x, y+sz), col32, curr_thickness); x += spacing; // Vertical line (note: drawing a filled rectangle will be faster!) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, curr_thickness); x += sz+spacing; // Diagonal line + draw_list->AddBezierCurve(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz*1.3f,y+sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz-sz*1.3f,y+sz-sz*0.3f), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, curr_thickness); + x = p.x + 4; + y += sz+spacing; + } + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y+sz*0.5f), sz*0.5f, col32, 32); x += sz+spacing; + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32); x += sz+spacing; + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f); x += sz+spacing; + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), col32, 10.0f, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); x += sz+spacing; + draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(x+sz*0.5f, y), ImVec2(x+sz,y+sz-0.5f), ImVec2(x,y+sz-0.5f), col32); x += sz+spacing; + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+thickness), col32); x += sz+spacing; // Horizontal line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+thickness, y+sz), col32); x += spacing+spacing; // Vertical line (faster than AddLine, but only handle integer thickness) + draw_list->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+1, y+1), col32); x += sz; // Pixel (faster than AddLine) + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(x, y), ImVec2(x+sz, y+sz), IM_COL32(0,0,0,255), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,0,255)); + ImGui::Dummy(ImVec2((sz+spacing)*8, (sz+spacing)*3)); + } + ImGui::Separator(); + { + static ImVector points; + static bool adding_line = false; + ImGui::Text("Canvas example"); + if (ImGui::Button("Clear")) points.clear(); + if (points.Size >= 2) { ImGui::SameLine(); if (ImGui::Button("Undo")) { points.pop_back(); points.pop_back(); } } + ImGui::Text("Left-click and drag to add lines,\nRight-click to undo"); + + // Here we are using InvisibleButton() as a convenience to 1) advance the cursor and 2) allows us to use IsItemHovered() + // But you can also draw directly and poll mouse/keyboard by yourself. You can manipulate the cursor using GetCursorPos() and SetCursorPos(). + // If you only use the ImDrawList API, you can notify the owner window of its extends by using SetCursorPos(max). + ImVec2 canvas_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); // ImDrawList API uses screen coordinates! + ImVec2 canvas_size = ImGui::GetContentRegionAvail(); // Resize canvas to what's available + if (canvas_size.x < 50.0f) canvas_size.x = 50.0f; + if (canvas_size.y < 50.0f) canvas_size.y = 50.0f; + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(50, 50, 50, 255), IM_COL32(50, 50, 60, 255), IM_COL32(60, 60, 70, 255), IM_COL32(50, 50, 60, 255)); + draw_list->AddRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255)); + + bool adding_preview = false; + ImGui::InvisibleButton("canvas", canvas_size); + ImVec2 mouse_pos_in_canvas = ImVec2(ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.x - canvas_pos.x, ImGui::GetIO().MousePos.y - canvas_pos.y); + if (adding_line) + { + adding_preview = true; + points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); + if (!ImGui::IsMouseDown(0)) + adding_line = adding_preview = false; + } + if (ImGui::IsItemHovered()) + { + if (!adding_line && ImGui::IsMouseClicked(0)) + { + points.push_back(mouse_pos_in_canvas); + adding_line = true; + } + if (ImGui::IsMouseClicked(1) && !points.empty()) + { + adding_line = adding_preview = false; + points.pop_back(); + points.pop_back(); + } + } + draw_list->PushClipRect(canvas_pos, ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + canvas_size.x, canvas_pos.y + canvas_size.y), true); // clip lines within the canvas (if we resize it, etc.) + for (int i = 0; i < points.Size - 1; i += 2) + draw_list->AddLine(ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i].y), ImVec2(canvas_pos.x + points[i + 1].x, canvas_pos.y + points[i + 1].y), IM_COL32(255, 255, 0, 255), 2.0f); + draw_list->PopClipRect(); + if (adding_preview) + points.pop_back(); + } + ImGui::End(); +} + // End of Demo code #else diff --git a/external/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp b/external/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp index 1945ed09..3afcac4e 100644 --- a/external/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp +++ b/external/imgui/imgui_draw.cpp @@ -1,41 +1,56 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.62 +// dear imgui, v1.65 // (drawing and font code) -// Contains implementation for -// - Default styles -// - ImDrawList -// - ImDrawData -// - ImFontAtlas -// - ImFont -// - Default font data +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation +// [SECTION] Style functions +// [SECTION] ImDrawList +// [SECTION] ImDrawData +// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions +// [SECTION] ImFontConfig +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers + GlyphRangesBuilder +// [SECTION] ImFont +// [SECTION] Internal Render Helpers +// [SECTION] Decompression code +// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf) + +*/ #if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) #define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS #endif #include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS #define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif #include "imgui_internal.h" #include // vsnprintf, sscanf, printf #if !defined(alloca) -#ifdef _WIN32 +#if defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) || defined(__CYGWIN__) +#include // alloca (glibc uses . Note that Cygwin may have _WIN32 defined, so the order matters here) +#elif defined(_WIN32) #include // alloca #if !defined(alloca) #define alloca _alloca // for clang with MS Codegen #endif -#elif defined(__GLIBC__) || defined(__sun) -#include // alloca #else #include // alloca #endif #endif +// Visual Studio warnings #ifdef _MSC_VER #pragma warning (disable: 4505) // unreferenced local function has been removed (stb stuff) #pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen #endif +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything #ifdef __clang__ #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast" // warning : use of old-style cast // yes, they are more terse. #pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wfloat-equal" // warning : comparing floating point with == or != is unsafe // storing and comparing against same constants ok. @@ -60,7 +75,7 @@ #endif //------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// STB libraries implementation +// [SECTION] STB libraries implementation //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Compile time options: @@ -97,13 +112,14 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #ifndef STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION // in case the user already have an implementation in the _same_ compilation unit (e.g. unity builds) #ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION #define STBRP_STATIC -#define STBRP_ASSERT(x) IM_ASSERT(x) +#define STBRP_ASSERT(x) IM_ASSERT(x) +#define STBRP_SORT ImQsort #define STB_RECT_PACK_IMPLEMENTATION #endif #ifdef IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME #include IMGUI_STB_RECT_PACK_FILENAME #else -#include "stb_rect_pack.h" +#include "imstb_rectpack.h" #endif #endif @@ -126,7 +142,7 @@ namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE #ifdef IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME #include IMGUI_STB_TRUETYPE_FILENAME #else -#include "stb_truetype.h" +#include "imstb_truetype.h" #endif #endif @@ -148,7 +164,7 @@ using namespace IMGUI_STB_NAMESPACE; #endif //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Style functions +// [SECTION] Style functions //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) @@ -194,10 +210,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsDark(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.35f); } void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) @@ -243,10 +260,11 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsClassic(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.60f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.00f, 0.00f, 1.00f, 0.35f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 0.00f, 0.90f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(1.00f, 1.00f, 1.00f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.80f, 0.80f, 0.80f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f); } // Those light colors are better suited with a thicker font than the default one + FrameBorder @@ -293,14 +311,15 @@ void ImGui::StyleColorsLight(ImGuiStyle* dst) colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram] = ImVec4(0.90f, 0.70f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered] = ImVec4(1.00f, 0.45f, 0.00f, 1.00f); colors[ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.35f); - colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDarkening] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f); colors[ImGuiCol_DragDropTarget] = ImVec4(0.26f, 0.59f, 0.98f, 0.95f); colors[ImGuiCol_NavHighlight] = colors[ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered]; colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingHighlight] = ImVec4(0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f, 0.70f); + colors[ImGuiCol_NavWindowingDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f); + colors[ImGuiCol_ModalWindowDimBg] = ImVec4(0.20f, 0.20f, 0.20f, 0.35f); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawListData +// ImDrawList //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData() @@ -318,10 +337,6 @@ ImDrawListSharedData::ImDrawListSharedData() } } -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawList -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - void ImDrawList::Clear() { CmdBuffer.resize(0); @@ -1204,14 +1219,14 @@ void ImDrawList::AddImageRounded(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& a, c PathRect(a, b, rounding, rounding_corners); PathFillConvex(col); int vert_end_idx = VtxBuffer.Size; - ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx, VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx, a, b, uv_a, uv_b, true); + ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(this, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, a, b, uv_a, uv_b, true); if (push_texture_id) PopTextureID(); } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImDrawData +// [SECTION] ImDrawData //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // For backward compatibility: convert all buffers from indexed to de-indexed, in case you cannot render indexed. Note: this is slow and most likely a waste of resources. Always prefer indexed rendering! @@ -1248,14 +1263,16 @@ void ImDrawData::ScaleClipRects(const ImVec2& scale) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Shade functions +// [SECTION] Helpers ShadeVertsXXX functions //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // Generic linear color gradient, write to RGB fields, leave A untouched. -void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1) +void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1) { ImVec2 gradient_extent = gradient_p1 - gradient_p0; float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / ImLengthSqr(gradient_extent); + ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; + ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_start; vert < vert_end; vert++) { float d = ImDot(vert->pos - gradient_p0, gradient_extent); @@ -1267,25 +1284,8 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDra } } -// Scan and shade backward from the end of given vertices. Assume vertices are text only (= vert_start..vert_end going left to right) so we can break as soon as we are out the gradient bounds. -void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearAlphaGradientForLeftToRightText(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, float gradient_p0_x, float gradient_p1_x) -{ - float gradient_extent_x = gradient_p1_x - gradient_p0_x; - float gradient_inv_length2 = 1.0f / (gradient_extent_x * gradient_extent_x); - int full_alpha_count = 0; - for (ImDrawVert* vert = vert_end - 1; vert >= vert_start; vert--) - { - float d = (vert->pos.x - gradient_p0_x) * (gradient_extent_x); - float alpha_mul = 1.0f - ImClamp(d * gradient_inv_length2, 0.0f, 1.0f); - if (alpha_mul >= 1.0f && ++full_alpha_count > 2) - return; // Early out - int a = (int)(((vert->col >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) * alpha_mul); - vert->col = (vert->col & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK) | (a << IM_COL32_A_SHIFT); - } -} - // Distribute UV over (a, b) rectangle -void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp) +void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp) { const ImVec2 size = b - a; const ImVec2 uv_size = uv_b - uv_a; @@ -1293,11 +1293,12 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, con size.x != 0.0f ? (uv_size.x / size.x) : 0.0f, size.y != 0.0f ? (uv_size.y / size.y) : 0.0f); + ImDrawVert* vert_start = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_start_idx; + ImDrawVert* vert_end = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Data + vert_end_idx; if (clamp) { const ImVec2 min = ImMin(uv_a, uv_b); const ImVec2 max = ImMax(uv_a, uv_b); - for (ImDrawVert* vertex = vert_start; vertex < vert_end; ++vertex) vertex->uv = ImClamp(uv_a + ImMul(ImVec2(vertex->pos.x, vertex->pos.y) - a, scale), min, max); } @@ -1309,7 +1310,7 @@ void ImGui::ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, con } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImFontConfig +// [SECTION] ImFontConfig //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() @@ -1335,60 +1336,62 @@ ImFontConfig::ImFontConfig() } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImFontAtlas +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // A work of art lies ahead! (. = white layer, X = black layer, others are blank) // The white texels on the top left are the ones we'll use everywhere in ImGui to render filled shapes. -const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF = 90; +const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF = 108; const int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H = 27; const unsigned int FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_ID = 0x80000000; static const char FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_PIXELS[FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_W_HALF * FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_DATA_H + 1] = { - "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX" - "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X" - "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X" - "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X" - "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X" - "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X" - "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX" - "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X " - "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X " - "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X " - "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X " - "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X " - "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X " - "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X " - "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X " - "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X " - "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX " - "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------" - "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - " - "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - " - " X..X - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - " - " XX - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " - "------------ - X - X -X.....................X- " - " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " - " - X..X X..X - " - " - X.X X.X - " - " - XX XX - " + "..- -XXXXXXX- X - X -XXXXXXX - XXXXXXX- XX " + "..- -X.....X- X.X - X.X -X.....X - X.....X- X..X " + "--- -XXX.XXX- X...X - X...X -X....X - X....X- X..X " + "X - X.X - X.....X - X.....X -X...X - X...X- X..X " + "XX - X.X -X.......X- X.......X -X..X.X - X.X..X- X..X " + "X.X - X.X -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX -X.X X.X - X.X X.X- X..XXX " + "X..X - X.X - X.X - X.X -XX X.X - X.X XX- X..X..XXX " + "X...X - X.X - X.X - XX X.X XX - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..XX " + "X....X - X.X - X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X.X - X.X - X..X..X..X.X " + "X.....X - X.X - X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X.X - X.X -XXX X..X..X..X..X" + "X......X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X XX-XX X.X -X..XX........X..X" + "X.......X - X.X - X.X -X.....................X- X.X X.X-X.X X.X -X...X...........X" + "X........X - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXX.XXXXXX...X - X.X..X-X..X.X - X..............X" + "X.........X -XXX.XXX- X.X - X..X X.X X..X - X...X-X...X - X.............X" + "X..........X-X.....X- X.X - X.X X.X X.X - X....X-X....X - X.............X" + "X......XXXXX-XXXXXXX- X.X - XX X.X XX - X.....X-X.....X - X............X" + "X...X..X --------- X.X - X.X - XXXXXXX-XXXXXXX - X...........X " + "X..X X..X - -XXXX.XXXX- XXXX.XXXX ------------------------------------- X..........X " + "X.X X..X - -X.......X- X.......X - XX XX - - X..........X " + "XX X..X - - X.....X - X.....X - X.X X.X - - X........X " + " X..X - X...X - X...X - X..X X..X - - X........X " + " XX - X.X - X.X - X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - - XXXXXXXXXX " + "------------ - X - X -X.....................X- ------------------" + " ----------------------------------- X...XXXXXXXXXXXXX...X - " + " - X..X X..X - " + " - X.X X.X - " + " - XX XX - " }; static const ImVec2 FONT_ATLAS_DEFAULT_TEX_CURSOR_DATA[ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT][3] = { // Pos ........ Size ......... Offset ...... - { ImVec2(0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow - { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2(7,16), ImVec2( 4, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput + { ImVec2( 0,3), ImVec2(12,19), ImVec2( 0, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow + { ImVec2(13,0), ImVec2( 7,16), ImVec2( 1, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput { ImVec2(31,0), ImVec2(23,23), ImVec2(11,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeAll - { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 5,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS - { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 5) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW - { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 9, 9) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW - { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 9, 9) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE + { ImVec2(21,0), ImVec2( 9,23), ImVec2( 4,11) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS + { ImVec2(55,18),ImVec2(23, 9), ImVec2(11, 4) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW + { ImVec2(73,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNESW + { ImVec2(55,0), ImVec2(17,17), ImVec2( 8, 8) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNWSE + { ImVec2(91,0), ImVec2(17,22), ImVec2( 5, 0) }, // ImGuiMouseCursor_Hand }; ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas() { - Flags = 0x00; + Locked = false; + Flags = ImFontAtlasFlags_None; TexID = NULL; TexDesiredWidth = 0; TexGlyphPadding = 1; @@ -1404,11 +1407,13 @@ ImFontAtlas::ImFontAtlas() ImFontAtlas::~ImFontAtlas() { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); Clear(); } void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); for (int i = 0; i < ConfigData.Size; i++) if (ConfigData[i].FontData && ConfigData[i].FontDataOwnedByAtlas) { @@ -1431,6 +1436,7 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearInputData() void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData() { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); if (TexPixelsAlpha8) ImGui::MemFree(TexPixelsAlpha8); if (TexPixelsRGBA32) @@ -1441,6 +1447,7 @@ void ImFontAtlas::ClearTexData() void ImFontAtlas::ClearFonts() { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); for (int i = 0; i < Fonts.Size; i++) IM_DELETE(Fonts[i]); Fonts.clear(); @@ -1495,6 +1502,7 @@ void ImFontAtlas::GetTexDataAsRGBA32(unsigned char** out_pixels, int* out_wid ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFont(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg) { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->FontData != NULL && font_cfg->FontDataSize > 0); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg->SizePixels > 0.0f); @@ -1549,13 +1557,15 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontDefault(const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template) if (font_cfg.SizePixels <= 0.0f) font_cfg.SizePixels = 13.0f; const char* ttf_compressed_base85 = GetDefaultCompressedFontDataTTFBase85(); - ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, GetGlyphRangesDefault()); + const ImWchar* glyph_ranges = font_cfg.GlyphRanges != NULL ? font_cfg.GlyphRanges : GetGlyphRangesDefault(); + ImFont* font = AddFontFromMemoryCompressedBase85TTF(ttf_compressed_base85, font_cfg.SizePixels, &font_cfg, glyph_ranges); font->DisplayOffset.y = 1.0f; return font; } ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); size_t data_size = 0; void* data = ImFileLoadToMemory(filename, "rb", &data_size, 0); if (!data) @@ -1577,6 +1587,7 @@ ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromFileTTF(const char* filename, float size_pixels, // NB: Transfer ownership of 'ttf_data' to ImFontAtlas, unless font_cfg_template->FontDataOwnedByAtlas == false. Owned TTF buffer will be deleted after Build(). ImFont* ImFontAtlas::AddFontFromMemoryTTF(void* ttf_data, int ttf_size, float size_pixels, const ImFontConfig* font_cfg_template, const ImWchar* glyph_ranges) { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); ImFontConfig font_cfg = font_cfg_template ? *font_cfg_template : ImFontConfig(); IM_ASSERT(font_cfg.FontData == NULL); font_cfg.FontData = ttf_data; @@ -1670,6 +1681,7 @@ bool ImFontAtlas::GetMouseCursorTexData(ImGuiMouseCursor cursor_type, ImVec2* ou bool ImFontAtlas::Build() { + IM_ASSERT(!Locked && "Cannot modify a locked ImFontAtlas between NewFrame() and EndFrame/Render()!"); return ImFontAtlasBuildWithStbTruetype(this); } @@ -2061,6 +2073,10 @@ static void UnpackAccumulativeOffsetsIntoRanges(int base_codepoint, const short* out_ranges[0] = 0; } +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] ImFontAtlas glyph ranges helpers + GlyphRangesBuilder +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesChineseSimplifiedCommon() { // Store 2500 regularly used characters for Simplified Chinese. @@ -2210,10 +2226,6 @@ const ImWchar* ImFontAtlas::GetGlyphRangesThai() return &ranges[0]; } -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder -//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- - void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::AddText(const char* text, const char* text_end) { while (text_end ? (text < text_end) : *text) @@ -2249,7 +2261,7 @@ void ImFontAtlas::GlyphRangesBuilder::BuildRanges(ImVector* out_ranges) } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// ImFont +// [SECTION] ImFont //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- ImFont::ImFont() @@ -2343,6 +2355,8 @@ void ImFont::GrowIndex(int new_size) IndexLookup.resize(new_size, (unsigned short)-1); } +// x0/y0/x1/y1 are offset from the character upper-left layout position, in pixels. Therefore x0/y0 are often fairly close to zero. +// Not to be mistaken with texture coordinates, which are held by u0/v0/u1/v1 in normalized format (0.0..1.0 on each texture axis). void ImFont::AddGlyph(ImWchar codepoint, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1, float u0, float v0, float u1, float v1, float advance_x) { Glyphs.resize(Glyphs.Size + 1); @@ -2626,11 +2640,32 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col const bool word_wrap_enabled = (wrap_width > 0.0f); const char* word_wrap_eol = NULL; - // Skip non-visible lines + // Fast-forward to first visible line const char* s = text_begin; - if (!word_wrap_enabled && y + line_height < clip_rect.y) - while (s < text_end && *s != '\n') // Fast-forward to next line - s++; + if (y + line_height < clip_rect.y && !word_wrap_enabled) + while (y + line_height < clip_rect.y) + { + while (s < text_end) + if (*s++ == '\n') + break; + y += line_height; + } + + // For large text, scan for the last visible line in order to avoid over-reserving in the call to PrimReserve() + // Note that very large horizontal line will still be affected by the issue (e.g. a one megabyte string buffer without a newline will likely crash atm) + if (text_end - s > 10000 && !word_wrap_enabled) + { + const char* s_end = s; + float y_end = y; + while (y_end < clip_rect.w) + { + while (s_end < text_end) + if (*s_end++ == '\n') + break; + y_end += line_height; + } + text_end = s_end; + } // Reserve vertices for remaining worse case (over-reserving is useful and easily amortized) const int vtx_count_max = (int)(text_end - s) * 4; @@ -2689,12 +2724,8 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col { x = pos.x; y += line_height; - if (y > clip_rect.w) - break; - if (!word_wrap_enabled && y + line_height < clip_rect.y) - while (s < text_end && *s != '\n') // Fast-forward to next line - s++; + break; // break out of main loop continue; } if (c == '\r') @@ -2781,8 +2812,51 @@ void ImFont::RenderText(ImDrawList* draw_list, float size, ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col } //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Internals Drawing Helpers +// [SECTION] Internal Render Helpers +// (progressively moved from imgui.cpp to here when they are redesigned to stop accessing ImGui global state) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - RenderMouseCursor() +// - RenderArrowPointingAt() +// - RenderRectFilledRangeH() +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor) +{ + if (mouse_cursor == ImGuiMouseCursor_None) + return; + IM_ASSERT(mouse_cursor > ImGuiMouseCursor_None && mouse_cursor < ImGuiMouseCursor_COUNT); + + const ImU32 col_shadow = IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 48); + const ImU32 col_border = IM_COL32(0, 0, 0, 255); // Black + const ImU32 col_fill = IM_COL32(255, 255, 255, 255); // White + + ImFontAtlas* font_atlas = draw_list->_Data->Font->ContainerAtlas; + ImVec2 offset, size, uv[4]; + if (font_atlas->GetMouseCursorTexData(mouse_cursor, &offset, &size, &uv[0], &uv[2])) + { + pos -= offset; + const ImTextureID tex_id = font_atlas->TexID; + draw_list->PushTextureID(tex_id); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(1,0)*scale, pos + ImVec2(1,0)*scale + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos + ImVec2(2,0)*scale, pos + ImVec2(2,0)*scale + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_shadow); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*scale, uv[2], uv[3], col_border); + draw_list->AddImage(tex_id, pos, pos + size*scale, uv[0], uv[1], col_fill); + draw_list->PopTextureID(); + } +} + +// Render an arrow. 'pos' is position of the arrow tip. half_sz.x is length from base to tip. half_sz.y is length on each side. +void ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col) +{ + switch (direction) + { + case ImGuiDir_Left: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_Right: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_Up: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y + half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_Down: draw_list->AddTriangleFilled(ImVec2(pos.x - half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y - half_sz.y), pos, col); return; + case ImGuiDir_None: case ImGuiDir_COUNT: break; // Fix warnings + } +} static inline float ImAcos01(float x) { @@ -2852,11 +2926,13 @@ void ImGui::RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, Im draw_list->PathFillConvex(col); } + //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// DEFAULT FONT DATA +// [SECTION] Decompression code //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- -// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array. +// Compressed with stb_compress() then converted to a C array and encoded as base85. // Use the program in misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp to create the array from a TTF file. +// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size. // Decompression from stb.h (public domain) by Sean Barrett https://github.com/nothings/stb/blob/master/stb.h //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -2971,6 +3047,8 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i } } +//----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Default font data (ProggyClean.ttf) //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // ProggyClean.ttf // Copyright (c) 2004, 2005 Tristan Grimmer @@ -2978,7 +3056,8 @@ static unsigned int stb_decompress(unsigned char *output, const unsigned char *i // Download and more information at http://upperbounds.net //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- // File: 'ProggyClean.ttf' (41208 bytes) -// Exported using binary_to_compressed_c.cpp +// Exported using misc/fonts/binary_to_compressed_c.cpp (with compression + base85 string encoding). +// The purpose of encoding as base85 instead of "0x00,0x01,..." style is only save on _source code_ size. //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- static const char proggy_clean_ttf_compressed_data_base85[11980+1] = "7])#######hV0qs'/###[),##/l:$#Q6>##5[n42>c-TH`->>#/e>11NNV=Bv(*:.F?uu#(gRU.o0XGH`$vhLG1hxt9?W`#,5LsCp#-i>.r$<$6pD>Lb';9Crc6tgXmKVeU2cD4Eo3R/" diff --git a/external/imgui/imgui_internal.h b/external/imgui/imgui_internal.h index bd129ae6..050f2acf 100644 --- a/external/imgui/imgui_internal.h +++ b/external/imgui/imgui_internal.h @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -// dear imgui, v1.62 -// (internals) +// dear imgui, v1.65 +// (internal structures/api) // You may use this file to debug, understand or extend ImGui features but we don't provide any guarantee of forward compatibility! // Set: @@ -36,32 +36,33 @@ struct ImRect; // An axis-aligned rectangle (2 points) struct ImDrawDataBuilder; // Helper to build a ImDrawData instance struct ImDrawListSharedData; // Data shared between all ImDrawList instances -struct ImGuiColMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it +struct ImGuiColorMod; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it struct ImGuiColumnData; // Storage data for a single column struct ImGuiColumnsSet; // Storage data for a columns set struct ImGuiContext; // Main imgui context struct ImGuiGroupData; // Stacked storage data for BeginGroup()/EndGroup() +struct ImGuiInputTextState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box struct ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup; // Backup and restore IsItemHovered() internal data struct ImGuiMenuColumns; // Simple column measurement, currently used for MenuItem() only struct ImGuiNavMoveResult; // Result of a directional navigation move query result struct ImGuiNextWindowData; // Storage for SetNexWindow** functions struct ImGuiPopupRef; // Storage for current popup stack -struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; +struct ImGuiSettingsHandler; // Storage for one type registered in the .ini file struct ImGuiStyleMod; // Stacked style modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it -struct ImGuiTextEditState; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box struct ImGuiWindow; // Storage for one window -struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one, that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame +struct ImGuiWindowTempData; // Temporary storage for one window (that's the data which in theory we could ditch at the end of the frame) struct ImGuiWindowSettings; // Storage for window settings stored in .ini file (we keep one of those even if the actual window wasn't instanced during this session) -typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // enum: horizontal or vertical // enum ImGuiLayoutType_ -typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // flags: for ButtonEx(), ButtonBehavior() // enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // flags: for PushItemFlag() // enum ImGuiItemFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // flags: storage for DC.LastItemXXX // enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // flags: for RenderNavHighlight() // enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags; // flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d() // enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // flags: for navigation requests // enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // flags: for Separator() - internal // enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ -typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // flags: for SliderBehavior() // enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ +// Use your programming IDE "Go to definition" facility on the names of the center columns to find the actual flags/enum lists. +typedef int ImGuiLayoutType; // -> enum ImGuiLayoutType_ // Enum: Horizontal or vertical +typedef int ImGuiButtonFlags; // -> enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ // Flags: for ButtonEx(), ButtonBehavior() +typedef int ImGuiItemFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemFlags_ // Flags: for PushItemFlag() +typedef int ImGuiItemStatusFlags; // -> enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ // Flags: for DC.LastItemStatusFlags +typedef int ImGuiNavHighlightFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ // Flags: for RenderNavHighlight() +typedef int ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ // Flags: for GetNavInputAmount2d() +typedef int ImGuiNavMoveFlags; // -> enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ // Flags: for navigation requests +typedef int ImGuiSeparatorFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Flags: for Separator() - internal +typedef int ImGuiSliderFlags; // -> enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ // Flags: for SliderBehavior() //------------------------------------------------------------------------- // STB libraries @@ -72,10 +73,10 @@ namespace ImGuiStb #undef STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING #undef STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE -#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiTextEditState +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING ImGuiInputTextState #define STB_TEXTEDIT_CHARTYPE ImWchar #define STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE -1.0f -#include "stb_textedit.h" +#include "imstb_textedit.h" } // namespace ImGuiStb @@ -97,13 +98,24 @@ extern IMGUI_API ImGuiContext* GImGui; // Current implicit ImGui context pointe #else #define IM_NEWLINE "\n" #endif +#define IM_STATIC_ASSERT(_COND) typedef char static_assertion_##__line__[(_COND)?1:-1] +#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(_VAL) ((int)((_VAL) * 255.0f + ((_VAL)>=0 ? 0.5f : -0.5f))) // Unsaturated, for display purpose +#define IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(_VAL) ((int)(ImSaturate(_VAL) * 255.0f + 0.5f)) // Saturated, always output 0..255 + +// Enforce cdecl calling convention for functions called by the standard library, in case compilation settings changed the default to e.g. __vectorcall +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#define IMGUI_CDECL __cdecl +#else +#define IMGUI_CDECL +#endif // Helpers: UTF-8 <> wchar IMGUI_API int ImTextStrToUtf8(char* buf, int buf_size, const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return output UTF-8 bytes count -IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return input UTF-8 bytes count +IMGUI_API int ImTextCharFromUtf8(unsigned int* out_char, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // read one character. return input UTF-8 bytes count IMGUI_API int ImTextStrFromUtf8(ImWchar* buf, int buf_size, const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end, const char** in_remaining = NULL); // return input UTF-8 bytes count IMGUI_API int ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of UTF-8 code-points (NOT bytes count) -IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string as UTF-8 code-points +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromChar(const char* in_text, const char* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express one char in UTF-8 +IMGUI_API int ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(const ImWchar* in_text, const ImWchar* in_text_end); // return number of bytes to express string in UTF-8 // Helpers: Misc IMGUI_API ImU32 ImHash(const void* data, int data_size, ImU32 seed = 0); // Pass data_size==0 for zero-terminated strings @@ -113,12 +125,14 @@ static inline bool ImCharIsBlankA(char c) { return c == ' ' || c = static inline bool ImCharIsBlankW(unsigned int c) { return c == ' ' || c == '\t' || c == 0x3000; } static inline bool ImIsPowerOfTwo(int v) { return v != 0 && (v & (v - 1)) == 0; } static inline int ImUpperPowerOfTwo(int v) { v--; v |= v >> 1; v |= v >> 2; v |= v >> 4; v |= v >> 8; v |= v >> 16; v++; return v; } +#define ImQsort qsort // Helpers: Geometry IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImLineClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API bool ImTriangleContainsPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API ImVec2 ImTriangleClosestPoint(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p); IMGUI_API void ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& c, const ImVec2& p, float& out_u, float& out_v, float& out_w); +IMGUI_API ImGuiDir ImGetDirQuadrantFromDelta(float dx, float dy); // Helpers: String IMGUI_API int ImStricmp(const char* str1, const char* str2); @@ -201,8 +215,17 @@ static inline ImVec2 ImMul(const ImVec2& lhs, const ImVec2& rhs) // Types //----------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// 1D vector (this odd construct is used to facilitate the transition between 1D and 2D and maintenance of some patches) +struct ImVec1 +{ + float x; + ImVec1() { x = 0.0f; } + ImVec1(float _x) { x = _x; } +}; + enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ { + ImGuiButtonFlags_None = 0, ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat = 1 << 0, // hold to repeat ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease = 1 << 1, // return true on click + release on same item [DEFAULT if no PressedOn* flag is set] ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 2, // return true on click (default requires click+release) @@ -221,12 +244,14 @@ enum ImGuiButtonFlags_ enum ImGuiSliderFlags_ { + ImGuiSliderFlags_None = 0, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical = 1 << 0 }; enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ { // Default: 0 + ImGuiColumnsFlags_None = 0, ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoBorder = 1 << 0, // Disable column dividers ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoResize = 1 << 1, // Disable resizing columns when clicking on the dividers ImGuiColumnsFlags_NoPreserveWidths = 1 << 2, // Disable column width preservation when adjusting columns @@ -237,15 +262,15 @@ enum ImGuiColumnsFlags_ enum ImGuiSelectableFlagsPrivate_ { // NB: need to be in sync with last value of ImGuiSelectableFlags_ - ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 3, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 4, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 5, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled = 1 << 6, - ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth = 1 << 7 + ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID = 1 << 10, + ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick = 1 << 11, + ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease = 1 << 12, + ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth = 1 << 13 }; enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ { + ImGuiSeparatorFlags_None = 0, ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal = 1 << 0, // Axis default to current layout type, so generally Horizontal unless e.g. in a menu bar ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical = 1 << 1 }; @@ -253,8 +278,10 @@ enum ImGuiSeparatorFlags_ // Storage for LastItem data enum ImGuiItemStatusFlags_ { + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_None = 0, ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect = 1 << 0, - ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1 + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect = 1 << 1, + ImGuiItemStatusFlags_Edited = 1 << 2 // Value exposed by item was edited in the current frame (should match the bool return value of most widgets) }; // FIXME: this is in development, not exposed/functional as a generic feature yet. @@ -300,6 +327,7 @@ enum ImGuiInputReadMode enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ { + ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_None = 0, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault = 1 << 0, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin = 1 << 1, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_AlwaysDraw = 1 << 2, @@ -308,6 +336,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_ enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ { + ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_None = 0, ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard = 1 << 0, ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad = 1 << 1, ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadLStick = 1 << 2 @@ -315,6 +344,7 @@ enum ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_ enum ImGuiNavMoveFlags_ { + ImGuiNavMoveFlags_None = 0, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopX = 1 << 0, // On failed request, restart from opposite side ImGuiNavMoveFlags_LoopY = 1 << 1, ImGuiNavMoveFlags_WrapX = 1 << 2, // On failed request, request from opposite side one line down (when NavDir==right) or one line up (when NavDir==left) @@ -330,6 +360,12 @@ enum ImGuiNavForward ImGuiNavForward_ForwardActive }; +enum ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy +{ + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default, + ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox +}; + // 2D axis aligned bounding-box // NB: we can't rely on ImVec2 math operators being available here struct IMGUI_API ImRect @@ -367,7 +403,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImRect }; // Stacked color modifier, backup of modified data so we can restore it -struct ImGuiColMod +struct ImGuiColorMod { ImGuiCol Col; ImVec4 BackupValue; @@ -388,12 +424,12 @@ struct ImGuiGroupData { ImVec2 BackupCursorPos; ImVec2 BackupCursorMaxPos; - float BackupIndentX; - float BackupGroupOffsetX; - float BackupCurrentLineHeight; + ImVec1 BackupIndent; + ImVec1 BackupGroupOffset; + ImVec2 BackupCurrentLineSize; float BackupCurrentLineTextBaseOffset; float BackupLogLinePosY; - bool BackupActiveIdIsAlive; + ImGuiID BackupActiveIdIsAlive; bool BackupActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; bool AdvanceCursor; }; @@ -413,39 +449,44 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiMenuColumns }; // Internal state of the currently focused/edited text input box -struct IMGUI_API ImGuiTextEditState +struct IMGUI_API ImGuiInputTextState { - ImGuiID Id; // widget id owning the text state - ImVector Text; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. - ImVector InitialText; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) - ImVector TempTextBuffer; - int CurLenA, CurLenW; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. - int BufSizeA; // end-user buffer size - float ScrollX; - ImGuiStb::STB_TexteditState StbState; - float CursorAnim; - bool CursorFollow; - bool SelectedAllMouseLock; + ImGuiID ID; // widget id owning the text state + ImVector TextW; // edit buffer, we need to persist but can't guarantee the persistence of the user-provided buffer. so we copy into own buffer. + ImVector InitialText; // backup of end-user buffer at the time of focus (in UTF-8, unaltered) + ImVector TempBuffer; // temporary buffer for callback and other other operations. size=capacity. + int CurLenA, CurLenW; // we need to maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar format. + int BufCapacityA; // end-user buffer capacity + float ScrollX; + ImGuiStb::STB_TexteditState StbState; + float CursorAnim; + bool CursorFollow; + bool SelectedAllMouseLock; - ImGuiTextEditState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } + // Temporarily set when active + ImGuiInputTextFlags UserFlags; + ImGuiInputTextCallback UserCallback; + void* UserCallbackData; + + ImGuiInputTextState() { memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); } void CursorAnimReset() { CursorAnim = -0.30f; } // After a user-input the cursor stays on for a while without blinking void CursorClamp() { StbState.cursor = ImMin(StbState.cursor, CurLenW); StbState.select_start = ImMin(StbState.select_start, CurLenW); StbState.select_end = ImMin(StbState.select_end, CurLenW); } bool HasSelection() const { return StbState.select_start != StbState.select_end; } void ClearSelection() { StbState.select_start = StbState.select_end = StbState.cursor; } void SelectAll() { StbState.select_start = 0; StbState.cursor = StbState.select_end = CurLenW; StbState.has_preferred_x = false; } - void OnKeyPressed(int key); + void OnKeyPressed(int key); // Cannot be inline because we call in code in stb_textedit.h implementation }; // Windows data saved in imgui.ini file struct ImGuiWindowSettings { char* Name; - ImGuiID Id; + ImGuiID ID; ImVec2 Pos; ImVec2 Size; bool Collapsed; - ImGuiWindowSettings() { Name = NULL; Id = 0; Pos = Size = ImVec2(0,0); Collapsed = false; } + ImGuiWindowSettings() { Name = NULL; ID = 0; Pos = Size = ImVec2(0,0); Collapsed = false; } }; struct ImGuiSettingsHandler @@ -595,6 +636,7 @@ struct ImGuiNextWindowData struct ImGuiContext { bool Initialized; + bool FrameScopeActive; // Set by NewFrame(), cleared by EndFrame()/Render() bool FontAtlasOwnedByContext; // Io.Fonts-> is owned by the ImGuiContext and will be destructed along with it. ImGuiIO IO; ImGuiStyle Style; @@ -603,7 +645,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext float FontBaseSize; // (Shortcut) == IO.FontGlobalScale * Font->Scale * Font->FontSize. Base text height. ImDrawListSharedData DrawListSharedData; - float Time; + double Time; int FrameCount; int FrameCountEnded; int FrameCountRendered; @@ -621,13 +663,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext float HoveredIdTimer; ImGuiID ActiveId; // Active widget ImGuiID ActiveIdPreviousFrame; + ImGuiID ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame (we can't use a bool as the ActiveId may change within the frame) float ActiveIdTimer; - bool ActiveIdIsAlive; // Active widget has been seen this frame bool ActiveIdIsJustActivated; // Set at the time of activation for one frame bool ActiveIdAllowOverlap; // Active widget allows another widget to steal active id (generally for overlapping widgets, but not always) - bool ActiveIdValueChanged; + bool ActiveIdHasBeenEdited; // Was the value associated to the widget Edited over the course of the Active state. bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive; - bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameValueChanged; + bool ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEdited; int ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags; // Active widget allows using directional navigation (e.g. can activate a button and move away from it) ImVec2 ActiveIdClickOffset; // Clicked offset from upper-left corner, if applicable (currently only set by ButtonBehavior) ImGuiWindow* ActiveIdWindow; @@ -636,7 +678,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiID LastActiveId; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId, useful for animation. float LastActiveIdTimer; // Store the last non-zero ActiveId timer since the beginning of activation, useful for animation. ImGuiWindow* MovingWindow; // Track the window we clicked on (in order to preserve focus). The actually window that is moved is generally MovingWindow->RootWindow. - ImVector ColorModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() + ImVector ColorModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleColor()/PopStyleColor() ImVector StyleModifiers; // Stack for PushStyleVar()/PopStyleVar() ImVector FontStack; // Stack for PushFont()/PopFont() ImVector OpenPopupStack; // Which popups are open (persistent) @@ -659,7 +701,9 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImRect NavScoringRectScreen; // Rectangle used for scoring, in screen space. Based of window->DC.NavRefRectRel[], modified for directional navigation scoring. int NavScoringCount; // Metrics for debugging ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTarget; // When selecting a window (holding Menu+FocusPrev/Next, or equivalent of CTRL-TAB) this window is temporarily displayed front-most. - float NavWindowingHighlightTimer; + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingTargetAnim; // Record of last valid NavWindowingTarget until DimBgRatio and NavWindowingHighlightAlpha becomes 0.0f + ImGuiWindow* NavWindowingList; + float NavWindowingTimer; float NavWindowingHighlightAlpha; bool NavWindowingToggleLayer; int NavLayer; // Layer we are navigating on. For now the system is hard-coded for 0=main contents and 1=menu/title bar, may expose layers later. @@ -686,13 +730,15 @@ struct ImGuiContext // Render ImDrawData DrawData; // Main ImDrawData instance to pass render information to the user ImDrawDataBuilder DrawDataBuilder; - float ModalWindowDarkeningRatio; + float DimBgRatio; // 0.0..1.0 animation when fading in a dimming background (for modal window and CTRL+TAB list) ImDrawList OverlayDrawList; // Optional software render of mouse cursors, if io.MouseDrawCursor is set + a few debug overlays ImGuiMouseCursor MouseCursor; // Drag and Drop bool DragDropActive; + bool DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget; ImGuiDragDropFlags DragDropSourceFlags; + int DragDropSourceFrameCount; int DragDropMouseButton; ImGuiPayload DragDropPayload; ImRect DragDropTargetRect; @@ -706,7 +752,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext unsigned char DragDropPayloadBufLocal[8]; // Local buffer for small payloads // Widget state - ImGuiTextEditState InputTextState; + ImGuiInputTextState InputTextState; ImFont InputTextPasswordFont; ImGuiID ScalarAsInputTextId; // Temporary text input when CTRL+clicking on a slider, etc. ImGuiColorEditFlags ColorEditOptions; // Store user options for color edit widgets @@ -745,6 +791,7 @@ struct ImGuiContext ImGuiContext(ImFontAtlas* shared_font_atlas) : OverlayDrawList(NULL) { Initialized = false; + FrameScopeActive = false; Font = NULL; FontSize = FontBaseSize = 0.0f; FontAtlasOwnedByContext = shared_font_atlas ? false : true; @@ -763,13 +810,13 @@ struct ImGuiContext HoveredIdTimer = 0.0f; ActiveId = 0; ActiveIdPreviousFrame = 0; + ActiveIdIsAlive = 0; ActiveIdTimer = 0.0f; - ActiveIdIsAlive = false; ActiveIdIsJustActivated = false; ActiveIdAllowOverlap = false; - ActiveIdValueChanged = false; + ActiveIdHasBeenEdited = false; ActiveIdPreviousFrameIsAlive = false; - ActiveIdPreviousFrameValueChanged = false; + ActiveIdPreviousFrameHasBeenEdited = false; ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = 0; ActiveIdClickOffset = ImVec2(-1,-1); ActiveIdWindow = ActiveIdPreviousFrameWindow = NULL; @@ -786,8 +833,8 @@ struct ImGuiContext NavInputSource = ImGuiInputSource_None; NavScoringRectScreen = ImRect(); NavScoringCount = 0; - NavWindowingTarget = NULL; - NavWindowingHighlightTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; + NavWindowingTarget = NavWindowingTargetAnim = NavWindowingList = NULL; + NavWindowingTimer = NavWindowingHighlightAlpha = 0.0f; NavWindowingToggleLayer = false; NavLayer = 0; NavIdTabCounter = INT_MAX; @@ -805,13 +852,14 @@ struct ImGuiContext NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_None; NavMoveDir = NavMoveDirLast = NavMoveClipDir = ImGuiDir_None; - ModalWindowDarkeningRatio = 0.0f; + DimBgRatio = 0.0f; OverlayDrawList._Data = &DrawListSharedData; OverlayDrawList._OwnerName = "##Overlay"; // Give it a name for debugging MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow; - DragDropActive = false; + DragDropActive = DragDropWithinSourceOrTarget = false; DragDropSourceFlags = 0; + DragDropSourceFrameCount = -1; DragDropMouseButton = -1; DragDropTargetId = 0; DragDropAcceptFlags = 0; @@ -851,7 +899,7 @@ enum ImGuiItemFlags_ { ImGuiItemFlags_AllowKeyboardFocus = 1 << 0, // true ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat = 1 << 1, // false // Button() will return true multiple times based on io.KeyRepeatDelay and io.KeyRepeatRate settings. - ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // FIXME-WIP: Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals. Should be: grey out and disable interactions with widgets that affect data + view widgets (WIP) + ImGuiItemFlags_Disabled = 1 << 2, // false // [BETA] Disable interactions but doesn't affect visuals yet. See github.com/ocornut/imgui/issues/211 ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav = 1 << 3, // false ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus = 1 << 4, // false ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup = 1 << 5, // false // MenuItem/Selectable() automatically closes current Popup window @@ -864,11 +912,11 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData { ImVec2 CursorPos; ImVec2 CursorPosPrevLine; - ImVec2 CursorStartPos; + ImVec2 CursorStartPos; // Initial position in client area with padding ImVec2 CursorMaxPos; // Used to implicitly calculate the size of our contents, always growing during the frame. Turned into window->SizeContents at the beginning of next frame - float CurrentLineHeight; + ImVec2 CurrentLineSize; float CurrentLineTextBaseOffset; - float PrevLineHeight; + ImVec2 PrevLineSize; float PrevLineTextBaseOffset; float LogLinePosY; int TreeDepth; @@ -900,15 +948,15 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData ImVectorGroupStack; int StackSizesBackup[6]; // Store size of various stacks for asserting - float IndentX; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) - float GroupOffsetX; - float ColumnsOffsetX; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. + ImVec1 Indent; // Indentation / start position from left of window (increased by TreePush/TreePop, etc.) + ImVec1 GroupOffset; + ImVec1 ColumnsOffset; // Offset to the current column (if ColumnsCurrent > 0). FIXME: This and the above should be a stack to allow use cases like Tree->Column->Tree. Need revamp columns API. ImGuiColumnsSet* ColumnsSet; // Current columns set ImGuiWindowTempData() { CursorPos = CursorPosPrevLine = CursorStartPos = CursorMaxPos = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); - CurrentLineHeight = PrevLineHeight = 0.0f; + CurrentLineSize = PrevLineSize = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = PrevLineTextBaseOffset = 0.0f; LogLinePosY = -1.0f; TreeDepth = 0; @@ -930,9 +978,9 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowTempData TextWrapPos = -1.0f; memset(StackSizesBackup, 0, sizeof(StackSizesBackup)); - IndentX = 0.0f; - GroupOffsetX = 0.0f; - ColumnsOffsetX = 0.0f; + Indent = ImVec1(0.0f); + GroupOffset = ImVec1(0.0f); + ColumnsOffset = ImVec1(0.0f); ColumnsSet = NULL; } }; @@ -953,7 +1001,7 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow float WindowRounding; // Window rounding at the time of begin. float WindowBorderSize; // Window border size at the time of begin. ImGuiID MoveId; // == window->GetID("#MOVE") - ImGuiID ChildId; // Id of corresponding item in parent window (for child windows) + ImGuiID ChildId; // ID of corresponding item in parent window (for navigation to return from child window to parent window) ImVec2 Scroll; ImVec2 ScrollTarget; // target scroll position. stored as cursor position with scrolling canceled out, so the highest point is always 0.0f. (FLT_MAX for no change) ImVec2 ScrollTargetCenterRatio; // 0.0f = scroll so that target position is at top, 0.5f = scroll so that target position is centered @@ -963,19 +1011,21 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow bool WasActive; bool WriteAccessed; // Set to true when any widget access the current window bool Collapsed; // Set when collapsing window to become only title-bar - bool CollapseToggleWanted; + bool WantCollapseToggle; bool SkipItems; // Set when items can safely be all clipped (e.g. window not visible or collapsed) bool Appearing; // Set during the frame where the window is appearing (or re-appearing) - bool CloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) + bool Hidden; // Do not display (== (HiddenFramesForResize > 0) || + bool HasCloseButton; // Set when the window has a close button (p_open != NULL) + int BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) int BeginOrderWithinParent; // Order within immediate parent window, if we are a child window. Otherwise 0. int BeginOrderWithinContext; // Order within entire imgui context. This is mostly used for debugging submission order related issues. - int BeginCount; // Number of Begin() during the current frame (generally 0 or 1, 1+ if appending via multiple Begin/End pairs) ImGuiID PopupId; // ID in the popup stack when this window is used as a popup/menu (because we use generic Name/ID for recycling) int AutoFitFramesX, AutoFitFramesY; bool AutoFitOnlyGrows; int AutoFitChildAxises; ImGuiDir AutoPosLastDirection; - int HiddenFrames; + int HiddenFramesRegular; // Hide the window for N frames + int HiddenFramesForResize; // Hide the window for N frames while allowing items to be submitted so we can measure their size ImGuiCond SetWindowPosAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowPos() use. ImGuiCond SetWindowSizeAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowSize() use. ImGuiCond SetWindowCollapsedAllowFlags; // store acceptable condition flags for SetNextWindowCollapsed() use. @@ -994,13 +1044,13 @@ struct IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow ImGuiStorage StateStorage; ImVector ColumnsStorage; float FontWindowScale; // User scale multiplier per-window + int SettingsIdx; // Index into SettingsWindow[] (indices are always valid as we only grow the array from the back) ImDrawList* DrawList; // == &DrawListInst (for backward compatibility reason with code using imgui_internal.h we keep this a pointer) ImDrawList DrawListInst; ImGuiWindow* ParentWindow; // If we are a child _or_ popup window, this is pointing to our parent. Otherwise NULL. ImGuiWindow* RootWindow; // Point to ourself or first ancestor that is not a child window. ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTitleBarHighlight; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which will display TitleBgActive color when this window is active. - ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForTabbing; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which can be CTRL-Tabbed into. ImGuiWindow* RootWindowForNav; // Point to ourself or first ancestor which doesn't have the NavFlattened flag. ImGuiWindow* NavLastChildNavWindow; // When going to the menu bar, we remember the child window we came from. (This could probably be made implicit if we kept g.Windows sorted by last focused including child window.) @@ -1023,6 +1073,7 @@ public: ImGuiID GetID(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); ImGuiID GetID(const void* ptr); ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const char* str, const char* str_end = NULL); + ImGuiID GetIDNoKeepAlive(const void* ptr); ImGuiID GetIDFromRectangle(const ImRect& r_abs); // We don't use g.FontSize because the window may be != g.CurrentWidow. @@ -1062,21 +1113,36 @@ namespace ImGui inline ImGuiWindow* GetCurrentWindow() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; g.CurrentWindow->WriteAccessed = true; return g.CurrentWindow; } IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* FindWindowByName(const char* name); IMGUI_API void FocusWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void FocusFrontMostActiveWindowIgnoringOne(ImGuiWindow* ignore_window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToFront(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API void BringWindowToBack(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void UpdateWindowParentAndRootLinks(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindowFlags flags, ImGuiWindow* parent_window); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 CalcWindowExpectedSize(ImGuiWindow* window); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowChildOf(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiWindow* potential_parent); IMGUI_API bool IsWindowNavFocusable(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowScrollX(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_x); + IMGUI_API void SetWindowScrollY(ImGuiWindow* window, float new_scroll_y); + IMGUI_API ImRect GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); + inline ImFont* GetDefaultFont() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.IO.FontDefault ? g.IO.FontDefault : g.IO.Fonts->Fonts[0]; } + // Init IMGUI_API void Initialize(ImGuiContext* context); IMGUI_API void Shutdown(ImGuiContext* context); // Since 1.60 this is a _private_ function. You can call DestroyContext() to destroy the context created by CreateContext(). - IMGUI_API void NewFrameUpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); + // NewFrame + IMGUI_API void UpdateHoveredWindowAndCaptureFlags(); + IMGUI_API void StartMouseMovingWindow(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API void UpdateMouseMovingWindow(); + // Settings IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(); IMGUI_API void MarkIniSettingsDirty(ImGuiWindow* window); - IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); + IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* CreateNewWindowSettings(const char* name); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindowSettings* FindWindowSettings(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API ImGuiSettingsHandler* FindSettingsHandler(const char* type_name); + // Basic Accessors inline ImGuiID GetItemID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId; } inline ImGuiID GetActiveID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.ActiveId; } inline ImGuiID GetFocusID() { ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; return g.NavId; } @@ -1086,8 +1152,9 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API ImGuiID GetHoveredID(); IMGUI_API void SetHoveredID(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void KeepAliveID(ImGuiID id); - IMGUI_API void MarkItemValueChanged(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void MarkItemEdited(ImGuiID id); + // Basic Helpers for widget code IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImVec2& size, float text_offset_y = 0.0f); IMGUI_API void ItemSize(const ImRect& bb, float text_offset_y = 0.0f); IMGUI_API bool ItemAdd(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const ImRect* nav_bb = NULL); @@ -1101,43 +1168,50 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags option, bool enabled); IMGUI_API void PopItemFlag(); - IMGUI_API void SetCurrentFont(ImFont* font); - + // Popups, Modals, Tooltips IMGUI_API void OpenPopupEx(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void ClosePopup(ImGuiID id); + IMGUI_API void ClosePopupToLevel(int remaining); IMGUI_API void ClosePopupsOverWindow(ImGuiWindow* ref_window); IMGUI_API bool IsPopupOpen(ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API bool BeginPopupEx(ImGuiID id, ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags); IMGUI_API void BeginTooltipEx(ImGuiWindowFlags extra_flags, bool override_previous_tooltip = true); IMGUI_API ImGuiWindow* GetFrontMostPopupModal(); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopup(ImGuiWindow* window); + IMGUI_API ImVec2 FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(const ImVec2& ref_pos, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDir* last_dir, const ImRect& r_outer, const ImRect& r_avoid, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy policy = ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_Default); + // Navigation IMGUI_API void NavInitWindow(ImGuiWindow* window, bool force_reinit); + IMGUI_API bool NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestCancel(); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestForward(ImGuiDir move_dir, ImGuiDir clip_dir, const ImRect& bb_rel, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); IMGUI_API void NavMoveRequestTryWrapping(ImGuiWindow* window, ImGuiNavMoveFlags move_flags); - IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. - IMGUI_API float GetNavInputAmount(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode); IMGUI_API ImVec2 GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags dir_sources, ImGuiInputReadMode mode, float slow_factor = 0.0f, float fast_factor = 0.0f); IMGUI_API int CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(float t, float t_prev, float repeat_delay, float repeat_rate); + IMGUI_API void ActivateItem(ImGuiID id); // Remotely activate a button, checkbox, tree node etc. given its unique ID. activation is queued and processed on the next frame when the item is encountered again. + IMGUI_API void SetNavID(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer); + IMGUI_API void SetNavIDWithRectRel(ImGuiID id, int nav_layer, const ImRect& rect_rel); - IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction); - IMGUI_API void VerticalSeparator(); // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). not exposed because it is misleading what it doesn't have an effect on regular layout. - IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(ImGuiID id, const ImRect& bb, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f); + // Inputs + inline bool IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey key, bool repeat = true) { const int key_index = GImGui->IO.KeyMap[key]; return (key_index >= 0) ? IsKeyPressed(key_index, repeat) : false; } + inline bool IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput n) { return GImGui->IO.NavInputs[n] > 0.0f; } + inline bool IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput n, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) { return GetNavInputAmount(n, mode) > 0.0f; } + inline bool IsNavInputPressedAnyOfTwo(ImGuiNavInput n1, ImGuiNavInput n2, ImGuiInputReadMode mode) { return (GetNavInputAmount(n1, mode) + GetNavInputAmount(n2, mode)) > 0.0f; } + // Drag and Drop IMGUI_API bool BeginDragDropTargetCustom(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id); IMGUI_API void ClearDragDrop(); IMGUI_API bool IsDragDropPayloadBeingAccepted(); - IMGUI_API void BeginDragDropTooltip(); - IMGUI_API void EndDragDropTooltip(); - // FIXME-WIP: New Columns API + // New Columns API (FIXME-WIP) IMGUI_API void BeginColumns(const char* str_id, int count, ImGuiColumnsFlags flags = 0); // setup number of columns. use an identifier to distinguish multiple column sets. close with EndColumns(). IMGUI_API void EndColumns(); // close columns IMGUI_API void PushColumnClipRect(int column_index = -1); - // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (never using window coordinates internally) + // Render helpers // AVOID USING OUTSIDE OF IMGUI.CPP! NOT FOR PUBLIC CONSUMPTION. THOSE FUNCTIONS ARE A MESS. THEIR SIGNATURE AND BEHAVIOR WILL CHANGE, THEY NEED TO BE REFACTORED INTO SOMETHING DECENT. + // NB: All position are in absolute pixels coordinates (we are never using window coordinates internally) IMGUI_API void RenderText(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL, bool hide_text_after_hash = true); IMGUI_API void RenderTextWrapped(ImVec2 pos, const char* text, const char* text_end, float wrap_width); IMGUI_API void RenderTextClipped(const ImVec2& pos_min, const ImVec2& pos_max, const char* text, const char* text_end, const ImVec2* text_size_if_known, const ImVec2& align = ImVec2(0,0), const ImRect* clip_rect = NULL); @@ -1148,32 +1222,54 @@ namespace ImGui IMGUI_API void RenderBullet(ImVec2 pos); IMGUI_API void RenderCheckMark(ImVec2 pos, ImU32 col, float sz); IMGUI_API void RenderNavHighlight(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags flags = ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeDefault); // Navigation highlight - IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding); IMGUI_API const char* FindRenderedTextEnd(const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); // Find the optional ## from which we stop displaying text. + IMGUI_API void LogRenderedText(const ImVec2* ref_pos, const char* text, const char* text_end = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); + // Render helpers (those functions don't access any ImGui state!) + IMGUI_API void RenderMouseCursor(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, float scale, ImGuiMouseCursor mouse_cursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_Arrow); + IMGUI_API void RenderArrowPointingAt(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, ImGuiDir direction, ImU32 col); + IMGUI_API void RenderRectFilledRangeH(ImDrawList* draw_list, const ImRect& rect, ImU32 col, float x_start_norm, float x_end_norm, float rounding); + + // Widgets IMGUI_API bool ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg = ImVec2(0,0), ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius); + IMGUI_API bool CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos); + IMGUI_API bool ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction); + IMGUI_API void VerticalSeparator(); // Vertical separator, for menu bars (use current line height). Not exposed because it is misleading and it doesn't have an effect on regular layout. + // Widgets low-level behaviors + IMGUI_API bool ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags = 0); IMGUI_API bool DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power); - IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags = 0); - - IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiTextEditCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); - IMGUI_API bool InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format); - - IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); - IMGUI_API void ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); - + IMGUI_API bool SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); + IMGUI_API bool SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend = 0.0f, float hover_visibility_delay = 0.0f); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end = NULL); IMGUI_API bool TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags = 0); // Consume previous SetNextTreeNodeOpened() data, if any. May return true when logging IMGUI_API void TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id); + // Template functions are instantiated in imgui_widgets.cpp for a finite number of types. + // To use them externally (for custom widget) you may need an "extern template" statement in your code in order to link to existing instances and silence Clang warnings (see #2036). + // e.g. " extern template IMGUI_API float RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, float v); " + template IMGUI_API bool DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, float v_speed, const T v_min, const T v_max, const char* format, float power); + template IMGUI_API bool SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, T* v, const T v_min, const T v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb); + template IMGUI_API float SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, T v, T v_min, T v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos); + template IMGUI_API T RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, T v); + + // InputText + IMGUI_API bool InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback = NULL, void* user_data = NULL); + IMGUI_API bool InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format); + + // Color + IMGUI_API void ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); + IMGUI_API void ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags); + + // Plot IMGUI_API void PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size); // Shade functions (write over already created vertices) - IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); - IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearAlphaGradientForLeftToRightText(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, float gradient_p0_x, float gradient_p1_x); - IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawVert* vert_start, ImDrawVert* vert_end, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); + IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, ImVec2 gradient_p0, ImVec2 gradient_p1, ImU32 col0, ImU32 col1); + IMGUI_API void ShadeVertsLinearUV(ImDrawList* draw_list, int vert_start_idx, int vert_end_idx, const ImVec2& a, const ImVec2& b, const ImVec2& uv_a, const ImVec2& uv_b, bool clamp); } // namespace ImGui diff --git a/external/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp b/external/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp new file mode 100644 index 00000000..110c4f86 --- /dev/null +++ b/external/imgui/imgui_widgets.cpp @@ -0,0 +1,5725 @@ +// dear imgui, v1.65 +// (widgets code) + +/* + +Index of this file: + +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations +// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: Main (Button, Image, Checkbox, RadioButton, ProgressBar, Bullet, etc.) +// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers (Spacing, Dummy, NewLine, Separator, etc.) +// [SECTION] Widgets: ComboBox +// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers +// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline +// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc. +// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable +// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox +// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram +// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers +// [SECTION] Widgets: MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc. + +*/ + +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && !defined(_CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS) +#define _CRT_SECURE_NO_WARNINGS +#endif + +#include "imgui.h" +#ifndef IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#define IMGUI_DEFINE_MATH_OPERATORS +#endif +#include "imgui_internal.h" + +#include // toupper, isprint +#if defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER <= 1500 // MSVC 2008 or earlier +#include // intptr_t +#else +#include // intptr_t +#endif + +// Visual Studio warnings +#ifdef _MSC_VER +#pragma warning (disable: 4127) // condition expression is constant +#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // 'This function or variable may be unsafe': strcpy, strdup, sprintf, vsnprintf, sscanf, fopen +#endif + +// Clang/GCC warnings with -Weverything +#ifdef __clang__ +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning : format string is not a string literal // passing non-literal to vsnformat(). yes, user passing incorrect format strings can crash the code. +#pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wsign-conversion" // warning : implicit conversion changes signedness // +#elif defined(__GNUC__) +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wformat-nonliteral" // warning: format not a string literal, format string not checked +#if __GNUC__ >= 8 +#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wclass-memaccess" // warning: 'memset/memcpy' clearing/writing an object of type 'xxxx' with no trivial copy-assignment; use assignment or value-initialization instead +#endif +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// Data +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Those MIN/MAX values are not define because we need to point to them +static const ImS32 IM_S32_MIN = INT_MIN; // (-2147483647 - 1), (0x80000000); +static const ImS32 IM_S32_MAX = INT_MAX; // (2147483647), (0x7FFFFFFF) +static const ImU32 IM_U32_MIN = 0; +static const ImU32 IM_U32_MAX = UINT_MAX; // (0xFFFFFFFF) +#ifdef LLONG_MIN +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MIN = LLONG_MIN; // (-9223372036854775807ll - 1ll); +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MAX = LLONG_MAX; // (9223372036854775807ll); +#else +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MIN = -9223372036854775807LL - 1; +static const ImS64 IM_S64_MAX = 9223372036854775807LL; +#endif +static const ImU64 IM_U64_MIN = 0; +#ifdef ULLONG_MAX +static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = ULLONG_MAX; // (0xFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFull); +#else +static const ImU64 IM_U64_MAX = (2ULL * 9223372036854775807LL + 1); +#endif + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Forward Declarations +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Data Type helpers +static inline int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_ptr, const char* format); +static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg_1, const void* arg_2); +static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format); + +// For InputTextEx() +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data); +static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end); +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining = NULL, ImVec2* out_offset = NULL, bool stop_on_new_line = false); + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Text, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TextUnformatted() +// - Text() +// - TextV() +// - TextColored() +// - TextColoredV() +// - TextDisabled() +// - TextDisabledV() +// - TextWrapped() +// - TextWrappedV() +// - LabelText() +// - LabelTextV() +// - BulletText() +// - BulletTextV() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::TextUnformatted(const char* text, const char* text_end) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + IM_ASSERT(text != NULL); + const char* text_begin = text; + if (text_end == NULL) + text_end = text + strlen(text); // FIXME-OPT + + const ImVec2 text_pos(window->DC.CursorPos.x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); + const float wrap_pos_x = window->DC.TextWrapPos; + const bool wrap_enabled = wrap_pos_x >= 0.0f; + if (text_end - text > 2000 && !wrap_enabled) + { + // Long text! + // Perform manual coarse clipping to optimize for long multi-line text + // From this point we will only compute the width of lines that are visible. Optimization only available when word-wrapping is disabled. + // We also don't vertically center the text within the line full height, which is unlikely to matter because we are likely the biggest and only item on the line. + const char* line = text; + const float line_height = GetTextLineHeight(); + const ImRect clip_rect = window->ClipRect; + ImVec2 text_size(0,0); + + if (text_pos.y <= clip_rect.Max.y) + { + ImVec2 pos = text_pos; + + // Lines to skip (can't skip when logging text) + if (!g.LogEnabled) + { + int lines_skippable = (int)((clip_rect.Min.y - text_pos.y) / line_height); + if (lines_skippable > 0) + { + int lines_skipped = 0; + while (line < text_end && lines_skipped < lines_skippable) + { + const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n'); + if (!line_end) + line_end = text_end; + line = line_end + 1; + lines_skipped++; + } + pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height; + } + } + + // Lines to render + if (line < text_end) + { + ImRect line_rect(pos, pos + ImVec2(FLT_MAX, line_height)); + while (line < text_end) + { + const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n'); + if (IsClippedEx(line_rect, 0, false)) + break; + + const ImVec2 line_size = CalcTextSize(line, line_end, false); + text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_size.x); + RenderText(pos, line, line_end, false); + if (!line_end) + line_end = text_end; + line = line_end + 1; + line_rect.Min.y += line_height; + line_rect.Max.y += line_height; + pos.y += line_height; + } + + // Count remaining lines + int lines_skipped = 0; + while (line < text_end) + { + const char* line_end = strchr(line, '\n'); + if (!line_end) + line_end = text_end; + line = line_end + 1; + lines_skipped++; + } + pos.y += lines_skipped * line_height; + } + + text_size.y += (pos - text_pos).y; + } + + ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); + ItemSize(bb); + ItemAdd(bb, 0); + } + else + { + const float wrap_width = wrap_enabled ? CalcWrapWidthForPos(window->DC.CursorPos, wrap_pos_x) : 0.0f; + const ImVec2 text_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false, wrap_width); + + // Account of baseline offset + ImRect bb(text_pos, text_pos + text_size); + ItemSize(text_size); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render (we don't hide text after ## in this end-user function) + RenderTextWrapped(bb.Min, text_begin, text_end, wrap_width); + } +} + +void ImGui::Text(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const char* text_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + TextUnformatted(g.TempBuffer, text_end); +} + +void ImGui::TextColored(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextColoredV(col, fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextColoredV(const ImVec4& col, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, col); + TextV(fmt, args); + PopStyleColor(); +} + +void ImGui::TextDisabled(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextDisabledV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextDisabledV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, GImGui->Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + TextV(fmt, args); + PopStyleColor(); +} + +void ImGui::TextWrapped(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + TextWrappedV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +void ImGui::TextWrappedV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + bool need_wrap = (GImGui->CurrentWindow->DC.TextWrapPos < 0.0f); // Keep existing wrap position is one ia already set + if (need_wrap) PushTextWrapPos(0.0f); + TextV(fmt, args); + if (need_wrap) PopTextWrapPos(); +} + +void ImGui::LabelText(const char* label, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + LabelTextV(label, fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +// Add a label+text combo aligned to other label+value widgets +void ImGui::LabelTextV(const char* label, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImRect value_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); + const ImRect total_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x : 0.0f), style.FramePadding.y*2) + label_size); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render + const char* value_text_begin = &g.TempBuffer[0]; + const char* value_text_end = value_text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + RenderTextClipped(value_bb.Min, value_bb.Max, value_text_begin, value_text_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f)); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(value_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, value_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); +} + +void ImGui::BulletText(const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + BulletTextV(fmt, args); + va_end(args); +} + +// Text with a little bullet aligned to the typical tree node. +void ImGui::BulletTextV(const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const char* text_begin = g.TempBuffer; + const char* text_end = text_begin + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(text_begin, text_end, false); + const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(0.0f, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it + const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? (label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x*2) : 0.0f), ImMax(line_height, label_size.y))); // Empty text doesn't add padding + ItemSize(bb); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render + RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f)); + RenderText(bb.Min+ImVec2(g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.x*2, text_base_offset_y), text_begin, text_end, false); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Main +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ButtonBehavior() [Internal] +// - Button() +// - SmallButton() +// - InvisibleButton() +// - ArrowButton() +// - CloseButton() [Internal] +// - CollapseButton() [Internal] +// - Scrollbar() [Internal] +// - Image() +// - ImageButton() +// - Checkbox() +// - CheckboxFlags() +// - RadioButton() +// - ProgressBar() +// - Bullet() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::ButtonBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, bool* out_hovered, bool* out_held, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled) + { + if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = false; + if (out_held) *out_held = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id) ClearActiveID(); + return false; + } + + // Default behavior requires click+release on same spot + if ((flags & (ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick)) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease; + + ImGuiWindow* backup_hovered_window = g.HoveredWindow; + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window) + g.HoveredWindow = window; + + bool pressed = false; + bool hovered = ItemHoverable(bb, id); + + // Drag source doesn't report as hovered + if (hovered && g.DragDropActive && g.DragDropPayload.SourceId == id && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoDisableHover)) + hovered = false; + + // Special mode for Drag and Drop where holding button pressed for a long time while dragging another item triggers the button + if (g.DragDropActive && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold) && !(g.DragDropSourceFlags & ImGuiDragDropFlags_SourceNoHoldToOpenOthers)) + if (IsItemHovered(ImGuiHoveredFlags_AllowWhenBlockedByActiveItem)) + { + hovered = true; + SetHoveredID(id); + if (CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount(g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f, g.HoveredIdTimer + 0.0001f - g.IO.DeltaTime, 0.01f, 0.70f)) // FIXME: Our formula for CalcTypematicPressedRepeatAmount() is fishy + { + pressed = true; + FocusWindow(window); + } + } + + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren) && g.HoveredRootWindow == window) + g.HoveredWindow = backup_hovered_window; + + // AllowOverlap mode (rarely used) requires previous frame HoveredId to be null or to match. This allows using patterns where a later submitted widget overlaps a previous one. + if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap) && (g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0)) + hovered = false; + + // Mouse + if (hovered) + { + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers) || (!g.IO.KeyCtrl && !g.IO.KeyShift && !g.IO.KeyAlt)) + { + // | CLICKING | HOLDING with ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat + // PressedOnClickRelease | * | .. (NOT on release) <-- MOST COMMON! (*) only if both click/release were over bounds + // PressedOnClick | | .. + // PressedOnRelease | | .. (NOT on release) + // PressedOnDoubleClick | | .. + // FIXME-NAV: We don't honor those different behaviors. + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + } + if (((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick) && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick) && g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) + { + pressed = true; + if (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) + ClearActiveID(); + else + SetActiveID(id, window); // Hold on ID + FocusWindow(window); + } + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease) && g.IO.MouseReleased[0]) + { + if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)) // Repeat mode trumps + pressed = true; + ClearActiveID(); + } + + // 'Repeat' mode acts when held regardless of _PressedOn flags (see table above). + // Relies on repeat logic of IsMouseClicked() but we may as well do it ourselves if we end up exposing finer RepeatDelay/RepeatRate settings. + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.ActiveId == id && g.IO.MouseDownDuration[0] > 0.0f && IsMouseClicked(0, true)) + pressed = true; + } + + if (pressed) + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + } + + // Gamepad/Keyboard navigation + // We report navigated item as hovered but we don't set g.HoveredId to not interfere with mouse. + if (g.NavId == id && !g.NavDisableHighlight && g.NavDisableMouseHover && (g.ActiveId == 0 || g.ActiveId == id || g.ActiveId == window->MoveId)) + hovered = true; + + if (g.NavActivateDownId == id) + { + bool nav_activated_by_code = (g.NavActivateId == id); + bool nav_activated_by_inputs = IsNavInputPressed(ImGuiNavInput_Activate, (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) ? ImGuiInputReadMode_Repeat : ImGuiInputReadMode_Pressed); + if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs) + pressed = true; + if (nav_activated_by_code || nav_activated_by_inputs || g.ActiveId == id) + { + // Set active id so it can be queried by user via IsItemActive(), equivalent of holding the mouse button. + g.NavActivateId = id; // This is so SetActiveId assign a Nav source + SetActiveID(id, window); + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + SetFocusID(id, window); + g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); + } + } + + bool held = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse) + { + if (g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + g.ActiveIdClickOffset = g.IO.MousePos - bb.Min; + if (g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + { + held = true; + } + else + { + if (hovered && (flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease)) + if (!((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat) && g.IO.MouseDownDurationPrev[0] >= g.IO.KeyRepeatDelay)) // Repeat mode trumps + if (!g.DragDropActive) + pressed = true; + ClearActiveID(); + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus)) + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + } + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + { + if (g.NavActivateDownId != id) + ClearActiveID(); + } + } + + if (out_hovered) *out_hovered = hovered; + if (out_held) *out_held = held; + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::ButtonEx(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + if ((flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine) && style.FramePadding.y < window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset) // Try to vertically align buttons that are smaller/have no padding so that text baseline matches (bit hacky, since it shouldn't be a flag) + pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset - style.FramePadding.y; + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, label_size.x + style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y * 2.0f); + + const ImRect bb(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); + if (pressed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + // Render + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); + RenderTextClipped(bb.Min + style.FramePadding, bb.Max - style.FramePadding, label, NULL, &label_size, style.ButtonTextAlign, &bb); + + // Automatically close popups + //if (pressed && !(flags & ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups) && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup)) + // CloseCurrentPopup(); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::Button(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + return ButtonEx(label, size_arg, 0); +} + +// Small buttons fits within text without additional vertical spacing. +bool ImGui::SmallButton(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + float backup_padding_y = g.Style.FramePadding.y; + g.Style.FramePadding.y = 0.0f; + bool pressed = ButtonEx(label, ImVec2(0, 0), ImGuiButtonFlags_AlignTextBaseLine); + g.Style.FramePadding.y = backup_padding_y; + return pressed; +} + +// Tip: use ImGui::PushID()/PopID() to push indices or pointers in the ID stack. +// Then you can keep 'str_id' empty or the same for all your buttons (instead of creating a string based on a non-string id) +bool ImGui::InvisibleButton(const char* str_id, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + // Cannot use zero-size for InvisibleButton(). Unlike Button() there is not way to fallback using the label size. + IM_ASSERT(size_arg.x != 0.0f && size_arg.y != 0.0f); + + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, 0.0f, 0.0f); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + ItemSize(bb); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::ArrowButtonEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir, ImVec2 size, ImGuiButtonFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(str_id); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + const float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); + ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + if (window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_ButtonRepeat) + flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, flags); + + // Render + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + RenderArrow(bb.Min + ImVec2(ImMax(0.0f, size.x - g.FontSize - g.Style.FramePadding.x), ImMax(0.0f, size.y - g.FontSize - g.Style.FramePadding.y)), dir); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::ArrowButton(const char* str_id, ImGuiDir dir) +{ + float sz = GetFrameHeight(); + return ArrowButtonEx(str_id, dir, ImVec2(sz, sz), 0); +} + +// Button to close a window +bool ImGui::CloseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos, float radius) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + // We intentionally allow interaction when clipped so that a mechanical Alt,Right,Validate sequence close a window. + // (this isn't the regular behavior of buttons, but it doesn't affect the user much because navigation tends to keep items visible). + const ImRect bb(pos - ImVec2(radius,radius), pos + ImVec2(radius,radius)); + bool is_clipped = !ItemAdd(bb, id); + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + if (is_clipped) + return pressed; + + // Render + ImVec2 center = bb.GetCenter(); + if (hovered) + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, ImMax(2.0f, radius), GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered), 9); + + float cross_extent = (radius * 0.7071f) - 1.0f; + ImU32 cross_col = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text); + center -= ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,+cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,-cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + window->DrawList->AddLine(center + ImVec2(+cross_extent,-cross_extent), center + ImVec2(-cross_extent,+cross_extent), cross_col, 1.0f); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::CollapseButton(ImGuiID id, const ImVec2& pos) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + ImRect bb(pos, pos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, g.FontSize) + g.Style.FramePadding * 2.0f); + ItemAdd(bb, id); + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_None); + + ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + if (hovered || held) + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(bb.GetCenter() + ImVec2(0.0f, -0.5f), g.FontSize * 0.5f + 1.0f, col, 9); + RenderArrow(bb.Min + g.Style.FramePadding, window->Collapsed ? ImGuiDir_Right : ImGuiDir_Down, 1.0f); + + // Switch to moving the window after mouse is moved beyond the initial drag threshold + if (IsItemActive() && IsMouseDragging()) + StartMouseMovingWindow(window); + + return pressed; +} + +// Vertical/Horizontal scrollbar +// The entire piece of code below is rather confusing because: +// - We handle absolute seeking (when first clicking outside the grab) and relative manipulation (afterward or when clicking inside the grab) +// - We store values as normalized ratio and in a form that allows the window content to change while we are holding on a scrollbar +// - We handle both horizontal and vertical scrollbars, which makes the terminology not ideal. +void ImGui::Scrollbar(ImGuiLayoutType direction) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + const bool horizontal = (direction == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal); + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(horizontal ? "#SCROLLX" : "#SCROLLY"); + + // Render background + bool other_scrollbar = (horizontal ? window->ScrollbarY : window->ScrollbarX); + float other_scrollbar_size_w = other_scrollbar ? style.ScrollbarSize : 0.0f; + const ImRect window_rect = window->Rect(); + const float border_size = window->WindowBorderSize; + ImRect bb = horizontal + ? ImRect(window->Pos.x + border_size, window_rect.Max.y - style.ScrollbarSize, window_rect.Max.x - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - border_size) + : ImRect(window_rect.Max.x - style.ScrollbarSize, window->Pos.y + border_size, window_rect.Max.x - border_size, window_rect.Max.y - other_scrollbar_size_w - border_size); + if (!horizontal) + bb.Min.y += window->TitleBarHeight() + ((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar) ? window->MenuBarHeight() : 0.0f); + if (bb.GetWidth() <= 0.0f || bb.GetHeight() <= 0.0f) + return; + + int window_rounding_corners; + if (horizontal) + window_rounding_corners = ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); + else + window_rounding_corners = (((window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar) && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight : 0) | (other_scrollbar ? 0 : ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_ScrollbarBg), window->WindowRounding, window_rounding_corners); + bb.Expand(ImVec2(-ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.x - bb.Min.x - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f), -ImClamp((float)(int)((bb.Max.y - bb.Min.y - 2.0f) * 0.5f), 0.0f, 3.0f))); + + // V denote the main, longer axis of the scrollbar (= height for a vertical scrollbar) + float scrollbar_size_v = horizontal ? bb.GetWidth() : bb.GetHeight(); + float scroll_v = horizontal ? window->Scroll.x : window->Scroll.y; + float win_size_avail_v = (horizontal ? window->SizeFull.x : window->SizeFull.y) - other_scrollbar_size_w; + float win_size_contents_v = horizontal ? window->SizeContents.x : window->SizeContents.y; + + // Calculate the height of our grabbable box. It generally represent the amount visible (vs the total scrollable amount) + // But we maintain a minimum size in pixel to allow for the user to still aim inside. + IM_ASSERT(ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v) > 0.0f); // Adding this assert to check if the ImMax(XXX,1.0f) is still needed. PLEASE CONTACT ME if this triggers. + const float win_size_v = ImMax(ImMax(win_size_contents_v, win_size_avail_v), 1.0f); + const float grab_h_pixels = ImClamp(scrollbar_size_v * (win_size_avail_v / win_size_v), style.GrabMinSize, scrollbar_size_v); + const float grab_h_norm = grab_h_pixels / scrollbar_size_v; + + // Handle input right away. None of the code of Begin() is relying on scrolling position before calling Scrollbar(). + bool held = false; + bool hovered = false; + const bool previously_held = (g.ActiveId == id); + ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_NoNavFocus); + + float scroll_max = ImMax(1.0f, win_size_contents_v - win_size_avail_v); + float scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max); + float grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; + if (held && grab_h_norm < 1.0f) + { + float scrollbar_pos_v = horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y; + float mouse_pos_v = horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y; + float* click_delta_to_grab_center_v = horizontal ? &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.x : &g.ScrollbarClickDeltaToGrabCenter.y; + + // Click position in scrollbar normalized space (0.0f->1.0f) + const float clicked_v_norm = ImSaturate((mouse_pos_v - scrollbar_pos_v) / scrollbar_size_v); + SetHoveredID(id); + + bool seek_absolute = false; + if (!previously_held) + { + // On initial click calculate the distance between mouse and the center of the grab + if (clicked_v_norm >= grab_v_norm && clicked_v_norm <= grab_v_norm + grab_h_norm) + { + *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f; + } + else + { + seek_absolute = true; + *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = 0.0f; + } + } + + // Apply scroll + // It is ok to modify Scroll here because we are being called in Begin() after the calculation of SizeContents and before setting up our starting position + const float scroll_v_norm = ImSaturate((clicked_v_norm - *click_delta_to_grab_center_v - grab_h_norm*0.5f) / (1.0f - grab_h_norm)); + scroll_v = (float)(int)(0.5f + scroll_v_norm * scroll_max);//(win_size_contents_v - win_size_v)); + if (horizontal) + window->Scroll.x = scroll_v; + else + window->Scroll.y = scroll_v; + + // Update values for rendering + scroll_ratio = ImSaturate(scroll_v / scroll_max); + grab_v_norm = scroll_ratio * (scrollbar_size_v - grab_h_pixels) / scrollbar_size_v; + + // Update distance to grab now that we have seeked and saturated + if (seek_absolute) + *click_delta_to_grab_center_v = clicked_v_norm - grab_v_norm - grab_h_norm*0.5f; + } + + // Render + const ImU32 grab_col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrabHovered : ImGuiCol_ScrollbarGrab); + ImRect grab_rect; + if (horizontal) + grab_rect = ImRect(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm), bb.Min.y, ImMin(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, window_rect.Max.x), bb.Max.y); + else + grab_rect = ImRect(bb.Min.x, ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm), bb.Max.x, ImMin(ImLerp(bb.Min.y, bb.Max.y, grab_v_norm) + grab_h_pixels, window_rect.Max.y)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_rect.Min, grab_rect.Max, grab_col, style.ScrollbarRounding); +} + +void ImGui::Image(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, const ImVec4& tint_col, const ImVec4& border_col) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + if (border_col.w > 0.0f) + bb.Max += ImVec2(2, 2); + ItemSize(bb); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + if (border_col.w > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(border_col), 0.0f); + window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min + ImVec2(1, 1), bb.Max - ImVec2(1, 1), uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); + } + else + { + window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, bb.Min, bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); + } +} + +// frame_padding < 0: uses FramePadding from style (default) +// frame_padding = 0: no framing +// frame_padding > 0: set framing size +// The color used are the button colors. +bool ImGui::ImageButton(ImTextureID user_texture_id, const ImVec2& size, const ImVec2& uv0, const ImVec2& uv1, int frame_padding, const ImVec4& bg_col, const ImVec4& tint_col) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + // Default to using texture ID as ID. User can still push string/integer prefixes. + // We could hash the size/uv to create a unique ID but that would prevent the user from animating UV. + PushID((void*)user_texture_id); + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID("#image"); + PopID(); + + const ImVec2 padding = (frame_padding >= 0) ? ImVec2((float)frame_padding, (float)frame_padding) : style.FramePadding; + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size + padding * 2); + const ImRect image_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + padding, window->DC.CursorPos + padding + size); + ItemSize(bb); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + + // Render + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, true, ImClamp((float)ImMin(padding.x, padding.y), 0.0f, style.FrameRounding)); + if (bg_col.w > 0.0f) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, GetColorU32(bg_col)); + window->DrawList->AddImage(user_texture_id, image_bb.Min, image_bb.Max, uv0, uv1, GetColorU32(tint_col)); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::Checkbox(const char* label, bool* v) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2)); // We want a square shape to we use Y twice + ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + + ImRect total_bb = check_bb; + if (label_size.x > 0) + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0,style.FramePadding.y) + label_size); + if (label_size.x > 0) + { + ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y); + total_bb = ImRect(ImMin(check_bb.Min, text_bb.Min), ImMax(check_bb.Max, text_bb.Max)); + } + + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); + if (pressed) + { + *v = !(*v); + MarkItemEdited(id); + } + + RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); + RenderFrame(check_bb.Min, check_bb.Max, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + if (*v) + { + const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()); + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f)); + RenderCheckMark(check_bb.Min + ImVec2(pad,pad), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), check_bb.GetWidth() - pad*2.0f); + } + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, *v ? "[x]" : "[ ]"); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(text_bb.Min, label); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::CheckboxFlags(const char* label, unsigned int* flags, unsigned int flags_value) +{ + bool v = ((*flags & flags_value) == flags_value); + bool pressed = Checkbox(label, &v); + if (pressed) + { + if (v) + *flags |= flags_value; + else + *flags &= ~flags_value; + } + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, bool active) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + const ImRect check_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2-1)); + ItemSize(check_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + + ImRect total_bb = check_bb; + if (label_size.x > 0) + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + const ImRect text_bb(window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y), window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(0, style.FramePadding.y) + label_size); + if (label_size.x > 0) + { + ItemSize(ImVec2(text_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()), style.FramePadding.y); + total_bb.Add(text_bb); + } + + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id)) + return false; + + ImVec2 center = check_bb.GetCenter(); + center.x = (float)(int)center.x + 0.5f; + center.y = (float)(int)center.y + 0.5f; + const float radius = check_bb.GetHeight() * 0.5f; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(total_bb, id, &hovered, &held); + if (pressed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + RenderNavHighlight(total_bb, id); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius, GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg), 16); + if (active) + { + const float check_sz = ImMin(check_bb.GetWidth(), check_bb.GetHeight()); + const float pad = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(check_sz / 6.0f)); + window->DrawList->AddCircleFilled(center, radius-pad, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_CheckMark), 16); + } + + if (style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) + { + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center+ImVec2(1,1), radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_BorderShadow), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); + window->DrawList->AddCircle(center, radius, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Border), 16, style.FrameBorderSize); + } + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&text_bb.Min, active ? "(x)" : "( )"); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(text_bb.Min, label); + + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::RadioButton(const char* label, int* v, int v_button) +{ + const bool pressed = RadioButton(label, *v == v_button); + if (pressed) + *v = v_button; + return pressed; +} + +// size_arg (for each axis) < 0.0f: align to end, 0.0f: auto, > 0.0f: specified size +void ImGui::ProgressBar(float fraction, const ImVec2& size_arg, const char* overlay) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImRect bb(pos, pos + CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); + ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + // Render + fraction = ImSaturate(fraction); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + bb.Expand(ImVec2(-style.FrameBorderSize, -style.FrameBorderSize)); + const ImVec2 fill_br = ImVec2(ImLerp(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x, fraction), bb.Max.y); + RenderRectFilledRangeH(window->DrawList, bb, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram), 0.0f, fraction, style.FrameRounding); + + // Default displaying the fraction as percentage string, but user can override it + char overlay_buf[32]; + if (!overlay) + { + ImFormatString(overlay_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(overlay_buf), "%.0f%%", fraction*100+0.01f); + overlay = overlay_buf; + } + + ImVec2 overlay_size = CalcTextSize(overlay, NULL); + if (overlay_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(ImClamp(fill_br.x + style.ItemSpacing.x, bb.Min.x, bb.Max.x - overlay_size.x - style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), bb.Min.y), bb.Max, overlay, NULL, &overlay_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.5f), &bb); +} + +void ImGui::Bullet() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float line_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y*2), g.FontSize); + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(g.FontSize, line_height)); + ItemSize(bb); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + { + SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2); + return; + } + + // Render and stay on same line + RenderBullet(bb.Min + ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x + g.FontSize*0.5f, line_height*0.5f)); + SameLine(0, style.FramePadding.x*2); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Low-level Layout helpers +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Spacing() +// - Dummy() +// - NewLine() +// - AlignTextToFramePadding() +// - Separator() +// - VerticalSeparator() [Internal] +// - SplitterBehavior() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::Spacing() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0)); +} + +void ImGui::Dummy(const ImVec2& size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + ItemSize(bb); + ItemAdd(bb, 0); +} + +void ImGui::NewLine() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiLayoutType backup_layout_type = window->DC.LayoutType; + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + if (window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y > 0.0f) // In the event that we are on a line with items that is smaller that FontSize high, we will preserve its height. + ItemSize(ImVec2(0,0)); + else + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); + window->DC.LayoutType = backup_layout_type; +} + +void ImGui::AlignTextToFramePadding() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y, g.FontSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); + window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset = ImMax(window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset, g.Style.FramePadding.y); +} + +// Horizontal/vertical separating line +void ImGui::Separator() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Those flags should eventually be overridable by the user + ImGuiSeparatorFlags flags = (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) ? ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical : ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & (ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Horizontal | ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical)))); // Check that only 1 option is selected + if (flags & ImGuiSeparatorFlags_Vertical) + { + VerticalSeparator(); + return; + } + + // Horizontal Separator + if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) + PopClipRect(); + + float x1 = window->Pos.x; + float x2 = window->Pos.x + window->Size.x; + if (!window->DC.GroupStack.empty()) + x1 += window->DC.Indent.x; + + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(x1, window->DC.CursorPos.y), ImVec2(x2, window->DC.CursorPos.y+1.0f)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); // NB: we don't provide our width so that it doesn't get feed back into AutoFit, we don't provide height to not alter layout. + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + { + if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) + PushColumnClipRect(); + return; + } + + window->DrawList->AddLine(bb.Min, ImVec2(bb.Max.x,bb.Min.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(NULL, IM_NEWLINE "--------------------------------"); + + if (window->DC.ColumnsSet) + { + PushColumnClipRect(); + window->DC.ColumnsSet->LineMinY = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + } +} + +void ImGui::VerticalSeparator() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + float y1 = window->DC.CursorPos.y; + float y2 = window->DC.CursorPos.y + window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y; + const ImRect bb(ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x, y1), ImVec2(window->DC.CursorPos.x + 1.0f, y2)); + ItemSize(ImVec2(bb.GetWidth(), 0.0f)); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, 0)) + return; + + window->DrawList->AddLine(ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Min.y), ImVec2(bb.Min.x, bb.Max.y), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Separator)); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogText(" |"); +} + +// Using 'hover_visibility_delay' allows us to hide the highlight and mouse cursor for a short time, which can be convenient to reduce visual noise. +bool ImGui::SplitterBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiAxis axis, float* size1, float* size2, float min_size1, float min_size2, float hover_extend, float hover_visibility_delay) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + + const ImGuiItemFlags item_flags_backup = window->DC.ItemFlags; + window->DC.ItemFlags |= ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav | ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus; + bool item_add = ItemAdd(bb, id); + window->DC.ItemFlags = item_flags_backup; + if (!item_add) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + ImRect bb_interact = bb; + bb_interact.Expand(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImVec2(0.0f, hover_extend) : ImVec2(hover_extend, 0.0f)); + ButtonBehavior(bb_interact, id, &hovered, &held, ImGuiButtonFlags_FlattenChildren | ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap); + if (g.ActiveId != id) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + + if (held || (g.HoveredId == id && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame == id && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay)) + SetMouseCursor(axis == ImGuiAxis_Y ? ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeNS : ImGuiMouseCursor_ResizeEW); + + ImRect bb_render = bb; + if (held) + { + ImVec2 mouse_delta_2d = g.IO.MousePos - g.ActiveIdClickOffset - bb_interact.Min; + float mouse_delta = (axis == ImGuiAxis_Y) ? mouse_delta_2d.y : mouse_delta_2d.x; + + // Minimum pane size + float size_1_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size1 - min_size1); + float size_2_maximum_delta = ImMax(0.0f, *size2 - min_size2); + if (mouse_delta < -size_1_maximum_delta) + mouse_delta = -size_1_maximum_delta; + if (mouse_delta > size_2_maximum_delta) + mouse_delta = size_2_maximum_delta; + + // Apply resize + if (mouse_delta != 0.0f) + { + if (mouse_delta < 0.0f) + IM_ASSERT(*size1 + mouse_delta >= min_size1); + if (mouse_delta > 0.0f) + IM_ASSERT(*size2 - mouse_delta >= min_size2); + *size1 += mouse_delta; + *size2 -= mouse_delta; + bb_render.Translate((axis == ImGuiAxis_X) ? ImVec2(mouse_delta, 0.0f) : ImVec2(0.0f, mouse_delta)); + MarkItemEdited(id); + } + } + + // Render + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32(held ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorActive : (hovered && g.HoveredIdTimer >= hover_visibility_delay) ? ImGuiCol_SeparatorHovered : ImGuiCol_Separator); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_render.Min, bb_render.Max, col, g.Style.FrameRounding); + + return held; +} + + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Combo Box +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - BeginCombo() +// - EndCombo() +// - Combo() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +static float CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(int items_count) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (items_count <= 0) + return FLT_MAX; + return (g.FontSize + g.Style.ItemSpacing.y) * items_count - g.Style.ItemSpacing.y + (g.Style.WindowPadding.y * 2); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginCombo(const char* label, const char* preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags flags) +{ + // Always consume the SetNextWindowSizeConstraint() call in our early return paths + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiCond backup_next_window_size_constraint = g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond; + g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond = 0; + + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT((flags & (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) != (ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton | ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)); // Can't use both flags together + + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + + const float arrow_size = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton) ? 0.0f : GetFrameHeight(); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const float w = (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview) ? arrow_size : CalcItemWidth(); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(frame_bb, id, &hovered, &held); + bool popup_open = IsPopupOpen(id); + + const ImRect value_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max - ImVec2(arrow_size, 0.0f)); + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(hovered ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(frame_bb.Min, ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Max.y), frame_col, style.FrameRounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_Left); + if (!(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoArrowButton)) + { + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size, frame_bb.Min.y), frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32((popup_open || hovered) ? ImGuiCol_ButtonHovered : ImGuiCol_Button), style.FrameRounding, (w <= arrow_size) ? ImDrawCornerFlags_All : ImDrawCornerFlags_Right); + RenderArrow(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x - arrow_size + style.FramePadding.y, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), ImGuiDir_Down); + } + RenderFrameBorder(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, style.FrameRounding); + if (preview_value != NULL && !(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_NoPreview)) + RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, value_bb.Max, preview_value, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); + if (label_size.x > 0) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + if ((pressed || g.NavActivateId == id) && !popup_open) + { + if (window->DC.NavLayerCurrent == 0) + window->NavLastIds[0] = id; + OpenPopupEx(id); + popup_open = true; + } + + if (!popup_open) + return false; + + if (backup_next_window_size_constraint) + { + g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond = backup_next_window_size_constraint; + g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x = ImMax(g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintRect.Min.x, w); + } + else + { + if ((flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo(flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightMask_)); // Only one + int popup_max_height_in_items = -1; + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightRegular) popup_max_height_in_items = 8; + else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightSmall) popup_max_height_in_items = 4; + else if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_HeightLarge) popup_max_height_in_items = 20; + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(w, 0.0f), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); + } + + char name[16]; + ImFormatString(name, IM_ARRAYSIZE(name), "##Combo_%02d", g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); // Recycle windows based on depth + + // Peak into expected window size so we can position it + if (ImGuiWindow* popup_window = FindWindowByName(name)) + if (popup_window->WasActive) + { + ImVec2 size_expected = CalcWindowExpectedSize(popup_window); + if (flags & ImGuiComboFlags_PopupAlignLeft) + popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection = ImGuiDir_Left; + ImRect r_outer = GetWindowAllowedExtentRect(popup_window); + ImVec2 pos = FindBestWindowPosForPopupEx(frame_bb.GetBL(), size_expected, &popup_window->AutoPosLastDirection, r_outer, frame_bb, ImGuiPopupPositionPolicy_ComboBox); + SetNextWindowPos(pos); + } + + // Horizontally align ourselves with the framed text + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings; + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowPadding, ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, style.WindowPadding.y)); + bool ret = Begin(name, NULL, window_flags); + PopStyleVar(); + if (!ret) + { + EndPopup(); + IM_ASSERT(0); // This should never happen as we tested for IsPopupOpen() above + return false; + } + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndCombo() +{ + EndPopup(); +} + +// Getter for the old Combo() API: const char*[] +static bool Items_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +{ + const char* const* items = (const char* const*)data; + if (out_text) + *out_text = items[idx]; + return true; +} + +// Getter for the old Combo() API: "item1\0item2\0item3\0" +static bool Items_SingleStringGetter(void* data, int idx, const char** out_text) +{ + // FIXME-OPT: we could pre-compute the indices to fasten this. But only 1 active combo means the waste is limited. + const char* items_separated_by_zeros = (const char*)data; + int items_count = 0; + const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; + while (*p) + { + if (idx == items_count) + break; + p += strlen(p) + 1; + items_count++; + } + if (!*p) + return false; + if (out_text) + *out_text = p; + return true; +} + +// Old API, prefer using BeginCombo() nowadays if you can. +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int popup_max_height_in_items) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Call the getter to obtain the preview string which is a parameter to BeginCombo() + const char* preview_value = NULL; + if (*current_item >= 0 && *current_item < items_count) + items_getter(data, *current_item, &preview_value); + + // The old Combo() API exposed "popup_max_height_in_items". The new more general BeginCombo() API doesn't have/need it, but we emulate it here. + if (popup_max_height_in_items != -1 && !g.NextWindowData.SizeConstraintCond) + SetNextWindowSizeConstraints(ImVec2(0,0), ImVec2(FLT_MAX, CalcMaxPopupHeightFromItemCount(popup_max_height_in_items))); + + if (!BeginCombo(label, preview_value, ImGuiComboFlags_None)) + return false; + + // Display items + // FIXME-OPT: Use clipper (but we need to disable it on the appearing frame to make sure our call to SetItemDefaultFocus() is processed) + bool value_changed = false; + for (int i = 0; i < items_count; i++) + { + PushID((void*)(intptr_t)i); + const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); + const char* item_text; + if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) + item_text = "*Unknown item*"; + if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) + { + value_changed = true; + *current_item = i; + } + if (item_selected) + SetItemDefaultFocus(); + PopID(); + } + + EndCombo(); + return value_changed; +} + +// Combo box helper allowing to pass an array of strings. +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + const bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_in_items); + return value_changed; +} + +// Combo box helper allowing to pass all items in a single string literal holding multiple zero-terminated items "item1\0item2\0" +bool ImGui::Combo(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* items_separated_by_zeros, int height_in_items) +{ + int items_count = 0; + const char* p = items_separated_by_zeros; // FIXME-OPT: Avoid computing this, or at least only when combo is open + while (*p) + { + p += strlen(p) + 1; + items_count++; + } + bool value_changed = Combo(label, current_item, Items_SingleStringGetter, (void*)items_separated_by_zeros, items_count, height_in_items); + return value_changed; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Data Type and Data Formatting Helpers [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - PatchFormatStringFloatToInt() +// - DataTypeFormatString() +// - DataTypeApplyOp() +// - DataTypeApplyOpFromText() +// - GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision +// - RoundScalarWithFormat<>() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +struct ImGuiDataTypeInfo +{ + size_t Size; + const char* PrintFmt; // Unused + const char* ScanFmt; +}; + +static const ImGuiDataTypeInfo GDataTypeInfo[] = +{ + { sizeof(int), "%d", "%d" }, + { sizeof(unsigned int), "%u", "%u" }, +#ifdef _MSC_VER + { sizeof(ImS64), "%I64d","%I64d" }, + { sizeof(ImU64), "%I64u","%I64u" }, +#else + { sizeof(ImS64), "%lld", "%lld" }, + { sizeof(ImU64), "%llu", "%llu" }, +#endif + { sizeof(float), "%f", "%f" }, // float are promoted to double in va_arg + { sizeof(double), "%f", "%lf" }, +}; +IM_STATIC_ASSERT(IM_ARRAYSIZE(GDataTypeInfo) == ImGuiDataType_COUNT); + +// FIXME-LEGACY: Prior to 1.61 our DragInt() function internally used floats and because of this the compile-time default value for format was "%.0f". +// Even though we changed the compile-time default, we expect users to have carried %f around, which would break the display of DragInt() calls. +// To honor backward compatibility we are rewriting the format string, unless IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS is enabled. What could possibly go wrong?! +static const char* PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(const char* fmt) +{ + if (fmt[0] == '%' && fmt[1] == '.' && fmt[2] == '0' && fmt[3] == 'f' && fmt[4] == 0) // Fast legacy path for "%.0f" which is expected to be the most common case. + return "%d"; + const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); // Find % (if any, and ignore %%) + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); // Find end of format specifier, which itself is an exercise of confidence/recklessness (because snprintf is dependent on libc or user). + if (fmt_end > fmt_start && fmt_end[-1] == 'f') + { +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + if (fmt_start == fmt && fmt_end[0] == 0) + return "%d"; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImFormatString(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), "%.*s%%d%s", (int)(fmt_start - fmt), fmt, fmt_end); // Honor leading and trailing decorations, but lose alignment/precision. + return g.TempBuffer; +#else + IM_ASSERT(0 && "DragInt(): Invalid format string!"); // Old versions used a default parameter of "%.0f", please replace with e.g. "%d" +#endif + } + return fmt; +} + +static inline int DataTypeFormatString(char* buf, int buf_size, ImGuiDataType data_type, const void* data_ptr, const char* format) +{ + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32) // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing the argument + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU32*)data_ptr); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) // Signedness doesn't matter when pushing the argument + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const ImU64*)data_ptr); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const float*)data_ptr); + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + return ImFormatString(buf, buf_size, format, *(const double*)data_ptr); + IM_ASSERT(0); + return 0; +} + +// FIXME: Adding support for clamping on boundaries of the data type would be nice. +static void DataTypeApplyOp(ImGuiDataType data_type, int op, void* output, void* arg1, const void* arg2) +{ + IM_ASSERT(op == '+' || op == '-'); + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + if (op == '+') *(int*)output = *(const int*)arg1 + *(const int*)arg2; + else if (op == '-') *(int*)output = *(const int*)arg1 - *(const int*)arg2; + return; + case ImGuiDataType_U32: + if (op == '+') *(unsigned int*)output = *(const unsigned int*)arg1 + *(const ImU32*)arg2; + else if (op == '-') *(unsigned int*)output = *(const unsigned int*)arg1 - *(const ImU32*)arg2; + return; + case ImGuiDataType_S64: + if (op == '+') *(ImS64*)output = *(const ImS64*)arg1 + *(const ImS64*)arg2; + else if (op == '-') *(ImS64*)output = *(const ImS64*)arg1 - *(const ImS64*)arg2; + return; + case ImGuiDataType_U64: + if (op == '+') *(ImU64*)output = *(const ImU64*)arg1 + *(const ImU64*)arg2; + else if (op == '-') *(ImU64*)output = *(const ImU64*)arg1 - *(const ImU64*)arg2; + return; + case ImGuiDataType_Float: + if (op == '+') *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 + *(const float*)arg2; + else if (op == '-') *(float*)output = *(const float*)arg1 - *(const float*)arg2; + return; + case ImGuiDataType_Double: + if (op == '+') *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 + *(const double*)arg2; + else if (op == '-') *(double*)output = *(const double*)arg1 - *(const double*)arg2; + return; + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); +} + +// User can input math operators (e.g. +100) to edit a numerical values. +// NB: This is _not_ a full expression evaluator. We should probably add one and replace this dumb mess.. +static bool DataTypeApplyOpFromText(const char* buf, const char* initial_value_buf, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format) +{ + while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) + buf++; + + // We don't support '-' op because it would conflict with inputing negative value. + // Instead you can use +-100 to subtract from an existing value + char op = buf[0]; + if (op == '+' || op == '*' || op == '/') + { + buf++; + while (ImCharIsBlankA(*buf)) + buf++; + } + else + { + op = 0; + } + if (!buf[0]) + return false; + + // Copy the value in an opaque buffer so we can compare at the end of the function if it changed at all. + IM_ASSERT(data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); + int data_backup[2]; + IM_ASSERT(GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size <= sizeof(data_backup)); + memcpy(data_backup, data_ptr, GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size); + + if (format == NULL) + format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].ScanFmt; + + int arg1i = 0; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32) + { + int* v = (int*)data_ptr; + int arg0i = *v; + float arg1f = 0.0f; + if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0i) < 1) + return false; + // Store operand in a float so we can use fractional value for multipliers (*1.1), but constant always parsed as integer so we can fit big integers (e.g. 2000000003) past float precision + if (op == '+') { if (sscanf(buf, "%d", &arg1i)) *v = (int)(arg0i + arg1i); } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) + else if (op == '*') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f)) *v = (int)(arg0i * arg1f); } // Multiply + else if (op == '/') { if (sscanf(buf, "%f", &arg1f) && arg1f != 0.0f) *v = (int)(arg0i / arg1f); } // Divide + else { if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1i) == 1) *v = arg1i; } // Assign constant + } + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_U32 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_S64 || data_type == ImGuiDataType_U64) + { + // Assign constant + // FIXME: We don't bother handling support for legacy operators since they are a little too crappy. Instead we may implement a proper expression evaluator in the future. + sscanf(buf, format, data_ptr); + } + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) + { + // For floats we have to ignore format with precision (e.g. "%.2f") because sscanf doesn't take them in + format = "%f"; + float* v = (float*)data_ptr; + float arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0f; + if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) + return false; + if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) + return false; + if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) + else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply + else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide + else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant + } + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + { + format = "%lf"; // scanf differentiate float/double unlike printf which forces everything to double because of ellipsis + double* v = (double*)data_ptr; + double arg0f = *v, arg1f = 0.0; + if (op && sscanf(initial_value_buf, format, &arg0f) < 1) + return false; + if (sscanf(buf, format, &arg1f) < 1) + return false; + if (op == '+') { *v = arg0f + arg1f; } // Add (use "+-" to subtract) + else if (op == '*') { *v = arg0f * arg1f; } // Multiply + else if (op == '/') { if (arg1f != 0.0f) *v = arg0f / arg1f; } // Divide + else { *v = arg1f; } // Assign constant + } + return memcmp(data_backup, data_ptr, GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size) != 0; +} + +static float GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(int decimal_precision) +{ + static const float min_steps[10] = { 1.0f, 0.1f, 0.01f, 0.001f, 0.0001f, 0.00001f, 0.000001f, 0.0000001f, 0.00000001f, 0.000000001f }; + if (decimal_precision < 0) + return FLT_MIN; + return (decimal_precision >= 0 && decimal_precision < 10) ? min_steps[decimal_precision] : ImPow(10.0f, (float)-decimal_precision); +} + +template +static const char* ImAtoi(const char* src, TYPE* output) +{ + int negative = 0; + if (*src == '-') { negative = 1; src++; } + if (*src == '+') { src++; } + TYPE v = 0; + while (*src >= '0' && *src <= '9') + v = (v * 10) + (*src++ - '0'); + *output = negative ? -v : v; + return src; +} + +template +TYPE ImGui::RoundScalarWithFormatT(const char* format, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v) +{ + const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(format); + if (fmt_start[0] != '%' || fmt_start[1] == '%') // Don't apply if the value is not visible in the format string + return v; + char v_str[64]; + ImFormatString(v_str, IM_ARRAYSIZE(v_str), fmt_start, v); + const char* p = v_str; + while (*p == ' ') + p++; + if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) + v = (TYPE)ImAtof(p); + else + ImAtoi(p, (SIGNEDTYPE*)&v); + return v; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: DragScalar, DragFloat, DragInt, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - DragBehaviorT<>() [Internal] +// - DragBehavior() [Internal] +// - DragScalar() +// - DragScalarN() +// - DragFloat() +// - DragFloat2() +// - DragFloat3() +// - DragFloat4() +// - DragFloatRange2() +// - DragInt() +// - DragInt2() +// - DragInt3() +// - DragInt4() +// - DragIntRange2() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// This is called by DragBehavior() when the widget is active (held by mouse or being manipulated with Nav controls) +template +bool ImGui::DragBehaviorT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, float v_speed, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Default tweak speed + bool has_min_max = (v_min != v_max) && (v_max - v_max < FLT_MAX); + if (v_speed == 0.0f && has_min_max) + v_speed = (float)((v_max - v_min) * g.DragSpeedDefaultRatio); + + // Inputs accumulates into g.DragCurrentAccum, which is flushed into the current value as soon as it makes a difference with our precision settings + float adjust_delta = 0.0f; + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && IsMousePosValid() && g.IO.MouseDragMaxDistanceSqr[0] > 1.0f*1.0f) + { + adjust_delta = g.IO.MouseDelta.x; + if (g.IO.KeyAlt) + adjust_delta *= 1.0f/100.0f; + if (g.IO.KeyShift) + adjust_delta *= 10.0f; + } + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + { + int decimal_precision = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + adjust_delta = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard|ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 1.0f/10.0f, 10.0f).x; + v_speed = ImMax(v_speed, GetMinimumStepAtDecimalPrecision(decimal_precision)); + } + adjust_delta *= v_speed; + + // Clear current value on activation + // Avoid altering values and clamping when we are _already_ past the limits and heading in the same direction, so e.g. if range is 0..255, current value is 300 and we are pushing to the right side, keep the 300. + bool is_just_activated = g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated; + bool is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward = has_min_max && ((*v >= v_max && adjust_delta > 0.0f) || (*v <= v_min && adjust_delta < 0.0f)); + if (is_just_activated || is_already_past_limits_and_pushing_outward) + { + g.DragCurrentAccum = 0.0f; + g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; + } + else if (adjust_delta != 0.0f) + { + g.DragCurrentAccum += adjust_delta; + g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = true; + } + + if (!g.DragCurrentAccumDirty) + return false; + + TYPE v_cur = *v; + FLOATTYPE v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = (FLOATTYPE)0.0f; + + const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f && (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) && has_min_max); + if (is_power) + { + // Offset + round to user desired precision, with a curve on the v_min..v_max range to get more precision on one side of the range + FLOATTYPE v_old_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); + FLOATTYPE v_new_norm_curved = v_old_norm_curved + (g.DragCurrentAccum / (v_max - v_min)); + v_cur = v_min + (TYPE)ImPow(ImSaturate((float)v_new_norm_curved), power) * (v_max - v_min); + v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder = v_old_norm_curved; + } + else + { + v_cur += (TYPE)g.DragCurrentAccum; + } + + // Round to user desired precision based on format string + v_cur = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_cur); + + // Preserve remainder after rounding has been applied. This also allow slow tweaking of values. + g.DragCurrentAccumDirty = false; + if (is_power) + { + FLOATTYPE v_cur_norm_curved = ImPow((FLOATTYPE)(v_cur - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min), (FLOATTYPE)1.0f / power); + g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)(v_cur_norm_curved - v_old_ref_for_accum_remainder); + } + else + { + g.DragCurrentAccum -= (float)((SIGNEDTYPE)v_cur - (SIGNEDTYPE)*v); + } + + // Lose zero sign for float/double + if (v_cur == (TYPE)-0) + v_cur = (TYPE)0; + + // Clamp values (handle overflow/wrap-around) + if (*v != v_cur && has_min_max) + { + if (v_cur < v_min || (v_cur > *v && adjust_delta < 0.0f)) + v_cur = v_min; + if (v_cur > v_max || (v_cur < *v && adjust_delta > 0.0f)) + v_cur = v_max; + } + + // Apply result + if (*v == v_cur) + return false; + *v = v_cur; + return true; +} + +bool ImGui::DragBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse && !g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + ClearActiveID(); + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav && g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + ClearActiveID(); + } + if (g.ActiveId != id) + return false; + + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS32*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImS32* )v_min : IM_S32_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImS32* )v_max : IM_S32_MAX, format, power); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU32*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImU32* )v_min : IM_U32_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImU32* )v_max : IM_U32_MAX, format, power); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImS64*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImS64* )v_min : IM_S64_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImS64* )v_max : IM_S64_MAX, format, power); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (ImU64*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const ImU64* )v_min : IM_U64_MIN, v_max ? *(const ImU64* )v_max : IM_U64_MAX, format, power); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (float*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const float* )v_min : -FLT_MAX, v_max ? *(const float* )v_max : FLT_MAX, format, power); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: return DragBehaviorT(data_type, (double*)v, v_speed, v_min ? *(const double*)v_min : -DBL_MAX, v_max ? *(const double*)v_max : DBL_MAX, format, power); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::DragScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + if (power != 1.0f) + IM_ASSERT(v_min != NULL && v_max != NULL); // When using a power curve the drag needs to have known bounds + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); + const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + + // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + { + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + return false; + } + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + + // Default format string when passing NULL + // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details. + IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); + if (format == NULL) + format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt; + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) + format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); + + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Drag turns it into an input box + bool start_text_input = false; + const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); + if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && (g.IO.MouseClicked[0] || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) || g.NavActivateId == id || (g.NavInputId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId != id)) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); + if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0] || g.NavInputId == id) + { + start_text_input = true; + g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0; + } + } + if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id)) + return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, v, format); + + // Actual drag behavior + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + const bool value_changed = DragBehavior(id, data_type, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, format, power); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + // Draw frame + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, style.FrameRounding); + + // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. + char value_buf[64]; + const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format); + RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f, 0.5f)); + + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label); + + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::DragScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, float v_speed, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool value_changed = false; + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + PushMultiItemsWidths(components); + size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; + for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) + { + PushID(i); + value_changed |= DragScalar("##v", data_type, v, v_speed, v_min, v_max, format, power); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + PopID(); + PopItemWidth(); + v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size); + } + PopID(); + + TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); + EndGroup(); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::DragFloatRange2(const char* label, float* v_current_min, float* v_current_max, float v_speed, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + PushID(label); + BeginGroup(); + PushMultiItemsWidths(2); + + bool value_changed = DragFloat("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? -FLT_MAX : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format, power); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + value_changed |= DragFloat("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? FLT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format, power); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + + TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); + EndGroup(); + PopID(); + return value_changed; +} + +// NB: v_speed is float to allow adjusting the drag speed with more precision +bool ImGui::DragInt(const char* label, int* v, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return DragScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::DragInt2(const char* label, int v[2], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::DragInt3(const char* label, int v[3], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::DragInt4(const char* label, int v[4], float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return DragScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, v_speed, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::DragIntRange2(const char* label, int* v_current_min, int* v_current_max, float v_speed, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format, const char* format_max) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + PushID(label); + BeginGroup(); + PushMultiItemsWidths(2); + + bool value_changed = DragInt("##min", v_current_min, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MIN : v_min, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_max : ImMin(v_max, *v_current_max), format); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + value_changed |= DragInt("##max", v_current_max, v_speed, (v_min >= v_max) ? *v_current_min : ImMax(v_min, *v_current_min), (v_min >= v_max) ? INT_MAX : v_max, format_max ? format_max : format); + PopItemWidth(); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + + TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); + EndGroup(); + PopID(); + + return value_changed; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: SliderScalar, SliderFloat, SliderInt, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - SliderBehaviorT<>() [Internal] +// - SliderBehavior() [Internal] +// - SliderScalar() +// - SliderScalarN() +// - SliderFloat() +// - SliderFloat2() +// - SliderFloat3() +// - SliderFloat4() +// - SliderAngle() +// - SliderInt() +// - SliderInt2() +// - SliderInt3() +// - SliderInt4() +// - VSliderScalar() +// - VSliderFloat() +// - VSliderInt() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +template +float ImGui::SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE v, TYPE v_min, TYPE v_max, float power, float linear_zero_pos) +{ + if (v_min == v_max) + return 0.0f; + + const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + const TYPE v_clamped = (v_min < v_max) ? ImClamp(v, v_min, v_max) : ImClamp(v, v_max, v_min); + if (is_power) + { + if (v_clamped < 0.0f) + { + const float f = 1.0f - (float)((v_clamped - v_min) / (ImMin((TYPE)0, v_max) - v_min)); + return (1.0f - ImPow(f, 1.0f/power)) * linear_zero_pos; + } + else + { + const float f = (float)((v_clamped - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min)) / (v_max - ImMax((TYPE)0, v_min))); + return linear_zero_pos + ImPow(f, 1.0f/power) * (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); + } + } + + // Linear slider + return (float)((FLOATTYPE)(v_clamped - v_min) / (FLOATTYPE)(v_max - v_min)); +} + +// FIXME: Move some of the code into SliderBehavior(). Current responsability is larger than what the equivalent DragBehaviorT<> does, we also do some rendering, etc. +template +bool ImGui::SliderBehaviorT(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, TYPE* v, const TYPE v_min, const TYPE v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const bool is_horizontal = (flags & ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical) == 0; + const bool is_decimal = (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float) || (data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double); + const bool is_power = (power != 1.0f) && is_decimal; + + const float grab_padding = 2.0f; + const float slider_sz = is_horizontal ? (bb.GetWidth() - grab_padding * 2.0f) : (bb.GetHeight() - grab_padding * 2.0f); + float grab_sz = style.GrabMinSize; + SIGNEDTYPE v_range = (v_min < v_max ? v_max - v_min : v_min - v_max); + if (!is_decimal && v_range >= 0) // v_range < 0 may happen on integer overflows + grab_sz = ImMax((float)(slider_sz / (v_range + 1)), style.GrabMinSize); // For integer sliders: if possible have the grab size represent 1 unit + grab_sz = ImMin(grab_sz, slider_sz); + const float slider_usable_sz = slider_sz - grab_sz; + const float slider_usable_pos_min = (is_horizontal ? bb.Min.x : bb.Min.y) + grab_padding + grab_sz*0.5f; + const float slider_usable_pos_max = (is_horizontal ? bb.Max.x : bb.Max.y) - grab_padding - grab_sz*0.5f; + + // For power curve sliders that cross over sign boundary we want the curve to be symmetric around 0.0f + float linear_zero_pos; // 0.0->1.0f + if (is_power && v_min * v_max < 0.0f) + { + // Different sign + const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_min_to_0 = ImPow(v_min >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_min : -(FLOATTYPE)v_min, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f/power); + const FLOATTYPE linear_dist_max_to_0 = ImPow(v_max >= 0 ? (FLOATTYPE)v_max : -(FLOATTYPE)v_max, (FLOATTYPE)1.0f/power); + linear_zero_pos = (float)(linear_dist_min_to_0 / (linear_dist_min_to_0 + linear_dist_max_to_0)); + } + else + { + // Same sign + linear_zero_pos = v_min < 0.0f ? 1.0f : 0.0f; + } + + // Process interacting with the slider + bool value_changed = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + bool set_new_value = false; + float clicked_t = 0.0f; + if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Mouse) + { + if (!g.IO.MouseDown[0]) + { + ClearActiveID(); + } + else + { + const float mouse_abs_pos = is_horizontal ? g.IO.MousePos.x : g.IO.MousePos.y; + clicked_t = (slider_usable_sz > 0.0f) ? ImClamp((mouse_abs_pos - slider_usable_pos_min) / slider_usable_sz, 0.0f, 1.0f) : 0.0f; + if (!is_horizontal) + clicked_t = 1.0f - clicked_t; + set_new_value = true; + } + } + else if (g.ActiveIdSource == ImGuiInputSource_Nav) + { + const ImVec2 delta2 = GetNavInputAmount2d(ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_Keyboard | ImGuiNavDirSourceFlags_PadDPad, ImGuiInputReadMode_RepeatFast, 0.0f, 0.0f); + float delta = is_horizontal ? delta2.x : -delta2.y; + if (g.NavActivatePressedId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + ClearActiveID(); + } + else if (delta != 0.0f) + { + clicked_t = SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos); + const int decimal_precision = is_decimal ? ImParseFormatPrecision(format, 3) : 0; + if ((decimal_precision > 0) || is_power) + { + delta /= 100.0f; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in % of slider bounds + if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + delta /= 10.0f; + } + else + { + if ((v_range >= -100.0f && v_range <= 100.0f) || IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakSlow)) + delta = ((delta < 0.0f) ? -1.0f : +1.0f) / (float)v_range; // Gamepad/keyboard tweak speeds in integer steps + else + delta /= 100.0f; + } + if (IsNavInputDown(ImGuiNavInput_TweakFast)) + delta *= 10.0f; + set_new_value = true; + if ((clicked_t >= 1.0f && delta > 0.0f) || (clicked_t <= 0.0f && delta < 0.0f)) // This is to avoid applying the saturation when already past the limits + set_new_value = false; + else + clicked_t = ImSaturate(clicked_t + delta); + } + } + + if (set_new_value) + { + TYPE v_new; + if (is_power) + { + // Account for power curve scale on both sides of the zero + if (clicked_t < linear_zero_pos) + { + // Negative: rescale to the negative range before powering + float a = 1.0f - (clicked_t / linear_zero_pos); + a = ImPow(a, power); + v_new = ImLerp(ImMin(v_max, (TYPE)0), v_min, a); + } + else + { + // Positive: rescale to the positive range before powering + float a; + if (ImFabs(linear_zero_pos - 1.0f) > 1.e-6f) + a = (clicked_t - linear_zero_pos) / (1.0f - linear_zero_pos); + else + a = clicked_t; + a = ImPow(a, power); + v_new = ImLerp(ImMax(v_min, (TYPE)0), v_max, a); + } + } + else + { + // Linear slider + if (is_decimal) + { + v_new = ImLerp(v_min, v_max, clicked_t); + } + else + { + // For integer values we want the clicking position to match the grab box so we round above + // This code is carefully tuned to work with large values (e.g. high ranges of U64) while preserving this property.. + FLOATTYPE v_new_off_f = (v_max - v_min) * clicked_t; + TYPE v_new_off_floor = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f); + TYPE v_new_off_round = (TYPE)(v_new_off_f + (FLOATTYPE)0.5); + if (!is_decimal && v_new_off_floor < v_new_off_round) + v_new = v_min + v_new_off_round; + else + v_new = v_min + v_new_off_floor; + } + } + + // Round to user desired precision based on format string + v_new = RoundScalarWithFormatT(format, data_type, v_new); + + // Apply result + if (*v != v_new) + { + *v = v_new; + value_changed = true; + } + } + } + + // Output grab position so it can be displayed by the caller + float grab_t = SliderCalcRatioFromValueT(data_type, *v, v_min, v_max, power, linear_zero_pos); + if (!is_horizontal) + grab_t = 1.0f - grab_t; + const float grab_pos = ImLerp(slider_usable_pos_min, slider_usable_pos_max, grab_t); + if (is_horizontal) + *out_grab_bb = ImRect(grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Min.y + grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Max.y - grab_padding); + else + *out_grab_bb = ImRect(bb.Min.x + grab_padding, grab_pos - grab_sz*0.5f, bb.Max.x - grab_padding, grab_pos + grab_sz*0.5f); + + return value_changed; +} + +// For 32-bits and larger types, slider bounds are limited to half the natural type range. +// So e.g. an integer Slider between INT_MAX-10 and INT_MAX will fail, but an integer Slider between INT_MAX/2-10 and INT_MAX/2 will be ok. +// It would be possible to lift that limitation with some work but it doesn't seem to be worth it for sliders. +bool ImGui::SliderBehavior(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power, ImGuiSliderFlags flags, ImRect* out_grab_bb) +{ + switch (data_type) + { + case ImGuiDataType_S32: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS32*)v_min >= IM_S32_MIN/2 && *(const ImS32*)v_max <= IM_S32_MAX/2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS32*)v, *(const ImS32*)v_min, *(const ImS32*)v_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_U32: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU32*)v_min <= IM_U32_MAX/2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU32*)v, *(const ImU32*)v_min, *(const ImU32*)v_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_S64: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImS64*)v_min >= IM_S64_MIN/2 && *(const ImS64*)v_max <= IM_S64_MAX/2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImS64*)v, *(const ImS64*)v_min, *(const ImS64*)v_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_U64: + IM_ASSERT(*(const ImU64*)v_min <= IM_U64_MAX/2); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (ImU64*)v, *(const ImU64*)v_min, *(const ImU64*)v_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_Float: + IM_ASSERT(*(const float*)v_min >= -FLT_MAX/2.0f && *(const float*)v_max <= FLT_MAX/2.0f); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (float*)v, *(const float*)v_min, *(const float*)v_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_Double: + IM_ASSERT(*(const double*)v_min >= -DBL_MAX/2.0f && *(const double*)v_max <= DBL_MAX/2.0f); + return SliderBehaviorT(bb, id, data_type, (double*)v, *(const double*)v_min, *(const double*)v_max, format, power, flags, out_grab_bb); + case ImGuiDataType_COUNT: break; + } + IM_ASSERT(0); + return false; +} + +bool ImGui::SliderScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const float w = CalcItemWidth(); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(w, label_size.y + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f)); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + + // NB- we don't call ItemSize() yet because we may turn into a text edit box below + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + { + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + return false; + } + + // Default format string when passing NULL + // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details. + IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); + if (format == NULL) + format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt; + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) + format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); + + // Tabbing or CTRL-clicking on Slider turns it into an input box + bool start_text_input = false; + const bool tab_focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id); + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + if (tab_focus_requested || (hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || (g.NavInputId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId != id)) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); + if (tab_focus_requested || g.IO.KeyCtrl || g.NavInputId == id) + { + start_text_input = true; + g.ScalarAsInputTextId = 0; + } + } + if (start_text_input || (g.ActiveId == id && g.ScalarAsInputTextId == id)) + return InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(frame_bb, id, label, data_type, v, format); + + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + + // Draw frame + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + + // Slider behavior + ImRect grab_bb; + const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_None, &grab_bb); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + // Render grab + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding); + + // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. + char value_buf[64]; + const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format); + RenderTextClipped(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.5f)); + + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + return value_changed; +} + +// Add multiple sliders on 1 line for compact edition of multiple components +bool ImGui::SliderScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool value_changed = false; + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + PushMultiItemsWidths(components); + size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; + for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) + { + PushID(i); + value_changed |= SliderScalar("##v", data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + PopID(); + PopItemWidth(); + v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size); + } + PopID(); + + TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); + EndGroup(); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat(const char* label, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderAngle(const char* label, float* v_rad, float v_degrees_min, float v_degrees_max) +{ + float v_deg = (*v_rad) * 360.0f / (2*IM_PI); + bool value_changed = SliderFloat(label, &v_deg, v_degrees_min, v_degrees_max, "%.0f deg", 1.0f); + *v_rad = v_deg * (2*IM_PI) / 360.0f; + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt(const char* label, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return SliderScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt2(const char* label, int v[2], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt3(const char* label, int v[3], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::SliderInt4(const char* label, int v[4], int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return SliderScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +bool ImGui::VSliderScalar(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, const void* v_min, const void* v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + const ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + + ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(frame_bb, id)) + return false; + + // Default format string when passing NULL + // Patch old "%.0f" format string to use "%d", read function comments for more details. + IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); + if (format == NULL) + format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt; + else if (data_type == ImGuiDataType_S32 && strcmp(format, "%d") != 0) + format = PatchFormatStringFloatToInt(format); + + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + if ((hovered && g.IO.MouseClicked[0]) || g.NavActivateId == id || g.NavInputId == id) + { + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Left) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Right); + } + + // Draw frame + const ImU32 frame_col = GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgActive : g.HoveredId == id ? ImGuiCol_FrameBgHovered : ImGuiCol_FrameBg); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, frame_col, true, g.Style.FrameRounding); + + // Slider behavior + ImRect grab_bb; + const bool value_changed = SliderBehavior(frame_bb, id, data_type, v, v_min, v_max, format, power, ImGuiSliderFlags_Vertical, &grab_bb); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + // Render grab + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(grab_bb.Min, grab_bb.Max, GetColorU32(g.ActiveId == id ? ImGuiCol_SliderGrabActive : ImGuiCol_SliderGrab), style.GrabRounding); + + // Display value using user-provided display format so user can add prefix/suffix/decorations to the value. + // For the vertical slider we allow centered text to overlap the frame padding + char value_buf[64]; + const char* value_buf_end = value_buf + DataTypeFormatString(value_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(value_buf), data_type, v, format); + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, value_buf, value_buf_end, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::VSliderFloat(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, float* v, float v_min, float v_max, const char* format, float power) +{ + return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, &v_min, &v_max, format, power); +} + +bool ImGui::VSliderInt(const char* label, const ImVec2& size, int* v, int v_min, int v_max, const char* format) +{ + return VSliderScalar(label, size, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, &v_min, &v_max, format); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputScalar, InputFloat, InputInt, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ImParseFormatFindStart() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatFindEnd() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatTrimDecorations() [Internal] +// - ImParseFormatPrecision() [Internal] +// - InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement() [Internal] +// - InputScalar() +// - InputScalarN() +// - InputFloat() +// - InputFloat2() +// - InputFloat3() +// - InputFloat4() +// - InputInt() +// - InputInt2() +// - InputInt3() +// - InputInt4() +// - InputDouble() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// We don't use strchr() because our strings are usually very short and often start with '%' +const char* ImParseFormatFindStart(const char* fmt) +{ + while (char c = fmt[0]) + { + if (c == '%' && fmt[1] != '%') + return fmt; + else if (c == '%') + fmt++; + fmt++; + } + return fmt; +} + +const char* ImParseFormatFindEnd(const char* fmt) +{ + // Printf/scanf types modifiers: I/L/h/j/l/t/w/z. Other uppercase letters qualify as types aka end of the format. + if (fmt[0] != '%') + return fmt; + const unsigned int ignored_uppercase_mask = (1 << ('I'-'A')) | (1 << ('L'-'A')); + const unsigned int ignored_lowercase_mask = (1 << ('h'-'a')) | (1 << ('j'-'a')) | (1 << ('l'-'a')) | (1 << ('t'-'a')) | (1 << ('w'-'a')) | (1 << ('z'-'a')); + for (char c; (c = *fmt) != 0; fmt++) + { + if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z' && ((1 << (c - 'A')) & ignored_uppercase_mask) == 0) + return fmt + 1; + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z' && ((1 << (c - 'a')) & ignored_lowercase_mask) == 0) + return fmt + 1; + } + return fmt; +} + +// Extract the format out of a format string with leading or trailing decorations +// fmt = "blah blah" -> return fmt +// fmt = "%.3f" -> return fmt +// fmt = "hello %.3f" -> return fmt + 6 +// fmt = "%.3f hello" -> return buf written with "%.3f" +const char* ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(const char* fmt, char* buf, int buf_size) +{ + const char* fmt_start = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); + if (fmt_start[0] != '%') + return fmt; + const char* fmt_end = ImParseFormatFindEnd(fmt_start); + if (fmt_end[0] == 0) // If we only have leading decoration, we don't need to copy the data. + return fmt_start; + ImStrncpy(buf, fmt_start, ImMin((int)(fmt_end + 1 - fmt_start), buf_size)); + return buf; +} + +// Parse display precision back from the display format string +// FIXME: This is still used by some navigation code path to infer a minimum tweak step, but we should aim to rework widgets so it isn't needed. +int ImParseFormatPrecision(const char* fmt, int default_precision) +{ + fmt = ImParseFormatFindStart(fmt); + if (fmt[0] != '%') + return default_precision; + fmt++; + while (*fmt >= '0' && *fmt <= '9') + fmt++; + int precision = INT_MAX; + if (*fmt == '.') + { + fmt = ImAtoi(fmt + 1, &precision); + if (precision < 0 || precision > 99) + precision = default_precision; + } + if (*fmt == 'e' || *fmt == 'E') // Maximum precision with scientific notation + precision = -1; + if ((*fmt == 'g' || *fmt == 'G') && precision == INT_MAX) + precision = -1; + return (precision == INT_MAX) ? default_precision : precision; +} + +// Create text input in place of a slider (when CTRL+Clicking on slider) +// FIXME: Logic is messy and confusing. +bool ImGui::InputScalarAsWidgetReplacement(const ImRect& bb, ImGuiID id, const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const char* format) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + + // Our replacement widget will override the focus ID (registered previously to allow for a TAB focus to happen) + // On the first frame, g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0, then on subsequent frames it becomes == id + SetActiveID(g.ScalarAsInputTextId, window); + g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags = (1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down); + SetHoveredID(0); + FocusableItemUnregister(window); + + char fmt_buf[32]; + char data_buf[32]; + format = ImParseFormatTrimDecorations(format, fmt_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt_buf)); + DataTypeFormatString(data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), data_type, data_ptr, format); + ImStrTrimBlanks(data_buf); + ImGuiInputTextFlags flags = ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll | ((data_type == ImGuiDataType_Float || data_type == ImGuiDataType_Double) ? ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific : ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal); + bool value_changed = InputTextEx(label, data_buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(data_buf), bb.GetSize(), flags); + if (g.ScalarAsInputTextId == 0) // First frame we started displaying the InputText widget + { + IM_ASSERT(g.ActiveId == id); // InputText ID expected to match the Slider ID + g.ScalarAsInputTextId = g.ActiveId; + SetHoveredID(id); + } + if (value_changed) + return DataTypeApplyOpFromText(data_buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.Data, data_type, data_ptr, NULL); + return false; +} + +// NB: format here must be a simple "%xx" format string with no prefix/suffix (unlike the Drag/Slider functions "format" argument) +bool ImGui::InputScalar(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* data_ptr, const void* step, const void* step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + IM_ASSERT(data_type >= 0 && data_type < ImGuiDataType_COUNT); + if (format == NULL) + format = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].PrintFmt; + + char buf[64]; + DataTypeFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), data_type, data_ptr, format); + + bool value_changed = false; + if ((extra_flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) == 0) + extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal; + extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll; + + if (step != NULL) + { + const float button_size = GetFrameHeight(); + + BeginGroup(); // The only purpose of the group here is to allow the caller to query item data e.g. IsItemActive() + PushID(label); + PushItemWidth(ImMax(1.0f, CalcItemWidth() - (button_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * 2)); + if (InputText("", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags)) // PushId(label) + "" gives us the expected ID from outside point of view + value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.Data, data_type, data_ptr, format); + PopItemWidth(); + + // Step buttons + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + if (ButtonEx("-", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups)) + { + DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '-', data_ptr, data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast ? step_fast : step); + value_changed = true; + } + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + if (ButtonEx("+", ImVec2(button_size, button_size), ImGuiButtonFlags_Repeat | ImGuiButtonFlags_DontClosePopups)) + { + DataTypeApplyOp(data_type, '+', data_ptr, data_ptr, g.IO.KeyCtrl && step_fast ? step_fast : step); + value_changed = true; + } + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); + + PopID(); + EndGroup(); + } + else + { + if (InputText(label, buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), extra_flags)) + value_changed = DataTypeApplyOpFromText(buf, g.InputTextState.InitialText.Data, data_type, data_ptr, format); + } + + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::InputScalarN(const char* label, ImGuiDataType data_type, void* v, int components, const void* step, const void* step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool value_changed = false; + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + PushMultiItemsWidths(components); + size_t type_size = GDataTypeInfo[data_type].Size; + for (int i = 0; i < components; i++) + { + PushID(i); + value_changed |= InputScalar("##v", data_type, v, step, step_fast, format, extra_flags); + SameLine(0, g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + PopID(); + PopItemWidth(); + v = (void*)((char*)v + type_size); + } + PopID(); + + TextUnformatted(label, FindRenderedTextEnd(label)); + EndGroup(); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0f ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0f ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); +} + +// Prefer using "const char* format" directly, which is more flexible and consistent with other API. +#ifndef IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS +bool ImGui::InputFloat(const char* label, float* v, float step, float step_fast, int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + char format[16] = "%f"; + if (decimal_precision >= 0) + ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); + return InputFloat(label, v, step, step_fast, format, extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat2(const char* label, float v[2], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + char format[16] = "%f"; + if (decimal_precision >= 0) + ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 2, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat3(const char* label, float v[3], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + char format[16] = "%f"; + if (decimal_precision >= 0) + ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 3, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputFloat4(const char* label, float v[4], int decimal_precision, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + char format[16] = "%f"; + if (decimal_precision >= 0) + ImFormatString(format, IM_ARRAYSIZE(format), "%%.%df", decimal_precision); + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_Float, v, 4, NULL, NULL, format, extra_flags); +} +#endif // IMGUI_DISABLE_OBSOLETE_FUNCTIONS + +bool ImGui::InputInt(const char* label, int* v, int step, int step_fast, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + // Hexadecimal input provided as a convenience but the flag name is awkward. Typically you'd use InputText() to parse your own data, if you want to handle prefixes. + const char* format = (extra_flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) ? "%08X" : "%d"; + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputInt2(const char* label, int v[2], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 2, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputInt3(const char* label, int v[3], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 3, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputInt4(const char* label, int v[4], ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + return InputScalarN(label, ImGuiDataType_S32, v, 4, NULL, NULL, "%d", extra_flags); +} + +bool ImGui::InputDouble(const char* label, double* v, double step, double step_fast, const char* format, ImGuiInputTextFlags extra_flags) +{ + extra_flags |= ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific; + return InputScalar(label, ImGuiDataType_Double, (void*)v, (void*)(step>0.0 ? &step : NULL), (void*)(step_fast>0.0 ? &step_fast : NULL), format, extra_flags); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: InputText, InputTextMultiline +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - InputText() +// - InputTextMultiline() +// - InputTextEx() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::InputText(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +{ + IM_ASSERT(!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); // call InputTextMultiline() + return InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, ImVec2(0,0), flags, callback, user_data); +} + +bool ImGui::InputTextMultiline(const char* label, char* buf, size_t buf_size, const ImVec2& size, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +{ + return InputTextEx(label, buf, (int)buf_size, size, flags | ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline, callback, user_data); +} + +static int InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(const char* text_begin, const char** out_text_end) +{ + int line_count = 0; + const char* s = text_begin; + while (char c = *s++) // We are only matching for \n so we can ignore UTF-8 decoding + if (c == '\n') + line_count++; + s--; + if (s[0] != '\n' && s[0] != '\r') + line_count++; + *out_text_end = s; + return line_count; +} + +static ImVec2 InputTextCalcTextSizeW(const ImWchar* text_begin, const ImWchar* text_end, const ImWchar** remaining, ImVec2* out_offset, bool stop_on_new_line) +{ + ImFont* font = GImGui->Font; + const float line_height = GImGui->FontSize; + const float scale = line_height / font->FontSize; + + ImVec2 text_size = ImVec2(0,0); + float line_width = 0.0f; + + const ImWchar* s = text_begin; + while (s < text_end) + { + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)(*s++); + if (c == '\n') + { + text_size.x = ImMax(text_size.x, line_width); + text_size.y += line_height; + line_width = 0.0f; + if (stop_on_new_line) + break; + continue; + } + if (c == '\r') + continue; + + const float char_width = font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)c) * scale; + line_width += char_width; + } + + if (text_size.x < line_width) + text_size.x = line_width; + + if (out_offset) + *out_offset = ImVec2(line_width, text_size.y + line_height); // offset allow for the possibility of sitting after a trailing \n + + if (line_width > 0 || text_size.y == 0.0f) // whereas size.y will ignore the trailing \n + text_size.y += line_height; + + if (remaining) + *remaining = s; + + return text_size; +} + +// Wrapper for stb_textedit.h to edit text (our wrapper is for: statically sized buffer, single-line, wchar characters. InputText converts between UTF-8 and wchar) +namespace ImGuiStb +{ + +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_STRINGLEN(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj) { return obj->CurLenW; } +static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_GETCHAR(const STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return obj->TextW[idx]; } +static float STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx, int char_idx) { ImWchar c = obj->TextW[line_start_idx+char_idx]; if (c == '\n') return STB_TEXTEDIT_GETWIDTH_NEWLINE; return GImGui->Font->GetCharAdvance(c) * (GImGui->FontSize / GImGui->Font->FontSize); } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_KEYTOTEXT(int key) { return key >= 0x10000 ? 0 : key; } +static ImWchar STB_TEXTEDIT_NEWLINE = '\n'; +static void STB_TEXTEDIT_LAYOUTROW(StbTexteditRow* r, STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int line_start_idx) +{ + const ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; + const ImWchar* text_remaining = NULL; + const ImVec2 size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(text + line_start_idx, text + obj->CurLenW, &text_remaining, NULL, true); + r->x0 = 0.0f; + r->x1 = size.x; + r->baseline_y_delta = size.y; + r->ymin = 0.0f; + r->ymax = size.y; + r->num_chars = (int)(text_remaining - (text + line_start_idx)); +} + +static bool is_separator(unsigned int c) { return ImCharIsBlankW(c) || c==',' || c==';' || c=='(' || c==')' || c=='{' || c=='}' || c=='[' || c==']' || c=='|'; } +static int is_word_boundary_from_right(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (is_separator( obj->TextW[idx-1] ) && !is_separator( obj->TextW[idx] ) ) : 1; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx--; while (idx >= 0 && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx--; return idx < 0 ? 0 : idx; } +#ifdef __APPLE__ // FIXME: Move setting to IO structure +static int is_word_boundary_from_left(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { return idx > 0 ? (!is_separator( obj->TextW[idx-1] ) && is_separator( obj->TextW[idx] ) ) : 1; } +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_left(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +#else +static int STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int idx) { idx++; int len = obj->CurLenW; while (idx < len && !is_word_boundary_from_right(obj, idx)) idx++; return idx > len ? len : idx; } +#endif +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDLEFT_IMPL // They need to be #define for stb_textedit.h +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT STB_TEXTEDIT_MOVEWORDRIGHT_IMPL + +static void STB_TEXTEDIT_DELETECHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, int n) +{ + ImWchar* dst = obj->TextW.Data + pos; + + // We maintain our buffer length in both UTF-8 and wchar formats + obj->CurLenA -= ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(dst, dst + n); + obj->CurLenW -= n; + + // Offset remaining text + const ImWchar* src = obj->TextW.Data + pos + n; + while (ImWchar c = *src++) + *dst++ = c; + *dst = '\0'; +} + +static bool STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS(STB_TEXTEDIT_STRING* obj, int pos, const ImWchar* new_text, int new_text_len) +{ + const bool is_resizable = (obj->UserFlags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + const int text_len = obj->CurLenW; + IM_ASSERT(pos <= text_len); + + const int new_text_len_utf8 = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(new_text, new_text + new_text_len); + if (!is_resizable && (new_text_len_utf8 + obj->CurLenA + 1 > obj->BufCapacityA)) + return false; + + // Grow internal buffer if needed + if (new_text_len + text_len + 1 > obj->TextW.Size) + { + if (!is_resizable) + return false; + IM_ASSERT(text_len < obj->TextW.Size); + obj->TextW.resize(text_len + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1); + } + + ImWchar* text = obj->TextW.Data; + if (pos != text_len) + memmove(text + pos + new_text_len, text + pos, (size_t)(text_len - pos) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + memcpy(text + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(ImWchar)); + + obj->CurLenW += new_text_len; + obj->CurLenA += new_text_len_utf8; + obj->TextW[obj->CurLenW] = '\0'; + + return true; +} + +// We don't use an enum so we can build even with conflicting symbols (if another user of stb_textedit.h leak their STB_TEXTEDIT_K_* symbols) +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT 0x10000 // keyboard input to move cursor left +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT 0x10001 // keyboard input to move cursor right +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP 0x10002 // keyboard input to move cursor up +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN 0x10003 // keyboard input to move cursor down +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART 0x10004 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of line +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND 0x10005 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of line +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART 0x10006 // keyboard input to move cursor to start of text +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND 0x10007 // keyboard input to move cursor to end of text +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE 0x10008 // keyboard input to delete selection or character under cursor +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE 0x10009 // keyboard input to delete selection or character left of cursor +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO 0x1000A // keyboard input to perform undo +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO 0x1000B // keyboard input to perform redo +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT 0x1000C // keyboard input to move cursor left one word +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT 0x1000D // keyboard input to move cursor right one word +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT 0x20000 + +#define STB_TEXTEDIT_IMPLEMENTATION +#include "imstb_textedit.h" + +} + +void ImGuiInputTextState::OnKeyPressed(int key) +{ + stb_textedit_key(this, &StbState, key); + CursorFollow = true; + CursorAnimReset(); +} + +ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::ImGuiInputTextCallbackData() +{ + memset(this, 0, sizeof(*this)); +} + +// Public API to manipulate UTF-8 text +// We expose UTF-8 to the user (unlike the STB_TEXTEDIT_* functions which are manipulating wchar) +// FIXME: The existence of this rarely exercised code path is a bit of a nuisance. +void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::DeleteChars(int pos, int bytes_count) +{ + IM_ASSERT(pos + bytes_count <= BufTextLen); + char* dst = Buf + pos; + const char* src = Buf + pos + bytes_count; + while (char c = *src++) + *dst++ = c; + *dst = '\0'; + + if (CursorPos + bytes_count >= pos) + CursorPos -= bytes_count; + else if (CursorPos >= pos) + CursorPos = pos; + SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos; + BufDirty = true; + BufTextLen -= bytes_count; +} + +void ImGuiInputTextCallbackData::InsertChars(int pos, const char* new_text, const char* new_text_end) +{ + const bool is_resizable = (Flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + const int new_text_len = new_text_end ? (int)(new_text_end - new_text) : (int)strlen(new_text); + if (new_text_len + BufTextLen >= BufSize) + { + if (!is_resizable) + return; + + // Contrary to STB_TEXTEDIT_INSERTCHARS() this is working in the UTF8 buffer, hence the midly similar code (until we remove the U16 buffer alltogether!) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiInputTextState* edit_state = &g.InputTextState; + IM_ASSERT(edit_state->ID != 0 && g.ActiveId == edit_state->ID); + IM_ASSERT(Buf == edit_state->TempBuffer.Data); + int new_buf_size = BufTextLen + ImClamp(new_text_len * 4, 32, ImMax(256, new_text_len)) + 1; + edit_state->TempBuffer.reserve(new_buf_size + 1); + Buf = edit_state->TempBuffer.Data; + BufSize = edit_state->BufCapacityA = new_buf_size; + } + + if (BufTextLen != pos) + memmove(Buf + pos + new_text_len, Buf + pos, (size_t)(BufTextLen - pos)); + memcpy(Buf + pos, new_text, (size_t)new_text_len * sizeof(char)); + Buf[BufTextLen + new_text_len] = '\0'; + + if (CursorPos >= pos) + CursorPos += new_text_len; + SelectionStart = SelectionEnd = CursorPos; + BufDirty = true; + BufTextLen += new_text_len; +} + +// Return false to discard a character. +static bool InputTextFilterCharacter(unsigned int* p_char, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* user_data) +{ + unsigned int c = *p_char; + + if (c < 128 && c != ' ' && !isprint((int)(c & 0xFF))) + { + bool pass = false; + pass |= (c == '\n' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline)); + pass |= (c == '\t' && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)); + if (!pass) + return false; + } + + if (c >= 0xE000 && c <= 0xF8FF) // Filter private Unicode range. I don't imagine anybody would want to input them. GLFW on OSX seems to send private characters for special keys like arrow keys. + return false; + + if (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific)) + { + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsDecimal) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/')) + return false; + + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsScientific) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && (c != '.') && (c != '-') && (c != '+') && (c != '*') && (c != '/') && (c != 'e') && (c != 'E')) + return false; + + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal) + if (!(c >= '0' && c <= '9') && !(c >= 'a' && c <= 'f') && !(c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')) + return false; + + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase) + if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') + *p_char = (c += (unsigned int)('A'-'a')); + + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsNoBlank) + if (ImCharIsBlankW(c)) + return false; + } + + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter) + { + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCharFilter; + callback_data.EventChar = (ImWchar)c; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.UserData = user_data; + if (callback(&callback_data) != 0) + return false; + *p_char = callback_data.EventChar; + if (!callback_data.EventChar) + return false; + } + + return true; +} + +// Edit a string of text +// - buf_size account for the zero-terminator, so a buf_size of 6 can hold "Hello" but not "Hello!". +// This is so we can easily call InputText() on static arrays using ARRAYSIZE() and to match +// Note that in std::string world, capacity() would omit 1 byte used by the zero-terminator. +// - When active, hold on a privately held copy of the text (and apply back to 'buf'). So changing 'buf' while the InputText is active has no effect. +// - If you want to use ImGui::InputText() with std::string, see misc/stl/imgui_stl.h +// (FIXME: Rather messy function partly because we are doing UTF8 > u16 > UTF8 conversions on the go to more easily handle stb_textedit calls. Ideally we should stay in UTF-8 all the time. See https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188) +bool ImGui::InputTextEx(const char* label, char* buf, int buf_size, const ImVec2& size_arg, ImGuiInputTextFlags flags, ImGuiInputTextCallback callback, void* callback_user_data) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline))); // Can't use both together (they both use up/down keys) + IM_ASSERT(!((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput))); // Can't use both together (they both use tab key) + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const bool is_multiline = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Multiline) != 0; + const bool is_editable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_ReadOnly) == 0; + const bool is_password = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_Password) != 0; + const bool is_undoable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoUndoRedo) == 0; + const bool is_resizable = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize) != 0; + if (is_resizable) + IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); // Must provide a callback if you set the ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize flag! + + if (is_multiline) // Open group before calling GetID() because groups tracks id created within their scope, + BeginGroup(); + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), (is_multiline ? GetTextLineHeight() * 8.0f : label_size.y) + style.FramePadding.y*2.0f); // Arbitrary default of 8 lines high for multi-line + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x) : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + + ImGuiWindow* draw_window = window; + if (is_multiline) + { + ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb); + if (!BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize())) + { + EndChildFrame(); + EndGroup(); + return false; + } + draw_window = GetCurrentWindow(); + draw_window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext |= draw_window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask; // This is to ensure that EndChild() will display a navigation highlight + size.x -= draw_window->ScrollbarSizes.x; + } + else + { + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, id, &frame_bb)) + return false; + } + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(frame_bb, id); + if (hovered) + g.MouseCursor = ImGuiMouseCursor_TextInput; + + // Password pushes a temporary font with only a fallback glyph + if (is_password) + { + const ImFontGlyph* glyph = g.Font->FindGlyph('*'); + ImFont* password_font = &g.InputTextPasswordFont; + password_font->FontSize = g.Font->FontSize; + password_font->Scale = g.Font->Scale; + password_font->DisplayOffset = g.Font->DisplayOffset; + password_font->Ascent = g.Font->Ascent; + password_font->Descent = g.Font->Descent; + password_font->ContainerAtlas = g.Font->ContainerAtlas; + password_font->FallbackGlyph = glyph; + password_font->FallbackAdvanceX = glyph->AdvanceX; + IM_ASSERT(password_font->Glyphs.empty() && password_font->IndexAdvanceX.empty() && password_font->IndexLookup.empty()); + PushFont(password_font); + } + + // NB: we are only allowed to access 'edit_state' if we are the active widget. + ImGuiInputTextState& edit_state = g.InputTextState; + + const bool focus_requested = FocusableItemRegister(window, id, (flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion|ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput)) == 0); // Using completion callback disable keyboard tabbing + const bool focus_requested_by_code = focus_requested && (window->FocusIdxAllCounter == window->FocusIdxAllRequestCurrent); + const bool focus_requested_by_tab = focus_requested && !focus_requested_by_code; + + const bool user_clicked = hovered && io.MouseClicked[0]; + const bool user_scrolled = is_multiline && g.ActiveId == 0 && edit_state.ID == id && g.ActiveIdPreviousFrame == draw_window->GetIDNoKeepAlive("#SCROLLY"); + const bool user_nav_input_start = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((g.NavInputId == id) || (g.NavActivateId == id && g.NavInputSource == ImGuiInputSource_NavKeyboard)); + + bool clear_active_id = false; + + bool select_all = (g.ActiveId != id) && ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AutoSelectAll) != 0 || user_nav_input_start) && (!is_multiline); + if (focus_requested || user_clicked || user_scrolled || user_nav_input_start) + { + if (g.ActiveId != id) + { + // Start edition + // Take a copy of the initial buffer value (both in original UTF-8 format and converted to wchar) + // From the moment we focused we are ignoring the content of 'buf' (unless we are in read-only mode) + const int prev_len_w = edit_state.CurLenW; + const int init_buf_len = (int)strlen(buf); + edit_state.TextW.resize(buf_size+1); // wchar count <= UTF-8 count. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash. + edit_state.InitialText.resize(init_buf_len + 1); // UTF-8. we use +1 to make sure that .Data isn't NULL so it doesn't crash. + memcpy(edit_state.InitialText.Data, buf, init_buf_len + 1); + const char* buf_end = NULL; + edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.TextW.Data, buf_size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); + edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); // We can't get the result from ImStrncpy() above because it is not UTF-8 aware. Here we'll cut off malformed UTF-8. + edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); + + // Preserve cursor position and undo/redo stack if we come back to same widget + // FIXME: We should probably compare the whole buffer to be on the safety side. Comparing buf (utf8) and edit_state.Text (wchar). + const bool recycle_state = (edit_state.ID == id) && (prev_len_w == edit_state.CurLenW); + if (recycle_state) + { + // Recycle existing cursor/selection/undo stack but clamp position + // Note a single mouse click will override the cursor/position immediately by calling stb_textedit_click handler. + edit_state.CursorClamp(); + } + else + { + edit_state.ID = id; + edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f; + stb_textedit_initialize_state(&edit_state.StbState, !is_multiline); + if (!is_multiline && focus_requested_by_code) + select_all = true; + } + if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AlwaysInsertMode) + edit_state.StbState.insert_mode = true; + if (!is_multiline && (focus_requested_by_tab || (user_clicked && io.KeyCtrl))) + select_all = true; + } + SetActiveID(id, window); + SetFocusID(id, window); + FocusWindow(window); + if (!is_multiline && !(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory)) + g.ActiveIdAllowNavDirFlags |= ((1 << ImGuiDir_Up) | (1 << ImGuiDir_Down)); + } + else if (io.MouseClicked[0]) + { + // Release focus when we click outside + clear_active_id = true; + } + + bool value_changed = false; + bool enter_pressed = false; + int backup_current_text_length = 0; + + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + if (!is_editable && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated) + { + // When read-only we always use the live data passed to the function + edit_state.TextW.resize(buf_size+1); + const char* buf_end = NULL; + edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.TextW.Data, edit_state.TextW.Size, buf, NULL, &buf_end); + edit_state.CurLenA = (int)(buf_end - buf); + edit_state.CursorClamp(); + } + + backup_current_text_length = edit_state.CurLenA; + edit_state.BufCapacityA = buf_size; + edit_state.UserFlags = flags; + edit_state.UserCallback = callback; + edit_state.UserCallbackData = callback_user_data; + + // Although we are active we don't prevent mouse from hovering other elements unless we are interacting right now with the widget. + // Down the line we should have a cleaner library-wide concept of Selected vs Active. + g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap = !io.MouseDown[0]; + g.WantTextInputNextFrame = 1; + + // Edit in progress + const float mouse_x = (io.MousePos.x - frame_bb.Min.x - style.FramePadding.x) + edit_state.ScrollX; + const float mouse_y = (is_multiline ? (io.MousePos.y - draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y - style.FramePadding.y) : (g.FontSize*0.5f)); + + const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; + if (select_all || (hovered && !is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0])) + { + edit_state.SelectAll(); + edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = true; + } + else if (hovered && is_osx && io.MouseDoubleClicked[0]) + { + // Double-click select a word only, OS X style (by simulating keystrokes) + edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT); + edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT | STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + } + else if (io.MouseClicked[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock) + { + if (hovered) + { + stb_textedit_click(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y); + edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); + } + } + else if (io.MouseDown[0] && !edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && (io.MouseDelta.x != 0.0f || io.MouseDelta.y != 0.0f)) + { + stb_textedit_drag(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, mouse_x, mouse_y); + edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); + edit_state.CursorFollow = true; + } + if (edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock && !io.MouseDown[0]) + edit_state.SelectedAllMouseLock = false; + + if (io.InputCharacters[0]) + { + // Process text input (before we check for Return because using some IME will effectively send a Return?) + // We ignore CTRL inputs, but need to allow ALT+CTRL as some keyboards (e.g. German) use AltGR (which _is_ Alt+Ctrl) to input certain characters. + bool ignore_inputs = (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt) || (is_osx && io.KeySuper); + if (!ignore_inputs && is_editable && !user_nav_input_start) + for (int n = 0; n < IM_ARRAYSIZE(io.InputCharacters) && io.InputCharacters[n]; n++) + { + // Insert character if they pass filtering + unsigned int c = (unsigned int)io.InputCharacters[n]; + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } + + // Consume characters + memset(g.IO.InputCharacters, 0, sizeof(g.IO.InputCharacters)); + } + } + + bool cancel_edit = false; + if (g.ActiveId == id && !g.ActiveIdIsJustActivated && !clear_active_id) + { + // Handle key-presses + const int k_mask = (io.KeyShift ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT : 0); + const bool is_osx = io.ConfigMacOSXBehaviors; + const bool is_shortcut_key = (is_osx ? (io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl) : (io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeySuper)) && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyShift; // OS X style: Shortcuts using Cmd/Super instead of Ctrl + const bool is_osx_shift_shortcut = is_osx && io.KeySuper && io.KeyShift && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; + const bool is_wordmove_key_down = is_osx ? io.KeyAlt : io.KeyCtrl; // OS X style: Text editing cursor movement using Alt instead of Ctrl + const bool is_startend_key_down = is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt; // OS X style: Line/Text Start and End using Cmd+Arrows instead of Home/End + const bool is_ctrl_key_only = io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyShift && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper; + const bool is_shift_key_only = io.KeyShift && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeySuper; + + const bool is_cut = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_X)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete))) && is_editable && !is_password && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection()); + const bool is_copy = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_C)) || (is_ctrl_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && !is_password && (!is_multiline || edit_state.HasSelection()); + const bool is_paste = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_V)) || (is_shift_key_only && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Insert))) && is_editable; + const bool is_undo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z)) && is_editable && is_undoable); + const bool is_redo = ((is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Y)) || (is_osx_shift_shortcut && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Z))) && is_editable && is_undoable; + + if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_LeftArrow)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LEFT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_RightArrow)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND : is_wordmove_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDRIGHT : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_RIGHT) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, ImMax(draw_window->Scroll.y - g.FontSize, 0.0f)); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UP) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow) && is_multiline) { if (io.KeyCtrl) SetWindowScrollY(draw_window, ImMin(draw_window->Scroll.y + g.FontSize, GetScrollMaxY())); else edit_state.OnKeyPressed((is_startend_key_down ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DOWN) | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Home)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTSTART | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_End)) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(io.KeyCtrl ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_TEXTEND | k_mask : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINEEND | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Delete) && is_editable) { edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_DELETE | k_mask); } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Backspace) && is_editable) + { + if (!edit_state.HasSelection()) + { + if (is_wordmove_key_down) edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_WORDLEFT|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + else if (is_osx && io.KeySuper && !io.KeyAlt && !io.KeyCtrl) edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_LINESTART|STB_TEXTEDIT_K_SHIFT); + } + edit_state.OnKeyPressed(STB_TEXTEDIT_K_BACKSPACE | k_mask); + } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Enter)) + { + bool ctrl_enter_for_new_line = (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CtrlEnterForNewLine) != 0; + if (!is_multiline || (ctrl_enter_for_new_line && !io.KeyCtrl) || (!ctrl_enter_for_new_line && io.KeyCtrl)) + { + enter_pressed = clear_active_id = true; + } + else if (is_editable) + { + unsigned int c = '\n'; // Insert new line + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } + } + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_AllowTabInput) && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab) && !io.KeyCtrl && !io.KeyShift && !io.KeyAlt && is_editable) + { + unsigned int c = '\t'; // Insert TAB + if (InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + edit_state.OnKeyPressed((int)c); + } + else if (IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Escape)) + { + clear_active_id = cancel_edit = true; + } + else if (is_undo || is_redo) + { + edit_state.OnKeyPressed(is_undo ? STB_TEXTEDIT_K_UNDO : STB_TEXTEDIT_K_REDO); + edit_state.ClearSelection(); + } + else if (is_shortcut_key && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_A)) + { + edit_state.SelectAll(); + edit_state.CursorFollow = true; + } + else if (is_cut || is_copy) + { + // Cut, Copy + if (io.SetClipboardTextFn) + { + const int ib = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : 0; + const int ie = edit_state.HasSelection() ? ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end) : edit_state.CurLenW; + edit_state.TempBuffer.resize((ie-ib) * 4 + 1); + ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempBuffer.Size, edit_state.TextW.Data+ib, edit_state.TextW.Data+ie); + SetClipboardText(edit_state.TempBuffer.Data); + } + if (is_cut) + { + if (!edit_state.HasSelection()) + edit_state.SelectAll(); + edit_state.CursorFollow = true; + stb_textedit_cut(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState); + } + } + else if (is_paste) + { + if (const char* clipboard = GetClipboardText()) + { + // Filter pasted buffer + const int clipboard_len = (int)strlen(clipboard); + ImWchar* clipboard_filtered = (ImWchar*)ImGui::MemAlloc((clipboard_len+1) * sizeof(ImWchar)); + int clipboard_filtered_len = 0; + for (const char* s = clipboard; *s; ) + { + unsigned int c; + s += ImTextCharFromUtf8(&c, s, NULL); + if (c == 0) + break; + if (c >= 0x10000 || !InputTextFilterCharacter(&c, flags, callback, callback_user_data)) + continue; + clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len++] = (ImWchar)c; + } + clipboard_filtered[clipboard_filtered_len] = 0; + if (clipboard_filtered_len > 0) // If everything was filtered, ignore the pasting operation + { + stb_textedit_paste(&edit_state, &edit_state.StbState, clipboard_filtered, clipboard_filtered_len); + edit_state.CursorFollow = true; + } + ImGui::MemFree(clipboard_filtered); + } + } + } + + if (g.ActiveId == id) + { + const char* apply_new_text = NULL; + int apply_new_text_length = 0; + if (cancel_edit) + { + // Restore initial value. Only return true if restoring to the initial value changes the current buffer contents. + if (is_editable && strcmp(buf, edit_state.InitialText.Data) != 0) + { + apply_new_text = edit_state.InitialText.Data; + apply_new_text_length = edit_state.InitialText.Size - 1; + } + } + + // When using 'ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue' as a special case we reapply the live buffer back to the input buffer before clearing ActiveId, even though strictly speaking it wasn't modified on this frame. + // If we didn't do that, code like InputInt() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue would fail. Also this allows the user to use InputText() with ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue without maintaining any user-side storage. + bool apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer = !cancel_edit || (enter_pressed && (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0); + if (apply_edit_back_to_user_buffer) + { + // Apply new value immediately - copy modified buffer back + // Note that as soon as the input box is active, the in-widget value gets priority over any underlying modification of the input buffer + // FIXME: We actually always render 'buf' when calling DrawList->AddText, making the comment above incorrect. + // FIXME-OPT: CPU waste to do this every time the widget is active, should mark dirty state from the stb_textedit callbacks. + if (is_editable) + { + edit_state.TempBuffer.resize(edit_state.TextW.Size * 4 + 1); + ImTextStrToUtf8(edit_state.TempBuffer.Data, edit_state.TempBuffer.Size, edit_state.TextW.Data, NULL); + } + + // User callback + if ((flags & (ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways)) != 0) + { + IM_ASSERT(callback != NULL); + + // The reason we specify the usage semantic (Completion/History) is that Completion needs to disable keyboard TABBING at the moment. + ImGuiInputTextFlags event_flag = 0; + ImGuiKey event_key = ImGuiKey_COUNT; + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_Tab)) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackCompletion; + event_key = ImGuiKey_Tab; + } + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_UpArrow)) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; + event_key = ImGuiKey_UpArrow; + } + else if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory) != 0 && IsKeyPressedMap(ImGuiKey_DownArrow)) + { + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackHistory; + event_key = ImGuiKey_DownArrow; + } + else if (flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways) + event_flag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackAlways; + + if (event_flag) + { + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + memset(&callback_data, 0, sizeof(ImGuiInputTextCallbackData)); + callback_data.EventFlag = event_flag; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + + callback_data.EventKey = event_key; + callback_data.Buf = edit_state.TempBuffer.Data; + callback_data.BufTextLen = edit_state.CurLenA; + callback_data.BufSize = edit_state.BufCapacityA; + callback_data.BufDirty = false; + + // We have to convert from wchar-positions to UTF-8-positions, which can be pretty slow (an incentive to ditch the ImWchar buffer, see https://github.com/nothings/stb/issues/188) + ImWchar* text = edit_state.TextW.Data; + const int utf8_cursor_pos = callback_data.CursorPos = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.cursor); + const int utf8_selection_start = callback_data.SelectionStart = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_start); + const int utf8_selection_end = callback_data.SelectionEnd = ImTextCountUtf8BytesFromStr(text, text + edit_state.StbState.select_end); + + // Call user code + callback(&callback_data); + + // Read back what user may have modified + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Buf == edit_state.TempBuffer.Data); // Invalid to modify those fields + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufSize == edit_state.BufCapacityA); + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.Flags == flags); + if (callback_data.CursorPos != utf8_cursor_pos) { edit_state.StbState.cursor = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.CursorPos); edit_state.CursorFollow = true; } + if (callback_data.SelectionStart != utf8_selection_start) { edit_state.StbState.select_start = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionStart); } + if (callback_data.SelectionEnd != utf8_selection_end) { edit_state.StbState.select_end = ImTextCountCharsFromUtf8(callback_data.Buf, callback_data.Buf + callback_data.SelectionEnd); } + if (callback_data.BufDirty) + { + IM_ASSERT(callback_data.BufTextLen == (int)strlen(callback_data.Buf)); // You need to maintain BufTextLen if you change the text! + if (callback_data.BufTextLen > backup_current_text_length && is_resizable) + edit_state.TextW.resize(edit_state.TextW.Size + (callback_data.BufTextLen - backup_current_text_length)); + edit_state.CurLenW = ImTextStrFromUtf8(edit_state.TextW.Data, edit_state.TextW.Size, callback_data.Buf, NULL); + edit_state.CurLenA = callback_data.BufTextLen; // Assume correct length and valid UTF-8 from user, saves us an extra strlen() + edit_state.CursorAnimReset(); + } + } + } + + // Will copy result string if modified + if (is_editable && strcmp(edit_state.TempBuffer.Data, buf) != 0) + { + apply_new_text = edit_state.TempBuffer.Data; + apply_new_text_length = edit_state.CurLenA; + } + } + + // Copy result to user buffer + if (apply_new_text) + { + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length >= 0); + if (backup_current_text_length != apply_new_text_length && is_resizable) + { + ImGuiInputTextCallbackData callback_data; + callback_data.EventFlag = ImGuiInputTextFlags_CallbackResize; + callback_data.Flags = flags; + callback_data.Buf = buf; + callback_data.BufTextLen = apply_new_text_length; + callback_data.BufSize = ImMax(buf_size, apply_new_text_length + 1); + callback_data.UserData = callback_user_data; + callback(&callback_data); + buf = callback_data.Buf; + buf_size = callback_data.BufSize; + apply_new_text_length = ImMin(callback_data.BufTextLen, buf_size - 1); + IM_ASSERT(apply_new_text_length <= buf_size); + } + + // If the underlying buffer resize was denied or not carried to the next frame, apply_new_text_length+1 may be >= buf_size. + ImStrncpy(buf, edit_state.TempBuffer.Data, ImMin(apply_new_text_length + 1, buf_size)); + value_changed = true; + } + + // Clear temporary user storage + edit_state.UserFlags = 0; + edit_state.UserCallback = NULL; + edit_state.UserCallbackData = NULL; + } + + // Release active ID at the end of the function (so e.g. pressing Return still does a final application of the value) + if (clear_active_id && g.ActiveId == id) + ClearActiveID(); + + // Render + // Select which buffer we are going to display. When ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoLiveEdit is set 'buf' might still be the old value. We set buf to NULL to prevent accidental usage from now on. + const char* buf_display = (g.ActiveId == id && is_editable) ? edit_state.TempBuffer.Data : buf; buf = NULL; + + // Set upper limit of single-line InputTextEx() at 2 million characters strings. The current pathological worst case is a long line + // without any carriage return, which would makes ImFont::RenderText() reserve too many vertices and probably crash. Avoid it altogether. + // Note that we only use this limit on single-line InputText(), so a pathologically large line on a InputTextMultiline() would still crash. + const int buf_display_max_length = 2 * 1024 * 1024; + + if (!is_multiline) + { + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id); + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + } + + const ImVec4 clip_rect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + size.x, frame_bb.Min.y + size.y); // Not using frame_bb.Max because we have adjusted size + ImVec2 render_pos = is_multiline ? draw_window->DC.CursorPos : frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding; + ImVec2 text_size(0.f, 0.f); + const bool is_currently_scrolling = (edit_state.ID == id && is_multiline && g.ActiveId == draw_window->GetIDNoKeepAlive("#SCROLLY")); + if (g.ActiveId == id || is_currently_scrolling) + { + edit_state.CursorAnim += io.DeltaTime; + + // This is going to be messy. We need to: + // - Display the text (this alone can be more easily clipped) + // - Handle scrolling, highlight selection, display cursor (those all requires some form of 1d->2d cursor position calculation) + // - Measure text height (for scrollbar) + // We are attempting to do most of that in **one main pass** to minimize the computation cost (non-negligible for large amount of text) + 2nd pass for selection rendering (we could merge them by an extra refactoring effort) + // FIXME: This should occur on buf_display but we'd need to maintain cursor/select_start/select_end for UTF-8. + const ImWchar* text_begin = edit_state.TextW.Data; + ImVec2 cursor_offset, select_start_offset; + + { + // Count lines + find lines numbers straddling 'cursor' and 'select_start' position. + const ImWchar* searches_input_ptr[2]; + searches_input_ptr[0] = text_begin + edit_state.StbState.cursor; + searches_input_ptr[1] = NULL; + int searches_remaining = 1; + int searches_result_line_number[2] = { -1, -999 }; + if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end) + { + searches_input_ptr[1] = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end); + searches_result_line_number[1] = -1; + searches_remaining++; + } + + // Iterate all lines to find our line numbers + // In multi-line mode, we never exit the loop until all lines are counted, so add one extra to the searches_remaining counter. + searches_remaining += is_multiline ? 1 : 0; + int line_count = 0; + for (const ImWchar* s = text_begin; *s != 0; s++) + if (*s == '\n') + { + line_count++; + if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[0]) { searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } + if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1 && s >= searches_input_ptr[1]) { searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count; if (--searches_remaining <= 0) break; } + } + line_count++; + if (searches_result_line_number[0] == -1) searches_result_line_number[0] = line_count; + if (searches_result_line_number[1] == -1) searches_result_line_number[1] = line_count; + + // Calculate 2d position by finding the beginning of the line and measuring distance + cursor_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[0], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[0]).x; + cursor_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[0] * g.FontSize; + if (searches_result_line_number[1] >= 0) + { + select_start_offset.x = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(ImStrbolW(searches_input_ptr[1], text_begin), searches_input_ptr[1]).x; + select_start_offset.y = searches_result_line_number[1] * g.FontSize; + } + + // Store text height (note that we haven't calculated text width at all, see GitHub issues #383, #1224) + if (is_multiline) + text_size = ImVec2(size.x, line_count * g.FontSize); + } + + // Scroll + if (edit_state.CursorFollow) + { + // Horizontal scroll in chunks of quarter width + if (!(flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_NoHorizontalScroll)) + { + const float scroll_increment_x = size.x * 0.25f; + if (cursor_offset.x < edit_state.ScrollX) + edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.x - scroll_increment_x); + else if (cursor_offset.x - size.x >= edit_state.ScrollX) + edit_state.ScrollX = (float)(int)(cursor_offset.x - size.x + scroll_increment_x); + } + else + { + edit_state.ScrollX = 0.0f; + } + + // Vertical scroll + if (is_multiline) + { + float scroll_y = draw_window->Scroll.y; + if (cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize < scroll_y) + scroll_y = ImMax(0.0f, cursor_offset.y - g.FontSize); + else if (cursor_offset.y - size.y >= scroll_y) + scroll_y = cursor_offset.y - size.y; + draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y += (draw_window->Scroll.y - scroll_y); // To avoid a frame of lag + draw_window->Scroll.y = scroll_y; + render_pos.y = draw_window->DC.CursorPos.y; + } + } + edit_state.CursorFollow = false; + const ImVec2 render_scroll = ImVec2(edit_state.ScrollX, 0.0f); + + // Draw selection + if (edit_state.StbState.select_start != edit_state.StbState.select_end) + { + const ImWchar* text_selected_begin = text_begin + ImMin(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end); + const ImWchar* text_selected_end = text_begin + ImMax(edit_state.StbState.select_start, edit_state.StbState.select_end); + + float bg_offy_up = is_multiline ? 0.0f : -1.0f; // FIXME: those offsets should be part of the style? they don't play so well with multi-line selection. + float bg_offy_dn = is_multiline ? 0.0f : 2.0f; + ImU32 bg_color = GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_TextSelectedBg); + ImVec2 rect_pos = render_pos + select_start_offset - render_scroll; + for (const ImWchar* p = text_selected_begin; p < text_selected_end; ) + { + if (rect_pos.y > clip_rect.w + g.FontSize) + break; + if (rect_pos.y < clip_rect.y) + { + while (p < text_selected_end) + if (*p++ == '\n') + break; + } + else + { + ImVec2 rect_size = InputTextCalcTextSizeW(p, text_selected_end, &p, NULL, true); + if (rect_size.x <= 0.0f) rect_size.x = (float)(int)(g.Font->GetCharAdvance((unsigned short)' ') * 0.50f); // So we can see selected empty lines + ImRect rect(rect_pos + ImVec2(0.0f, bg_offy_up - g.FontSize), rect_pos +ImVec2(rect_size.x, bg_offy_dn)); + rect.ClipWith(clip_rect); + if (rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) + draw_window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(rect.Min, rect.Max, bg_color); + } + rect_pos.x = render_pos.x - render_scroll.x; + rect_pos.y += g.FontSize; + } + } + + const int buf_display_len = edit_state.CurLenA; + if (is_multiline || buf_display_len < buf_display_max_length) + draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos - render_scroll, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf_display, buf_display + buf_display_len, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect); + + // Draw blinking cursor + bool cursor_is_visible = (!g.IO.ConfigInputTextCursorBlink) || (g.InputTextState.CursorAnim <= 0.0f) || ImFmod(g.InputTextState.CursorAnim, 1.20f) <= 0.80f; + ImVec2 cursor_screen_pos = render_pos + cursor_offset - render_scroll; + ImRect cursor_screen_rect(cursor_screen_pos.x, cursor_screen_pos.y-g.FontSize+0.5f, cursor_screen_pos.x+1.0f, cursor_screen_pos.y-1.5f); + if (cursor_is_visible && cursor_screen_rect.Overlaps(clip_rect)) + draw_window->DrawList->AddLine(cursor_screen_rect.Min, cursor_screen_rect.GetBL(), GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text)); + + // Notify OS of text input position for advanced IME (-1 x offset so that Windows IME can cover our cursor. Bit of an extra nicety.) + if (is_editable) + g.PlatformImePos = ImVec2(cursor_screen_pos.x - 1, cursor_screen_pos.y - g.FontSize); + } + else + { + // Render text only + const char* buf_end = NULL; + if (is_multiline) + text_size = ImVec2(size.x, InputTextCalcTextLenAndLineCount(buf_display, &buf_end) * g.FontSize); // We don't need width + else + buf_end = buf_display + strlen(buf_display); + if (is_multiline || (buf_end - buf_display) < buf_display_max_length) + draw_window->DrawList->AddText(g.Font, g.FontSize, render_pos, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_Text), buf_display, buf_end, 0.0f, is_multiline ? NULL : &clip_rect); + } + + if (is_multiline) + { + Dummy(text_size + ImVec2(0.0f, g.FontSize)); // Always add room to scroll an extra line + EndChildFrame(); + EndGroup(); + } + + if (is_password) + PopFont(); + + // Log as text + if (g.LogEnabled && !is_password) + LogRenderedText(&render_pos, buf_display, NULL); + + if (label_size.x > 0) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + if ((flags & ImGuiInputTextFlags_EnterReturnsTrue) != 0) + return enter_pressed; + else + return value_changed; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: ColorEdit, ColorPicker, ColorButton, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ColorEdit3() +// - ColorEdit4() +// - ColorPicker3() +// - RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard() [Internal] +// - ColorPicker4() +// - ColorButton() +// - SetColorEditOptions() +// - ColorTooltip() [Internal] +// - ColorEditOptionsPopup() [Internal] +// - ColorPickerOptionsPopup() [Internal] +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::ColorEdit3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + return ColorEdit4(label, col, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); +} + +// Edit colors components (each component in 0.0f..1.0f range). +// See enum ImGuiColorEditFlags_ for available options. e.g. Only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. +// With typical options: Left-click on colored square to open color picker. Right-click to open option menu. CTRL-Click over input fields to edit them and TAB to go to next item. +bool ImGui::ColorEdit4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); + const float w_extra = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview) ? 0.0f : (square_sz + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + const float w_items_all = CalcItemWidth() - w_extra; + const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + + BeginGroup(); + PushID(label); + + // If we're not showing any slider there's no point in doing any HSV conversions + const ImGuiColorEditFlags flags_untouched = flags; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) + flags = (flags & (~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions; + + // Context menu: display and modify options (before defaults are applied) + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + ColorEditOptionsPopup(col, flags); + + // Read stored options + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)); + + const bool alpha = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) == 0; + const bool hdr = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR) != 0; + const int components = alpha ? 4 : 3; + + // Convert to the formats we need + float f[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f }; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); + int i[4] = { IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[0]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[1]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[2]), IM_F32_TO_INT8_UNBOUND(f[3]) }; + + bool value_changed = false; + bool value_changed_as_float = false; + + if ((flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV)) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) + { + // RGB/HSV 0..255 Sliders + const float w_item_one = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)((w_items_all - (style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1)) / (float)components)); + const float w_item_last = ImMax(1.0f, (float)(int)(w_items_all - (w_item_one + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x) * (components-1))); + + const bool hide_prefix = (w_item_one <= CalcTextSize((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) ? "M:0.000" : "M:000").x); + const char* ids[4] = { "##X", "##Y", "##Z", "##W" }; + const char* fmt_table_int[3][4] = + { + { "%3d", "%3d", "%3d", "%3d" }, // Short display + { "R:%3d", "G:%3d", "B:%3d", "A:%3d" }, // Long display for RGBA + { "H:%3d", "S:%3d", "V:%3d", "A:%3d" } // Long display for HSVA + }; + const char* fmt_table_float[3][4] = + { + { "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f", "%0.3f" }, // Short display + { "R:%0.3f", "G:%0.3f", "B:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" }, // Long display for RGBA + { "H:%0.3f", "S:%0.3f", "V:%0.3f", "A:%0.3f" } // Long display for HSVA + }; + const int fmt_idx = hide_prefix ? 0 : (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) ? 2 : 1; + + PushItemWidth(w_item_one); + for (int n = 0; n < components; n++) + { + if (n > 0) + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + if (n + 1 == components) + PushItemWidth(w_item_last); + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) + value_changed = value_changed_as_float = value_changed | DragFloat(ids[n], &f[n], 1.0f/255.0f, 0.0f, hdr ? 0.0f : 1.0f, fmt_table_float[fmt_idx][n]); + else + value_changed |= DragInt(ids[n], &i[n], 1.0f, 0, hdr ? 0 : 255, fmt_table_int[fmt_idx][n]); + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + } + PopItemWidth(); + PopItemWidth(); + } + else if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX) != 0 && (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) + { + // RGB Hexadecimal Input + char buf[64]; + if (alpha) + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255), ImClamp(i[3],0,255)); + else + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "#%02X%02X%02X", ImClamp(i[0],0,255), ImClamp(i[1],0,255), ImClamp(i[2],0,255)); + PushItemWidth(w_items_all); + if (InputText("##Text", buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsHexadecimal | ImGuiInputTextFlags_CharsUppercase)) + { + value_changed = true; + char* p = buf; + while (*p == '#' || ImCharIsBlankA(*p)) + p++; + i[0] = i[1] = i[2] = i[3] = 0; + if (alpha) + sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2], (unsigned int*)&i[3]); // Treat at unsigned (%X is unsigned) + else + sscanf(p, "%02X%02X%02X", (unsigned int*)&i[0], (unsigned int*)&i[1], (unsigned int*)&i[2]); + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + PopItemWidth(); + } + + ImGuiWindow* picker_active_window = NULL; + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview)) + { + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs)) + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + + const ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], alpha ? col[3] : 1.0f); + if (ColorButton("##ColorButton", col_v4, flags)) + { + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker)) + { + // Store current color and open a picker + g.ColorPickerRef = col_v4; + OpenPopup("picker"); + SetNextWindowPos(window->DC.LastItemRect.GetBL() + ImVec2(-1,style.ItemSpacing.y)); + } + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + + if (BeginPopup("picker")) + { + picker_active_window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (label != label_display_end) + { + TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end); + Separator(); + } + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar; + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = (flags_untouched & picker_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + PushItemWidth(square_sz * 12.0f); // Use 256 + bar sizes? + value_changed |= ColorPicker4("##picker", col, picker_flags, &g.ColorPickerRef.x); + PopItemWidth(); + EndPopup(); + } + } + + if (label != label_display_end && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) + { + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end); + } + + // Convert back + if (picker_active_window == NULL) + { + if (!value_changed_as_float) + for (int n = 0; n < 4; n++) + f[n] = i[n] / 255.0f; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(f[0], f[1], f[2], f[0], f[1], f[2]); + if (value_changed) + { + col[0] = f[0]; + col[1] = f[1]; + col[2] = f[2]; + if (alpha) + col[3] = f[3]; + } + } + + PopID(); + EndGroup(); + + // Drag and Drop Target + // NB: The flag test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropTarget() does the same test. + if ((window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags & ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HoveredRect) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropTarget()) + { + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F)) + { + memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * 3); + value_changed = true; + } + if (const ImGuiPayload* payload = AcceptDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F)) + { + memcpy((float*)col, payload->Data, sizeof(float) * components); + value_changed = true; + } + EndDragDropTarget(); + } + + // When picker is being actively used, use its active id so IsItemActive() will function on ColorEdit4(). + if (picker_active_window && g.ActiveId != 0 && g.ActiveIdWindow == picker_active_window) + window->DC.LastItemId = g.ActiveId; + + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::ColorPicker3(const char* label, float col[3], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + float col4[4] = { col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f }; + if (!ColorPicker4(label, col4, flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha)) + return false; + col[0] = col4[0]; col[1] = col4[1]; col[2] = col4[2]; + return true; +} + +static inline ImU32 ImAlphaBlendColor(ImU32 col_a, ImU32 col_b) +{ + float t = ((col_b >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) & 0xFF) / 255.f; + int r = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_R_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int g = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_G_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + int b = ImLerp((int)(col_a >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, (int)(col_b >> IM_COL32_B_SHIFT) & 0xFF, t); + return IM_COL32(r, g, b, 0xFF); +} + +// Helper for ColorPicker4() +// NB: This is rather brittle and will show artifact when rounding this enabled if rounded corners overlap multiple cells. Caller currently responsible for avoiding that. +// I spent a non reasonable amount of time trying to getting this right for ColorButton with rounding+anti-aliasing+ImGuiColorEditFlags_HalfAlphaPreview flag + various grid sizes and offsets, and eventually gave up... probably more reasonable to disable rounding alltogether. +void ImGui::RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2 p_min, ImVec2 p_max, ImU32 col, float grid_step, ImVec2 grid_off, float rounding, int rounding_corners_flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (((col & IM_COL32_A_MASK) >> IM_COL32_A_SHIFT) < 0xFF) + { + ImU32 col_bg1 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColor(IM_COL32(204,204,204,255), col)); + ImU32 col_bg2 = GetColorU32(ImAlphaBlendColor(IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), col)); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col_bg1, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); + + int yi = 0; + for (float y = p_min.y + grid_off.y; y < p_max.y; y += grid_step, yi++) + { + float y1 = ImClamp(y, p_min.y, p_max.y), y2 = ImMin(y + grid_step, p_max.y); + if (y2 <= y1) + continue; + for (float x = p_min.x + grid_off.x + (yi & 1) * grid_step; x < p_max.x; x += grid_step * 2.0f) + { + float x1 = ImClamp(x, p_min.x, p_max.x), x2 = ImMin(x + grid_step, p_max.x); + if (x2 <= x1) + continue; + int rounding_corners_flags_cell = 0; + if (y1 <= p_min.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight; } + if (y2 >= p_max.y) { if (x1 <= p_min.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft; if (x2 >= p_max.x) rounding_corners_flags_cell |= ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight; } + rounding_corners_flags_cell &= rounding_corners_flags; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(ImVec2(x1,y1), ImVec2(x2,y2), col_bg2, rounding_corners_flags_cell ? rounding : 0.0f, rounding_corners_flags_cell); + } + } + } + else + { + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(p_min, p_max, col, rounding, rounding_corners_flags); + } +} + +// Helper for ColorPicker4() +static void RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(ImDrawList* draw_list, ImVec2 pos, ImVec2 half_sz, float bar_w) +{ + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x + 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32_BLACK); + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Right, IM_COL32_WHITE); + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x - 1, pos.y), ImVec2(half_sz.x + 2, half_sz.y + 1), ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32_BLACK); + ImGui::RenderArrowPointingAt(draw_list, ImVec2(pos.x + bar_w - half_sz.x, pos.y), half_sz, ImGuiDir_Left, IM_COL32_WHITE); +} + +// Note: ColorPicker4() only accesses 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. +// FIXME: we adjust the big color square height based on item width, which may cause a flickering feedback loop (if automatic height makes a vertical scrollbar appears, affecting automatic width..) +bool ImGui::ColorPicker4(const char* label, float col[4], ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, const float* ref_col) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + ImDrawList* draw_list = window->DrawList; + + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImGuiIO& io = g.IO; + + PushID(label); + BeginGroup(); + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview; + + // Context menu: display and store options. + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + ColorPickerOptionsPopup(col, flags); + + // Read stored options + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask)) + flags |= ((g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) ? g.ColorEditOptions : ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault) & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))); // Check that only 1 is selected + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + flags |= (g.ColorEditOptions & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + + // Setup + int components = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 3 : 4; + bool alpha_bar = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + ImVec2 picker_pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + float square_sz = GetFrameHeight(); + float bars_width = square_sz; // Arbitrary smallish width of Hue/Alpha picking bars + float sv_picker_size = ImMax(bars_width * 1, CalcItemWidth() - (alpha_bar ? 2 : 1) * (bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x)); // Saturation/Value picking box + float bar0_pos_x = picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + float bar1_pos_x = bar0_pos_x + bars_width + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x; + float bars_triangles_half_sz = (float)(int)(bars_width * 0.20f); + + float backup_initial_col[4]; + memcpy(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)); + + float wheel_thickness = sv_picker_size * 0.08f; + float wheel_r_outer = sv_picker_size * 0.50f; + float wheel_r_inner = wheel_r_outer - wheel_thickness; + ImVec2 wheel_center(picker_pos.x + (sv_picker_size + bars_width)*0.5f, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size*0.5f); + + // Note: the triangle is displayed rotated with triangle_pa pointing to Hue, but most coordinates stays unrotated for logic. + float triangle_r = wheel_r_inner - (int)(sv_picker_size * 0.027f); + ImVec2 triangle_pa = ImVec2(triangle_r, 0.0f); // Hue point. + ImVec2 triangle_pb = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * -0.866025f); // Black point. + ImVec2 triangle_pc = ImVec2(triangle_r * -0.5f, triangle_r * +0.866025f); // White point. + + float H,S,V; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], H, S, V); + + bool value_changed = false, value_changed_h = false, value_changed_sv = false; + + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav, true); + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel) + { + // Hue wheel + SV triangle logic + InvisibleButton("hsv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + bars_width, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + ImVec2 initial_off = g.IO.MouseClickedPos[0] - wheel_center; + ImVec2 current_off = g.IO.MousePos - wheel_center; + float initial_dist2 = ImLengthSqr(initial_off); + if (initial_dist2 >= (wheel_r_inner-1)*(wheel_r_inner-1) && initial_dist2 <= (wheel_r_outer+1)*(wheel_r_outer+1)) + { + // Interactive with Hue wheel + H = ImAtan2(current_off.y, current_off.x) / IM_PI*0.5f; + if (H < 0.0f) + H += 1.0f; + value_changed = value_changed_h = true; + } + float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(-H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + if (ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, ImRotate(initial_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle))) + { + // Interacting with SV triangle + ImVec2 current_off_unrotated = ImRotate(current_off, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + if (!ImTriangleContainsPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated)) + current_off_unrotated = ImTriangleClosestPoint(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated); + float uu, vv, ww; + ImTriangleBarycentricCoords(triangle_pa, triangle_pb, triangle_pc, current_off_unrotated, uu, vv, ww); + V = ImClamp(1.0f - vv, 0.0001f, 1.0f); + S = ImClamp(uu / V, 0.0001f, 1.0f); + value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; + } + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) + { + // SV rectangle logic + InvisibleButton("sv", ImVec2(sv_picker_size, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + S = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.x - picker_pos.x) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + V = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + value_changed = value_changed_sv = true; + } + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions)) + OpenPopupOnItemClick("context"); + + // Hue bar logic + SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); + InvisibleButton("hue", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + H = ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + value_changed = value_changed_h = true; + } + } + + // Alpha bar logic + if (alpha_bar) + { + SetCursorScreenPos(ImVec2(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y)); + InvisibleButton("alpha", ImVec2(bars_width, sv_picker_size)); + if (IsItemActive()) + { + col[3] = 1.0f - ImSaturate((io.MousePos.y - picker_pos.y) / (sv_picker_size-1)); + value_changed = true; + } + } + PopItemFlag(); // ImGuiItemFlags_NoNav + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + { + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + BeginGroup(); + } + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) + { + const char* label_display_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + if (label != label_display_end) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + SameLine(0, style.ItemInnerSpacing.x); + TextUnformatted(label, label_display_end); + } + } + + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview)) + { + PushItemFlag(ImGuiItemFlags_NoNavDefaultFocus, true); + ImVec4 col_v4(col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel)) + Text("Current"); + ColorButton("##current", col_v4, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip)), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2)); + if (ref_col != NULL) + { + Text("Original"); + ImVec4 ref_col_v4(ref_col[0], ref_col[1], ref_col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : ref_col[3]); + if (ColorButton("##original", ref_col_v4, (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview|ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip)), ImVec2(square_sz * 3, square_sz * 2))) + { + memcpy(col, ref_col, components * sizeof(float)); + value_changed = true; + } + } + PopItemFlag(); + EndGroup(); + } + + // Convert back color to RGB + if (value_changed_h || value_changed_sv) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H >= 1.0f ? H - 10 * 1e-6f : H, S > 0.0f ? S : 10*1e-6f, V > 0.0f ? V : 1e-6f, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + + // R,G,B and H,S,V slider color editor + bool value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = false; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs) == 0) + { + PushItemWidth((alpha_bar ? bar1_pos_x : bar0_pos_x) + bars_width - picker_pos.x); + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags_to_forward = ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HDR | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSmallPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf; + ImGuiColorEditFlags sub_flags = (flags & sub_flags_to_forward) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoPicker; + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) + if (ColorEdit4("##rgb", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB)) + { + // FIXME: Hackily differenciating using the DragInt (ActiveId != 0 && !ActiveIdAllowOverlap) vs. using the InputText or DropTarget. + // For the later we don't want to run the hue-wrap canceling code. If you are well versed in HSV picker please provide your input! (See #2050) + value_changed_fix_hue_wrap = (g.ActiveId != 0 && !g.ActiveIdAllowOverlap); + value_changed = true; + } + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) + value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hsv", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV); + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX || (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) + value_changed |= ColorEdit4("##hex", col, sub_flags | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX); + PopItemWidth(); + } + + // Try to cancel hue wrap (after ColorEdit4 call), if any + if (value_changed_fix_hue_wrap) + { + float new_H, new_S, new_V; + ColorConvertRGBtoHSV(col[0], col[1], col[2], new_H, new_S, new_V); + if (new_H <= 0 && H > 0) + { + if (new_V <= 0 && V != new_V) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, S, new_V <= 0 ? V * 0.5f : new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + else if (new_S <= 0) + ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, new_S <= 0 ? S * 0.5f : new_S, new_V, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + } + } + + ImVec4 hue_color_f(1, 1, 1, 1); ColorConvertHSVtoRGB(H, 1, 1, hue_color_f.x, hue_color_f.y, hue_color_f.z); + ImU32 hue_color32 = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(hue_color_f); + ImU32 col32_no_alpha = ColorConvertFloat4ToU32(ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], 1.0f)); + + const ImU32 hue_colors[6+1] = { IM_COL32(255,0,0,255), IM_COL32(255,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,0,255), IM_COL32(0,255,255,255), IM_COL32(0,0,255,255), IM_COL32(255,0,255,255), IM_COL32(255,0,0,255) }; + ImVec2 sv_cursor_pos; + + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel) + { + // Render Hue Wheel + const float aeps = 1.5f / wheel_r_outer; // Half a pixel arc length in radians (2pi cancels out). + const int segment_per_arc = ImMax(4, (int)wheel_r_outer / 12); + for (int n = 0; n < 6; n++) + { + const float a0 = (n) /6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI - aeps; + const float a1 = (n+1.0f)/6.0f * 2.0f * IM_PI + aeps; + const int vert_start_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + draw_list->PathArcTo(wheel_center, (wheel_r_inner + wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, a0, a1, segment_per_arc); + draw_list->PathStroke(IM_COL32_WHITE, false, wheel_thickness); + const int vert_end_idx = draw_list->VtxBuffer.Size; + + // Paint colors over existing vertices + ImVec2 gradient_p0(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a0) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a0) * wheel_r_inner); + ImVec2 gradient_p1(wheel_center.x + ImCos(a1) * wheel_r_inner, wheel_center.y + ImSin(a1) * wheel_r_inner); + ShadeVertsLinearColorGradientKeepAlpha(draw_list, vert_start_idx, vert_end_idx, gradient_p0, gradient_p1, hue_colors[n], hue_colors[n+1]); + } + + // Render Cursor + preview on Hue Wheel + float cos_hue_angle = ImCos(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + float sin_hue_angle = ImSin(H * 2.0f * IM_PI); + ImVec2 hue_cursor_pos(wheel_center.x + cos_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f, wheel_center.y + sin_hue_angle * (wheel_r_inner+wheel_r_outer)*0.5f); + float hue_cursor_rad = value_changed_h ? wheel_thickness * 0.65f : wheel_thickness * 0.55f; + int hue_cursor_segments = ImClamp((int)(hue_cursor_rad / 1.4f), 9, 32); + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, hue_color32, hue_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad+1, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), hue_cursor_segments); + draw_list->AddCircle(hue_cursor_pos, hue_cursor_rad, IM_COL32_WHITE, hue_cursor_segments); + + // Render SV triangle (rotated according to hue) + ImVec2 tra = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pa, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + ImVec2 trb = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pb, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + ImVec2 trc = wheel_center + ImRotate(triangle_pc, cos_hue_angle, sin_hue_angle); + ImVec2 uv_white = GetFontTexUvWhitePixel(); + draw_list->PrimReserve(6, 6); + draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, hue_color32); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, hue_color32); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, IM_COL32_WHITE); + draw_list->PrimVtx(tra, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trb, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK); + draw_list->PrimVtx(trc, uv_white, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS); + draw_list->AddTriangle(tra, trb, trc, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), 1.5f); + sv_cursor_pos = ImLerp(ImLerp(trc, tra, ImSaturate(S)), trb, ImSaturate(1 - V)); + } + else if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar) + { + // Render SV Square + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), IM_COL32_WHITE, hue_color32, hue_color32, IM_COL32_WHITE); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS, IM_COL32_BLACK_TRANS, IM_COL32_BLACK, IM_COL32_BLACK); + RenderFrameBorder(picker_pos, picker_pos + ImVec2(sv_picker_size,sv_picker_size), 0.0f); + sv_cursor_pos.x = ImClamp((float)(int)(picker_pos.x + ImSaturate(S) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f), picker_pos.x + 2, picker_pos.x + sv_picker_size - 2); // Sneakily prevent the circle to stick out too much + sv_cursor_pos.y = ImClamp((float)(int)(picker_pos.y + ImSaturate(1 - V) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f), picker_pos.y + 2, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size - 2); + + // Render Hue Bar + for (int i = 0; i < 6; ++i) + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y + i * (sv_picker_size / 6)), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + (i + 1) * (sv_picker_size / 6)), hue_colors[i], hue_colors[i], hue_colors[i + 1], hue_colors[i + 1]); + float bar0_line_y = (float)(int)(picker_pos.y + H * sv_picker_size + 0.5f); + RenderFrameBorder(ImVec2(bar0_pos_x, picker_pos.y), ImVec2(bar0_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size), 0.0f); + RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar0_pos_x - 1, bar0_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f); + } + + // Render cursor/preview circle (clamp S/V within 0..1 range because floating points colors may lead HSV values to be out of range) + float sv_cursor_rad = value_changed_sv ? 10.0f : 6.0f; + draw_list->AddCircleFilled(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, col32_no_alpha, 12); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad+1, IM_COL32(128,128,128,255), 12); + draw_list->AddCircle(sv_cursor_pos, sv_cursor_rad, IM_COL32_WHITE, 12); + + // Render alpha bar + if (alpha_bar) + { + float alpha = ImSaturate(col[3]); + ImRect bar1_bb(bar1_pos_x, picker_pos.y, bar1_pos_x + bars_width, picker_pos.y + sv_picker_size); + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, IM_COL32(0,0,0,0), bar1_bb.GetWidth() / 2.0f, ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + draw_list->AddRectFilledMultiColor(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, col32_no_alpha, col32_no_alpha, col32_no_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK, col32_no_alpha & ~IM_COL32_A_MASK); + float bar1_line_y = (float)(int)(picker_pos.y + (1.0f - alpha) * sv_picker_size + 0.5f); + RenderFrameBorder(bar1_bb.Min, bar1_bb.Max, 0.0f); + RenderArrowsForVerticalBar(draw_list, ImVec2(bar1_pos_x - 1, bar1_line_y), ImVec2(bars_triangles_half_sz + 1, bars_triangles_half_sz), bars_width + 2.0f); + } + + EndGroup(); + + if (value_changed && memcmp(backup_initial_col, col, components * sizeof(float)) == 0) + value_changed = false; + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(window->DC.LastItemId); + + PopID(); + + return value_changed; +} + +// A little colored square. Return true when clicked. +// FIXME: May want to display/ignore the alpha component in the color display? Yet show it in the tooltip. +// 'desc_id' is not called 'label' because we don't display it next to the button, but only in the tooltip. +bool ImGui::ColorButton(const char* desc_id, const ImVec4& col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags, ImVec2 size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(desc_id); + float default_size = GetFrameHeight(); + if (size.x == 0.0f) + size.x = default_size; + if (size.y == 0.0f) + size.y = default_size; + const ImRect bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + size); + ItemSize(bb, (size.y >= default_size) ? g.Style.FramePadding.y : 0.0f); + if (!ItemAdd(bb, id)) + return false; + + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held); + + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + flags &= ~(ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf); + + ImVec4 col_without_alpha(col.x, col.y, col.z, 1.0f); + float grid_step = ImMin(size.x, size.y) / 2.99f; + float rounding = ImMin(g.Style.FrameRounding, grid_step * 0.5f); + ImRect bb_inner = bb; + float off = -0.75f; // The border (using Col_FrameBg) tends to look off when color is near-opaque and rounding is enabled. This offset seemed like a good middle ground to reduce those artifacts. + bb_inner.Expand(off); + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf) && col.w < 1.0f) + { + float mid_x = (float)(int)((bb_inner.Min.x + bb_inner.Max.x) * 0.5f + 0.5f); + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(ImVec2(bb_inner.Min.x + grid_step, bb_inner.Min.y), bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col), grid_step, ImVec2(-grid_step + off, off), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopRight| ImDrawCornerFlags_BotRight); + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, ImVec2(mid_x, bb_inner.Max.y), GetColorU32(col_without_alpha), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_TopLeft|ImDrawCornerFlags_BotLeft); + } + else + { + // Because GetColorU32() multiplies by the global style Alpha and we don't want to display a checkerboard if the source code had no alpha + ImVec4 col_source = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview) ? col : col_without_alpha; + if (col_source.w < 1.0f) + RenderColorRectWithAlphaCheckerboard(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), grid_step, ImVec2(off, off), rounding); + else + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(bb_inner.Min, bb_inner.Max, GetColorU32(col_source), rounding, ImDrawCornerFlags_All); + } + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id); + if (g.Style.FrameBorderSize > 0.0f) + RenderFrameBorder(bb.Min, bb.Max, rounding); + else + window->DrawList->AddRect(bb.Min, bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), rounding); // Color button are often in need of some sort of border + + // Drag and Drop Source + // NB: The ActiveId test is merely an optional micro-optimization, BeginDragDropSource() does the same test. + if (g.ActiveId == id && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoDragDrop) && BeginDragDropSource()) + { + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_3F, &col, sizeof(float) * 3, ImGuiCond_Once); + else + SetDragDropPayload(IMGUI_PAYLOAD_TYPE_COLOR_4F, &col, sizeof(float) * 4, ImGuiCond_Once); + ColorButton(desc_id, col, flags); + SameLine(); + TextUnformatted("Color"); + EndDragDropSource(); + } + + // Tooltip + if (!(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip) && hovered) + ColorTooltip(desc_id, &col.x, flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)); + + if (pressed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + return pressed; +} + +void ImGui::SetColorEditOptions(ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask; + if ((flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) == 0) + flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags__OptionsDefault & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask; + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected + IM_ASSERT(ImIsPowerOfTwo((int)(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask))); // Check only 1 option is selected + g.ColorEditOptions = flags; +} + +// Note: only access 3 floats if ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha flag is set. +void ImGui::ColorTooltip(const char* text, const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); + BeginTooltipEx(0, true); + + const char* text_end = text ? FindRenderedTextEnd(text, NULL) : text; + if (text_end > text) + { + TextUnformatted(text, text_end); + Separator(); + } + + ImVec2 sz(g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2, g.FontSize * 3 + g.Style.FramePadding.y * 2); + ColorButton("##preview", ImVec4(col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]), (flags & (ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreview | ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaPreviewHalf)) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoTooltip, sz); + SameLine(); + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + Text("#%02X%02X%02X\nR: %d, G: %d, B: %d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, cr, cg, cb, col[0], col[1], col[2]); + else + Text("#%02X%02X%02X%02X\nR:%d, G:%d, B:%d, A:%d\n(%.3f, %.3f, %.3f, %.3f)", cr, cg, cb, ca, cr, cg, cb, ca, col[0], col[1], col[2], col[3]); + EndTooltip(); +} + +void ImGui::ColorEditOptionsPopup(const float* col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + bool allow_opt_inputs = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask); + bool allow_opt_datatype = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask); + if ((!allow_opt_inputs && !allow_opt_datatype) || !BeginPopup("context")) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiColorEditFlags opts = g.ColorEditOptions; + if (allow_opt_inputs) + { + if (RadioButton("RGB", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_RGB; + if (RadioButton("HSV", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HSV; + if (RadioButton("HEX", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__InputsMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_HEX; + } + if (allow_opt_datatype) + { + if (allow_opt_inputs) Separator(); + if (RadioButton("0..255", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Uint8; + if (RadioButton("0.00..1.00", (opts & ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float) != 0)) opts = (opts & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__DataTypeMask) | ImGuiColorEditFlags_Float; + } + + if (allow_opt_inputs || allow_opt_datatype) + Separator(); + if (Button("Copy as..", ImVec2(-1,0))) + OpenPopup("Copy"); + if (BeginPopup("Copy")) + { + int cr = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[0]), cg = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[1]), cb = IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[2]), ca = (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 255 : IM_F32_TO_INT8_SAT(col[3]); + char buf[64]; + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff, %.3ff)", col[0], col[1], col[2], (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) ? 1.0f : col[3]); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "(%d,%d,%d,%d)", cr, cg, cb, ca); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + if (flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb); + else + ImFormatString(buf, IM_ARRAYSIZE(buf), "0x%02X%02X%02X%02X", cr, cg, cb, ca); + if (Selectable(buf)) + SetClipboardText(buf); + EndPopup(); + } + + g.ColorEditOptions = opts; + EndPopup(); +} + +void ImGui::ColorPickerOptionsPopup(const float* ref_col, ImGuiColorEditFlags flags) +{ + bool allow_opt_picker = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + bool allow_opt_alpha_bar = !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha) && !(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + if ((!allow_opt_picker && !allow_opt_alpha_bar) || !ImGui::BeginPopup("context")) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (allow_opt_picker) + { + ImVec2 picker_size(g.FontSize * 8, ImMax(g.FontSize * 8 - (ImGui::GetFrameHeight() + g.Style.ItemInnerSpacing.x), 1.0f)); // FIXME: Picker size copied from main picker function + ImGui::PushItemWidth(picker_size.x); + for (int picker_type = 0; picker_type < 2; picker_type++) + { + // Draw small/thumbnail version of each picker type (over an invisible button for selection) + if (picker_type > 0) ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::PushID(picker_type); + ImGuiColorEditFlags picker_flags = ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoInputs|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoOptions|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoLabel|ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoSidePreview|(flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha); + if (picker_type == 0) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueBar; + if (picker_type == 1) picker_flags |= ImGuiColorEditFlags_PickerHueWheel; + ImVec2 backup_pos = ImGui::GetCursorScreenPos(); + if (ImGui::Selectable("##selectable", false, 0, picker_size)) // By default, Selectable() is closing popup + g.ColorEditOptions = (g.ColorEditOptions & ~ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask) | (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags__PickerMask); + ImGui::SetCursorScreenPos(backup_pos); + ImVec4 dummy_ref_col; + memcpy(&dummy_ref_col.x, ref_col, sizeof(float) * (picker_flags & ImGuiColorEditFlags_NoAlpha ? 3 : 4)); + ImGui::ColorPicker4("##dummypicker", &dummy_ref_col.x, picker_flags); + ImGui::PopID(); + } + ImGui::PopItemWidth(); + } + if (allow_opt_alpha_bar) + { + if (allow_opt_picker) ImGui::Separator(); + ImGui::CheckboxFlags("Alpha Bar", (unsigned int*)&g.ColorEditOptions, ImGuiColorEditFlags_AlphaBar); + } + ImGui::EndPopup(); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: TreeNode, CollapsingHeader, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - TreeNode() +// - TreeNodeV() +// - TreeNodeEx() +// - TreeNodeExV() +// - TreeNodeBehavior() [Internal] +// - TreePush() +// - TreePop() +// - TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() +// - GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() +// - SetNextTreeNodeOpen() +// - CollapsingHeader() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNode(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNode(const char* label) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), 0, label, NULL); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const char* str_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + return TreeNodeExV(str_id, 0, fmt, args); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeV(const void* ptr_id, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + return TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, 0, fmt, args); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags, label, NULL); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(str_id, flags, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeEx(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, ...) +{ + va_list args; + va_start(args, fmt); + bool is_open = TreeNodeExV(ptr_id, flags, fmt, args); + va_end(args); + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const char* str_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(str_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeExV(const void* ptr_id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* fmt, va_list args) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const char* label_end = g.TempBuffer + ImFormatStringV(g.TempBuffer, IM_ARRAYSIZE(g.TempBuffer), fmt, args); + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(ptr_id), flags, g.TempBuffer, label_end); +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf) + return true; + + // We only write to the tree storage if the user clicks (or explicitly use SetNextTreeNode*** functions) + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + ImGuiStorage* storage = window->DC.StateStorage; + + bool is_open; + if (g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond != 0) + { + if (g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond & ImGuiCond_Always) + { + is_open = g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal; + storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + } + else + { + // We treat ImGuiCond_Once and ImGuiCond_FirstUseEver the same because tree node state are not saved persistently. + const int stored_value = storage->GetInt(id, -1); + if (stored_value == -1) + { + is_open = g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal; + storage->SetInt(id, is_open); + } + else + { + is_open = stored_value != 0; + } + } + g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond = 0; + } + else + { + is_open = storage->GetInt(id, (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_DefaultOpen) ? 1 : 0) != 0; + } + + // When logging is enabled, we automatically expand tree nodes (but *NOT* collapsing headers.. seems like sensible behavior). + // NB- If we are above max depth we still allow manually opened nodes to be logged. + if (g.LogEnabled && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoAutoOpenOnLog) && window->DC.TreeDepth < g.LogAutoExpandMaxDepth) + is_open = true; + + return is_open; +} + +bool ImGui::TreeNodeBehavior(ImGuiID id, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags, const char* label, const char* label_end) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const bool display_frame = (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Framed) != 0; + const ImVec2 padding = (display_frame || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_FramePadding)) ? style.FramePadding : ImVec2(style.FramePadding.x, 0.0f); + + if (!label_end) + label_end = FindRenderedTextEnd(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, label_end, false); + + // We vertically grow up to current line height up the typical widget height. + const float text_base_offset_y = ImMax(padding.y, window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset); // Latch before ItemSize changes it + const float frame_height = ImMax(ImMin(window->DC.CurrentLineSize.y, g.FontSize + style.FramePadding.y*2), label_size.y + padding.y*2); + ImRect frame_bb = ImRect(window->DC.CursorPos, ImVec2(window->Pos.x + GetContentRegionMax().x, window->DC.CursorPos.y + frame_height)); + if (display_frame) + { + // Framed header expand a little outside the default padding + frame_bb.Min.x -= (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1; + frame_bb.Max.x += (float)(int)(window->WindowPadding.x*0.5f) - 1; + } + + const float text_offset_x = (g.FontSize + (display_frame ? padding.x*3 : padding.x*2)); // Collapser arrow width + Spacing + const float text_width = g.FontSize + (label_size.x > 0.0f ? label_size.x + padding.x*2 : 0.0f); // Include collapser + ItemSize(ImVec2(text_width, frame_height), text_base_offset_y); + + // For regular tree nodes, we arbitrary allow to click past 2 worth of ItemSpacing + // (Ideally we'd want to add a flag for the user to specify if we want the hit test to be done up to the right side of the content or not) + const ImRect interact_bb = display_frame ? frame_bb : ImRect(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y, frame_bb.Min.x + text_width + style.ItemSpacing.x*2, frame_bb.Max.y); + bool is_open = TreeNodeBehaviorIsOpen(id, flags); + + // Store a flag for the current depth to tell if we will allow closing this node when navigating one of its child. + // For this purpose we essentially compare if g.NavIdIsAlive went from 0 to 1 between TreeNode() and TreePop(). + // This is currently only support 32 level deep and we are fine with (1 << Depth) overflowing into a zero. + if (is_open && !g.NavIdIsAlive && (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NavLeftJumpsBackHere) && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop |= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth); + + bool item_add = ItemAdd(interact_bb, id); + window->DC.LastItemStatusFlags |= ImGuiItemStatusFlags_HasDisplayRect; + window->DC.LastItemDisplayRect = frame_bb; + + if (!item_add) + { + if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + TreePushRawID(id); + return is_open; + } + + // Flags that affects opening behavior: + // - 0(default) ..................... single-click anywhere to open + // - OpenOnDoubleClick .............. double-click anywhere to open + // - OpenOnArrow .................... single-click on arrow to open + // - OpenOnDoubleClick|OpenOnArrow .. single-click on arrow or double-click anywhere to open + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = ImGuiButtonFlags_NoKeyModifiers | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_AllowItemOverlap : 0); + if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDragDropHold; + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) + button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick | ((flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) ? ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease : 0); + + bool hovered, held, pressed = ButtonBehavior(interact_bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)) + { + bool toggled = false; + if (pressed) + { + toggled = !(flags & (ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick)) || (g.NavActivateId == id); + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnArrow) + toggled |= IsMouseHoveringRect(interact_bb.Min, ImVec2(interact_bb.Min.x + text_offset_x, interact_bb.Max.y)) && (!g.NavDisableMouseHover); + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_OpenOnDoubleClick) + toggled |= g.IO.MouseDoubleClicked[0]; + if (g.DragDropActive && is_open) // When using Drag and Drop "hold to open" we keep the node highlighted after opening, but never close it again. + toggled = false; + } + + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && is_open) + { + toggled = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right && !is_open) // If there's something upcoming on the line we may want to give it the priority? + { + toggled = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + + if (toggled) + { + is_open = !is_open; + window->DC.StateStorage->SetInt(id, is_open); + } + } + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap) + SetItemAllowOverlap(); + + // Render + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + const ImVec2 text_pos = frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x, text_base_offset_y); + if (display_frame) + { + // Framed type + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, col, true, style.FrameRounding); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); + RenderArrow(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, text_base_offset_y), is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 1.0f); + if (g.LogEnabled) + { + // NB: '##' is normally used to hide text (as a library-wide feature), so we need to specify the text range to make sure the ## aren't stripped out here. + const char log_prefix[] = "\n##"; + const char log_suffix[] = "##"; + LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_prefix, log_prefix+3); + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); + LogRenderedText(&text_pos, log_suffix+1, log_suffix+3); + } + else + { + RenderTextClipped(text_pos, frame_bb.Max, label, label_end, &label_size); + } + } + else + { + // Unframed typed for tree nodes + if (hovered || (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Selected)) + { + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, col, false); + RenderNavHighlight(frame_bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin); + } + + if (flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Bullet) + RenderBullet(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(text_offset_x * 0.5f, g.FontSize*0.50f + text_base_offset_y)); + else if (!(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_Leaf)) + RenderArrow(frame_bb.Min + ImVec2(padding.x, g.FontSize*0.15f + text_base_offset_y), is_open ? ImGuiDir_Down : ImGuiDir_Right, 0.70f); + if (g.LogEnabled) + LogRenderedText(&text_pos, ">"); + RenderText(text_pos, label, label_end, false); + } + + if (is_open && !(flags & ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen)) + TreePushRawID(id); + return is_open; +} + +void ImGui::TreePush(const char* str_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + Indent(); + window->DC.TreeDepth++; + PushID(str_id ? str_id : "#TreePush"); +} + +void ImGui::TreePush(const void* ptr_id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + Indent(); + window->DC.TreeDepth++; + PushID(ptr_id ? ptr_id : (const void*)"#TreePush"); +} + +void ImGui::TreePushRawID(ImGuiID id) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + Indent(); + window->DC.TreeDepth++; + window->IDStack.push_back(id); +} + +void ImGui::TreePop() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + Unindent(); + + window->DC.TreeDepth--; + if (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && g.NavWindow == window && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet()) + if (g.NavIdIsAlive && (window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop & (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth))) + { + SetNavID(window->IDStack.back(), g.NavLayer); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + window->DC.TreeDepthMayJumpToParentOnPop &= (1 << window->DC.TreeDepth) - 1; + + IM_ASSERT(window->IDStack.Size > 1); // There should always be 1 element in the IDStack (pushed during window creation). If this triggers you called TreePop/PopID too much. + PopID(); +} + +void ImGui::TreeAdvanceToLabelPos() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.CurrentWindow->DC.CursorPos.x += GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing(); +} + +// Horizontal distance preceding label when using TreeNode() or Bullet() +float ImGui::GetTreeNodeToLabelSpacing() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + return g.FontSize + (g.Style.FramePadding.x * 2.0f); +} + +void ImGui::SetNextTreeNodeOpen(bool is_open, ImGuiCond cond) +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.CurrentWindow->SkipItems) + return; + g.NextTreeNodeOpenVal = is_open; + g.NextTreeNodeOpenCond = cond ? cond : ImGuiCond_Always; +} + +// CollapsingHeader returns true when opened but do not indent nor push into the ID stack (because of the ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_NoTreePushOnOpen flag). +// This is basically the same as calling TreeNodeEx(label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader). You can remove the _NoTreePushOnOpen flag if you want behavior closer to normal TreeNode(). +bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + return TreeNodeBehavior(window->GetID(label), flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader, label); +} + +bool ImGui::CollapsingHeader(const char* label, bool* p_open, ImGuiTreeNodeFlags flags) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + if (p_open && !*p_open) + return false; + + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + bool is_open = TreeNodeBehavior(id, flags | ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_CollapsingHeader | (p_open ? ImGuiTreeNodeFlags_AllowItemOverlap : 0), label); + if (p_open) + { + // Create a small overlapping close button // FIXME: We can evolve this into user accessible helpers to add extra buttons on title bars, headers, etc. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiItemHoveredDataBackup last_item_backup; + float button_radius = g.FontSize * 0.5f; + ImVec2 button_center = ImVec2(ImMin(window->DC.LastItemRect.Max.x, window->ClipRect.Max.x) - g.Style.FramePadding.x - button_radius, window->DC.LastItemRect.GetCenter().y); + if (CloseButton(window->GetID((void*)(intptr_t)(id+1)), button_center, button_radius)) + *p_open = false; + last_item_backup.Restore(); + } + + return is_open; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Selectable +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Selectable() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Tip: pass an empty label (e.g. "##dummy") then you can use the space to draw other text or image. +// But you need to make sure the ID is unique, e.g. enclose calls in PushID/PopID or use ##unique_id. +bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet) // FIXME-OPT: Avoid if vertically clipped. + PopClipRect(); + + ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + ImVec2 size(size_arg.x != 0.0f ? size_arg.x : label_size.x, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : label_size.y); + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + pos.y += window->DC.CurrentLineTextBaseOffset; + ImRect bb_inner(pos, pos + size); + ItemSize(bb_inner); + + // Fill horizontal space. + ImVec2 window_padding = window->WindowPadding; + float max_x = (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) ? GetWindowContentRegionMax().x : GetContentRegionMax().x; + float w_draw = ImMax(label_size.x, window->Pos.x + max_x - window_padding.x - window->DC.CursorPos.x); + ImVec2 size_draw((size_arg.x != 0 && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) ? size_arg.x : w_draw, size_arg.y != 0.0f ? size_arg.y : size.y); + ImRect bb(pos, pos + size_draw); + if (size_arg.x == 0.0f || (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth)) + bb.Max.x += window_padding.x; + + // Selectables are tightly packed together, we extend the box to cover spacing between selectable. + float spacing_L = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + float spacing_U = (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.y * 0.5f); + float spacing_R = style.ItemSpacing.x - spacing_L; + float spacing_D = style.ItemSpacing.y - spacing_U; + bb.Min.x -= spacing_L; + bb.Min.y -= spacing_U; + bb.Max.x += spacing_R; + bb.Max.y += spacing_D; + if (!ItemAdd(bb, (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) ? 0 : id)) + { + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet) + PushColumnClipRect(); + return false; + } + + // We use NoHoldingActiveID on menus so user can click and _hold_ on a menu then drag to browse child entries + ImGuiButtonFlags button_flags = 0; + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_NoHoldingActiveID; + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClick; + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnRelease; + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_Disabled; + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_AllowDoubleClick) button_flags |= ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnClickRelease | ImGuiButtonFlags_PressedOnDoubleClick; + bool hovered, held; + bool pressed = ButtonBehavior(bb, id, &hovered, &held, button_flags); + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) + selected = false; + + // Hovering selectable with mouse updates NavId accordingly so navigation can be resumed with gamepad/keyboard (this doesn't happen on most widgets) + if (pressed || hovered) + if (!g.NavDisableMouseHover && g.NavWindow == window && g.NavLayer == window->DC.NavLayerCurrent) + { + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; + SetNavID(id, window->DC.NavLayerCurrent); + } + if (pressed) + MarkItemEdited(id); + + // Render + if (hovered || selected) + { + const ImU32 col = GetColorU32((held && hovered) ? ImGuiCol_HeaderActive : hovered ? ImGuiCol_HeaderHovered : ImGuiCol_Header); + RenderFrame(bb.Min, bb.Max, col, false, 0.0f); + RenderNavHighlight(bb, id, ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_TypeThin | ImGuiNavHighlightFlags_NoRounding); + } + + if ((flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_SpanAllColumns) && window->DC.ColumnsSet) + { + PushColumnClipRect(); + bb.Max.x -= (GetContentRegionMax().x - max_x); + } + + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + RenderTextClipped(bb_inner.Min, bb.Max, label, NULL, &label_size, ImVec2(0.0f,0.0f)); + if (flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled) PopStyleColor(); + + // Automatically close popups + if (pressed && (window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && !(flags & ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups) && !(window->DC.ItemFlags & ImGuiItemFlags_SelectableDontClosePopup)) + CloseCurrentPopup(); + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::Selectable(const char* label, bool* p_selected, ImGuiSelectableFlags flags, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + if (Selectable(label, *p_selected, flags, size_arg)) + { + *p_selected = !*p_selected; + return true; + } + return false; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: ListBox +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ListBox() +// - ListBoxHeader() +// - ListBoxFooter() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// FIXME: Rename to BeginListBox() +// Helper to calculate the size of a listbox and display a label on the right. +// Tip: To have a list filling the entire window width, PushItemWidth(-1) and pass an empty label "##empty" +bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, const ImVec2& size_arg) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); + const ImGuiID id = GetID(label); + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. + ImVec2 size = CalcItemSize(size_arg, CalcItemWidth(), GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * 7.4f + style.ItemSpacing.y); + ImVec2 frame_size = ImVec2(size.x, ImMax(size.y, label_size.y)); + ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + frame_size); + ImRect bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0.0f)); + window->DC.LastItemRect = bb; // Forward storage for ListBoxFooter.. dodgy. + + BeginGroup(); + if (label_size.x > 0) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), label); + + BeginChildFrame(id, frame_bb.GetSize()); + return true; +} + +// FIXME: Rename to BeginListBox() +bool ImGui::ListBoxHeader(const char* label, int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + // Size default to hold ~7 items. Fractional number of items helps seeing that we can scroll down/up without looking at scrollbar. + // We don't add +0.40f if items_count <= height_in_items. It is slightly dodgy, because it means a dynamic list of items will make the widget resize occasionally when it crosses that size. + // I am expecting that someone will come and complain about this behavior in a remote future, then we can advise on a better solution. + if (height_in_items < 0) + height_in_items = ImMin(items_count, 7); + float height_in_items_f = height_in_items < items_count ? (height_in_items + 0.40f) : (height_in_items + 0.00f); + + // We include ItemSpacing.y so that a list sized for the exact number of items doesn't make a scrollbar appears. We could also enforce that by passing a flag to BeginChild(). + ImVec2 size; + size.x = 0.0f; + size.y = GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing() * height_in_items_f + GetStyle().ItemSpacing.y; + return ListBoxHeader(label, size); +} + +// FIXME: Rename to EndListBox() +void ImGui::ListBoxFooter() +{ + ImGuiWindow* parent_window = GetCurrentWindow()->ParentWindow; + const ImRect bb = parent_window->DC.LastItemRect; + const ImGuiStyle& style = GetStyle(); + + EndChildFrame(); + + // Redeclare item size so that it includes the label (we have stored the full size in LastItemRect) + // We call SameLine() to restore DC.CurrentLine* data + SameLine(); + parent_window->DC.CursorPos = bb.Min; + ItemSize(bb, style.FramePadding.y); + EndGroup(); +} + +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, const char* const items[], int items_count, int height_items) +{ + const bool value_changed = ListBox(label, current_item, Items_ArrayGetter, (void*)items, items_count, height_items); + return value_changed; +} + +bool ImGui::ListBox(const char* label, int* current_item, bool (*items_getter)(void*, int, const char**), void* data, int items_count, int height_in_items) +{ + if (!ListBoxHeader(label, items_count, height_in_items)) + return false; + + // Assume all items have even height (= 1 line of text). If you need items of different or variable sizes you can create a custom version of ListBox() in your code without using the clipper. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + bool value_changed = false; + ImGuiListClipper clipper(items_count, GetTextLineHeightWithSpacing()); // We know exactly our line height here so we pass it as a minor optimization, but generally you don't need to. + while (clipper.Step()) + for (int i = clipper.DisplayStart; i < clipper.DisplayEnd; i++) + { + const bool item_selected = (i == *current_item); + const char* item_text; + if (!items_getter(data, i, &item_text)) + item_text = "*Unknown item*"; + + PushID(i); + if (Selectable(item_text, item_selected)) + { + *current_item = i; + value_changed = true; + } + if (item_selected) + SetItemDefaultFocus(); + PopID(); + } + ListBoxFooter(); + if (value_changed) + MarkItemEdited(g.CurrentWindow->DC.LastItemId); + + return value_changed; +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: PlotLines, PlotHistogram +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - PlotEx() [Internal] +// - PlotLines() +// - PlotHistogram() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType plot_type, const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + + const ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + if (graph_size.x == 0.0f) + graph_size.x = CalcItemWidth(); + if (graph_size.y == 0.0f) + graph_size.y = label_size.y + (style.FramePadding.y * 2); + + const ImRect frame_bb(window->DC.CursorPos, window->DC.CursorPos + ImVec2(graph_size.x, graph_size.y)); + const ImRect inner_bb(frame_bb.Min + style.FramePadding, frame_bb.Max - style.FramePadding); + const ImRect total_bb(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max + ImVec2(label_size.x > 0.0f ? style.ItemInnerSpacing.x + label_size.x : 0.0f, 0)); + ItemSize(total_bb, style.FramePadding.y); + if (!ItemAdd(total_bb, 0, &frame_bb)) + return; + const bool hovered = ItemHoverable(inner_bb, 0); + + // Determine scale from values if not specified + if (scale_min == FLT_MAX || scale_max == FLT_MAX) + { + float v_min = FLT_MAX; + float v_max = -FLT_MAX; + for (int i = 0; i < values_count; i++) + { + const float v = values_getter(data, i); + v_min = ImMin(v_min, v); + v_max = ImMax(v_max, v); + } + if (scale_min == FLT_MAX) + scale_min = v_min; + if (scale_max == FLT_MAX) + scale_max = v_max; + } + + RenderFrame(frame_bb.Min, frame_bb.Max, GetColorU32(ImGuiCol_FrameBg), true, style.FrameRounding); + + if (values_count > 0) + { + int res_w = ImMin((int)graph_size.x, values_count) + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); + int item_count = values_count + ((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? -1 : 0); + + // Tooltip on hover + int v_hovered = -1; + if (hovered) + { + const float t = ImClamp((g.IO.MousePos.x - inner_bb.Min.x) / (inner_bb.Max.x - inner_bb.Min.x), 0.0f, 0.9999f); + const int v_idx = (int)(t * item_count); + IM_ASSERT(v_idx >= 0 && v_idx < values_count); + + const float v0 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + values_offset) % values_count); + const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v_idx + 1 + values_offset) % values_count); + if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) + SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g\n%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0, v_idx+1, v1); + else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) + SetTooltip("%d: %8.4g", v_idx, v0); + v_hovered = v_idx; + } + + const float t_step = 1.0f / (float)res_w; + const float inv_scale = (scale_min == scale_max) ? 0.0f : (1.0f / (scale_max - scale_min)); + + float v0 = values_getter(data, (0 + values_offset) % values_count); + float t0 = 0.0f; + ImVec2 tp0 = ImVec2( t0, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v0 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); // Point in the normalized space of our target rectangle + float histogram_zero_line_t = (scale_min * scale_max < 0.0f) ? (-scale_min * inv_scale) : (scale_min < 0.0f ? 0.0f : 1.0f); // Where does the zero line stands + + const ImU32 col_base = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLines : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogram); + const ImU32 col_hovered = GetColorU32((plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? ImGuiCol_PlotLinesHovered : ImGuiCol_PlotHistogramHovered); + + for (int n = 0; n < res_w; n++) + { + const float t1 = t0 + t_step; + const int v1_idx = (int)(t0 * item_count + 0.5f); + IM_ASSERT(v1_idx >= 0 && v1_idx < values_count); + const float v1 = values_getter(data, (v1_idx + values_offset + 1) % values_count); + const ImVec2 tp1 = ImVec2( t1, 1.0f - ImSaturate((v1 - scale_min) * inv_scale) ); + + // NB: Draw calls are merged together by the DrawList system. Still, we should render our batch are lower level to save a bit of CPU. + ImVec2 pos0 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, tp0); + ImVec2 pos1 = ImLerp(inner_bb.Min, inner_bb.Max, (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) ? tp1 : ImVec2(tp1.x, histogram_zero_line_t)); + if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Lines) + { + window->DrawList->AddLine(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); + } + else if (plot_type == ImGuiPlotType_Histogram) + { + if (pos1.x >= pos0.x + 2.0f) + pos1.x -= 1.0f; + window->DrawList->AddRectFilled(pos0, pos1, v_hovered == v1_idx ? col_hovered : col_base); + } + + t0 = t1; + tp0 = tp1; + } + } + + // Text overlay + if (overlay_text) + RenderTextClipped(ImVec2(frame_bb.Min.x, frame_bb.Min.y + style.FramePadding.y), frame_bb.Max, overlay_text, NULL, NULL, ImVec2(0.5f,0.0f)); + + if (label_size.x > 0.0f) + RenderText(ImVec2(frame_bb.Max.x + style.ItemInnerSpacing.x, inner_bb.Min.y), label); +} + +struct ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData +{ + const float* Values; + int Stride; + + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData(const float* values, int stride) { Values = values; Stride = stride; } +}; + +static float Plot_ArrayGetter(void* data, int idx) +{ + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData* plot_data = (ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData*)data; + const float v = *(const float*)(const void*)((const unsigned char*)plot_data->Values + (size_t)idx * plot_data->Stride); + return v; +} + +void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride) +{ + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride); + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +void ImGui::PlotLines(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) +{ + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Lines, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, const float* values, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size, int stride) +{ + ImGuiPlotArrayGetterData data(values, stride); + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, &Plot_ArrayGetter, (void*)&data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +void ImGui::PlotHistogram(const char* label, float (*values_getter)(void* data, int idx), void* data, int values_count, int values_offset, const char* overlay_text, float scale_min, float scale_max, ImVec2 graph_size) +{ + PlotEx(ImGuiPlotType_Histogram, label, values_getter, data, values_count, values_offset, overlay_text, scale_min, scale_max, graph_size); +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] Widgets: Value helpers +// Those is not very useful, legacy API. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - Value() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, bool b) +{ + Text("%s: %s", prefix, (b ? "true" : "false")); +} + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, int v) +{ + Text("%s: %d", prefix, v); +} + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, unsigned int v) +{ + Text("%s: %d", prefix, v); +} + +void ImGui::Value(const char* prefix, float v, const char* float_format) +{ + if (float_format) + { + char fmt[64]; + ImFormatString(fmt, IM_ARRAYSIZE(fmt), "%%s: %s", float_format); + Text(fmt, prefix, v); + } + else + { + Text("%s: %.3f", prefix, v); + } +} + +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// [SECTION] MenuItem, BeginMenu, EndMenu, etc. +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- +// - ImGuiMenuColumns [Internal] +// - BeginMainMenuBar() +// - EndMainMenuBar() +// - BeginMenuBar() +// - EndMenuBar() +// - BeginMenu() +// - EndMenu() +// - MenuItem() +//------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +// Helpers for internal use +ImGuiMenuColumns::ImGuiMenuColumns() +{ + Count = 0; + Spacing = Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; + memset(Pos, 0, sizeof(Pos)); + memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); +} + +void ImGuiMenuColumns::Update(int count, float spacing, bool clear) +{ + IM_ASSERT(Count <= IM_ARRAYSIZE(Pos)); + Count = count; + Width = NextWidth = 0.0f; + Spacing = spacing; + if (clear) memset(NextWidths, 0, sizeof(NextWidths)); + for (int i = 0; i < Count; i++) + { + if (i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) + Width += Spacing; + Pos[i] = (float)(int)Width; + Width += NextWidths[i]; + NextWidths[i] = 0.0f; + } +} + +float ImGuiMenuColumns::DeclColumns(float w0, float w1, float w2) // not using va_arg because they promote float to double +{ + NextWidth = 0.0f; + NextWidths[0] = ImMax(NextWidths[0], w0); + NextWidths[1] = ImMax(NextWidths[1], w1); + NextWidths[2] = ImMax(NextWidths[2], w2); + for (int i = 0; i < 3; i++) + NextWidth += NextWidths[i] + ((i > 0 && NextWidths[i] > 0.0f) ? Spacing : 0.0f); + return ImMax(Width, NextWidth); +} + +float ImGuiMenuColumns::CalcExtraSpace(float avail_w) +{ + return ImMax(0.0f, avail_w - Width); +} + +// For the main menu bar, which cannot be moved, we honor g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding to ensure text can be visible on a TV set. +bool ImGui::BeginMainMenuBar() +{ + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.x, ImMax(g.Style.DisplaySafeAreaPadding.y - g.Style.FramePadding.y, 0.0f)); + SetNextWindowPos(ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f)); + SetNextWindowSize(ImVec2(g.IO.DisplaySize.x, g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal.y + g.FontBaseSize + g.Style.FramePadding.y)); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowRounding, 0.0f); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_WindowMinSize, ImVec2(0,0)); + ImGuiWindowFlags window_flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoScrollbar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar; + bool is_open = Begin("##MainMenuBar", NULL, window_flags) && BeginMenuBar(); + PopStyleVar(2); + g.NextWindowData.MenuBarOffsetMinVal = ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + if (!is_open) + { + End(); + return false; + } + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndMainMenuBar() +{ + EndMenuBar(); + + // When the user has left the menu layer (typically: closed menus through activation of an item), we restore focus to the previous window + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + if (g.CurrentWindow == g.NavWindow && g.NavLayer == 0) + FocusFrontMostActiveWindowIgnoringOne(g.NavWindow); + + End(); +} + +bool ImGui::BeginMenuBar() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + if (!(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + return false; + + IM_ASSERT(!window->DC.MenuBarAppending); + BeginGroup(); // Backup position on layer 0 + PushID("##menubar"); + + // We don't clip with current window clipping rectangle as it is already set to the area below. However we clip with window full rect. + // We remove 1 worth of rounding to Max.x to that text in long menus and small windows don't tend to display over the lower-right rounded area, which looks particularly glitchy. + ImRect bar_rect = window->MenuBarRect(); + ImRect clip_rect(ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.x + 0.5f), ImFloor(bar_rect.Min.y + window->WindowBorderSize + 0.5f), ImFloor(ImMax(bar_rect.Min.x, bar_rect.Max.x - window->WindowRounding) + 0.5f), ImFloor(bar_rect.Max.y + 0.5f)); + clip_rect.ClipWith(window->OuterRectClipped); + PushClipRect(clip_rect.Min, clip_rect.Max, false); + + window->DC.CursorPos = ImVec2(bar_rect.Min.x + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x, bar_rect.Min.y + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.y); + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent++; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask <<= 1; + window->DC.MenuBarAppending = true; + AlignTextToFramePadding(); + return true; +} + +void ImGui::EndMenuBar() +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return; + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + + // Nav: When a move request within one of our child menu failed, capture the request to navigate among our siblings. + if (NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && (g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left || g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) && (g.NavWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + { + ImGuiWindow* nav_earliest_child = g.NavWindow; + while (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow && (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + nav_earliest_child = nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow; + if (nav_earliest_child->ParentWindow == window && nav_earliest_child->DC.ParentLayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal && g.NavMoveRequestForward == ImGuiNavForward_None) + { + // To do so we claim focus back, restore NavId and then process the movement request for yet another frame. + // This involve a one-frame delay which isn't very problematic in this situation. We could remove it by scoring in advance for multiple window (probably not worth the hassle/cost) + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.NavLayerActiveMaskNext & 0x02); // Sanity check + FocusWindow(window); + SetNavIDWithRectRel(window->NavLastIds[1], 1, window->NavRectRel[1]); + g.NavLayer = 1; + g.NavDisableHighlight = true; // Hide highlight for the current frame so we don't see the intermediary selection. + g.NavMoveRequestForward = ImGuiNavForward_ForwardQueued; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + } + + IM_ASSERT(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar); + IM_ASSERT(window->DC.MenuBarAppending); + PopClipRect(); + PopID(); + window->DC.MenuBarOffset.x = window->DC.CursorPos.x - window->MenuBarRect().Min.x; // Save horizontal position so next append can reuse it. This is kinda equivalent to a per-layer CursorPos. + window->DC.GroupStack.back().AdvanceCursor = false; + EndGroup(); // Restore position on layer 0 + window->DC.LayoutType = ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrent--; + window->DC.NavLayerCurrentMask >>= 1; + window->DC.MenuBarAppending = false; +} + +bool ImGui::BeginMenu(const char* label, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + const ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + const ImGuiID id = window->GetID(label); + + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + bool pressed; + bool menu_is_open = IsPopupOpen(id); + bool menuset_is_open = !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup) && (g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].OpenParentId == window->IDStack.back()); + ImGuiWindow* backed_nav_window = g.NavWindow; + if (menuset_is_open) + g.NavWindow = window; // Odd hack to allow hovering across menus of a same menu-set (otherwise we wouldn't be able to hover parent) + + // The reference position stored in popup_pos will be used by Begin() to find a suitable position for the child menu (using FindBestWindowPosForPopup). + ImVec2 popup_pos, pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) + { + // Menu inside an horizontal menu bar + // Selectable extend their highlight by half ItemSpacing in each direction. + // For ChildMenu, the popup position will be overwritten by the call to FindBestWindowPosForPopup() in Begin() + popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x - window->WindowPadding.x, pos.y - style.FramePadding.y + window->MenuBarHeight()); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f); + float w = label_size.x; + pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + PopStyleVar(); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + } + else + { + // Menu inside a menu + popup_pos = ImVec2(pos.x, pos.y - style.WindowPadding.y); + float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, 0.0f, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback to next frame + float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w); + pressed = Selectable(label, menu_is_open, ImGuiSelectableFlags_NoHoldingActiveID | ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnClick | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DontClosePopups | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth | (!enabled ? ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled : 0), ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + if (!enabled) PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + RenderArrow(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.30f, 0.0f), ImGuiDir_Right); + if (!enabled) PopStyleColor(); + } + + const bool hovered = enabled && ItemHoverable(window->DC.LastItemRect, id); + if (menuset_is_open) + g.NavWindow = backed_nav_window; + + bool want_open = false, want_close = false; + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) // (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + { + // Implement http://bjk5.com/post/44698559168/breaking-down-amazons-mega-dropdown to avoid using timers, so menus feels more reactive. + bool moving_within_opened_triangle = false; + if (g.HoveredWindow == window && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size && g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].ParentWindow == window && !(window->Flags & ImGuiWindowFlags_MenuBar)) + { + if (ImGuiWindow* next_window = g.OpenPopupStack[g.CurrentPopupStack.Size].Window) + { + ImRect next_window_rect = next_window->Rect(); + ImVec2 ta = g.IO.MousePos - g.IO.MouseDelta; + ImVec2 tb = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetTL() : next_window_rect.GetTR(); + ImVec2 tc = (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? next_window_rect.GetBL() : next_window_rect.GetBR(); + float extra = ImClamp(ImFabs(ta.x - tb.x) * 0.30f, 5.0f, 30.0f); // add a bit of extra slack. + ta.x += (window->Pos.x < next_window->Pos.x) ? -0.5f : +0.5f; // to avoid numerical issues + tb.y = ta.y + ImMax((tb.y - extra) - ta.y, -100.0f); // triangle is maximum 200 high to limit the slope and the bias toward large sub-menus // FIXME: Multiply by fb_scale? + tc.y = ta.y + ImMin((tc.y + extra) - ta.y, +100.0f); + moving_within_opened_triangle = ImTriangleContainsPoint(ta, tb, tc, g.IO.MousePos); + //window->DrawList->PushClipRectFullScreen(); window->DrawList->AddTriangleFilled(ta, tb, tc, moving_within_opened_triangle ? IM_COL32(0,128,0,128) : IM_COL32(128,0,0,128)); window->DrawList->PopClipRect(); // Debug + } + } + + want_close = (menu_is_open && !hovered && g.HoveredWindow == window && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != 0 && g.HoveredIdPreviousFrame != id && !moving_within_opened_triangle); + want_open = (!menu_is_open && hovered && !moving_within_opened_triangle) || (!menu_is_open && hovered && pressed); + + if (g.NavActivateId == id) + { + want_close = menu_is_open; + want_open = !menu_is_open; + } + if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Right) // Nav-Right to open + { + want_open = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + } + else + { + // Menu bar + if (menu_is_open && pressed && menuset_is_open) // Click an open menu again to close it + { + want_close = true; + want_open = menu_is_open = false; + } + else if (pressed || (hovered && menuset_is_open && !menu_is_open)) // First click to open, then hover to open others + { + want_open = true; + } + else if (g.NavId == id && g.NavMoveRequest && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Down) // Nav-Down to open + { + want_open = true; + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + } + + if (!enabled) // explicitly close if an open menu becomes disabled, facilitate users code a lot in pattern such as 'if (BeginMenu("options", has_object)) { ..use object.. }' + want_close = true; + if (want_close && IsPopupOpen(id)) + ClosePopupToLevel(g.CurrentPopupStack.Size); + + if (!menu_is_open && want_open && g.OpenPopupStack.Size > g.CurrentPopupStack.Size) + { + // Don't recycle same menu level in the same frame, first close the other menu and yield for a frame. + OpenPopup(label); + return false; + } + + menu_is_open |= want_open; + if (want_open) + OpenPopup(label); + + if (menu_is_open) + { + // Sub-menus are ChildWindow so that mouse can be hovering across them (otherwise top-most popup menu would steal focus and not allow hovering on parent menu) + SetNextWindowPos(popup_pos, ImGuiCond_Always); + ImGuiWindowFlags flags = ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu | ImGuiWindowFlags_AlwaysAutoResize | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoMove | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoTitleBar | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoSavedSettings | ImGuiWindowFlags_NoNavFocus; + if (window->Flags & (ImGuiWindowFlags_Popup|ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildMenu)) + flags |= ImGuiWindowFlags_ChildWindow; + menu_is_open = BeginPopupEx(id, flags); // menu_is_open can be 'false' when the popup is completely clipped (e.g. zero size display) + } + + return menu_is_open; +} + +void ImGui::EndMenu() +{ + // Nav: When a left move request _within our child menu_ failed, close the menu. + // A menu doesn't close itself because EndMenuBar() wants the catch the last Left<>Right inputs. + // However, it means that with the current code, a BeginMenu() from outside another menu or a menu-bar won't be closable with the Left direction. + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiWindow* window = g.CurrentWindow; + if (g.NavWindow && g.NavWindow->ParentWindow == window && g.NavMoveDir == ImGuiDir_Left && NavMoveRequestButNoResultYet() && window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Vertical) + { + ClosePopupToLevel(g.OpenPopupStack.Size - 1); + NavMoveRequestCancel(); + } + + EndPopup(); +} + +bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool selected, bool enabled) +{ + ImGuiWindow* window = GetCurrentWindow(); + if (window->SkipItems) + return false; + + ImGuiContext& g = *GImGui; + ImGuiStyle& style = g.Style; + ImVec2 pos = window->DC.CursorPos; + ImVec2 label_size = CalcTextSize(label, NULL, true); + + ImGuiSelectableFlags flags = ImGuiSelectableFlags_PressedOnRelease | (enabled ? 0 : ImGuiSelectableFlags_Disabled); + bool pressed; + if (window->DC.LayoutType == ImGuiLayoutType_Horizontal) + { + // Mimic the exact layout spacing of BeginMenu() to allow MenuItem() inside a menu bar, which is a little misleading but may be useful + // Note that in this situation we render neither the shortcut neither the selected tick mark + float w = label_size.x; + window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * 0.5f); + PushStyleVar(ImGuiStyleVar_ItemSpacing, style.ItemSpacing * 2.0f); + pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + PopStyleVar(); + window->DC.CursorPos.x += (float)(int)(style.ItemSpacing.x * (-1.0f + 0.5f)); // -1 spacing to compensate the spacing added when Selectable() did a SameLine(). It would also work to call SameLine() ourselves after the PopStyleVar(). + } + else + { + ImVec2 shortcut_size = shortcut ? CalcTextSize(shortcut, NULL) : ImVec2(0.0f, 0.0f); + float w = window->MenuColumns.DeclColumns(label_size.x, shortcut_size.x, (float)(int)(g.FontSize * 1.20f)); // Feedback for next frame + float extra_w = ImMax(0.0f, GetContentRegionAvail().x - w); + pressed = Selectable(label, false, flags | ImGuiSelectableFlags_DrawFillAvailWidth, ImVec2(w, 0.0f)); + if (shortcut_size.x > 0.0f) + { + PushStyleColor(ImGuiCol_Text, g.Style.Colors[ImGuiCol_TextDisabled]); + RenderText(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[1] + extra_w, 0.0f), shortcut, NULL, false); + PopStyleColor(); + } + if (selected) + RenderCheckMark(pos + ImVec2(window->MenuColumns.Pos[2] + extra_w + g.FontSize * 0.40f, g.FontSize * 0.134f * 0.5f), GetColorU32(enabled ? ImGuiCol_Text : ImGuiCol_TextDisabled), g.FontSize * 0.866f); + } + return pressed; +} + +bool ImGui::MenuItem(const char* label, const char* shortcut, bool* p_selected, bool enabled) +{ + if (MenuItem(label, shortcut, p_selected ? *p_selected : false, enabled)) + { + if (p_selected) + *p_selected = !*p_selected; + return true; + } + return false; +} diff --git a/external/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h b/external/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h similarity index 100% rename from external/imgui/stb_rect_pack.h rename to external/imgui/imstb_rectpack.h diff --git a/external/imgui/stb_textedit.h b/external/imgui/imstb_textedit.h similarity index 100% rename from external/imgui/stb_textedit.h rename to external/imgui/imstb_textedit.h diff --git a/external/imgui/stb_truetype.h b/external/imgui/imstb_truetype.h similarity index 100% rename from external/imgui/stb_truetype.h rename to external/imgui/imstb_truetype.h